Full text of Federal Reserve Bulletin : March 1981
The full text on this page is automatically extracted from the file linked above and may contain errors and inconsistencies.
V o l u m e 67 □ N u m b e r 3 □ M a r c h 1981 FEDERAL RESERVE BULLETIN Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System Washington, D.C. P u b l ic a t io n s C o m m it t e e Joseph R. Coyne, Chairman □ Stephen H. Axilrod □ John M. Denkler Janet O. Hart □ James L. Kichline □ Neal L. Petersen □ Edwin M. Truman Naomi P. Salus, C oordinator The F e d e r a l R e s e r v e B u l l e t i n is issued monthly under the direction of the staff publications committee. This committee is responsible for opinions expressed except in official statements and signed articles. The artwork is provided by the Graphic Communications Section under the direction of Peter G. Thomas. Editorial support is furnished by the Economic Editing Unit headed by Mendelle T. Berenson. Table of Contents 195 M o n e t a r y P o l ic y R e p o r t Co n g r ess to Submitted pursuant to the Full Employ ment and Balanced Growth Act of 1978, the Board’s report states that the policy of monetary restraint adopted by the Federal Reserve is intended to contribute to the process of breaking the momentum of infla tion. 209 TREASUR Y AND FEDERAL RESERVE F o r e ig n Ex c h a n g e O p e r a t io n s The underlying strength of the dollar in foreign exchange markets over the period from August 1980 through January 1981 reflected the relatively favorable currentaccount position of the United States. 229 S taff S tu d ie s “ Banking Structure and Performance at the State Level during the 1970s” examines the levels and trends in state banking structure and analyzes statewide banking perform ance during the 1970s. 231 I n d u s t r ia l P r o d u c t io n Output declined about 0.5 percent in Febru ary. 233 S tate m e n ts to C o n g ress Henry C. Wallich, Member, Board of Gov ernors, testifies on S. 144, a bill that would facilitate the establishment and operation of export trading companies, and focuses on the provisions of the bill relating to bank ownership of export trading companies, be fore the Subcommittee on International Fi nance and Monetary Policy of the Senate Committee on Banking, Housing, and Ur ban Affairs, February 17, 1981. 235 Nancy H. Teeters, Member, Board of Gov ernors, testifies on the proposed “ Cash Discount Act” and says that the Board favors encouraging such discounts, before the Subcommittee on Consumer Affairs of the Senate Committee on Banking, Hous ing, and Urban Affairs, February 18, 1981. 237 Paul A. Volcker, Chairman, Board of Gov ernors, discusses the Monetary Policy Re port (see article, pages 195-208) and empha sizes the importance of restraint on money and credit combined with control of federal spending, before the Senate Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs, Feb ruary 25, 1981. (Chairman Volcker gave a similar statement before the House Com mittee on Banking, Finance, and Urban Affairs, February 26, 1981.) 241 J. Charles Partee, Member, Board of Gov ernors, discusses H.R. 1294, a bill to extend margin credit regulations to the acquisition of U.S. corporations by foreigners using credit obtained from foreign lenders, and House Concurrent Resolution 59, which calls for a study of the effects of such foreign acquisitions on our economy, be fore the Subcommittee on Telecommunica tions, Consumer Protection and Finance of the House Committee on Energy and Com merce, February 26, 1981. 243 Chairman Volcker discusses economic poli cy and its relationship to monetary policy and says that the linchpin of the whole economic program is massive progress in cutting back the upward surge in federal expenditures, before the House Committee on Ways and Means, March 3, 1981. 247 A n n o u n c e m e n t s Publication of Capital Formation and Pub lic Policy. Establishment of procedures for adminis tration of clearing balances, service charges, and interim price and service charges. Amendment to Regulation P. Admission of one state bank to membership in the Federal Reserve System. 253 L e g a l D e v e l o p m e n t s Various bank holding company and bank merger orders, and pending cases. Al F in a n c ia l and B u s in e s s S t atistic s A3 Domestic Financial Statistics A44 Domestic Nonfinancial Statistics A52 International Statistics A6 8 Special Tables A67 G u id e to Ta b u l a r P r e s e n t a t io n , S t a t ist ic a l R e l e a s e s , a n d S p e c ia l Ta b l e s A l l BOARD OF GOVERNORS AND STAFF A74 FEDERAL OPEN MARKET COMMITTEE AND STAFF; ADVISORY COUNCILS A75 F e d e r a l R e s e r v e B a n k s , B r a n c h e s , and O f fice s A76 F e d e r a l R e s e r v e B o a r d P u b l ic a tio n s A78 I n d e x A80 M a p to of S tatistic a l Ta b l e s F e d e r a l R e s e r v e S ystem Monetary Policy Report to Congress Report submitted to the Congress pursuant to the Full Employment and Monetary Growth Act o f 1978 on February 25 , 1981. A R e v ie w of D evelopm ents in 1980 M onetary P olicy and the Perform ance o f the E conom y in 1980 The past year was marked by considerable turbu lence in the nation’s economy and credit mar kets. Output and employment experienced ex traordinarily sharp swings—generally confound ing forecasters inside and outside government— and so, too, did interest rates and financial flows. On balance, the level of the aggregate output of goods and services at the end of 1980 was little changed from that at the beginning of the year, and with a growing labor force, unemployment was appreciably higher. At the same time, infla tion continued at about the same unacceptably high rate as in 1979. Many factors—some of them beyond the realm of the purely economic—combined to produce this distressing performance. At bottom, howev er, the behavior of the economy demonstrated rather vividly the difficulties of overcoming a deeply entrenched inflation and, particularly, the stresses that arise when necessary monetary restraint is not adequately supported by other instruments of public policy. As 1980 began, the underlying trend of price increase was approaching a double-digit pace, and a recent further jump in international oil prices has threatened to worsen that trend. There was broad consensus that fighting inflation must be the top priority for national economic policy. The Federal Reserve shaped its policy'for 1980 with the objective of reining in inflationary forces in the economy and establishing a framework within which decisionmakers in both the public and the private sectors could look forward over the longer run to a restoration of reasonable stability in the general price level. The basic premise of the System’s policy is the broadly accepted notion that inflation can persist over appreciable spans of time only if it is accommodated by monetary expansion. The strategy to which the System has committed itself is to hold monetary growth to rates that fall short of such accommodation and thus encour age adjustments consistent with a return to price stability over time. To be sure, the relationships between the growth of money and the behavior of the economic variables of ultimate concern— such as production, employment, and inflation— are not in practice absolutely stable or predict able, especially in the short run. But the crucial fact is that rates of monetary expansion in the vicinity of those specified by the Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) last February im plied a substantial degree of restraint on the growth of nominal gross national product—that is, the combined result of inflation and real growth. Put differently, the FOMC’s ranges for monetary growth implied that, if inflation did not abate, there would in all likelihood be strong financial restraint on economic activity reflected in an easing of pressures on markets for goods and services and thence on productive capacity, factors that in turn would help to contain the momentum of inflation. This stabilizing influence was especially critical in a circumstance in which the impulse of a price hike by the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries could easily have led to a ratcheting upward of the trend rate of inflation. In any event, inflation did not abate in 1980. But neither did it gain new momentum as many feared it might. Rather, the increases in most aggregate price indexes were about the same as were recorded in 1979. The fixed-weight price index for GNP rose 9V2 percent last year, a little more than in 1979, while the consumer price index rose 12V2 percent, somewhat less than in 196 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 1979. Such rates of inflation themselves result in a substantial increase in the amount of money needed to finance transactions. Thus, even though the monetary aggregates generally ex panded at rates near or a bit above the upper ends of the FOMC’s announced ranges, the steep rise in prices resulted in marked pressures in the credit markets that exerted restraint on econom ic activity and kept inflationary pressures from worsening. These developments did not occur evenly throughout the year. During the opening months, the late-1979 boost in imported oil prices com bined with other factors—including strife in Af ghanistan, unsettlement in the Middle East gen erally, and attendant fears that an escalation of defense spending might greatly enlarge already sizable federal deficits—to aggravate inflationary expectations. These expectations contributed importantly to the upward pressures on interest rates that were associated with the Federal Re serve’s efforts to contain growth in the monetary and credit aggregates. Then, in March, President Carter announced an anti-inflation program that included the application by the Federal Reserve of special restraints on credit growth by utilizing the powers of the Credit Control Act of 1969. The tightening of credit markets and the psy chological impact of the credit restraint program on consumers contributed to the sharpness of the economic decline that occurred in the first half of the year, although a decline at some point had long been anticipated in the light of strong pres sures on financial positions and other factors. The drop in real GNP during the second quarter far exceeded the expectations of forecasters; in fact, it was the sharpest of the postwar period. However, with the slump in activity came a pronounced weakening of demands for money and credit and a steep decline in interest rates. The lowering of credit costs, coupled with re moval of the special credit restraints, in turn was instrumental in bringing about a rebound in eco nomic activity in the second half of the year, which turned out to be unexpectedly early and strong and restored real GNP almost to its yearend 1979 level. During this period of recovery, the public’s demands on financial markets grew and interest rates rose as the System attempted to hold monetary expansion within bounds. The financial pressures on the private sector of the economy last year were intensified by the competition of the federal government for the limited supply of credit. The federal deficit (uni fied basis, including off-budget agencies) grew from $41 billion in calendar year 1979 to $83 billion in calendar year 1980. During 1980, more over, the massive federal deficit and repeated upward revisions in spending forecasts added to the prevailing mood of uncertainty and weak ened public confidence in the government’s will ingness and ability to mount a successful anti inflation effort. In 1980, as in most periods of financial tension, those types of purchases that involve longerterm investments of large sums were hardest hit. The residential construction sector, especially, was squeezed by high interest rates and, particu larly in the first half of the year, by reduced credit availability. Housing starts fell from an annual rate of 1 . 6 million units in the fourth quarter of 1979 to a rate of 1.1 million units in the second quarter of 1980; starts then snapped back sharply to just over 1.5 million units by the end of the summer, leveling off as interest rates moved upward again in the final months of the year. The mortgage markets have seen remarkably rapid institutional change in the past year, reflecting an adaptation to recurrent cyclical pressures on key lenders and to the difficulties potential homebuyers face with traditional mortgage instru ments. Still, these changes have not insulated the real estate market from the effects of inflated home prices and of high mortgage rates on the willingness and ability of people to borrow and buy houses. Credit conditions also played a role in dampen ing personal consumption expenditures in 1980— particularly outlays on big-ticket durable goods. However, several other influences militated against a robust pattern of consumer spending. The period leading up to 1980 had been marked by weakness in real disposable personal income and by an erosion of the financial flexibility of households. Faced with budgetary strains caused by relatively rapid increases in the prices of such basic necessities as food and energy, many American families had sought to maintain cus tomary consumption patterns—and in some cas es to finance extra purchases in anticipation of Monetary Policy R eport to Congress inflation—by borrowing. A declining trend in the personal saving rate suggested that consumers were becoming overextended and that some weakening in spending relative to income was quite likely; indeed, the saving rate rose from 4.7 percent in the fourth quarter of 1979 (a 28-year low) to 6.2 percent in the second quarter of 1980. Automobile purchases, which tend to be defer able in the short run, bore the brunt of the consumer retrenchment. Although credit condi tions discouraged dealers from financing large inventories and to some extent were a depressant on demand for autos more generally, the steep increases in the prices of cars and gasoline appear to have been more decisive elements in the picture. Business firms, like households, entered 1980 in a weakened financial condition. The preceding years of expansion had seen a substantial dete rioration in aggregate measures of corporate li quidity; many enterprises were heavily burdened with short-term debt, and they thus were ex posed to severe cash-flow pressures when inter est rates rose. The combination of deteriorating balance sheets, a high cost of capital, and slack ening demands for final products resulted in a 5 percent drop in real business fixed investment during 1980. Some industries—particularly in the defense, energy, and high-technology sectors— did register gains in capital outlays, but those elements of strength were more than offset by declines in most cyclical manufacturing indus tries. Plant construction spending was especially weak. Meanwhile, businesses kept a tight rein on inventories, encouraged by the high costs of carrying stocks; a moderate accumulation during the first-half recession—concentrated in the automotive and related industries—was largely eliminated in the subsequent rebound. In the government sector, purchases of goods and services by the federal government rose moderately in real terms during 1980, reflecting in part a pickup in defense outlays. At the state and local level, real purchases were about un changed, owing to fiscal strains associated with a slowing of growth in tax revenues and cutbacks in federal grants as well as to political pressures for spending restraint. The slackening of domestic aggregate demand worked to hold down imports; in the case of 197 petroleum imports, the impact of decreased eco nomic activity was reinforced by the incentive for conservation provided by a sharply increased relative price of oil and other energy products. At the same time, U.S. exports—including both agricultural commodities and other products— rose appreciably in real terms. Net exports thus registered a noticeable increase during 1980, and the U.S. current account moved into sizable surplus in the second half of the year. The trade and current-account developments contrasted sharply with those of some other major industrial countries and contributed to a substantial appre ciation of the dollar relative to continental Euro pean currencies over the course of the year. Employment traced a path similar to that of output in 1980—that is, down substantially in the first half and up substantially in the second, with little net change. There was some alteration in the composition of employment over the course of the year, however, with jobs in manufacturing and construction decreasing and those in service industries increasing. The combination of this change in employment mix and a tendency for employers to lag in adjusting their work forces to lower levels of production contributed to a con tinued disappointing performance of labor pro ductivity—output per hour worked—which showed no gain for the year. With no moderating influence from the pro ductivity side, the rise in unit labor costs reflect ed directly the behavior of wages and other labor expenses during 1980. In the nonfarm business sector, average hourly compensation—which in cludes employer contributions for social insur ance and the cost of fringe benefits—rose 1 0 percent, a bit more than in 1979. However, this measure, because it does not account for changes in the mix of employment or in over time, probably understates the acceleration in wage rates. For example, the index of average hourly earnings for production and nonsupervisory personnel, which does include adjustments for such factors, increased 9V2 percent in 1980 compared with 8 percent in 1979. Wages typically are slow in responding to economic slack, and given the large increases in consumer prices in 1979 and 1980, there were strong tendencies toward sizable catch-up wage hikes even in the face of an unemployment rate 198 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 that reached 7V2 percent last spring. This tenden cy manifests itself in a direct way when formal cost-of-living escalator clauses exist. Such clauses are most common in the manufacturing sector, especially when there is collective bar gaining by large industrial unions, and the accel eration of wage rates was in fact relatively pro nounced in that sector. The Growth o f M oney and C redit in 1980 In its report to the Congress last February, the Board of Governors indicated the plans of the FOMC regarding the growth of money and credit in 1980. As in previous years, the FOMC set desired ranges for the growth of several mone tary aggregates and of commercial bank credit. Measured from the fourth quarter of 1979 to the fourth quarter of 1980, the growth ranges were as follows: M-1A, 3V2 to 6 percent; M-1B, 4 to 6 V2 percent; M-2, 6 to 9 percent; M-3, 6 V2 to 9V2 percent; and bank credit, 6 to 9 percent. 1 It was recognized that legislative initiatives then pend ing in the area of financial regulation could alter the desired rates of increase, as could any other unanticipated developments that indicated the prescribed growth rates were inconsistent with the basic objectives of policy. As stated, howev er, the ranges suggested a clear deceleration of money and credit growth from the pace of 1979— a specification that appeared appropriate in terms of both the near-term and long-term re quirements of anti-inflation policy. As noted in the preceding section, the mone tary and credit aggregates grew quite rapidly in the opening part of the year. Then, as economic activity began to fall rapidly, the growth of 1. M-l A is currency plus private demand deposits at commercial banks net of deposits due to foreign commercial banks and official institutions. M-1B is M-l A plus other checkable deposits (that is, negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, accounts subject to automatic transfer service, credit union share draft balances, and demand deposits at mutual savings banks). M-2 is M-lB plus savings and smalldenomination time deposits at all depository institutions, shares in money market mutual funds, overnight repurchase agreements (RPs) issued by commercial banks, and overnight Eurodollar deposits held by U.S. residents at Caribbean branches of U.S. banks. M-3 is M-2 plus large time deposits at all depository institutions and term RPs issued by commer cial banks and savings and loan associations. Bank credit is total loans and investments of commercial banks. money and credit slowed markedly. Indeed, the narrow monetary aggregates, M-l A and M-1B, which are measures of the public’s transaction balances, actually contracted significantly in the second quarter. This decline, occurring as it did at the same time that interest rates were falling sharply, was considerably greater than would have been expected on the basis of historical relationships among money, income, and interest rates. The weakness in the M-l measures tended to restrain the growth of the broader monetary aggregates. Bank credit meanwhile contracted slightly. At midyear, when the FOMC reassessed the monetary growth ranges for 1980, there were few, if any, signs of the then-incipient economic recovery. The monetary aggregates, though again on the rise, were either below or in the lower portion of the previously announced ranges. The Depository Institutions Deregulation and Monetary Control Act of 1980 had been signed into law by the end of March, but there was no clear evidence yet of significant impact on the behavior of the monetary aggregates. In these circumstances, the FOMC reaffirmed the ranges for money and bank credit that it had adopted in February, but it did indicate that, if the public continued to economize on the use of cash as strongly as in the second quarter, M-l A and M-1B might well finish the year near the lower end of their respective ranges. 2 Such a proviso was called for because a sustained down ward shift in the demand for money implies that a given rate of monetary growth is more expan sionary in its impact on the economy than would otherwise be the case. Over the second half of the year, however, the monetary aggregates and bank credit grew very rapidly. There was a surprisingly swift and strong turnaround in economic activity. And simultaneously the public’s demand for money retraced most of the evident downward shift of the first half. Both of these developments may have been associated with the phasing out of the extraordinary credit restraint program at the end 2. Previous episodes had occurred, particularly in the mid1970s, of lasting downward shifts in the demand for M-l balances following rises in interest rates to new record levels. Such interest rate movements evidently encouraged greater efforts to economize on holdings of noneaming assets. M onetary Policy R eport to Congress of the second quarter. In retrospect, this pro gram seems to have played a greater role than was apparent at midyear in influencing the par ticular patterns of spending and financial flows that developed in the spring and summer. Although the Federal Reserve resisted the accelerating growth in money and credit—and did succeed in bringing about a clear deceleration in the latter months of the year—the growth of the monetary aggregates on a fourth-quarter-tofourth-quarter basis in 1980 was generally near or a bit above the upper ends of the ranges an nounced by the System. Bank credit growth was within the range specified by the FOMC. Considerable care must be exercised in assess ing the behavior of M-l A and M-1B. Last Febru ary when the ranges for the aggregates were set, it was assumed that the growth rates of the two aggregates would differ only by V2 percentage point based on an expectation that, under pre vailing statute, growth in automatic transfer service (ATS) and negotiable order of withdraw al (NOW) accounts would draw few funds from demand deposits (depressing M-l A) and savings deposits (boosting M-1B). With the passage of the Monetary Control Act, however, which au thorized NOW accounts on a nationwide basis as of December 31, 1980, commercial banks began to promote ATS accounts more vigorously. As a result, actual growth of ATS and NOW accounts substantially exceeded the amount allowed for in the FOMC ranges for M-l A and M-1 B. M-l A increased 5 percent over the year ended in the fourth quarter of 1980, close to the mid point of the FOMC’s range for that aggregate. Meanwhile, growth in M-lB was 7V4 percent, 3/ 4 of a percentage point above the upper end of its longer-run range. But if the FOMC’s ranges are adjusted for current estimates of the actual im pact of shifting into ATS and NOW accounts, the increases in both narrow aggregates are close to the upper bounds of the FOMC’s ranges for 1980. Although, conventionally, fourth-quarter aver ages have been adopted as the basis for measur ing annual growth in the money and credit aggre gates, the choice is somewhat arbitrary and is only one of many possible approaches. More over, citing figures for any particular calendar period does not necessarily give a clear sense of the longer-term trends, which are more relevant 199 in assessing policy. For that reason, table 1 offers measurements of annual growth on several bases. Owing to the particular monthly patterns over the past two years, the fourth-quarter-tofourth-quarter calculations show a lesser tenden cy toward deceleration in the growth of M-l A and M-1B than do other measurements of the 1980 experience. 1. Growth of money and bank credit1 Percentage changes Item Bank credit M-1A M-1B M-2 M-3 7.4 (7.9) 5.0 (6.7) 5.0 (6.3) 8.2 (8.0) 7.7 (6.8) 7.3 (6.7) 8.4 11.3 13.3 9.0 9.8 12.3 9.8 9.9 7.9 7.1 (7.8) 5.2 (6.6) 4.1 (5.2) 8.2 (7.9) 7.5 (6.8) 6.5 (5.8) 8.3 11.2 13.6 8.9 9.4 11.5 9.7 10.3 8.9 7.7 (8.0) 5.2 (6.8) 4.6 (5.6) 8.2 (8.0) 7.8 (7.0) 6.4 (5.9) 8.9 11.7 12.3 8.9 10.3 13.4 9.1 8.6 8.3 Fourth quarter to fourth quarter 1978.................................. 1979.................................. 1980.................................. December to December 1978.................................. 1979.................................. 1980.................................. Annual average to annual average 1978.................................. 1979.................................. 1980.................................. 1. Numbers in parentheses are adjusted for the estimated impact of shifting to ATS and NOW accounts from other assets and should give a better indication of the underlying trend of monetary expansion. The effects on M-2 of shifting into ATS and NOW accounts likely are minor, since nearly all the inflows to those instruments appear to be from assets within this broad aggregate. For the year as a whole, M-2 grew about 93/ 4 percent, 3/ 4 of a percentage point above the upper end of the FOMC’s range. All of the growth in the non transaction component of M-2 occurred in those assets offering market-related yields—primarily 6 -month “ money market certificates,” 2 V2 year “ small-saver certificates,” and shares of money market mutual funds. As of December, these assets accounted for 45 percent of the nontransactional component of M-2, compared with 28 percent a year earlier. In earlier periods of high interest rates, when such instruments did not exist, M-2 tended to decelerate markedly as disintermediation occurred, with savers shifting funds into market instruments. In 1980, the 200 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 2. Net funds raised and supplied in credit and equity markets Billions of dollars 19801 Sector 1978 1979 1980p Qi Q2 Q3 Q4P ’ N et F unds Raised Total, all sectors.......................................................... U.S. governm ent.................................................... State and local government.................................. Foreign...................................................................... Private domestic nonfinancial.............................. Business................................................................ Household............................................................ Domestic financial.................................................. Private intermediaries........................................ Sponsored credit agen cies................................ Mortgage pool securities .................................. 482 54 24 32 291 128 163 81 40 23 18 483 37 16 21 321 156 165 88 36 24 28 434 79 21 30 234 133 101 70 23 24 23 497 62 21 24 303 163 140 87 32 34 21 253 67 12 35 119 79 40 20 -1 6 16 20 454 99 24 27 231 133 98 73 33 12 28 534 89 27 33 281 155 126 104 44 36 24 482 20 15 40 51 -1 52 356 305 129 76 84 16 26 18 7 484 23 13 -6 81 10 71 373 308 121 56 90 41 29 28 8 435 26 20 22 29 10 19 338 285 104 57 98 26 25 23 5 498 29 18 -8 74 8 66 385 315 117 35 103 60 40 21 9 253 30 2 47 -5 1 -1 0 -4 1 225 179 -2 27 108 46 6 20 20 456 24 36 22 55 22 33 319 293 129 74 93 -3 24 28 -2 6 534 21 23 27 39 22 17 424 353 N et F unds S upplied Total, all sectors.......................................................... U.S. government.................................................... State and local government.................................. Foreign...................................................................... Private domestic nonfinancial.............................. Business................................................................ Household............................................................ Domestic financial.................................................. Private intermediaries........................................ Commercial banking...................................... Thrift institutions............................................ Insurance and pension funds........................ Other2................................................................ Sponsored credit agen cies................................ Mortgage pool securities .................................. Federal Reserve System .................................... 1. Seasonally adjusted annual rates. 2. Includes finance companies, money market funds, real estate growing popularity of these relatively new assets may well have drawn some funds into M-2 from market securities such as Treasury bills, causing M-2 to grow somewhat more rapidly than in the preceding two years and also faster relative to M-1B. M-3 grew almost 10 percent over the four quarters of 1980, ‘ / 2 percentage point above the upper end of its longer-run range. Large-denomination time deposits expanded moderately at commercial banks and thrift institutions during the year; in the case of banks, which issue the bulk of these instruments, the borrowing was offset by a reduction of net liabilities to foreign branches. Bank credit grew about 8 percent in 1980. Fluctuations in this measure followed the general pattern of aggregate credit flows in the economy, but they were exaggerated by changes in the composition of business borrowing. During the first quarter, nonfinancial firms avoided long term borrowing at record high interest rates and 94 86 2 32 24 15 investment trusts, open-end investment companies, and security brokers and dealers, p. Preliminary. turned instead to the commercial banks for funds. In fact, they appear to have borrowed beyond their immediate needs in anticipation of greater credit stringency. During the second quarter, as bond rates dropped sharply and as banks tightened their lending policies in response to the special credit restraint program, corpora tions issued an unprecedented volume of long term securities and repaid outstanding bank loans. During the summer months as interest rates began to rise, the pattern of financing began to reverse again, and in the fourth quarter, businesses again deferred long-term borrowing and tapped their banks for credit. Broader measures of credit flows in the econo my also exhibited a considerable cyclical fluctu ation in 1980 (table 2). Total funds raised by all sectors of the economy in credit and equity markets fell by almost one-half in the second quarter, then retraced most of that decline in the third quarter. For the year as a whole, aggregate funds raised were substantially less than in 1978 M onetary Policy R eport to Congress and 1979. Commercial banks provided about the same share of total credit flowing to all sectors as in 1979, while the share of thrift institutions rose somewhat. Issu es in M onetary C ontrol Monetary growth in 1980 was, on balance, fairly close to the ranges specified by the FOMC. And, more important, the Federal Reserve’s actions clearly imposed a significant—and essential— degree of restraint on the aggregate demand for goods and services in the economy. Nonethe less, particularly in view of the magnitude of the short-run swings in interest rates and financial flows in the past year, questions have been raised—inside as well as outside the Federal Reserve—about the techniques of implementing monetary policy and, especially, about the effi cacy of the new operating procedures adopted in October 1979. These questions have been ad dressed in an intensive study of the recent peri od. A staff memorandum presenting an overview of the findings of that study and an evaluation of the new operating procedures is appended to this report. 3 3. The charts, appendixes, including “ Staff Study of the New Monetary Control Procedure: Overview of Findings and Evaluation,” by Stephen H. Axilrod, and staff papers for this report are available on request from Publications Services, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Wash ington, D.C. 20551. The monetary control project staff papers are as follows: Richard Davis, “ Monetary Aggregates and the Use of ‘Inter mediate Targets’ in Monetary Policy;” Jared Enzler, “ Eco nomic Disturbances and Monetary Policy Responses;” Jared Enzler and Lewis Johnson, “ Cycles Resulting from Money Stock Targeting;” Margaret Greene, “ The New Approach to Monetary Policy—A View From the Foreign Exchange Trad ing Desk;” Dana Johnson and others, “ Interest Rate Vari ability Under the New Operating Procedures and the Initial Response in Financial Markets;” Peter Keir, “ Impact of Discount Policy Procedures on the Effectiveness of Reserve Targeting;” Fred Levin and Paul Meek, “ Implementing the New Procedures: The View From the Trading Desk;” David Lindsey and others, “ Monetary Control Experience Under the New Operating Procedures;” David Pierce, “Trend and Noise in the Monetary Aggregates;” Lawrence Slifman and Edward McKelvey, “The New Operating Procedures and Economic Activity since October 1979;” Peter Tinsley and others, “ Money Market Impacts of Alternative Operating Procedures;” and Edwin M. Truman and others, “ The New Federal Reserve Operating Procedures: An External Per spective.” 201 As a prelude to discussing the key points raised by the staff work, it is useful to describe in broad outline the general approach of the Federal Reserve to monetary policy. For a number of years, monetary aggregates have played a key role as intermediate targets for policy, that is, as variables standing midway in an economic chain linking the proximate instruments of the Federal Reserve—open market operations, the discount window, and reserve requirements—to the varia bles of ultimate concern, such as production, employment, and prices. Economists have de bated extensively the question of the optimal intermediate target variable, with the controver sy centering on the virtues of monetary aggre gates versus interest rates. The System histori cally has, in effect, taken an eclectic view, believing that it would be remiss in ignoring the information provided by the movements of any financial or economic variable. However, it has perceived a clear value in focusing special atten tion on the behavior of the money stock, espe cially in an environment in which inflation is such a prominent concern. A special role for the monetary aggregates is, furthermore, dictated by the requirement of the Humphrey-Hawkins act that the Federal Reserve report to the Congress on its objectives for monetary expansion. Analysts of all schools agree that, over the long run, inflation cannot persist without mone tary accommodation. Thus, careful attention to the trend of monetary expansion is an absolutely essential feature of responsible monetary policy. In addition, however, in a shorter-run context, monetary aggregates are attractive as intermedi ate targets because they provide a mechanism of “ automatic stabilization.” When the economy begins to expand too rapidly, the associated increase in the quantity of money demanded for transaction purposes comes into conflict with the monetary target, and this results in a rise in market rates of interest; the rise in interest rates, in turn, damps the aggregate demand for goods and services. Similarly, if there is a recessionary impulse to the economy, the associated reduc tion in the demand for cash balances leads to an easing of credit conditions that moderates the impact of that impulse. Pursuit of an interest rate target carries with it a greater danger that an unanticipated impulse to the economy will tend 202 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 to be fully accommodated, with greater inflation ary or recessionary consequence. Open market operations are the major tool of monetary control. Before October 1979, the ba sic approach employed by the System was to supply or absorb reserves through open market operations with an eye to holding short-term interest rates—most immediately, the federal funds rate—within a relatively narrow but chang ing band thought consistent with the desired growth of the money stock. This method placed considerable importance on the System’s ability to predict the quantity of money the public would wish to hold at given interest rates. This never was an easy matter, but in 1979, as the advance of prices accelerated and inflationary expecta tions became a more significant and volatile factor affecting economic and financial behavior, predicting the public’s desired money holdings at given levels of nominal interest rates became exceedingly difficult. As a consequence, in Octo ber the FOMC altered its technique of monetary control, substituting the volume of bank reserves for interest rates as the day-to-day guide in conducting open market operations. Under the approach adopted in October 1979, the FOMC sets short-run targets for monetary expansion, as it did previously, to guide oper ations between meetings. The staff then calcu lates corresponding paths for various reserve aggregates. A path for total reserves is calculated based on the expected relationship between re serves and the money stock—the so-called reserves-money multiplier. This relationship is variable and not known with certainty because of the differences in reserve requirements on var ious components of the monetary aggregates, which shift in relative importance from week to week; moreover, in addition to required re serves, depository institutions also hold a vary ing amount of excess reserves. A path for non borrowed reserves then is calculated by making an allowance for the portion of total reserves expected to be provided through borrowings at the Federal Reserve Bank discount windows. Between meetings of the FOMC, the Open Market Desk focuses on achieving a given level of nonborrowed reserves, the reserve measure that is controllable through open market oper ations on a day-to-day basis. If the monetary aggregates deviate from their prescribed growth rates, the resultant movement in required re serves is reflected in an increase or decrease in borrowing at the discount window. Owing to administrative limitations imposed by the Feder al Reserve on the frequency, amount, and pur poses of borrowing, an increase in borrowing puts upward pressure on the federal funds rate as individual depository institutions bid more ag gressively in the market for the available supply of nonborrowed reserves in an effort to shift the need to borrow to other institutions. A decline in borrowing has the opposite effect. The resultant movements in short-term interest rates induce portfolio adjustments by depository institutions and the public that tend to move the money stock back toward the targeted level. If it appears that these automatic effects are not going to be prompt enough or strong enough—as evidenced in part by sustained deviations in total reserves from their path—the System can reinforce them by making adjustments in the path for nonbor rowed reserves that increase the upward or downward pressures on money market interest rates. Similar effects can be achieved through changes in the discount rate, given the nonbor rowed reserves path. The workings of this mechanism of monetary control are illustrated clearly by the movements in reserves and interest rates during 1980. During the early part of the year, when the money stock was running above the FOMC’s short-run target, the volume of adjustment credit provided by the discount window increased substantially while the amount of nonborrowed reserves provided through open market operations declined, partly as a consequence of reductions in the nonbor rowed reserves path to hold down total reserves and restrain the growth of money over time. During this period the federal funds rate rose sharply. Restraint was intensified by increases in the basic discount rate and the introduction in mid-March of a surcharge on frequent borrowing by large banks. As the monetary aggregates weakened in the spring, the pattern of the first quarter was re versed. The System countered the weakness of the aggregates by maintaining the supply of total reserves; this required substantial injections of nonborrowed reserves to offset the impact of the M onetary Policy R eport to Congress repayment of discount window borrowings. The federal funds rate fell sharply. The sharp plunge in interest rates, even though it occurred against a backdrop of marked mone tary weakness and steep recession, did arouse concerns in some circles about the System’s commitment to anti-inflationary restraint. This nervousness was evident not only in domestic financial markets but in foreign exchange mar kets too. By and large, the foreign exchange value of the dollar had fluctuated in a way that represented a fairly direct response to the pro nounced relative movement of interest rates on assets denominated in dollars or foreign curren cies. But as U.S. interest rates reached compara tively low levels, there was a sense of a growing risk that downward pressures on the dollar might cumulate. In a way, the Federal Reserve was caught in an expectational crossfire. On the one side, those who concentrate on the money stock in assessing policy feared that the System was being too restrictive because the various measures of mon ey were slowing sharply or contracting; on the other, some of those in the financial markets and elsewhere who view interest rates as the indica tor of policy feared that the System was being inflationary because rates were falling sharply. The FOMC, in weighing the risks, decided to exercise some caution in the latter part of the spring by setting its short-run monetary growth targets with a view to a gradual rather than an immediate return to the longer-range path for the year. The picture soon changed dramatically, how ever, for by midsummer the monetary aggre gates—buoyed by the surprisingly strong turn around in economic activity—were rising rapidly. And as required reserves began to ex ceed nonborrowed reserves, borrowing and in terest rates climbed. As in the first quarter, pressures on money market interest rates were reinforced by reductions in the path for nonbor rowed reserves and by increases in the discount rate and imposition of surcharges on frequent borrowing. Borrowing and the federal funds rate continued to rise until mid-December when a drop in the money stock relieved some of the pressure on reserve positions. The staff study has examined the experience of 203 1980 in considerable detail in an effort to assess the causes of the extreme variability of money and interest rates in 1980 and the efficacy of the new reserves-oriented operating procedure in achieving the objectives of policy. Certain key conclusions of the study may be highlighted. 1. The year 1980 was one of extraordinary variability in money and nominal interest rates. In the case of money, however, it is important to note that comparisons with past years are com plicated by the fact that monetary data for those periods have been considerably smoothed as additional information has been obtained on changes in seasonal patterns. If the 1980 figures are compared with the initial figures for earlier years, the difference in monetary variability is substantially reduced. Still, after making such allowances, it appears that money has been somewhat more variable over the past year, especially on a monthly or quarterly basis— though, as far as can be judged from available data, remaining within the range of foreign expe rience with money-stock variability. 2. Much of the variability—certainly the broad swings—in money and interest rates since October 1979 was attributable to an unusual combination of economic circumstances and not to the new operating procedures per se. The “ real” and financial sectors of the economy were subjected to unusual disturbances in 1980. The imposition and subsequent removal of credit controls, especially, appear to have had a major impact on the demands for money and credit and to have strongly affected the behavior of money and interest rates in the second and third quar ters. 3. Simulation exercises utilizing several mod els of the money market provided no clear evi dence that, under present institutional arrange ments, alternative operating techniques—using, for example, total reserves or the monetary base instead of nonborrowed reserves as an operating target—would improve short-run monetary con trol. 4. Clearly, efforts to limit severely deviations in money from its longer-run growth path would require acceptance of much more variable short term interest rates. 5. Short-run variability in the monetary aggre gates does not appear to involve significant im 204 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 pacts on the behavior of the economy. Weekly and monthly changes in the monetary aggregates are inherently quite “ noisy.” Moreover, avail able models suggest that, because of the relative ly long response lags involved, sizable quarterly (or even semiannual) fluctuations in monetary growth—if offsetting—do not leave an apprecia ble imprint on movements in output and prices. 6 . The federal funds rate has been more vari able since October 1979, as would be expected with use of a reserves operating target, but in addition very short-run fluctuations in other mar ket rates—both short- and long-term—also have been larger in magnitude than formerly. These rates of interest have exhibited higher correla tions than previously with movements in the federal funds rate. The reasons for this closer correlation between the federal funds and other rates in the very short run are not entirely clear, and it is not certain that such a pattern will prevail in the future. But, in any event, there are few signs that the resulting variability has im posed appreciable costs in terms of reduced efficiency of financial markets or of increased costs of capital in the period analyzed by the study. Considerable difficulties arise in separat ing the effects of the new operating technique from those of other factors. However, it does appear that much of the strain on financial insti tutions and many of the changes in financial practices observed in the past year were related to the broad cyclical pressures on interest rates during the year, caused by accelerated inflation and heightened inflationary expectations, and to the changes in credit demands associated with the behavior of economic activity. The FOMC has reviewed the staff’s work. Fundamentally, the research suggests that the basic operating procedure represents a sound approach to attaining the longer-run objectives set for the monetary aggregates. However, the FOMC and the Board of Governors will be considering the practicability of modifications that might reduce slippages between reserves and money, without unduly increasing the risk of an unnecessarily heightened variability of inter est rates. These modifications include the possi bility of prompter adjustment of nonborrowed reserve paths or of the discount rate at times when, in association with undesired movements in money, the levels of borrowing and, conse quently, of total reserves are running persistently stronger or weaker than projected. In addition, the Board has already indicated its inclination to switch from the present system of lagged reserve accounting to a system in which required re serves are posted essentially at the same time as deposits; it is continuing to study the practical merits of such a system to ensure that the operating problems created for depository insti tutions and the Federal Reserve and the poten tially increased volatility of the federal funds rate would not outweigh the possible benefits in terms of tighter short-run monetary control. The FOMC has continued to set broad ranges of tolerance for money market interest rates— generally specified in terms of the federal funds rate. These ranges, however, should not be viewed as rigid constraints on the Open Market Desk in its pursuit of reserve paths set to achieve targeted rates of monetary growth. They have not, in practice, served as true constraints in the period since October 1979, as the FOMC typical ly has altered the ranges when they have become binding. But, in a world of uncertainty about economic and financial relationships, the ranges for interest rates have served as a useful trigger ing mechanism for discussion of the implications of current developments for policy. The reserves operating procedure—or any modification of it—needs to be viewed in the context of a number of practical considerations that affect the basic targets for the monetary aggregates and the process of attaining them. First, targets need to recognize the lags in the adjustment of wages and prices that may limit the speed with which noninflationary rates of mone tary expansion can be attained without unduly restraining economic activity. Second, the po tential for costly disturbances in domestic finan cial or foreign exchange markets may occasional ly require short-run departures from longer-run monetary targets. Third, precise month-bymonth control of money is not possible, nor is it necessary in terms of achieving desirable eco nomic performance. Finally, uncertainties about the relationship between money and economic performance suggest the desirability of a degree of flexibility in the targets—including the use of ranges for more than one measure of money— M onetary Policy R eport to Congress and the potential need to alter previously estab lished targets. M o n e t a r y P o l ic y a n d the P r o s p e c t s f o r the E c o n o m y i n 1981 The F ederal R e se rve 's O bjectives fo r the G row th o f M oney and C redit In its midyear report last July, the Federal Re serve indicated to the Congress that its policy in 1981 would be designed to maintain restraint on the expansion of money and credit. Nothing has occurred in the intervening months to suggest the desirability of a change in that basic direction. Events have only served to underscore the im portance of such a policy—and of complemen tary restraint in the fiscal dimension of federal policy as well. Few would question today the virulence of the inflation that is afflicting the economy or the urgency of mounting an effective attack on the forces that are sustaining inflation. The rapid rise of prices is the single greatest barrier to the achievement of balanced economic growth, high employment, domestic and international finan cial stability, and sustained prosperity. The experience of the past year—the stresses and dislocations that have occurred—attests to the difficulty of dealing with inflationary trends that have been many years in the making, but it does not indicate that there is any less need to do so. Indeed, the need has become more urgent, for as price increases continue, the public’s expecta tions of inflation become more and more firmly embedded, and those expectations in turn con tribute to the stubborn upward momentum of wages and prices. Persistent monetary discipline is a necessary ingredient in any effort to restore stability in the general price level. To be sure, other areas of policy are also important, but it is essential that monetary policy exert continuing resistance to inflationary forces. The growth of money and credit will have to be slowed to a rate consistent with the long-range growth of the nation’s capac ity to produce at reasonably stable prices. Realis tically, given the structure of the economy, with the rigidities of contractual relationships and the 205 natural lags in the adjustment process, that rate will have to be approached over a period of years if severe contractionary pressures on output and employment are to be avoided. The ranges of monetary expansion specified this month by the FOMC for the year ending in the fourth quarter of 1981 reflect these consider ations. They imply a significant deceleration of growth in the monetary aggregates from the rates observed in 1980 and other recent years. The ranges are as follows: for M-1A, 3 to 5l/2 percent; for M-1B, 3V2 to 6 percent; for M-2, 6 to 9 percent; 'and for M-3, 6 1/ 2 to 9l/2 percent. It should be emphasized that, owing to the intro duction of NOW accounts on a nationwide basis at the end of 1980, the monetary ranges have been specified on a basis that abstracts from the impact of the shifting of funds into interestbearing checkable deposits; only by adjusting for the distorting effects of such shifts can one obtain a meaningful measure of monetary growth. The FOMC also adopted a corresponding range of 6 to 9 percent for commercial bank credit. The ranges for M-l A and M-1B are V2 percent age point less than those the Federal Reserve sought in 1980. Since realized growth last year, after adjustment for the impact of shifting into interest-bearing checkable deposits, was close to the upper ends of the stated ranges for the period, the new ranges are consistent with a deceleration of considerably more than V2 per centage point. The actual observed changes in M-l A and M-1B will differ by a wide margin; in fact, it is quite possible that, because of the movement of funds from demand deposits to NOW accounts, M-l A could contract this year, while M-1B could grow more rapidly in reflection of funds moving into NOW accounts from savings deposits and other assets. It must be stressed that valid com parison of actual year-to-year growth has to allow for this institutional change. The behavior of M-1A and M-1B thus far this year has reflected this pattern, but in an exagger ated degree because of the large initial transfer of funds to NOW accounts. The next section dis cusses in some detail the distortions caused by shifting to NOW accounts and the expected behavior of M-1A and M-1B. As the discussion indicates, any estimates of the extent and charac 206 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 ter of the prospective shift into NOW accounts must be tentative. The Federal Reserve will be monitoring the shifting into interest-bearing checkable deposits as the year progresses and will be assessing its impact on the expansion of the monetary aggregates. From time to time, the System will report its estimates of the adjusted growth of M-l A and M-1B so that the public and the Congress can better assess the consistency of monetary expansion with the FOMC’s stated objectives. The 1981 range for M-2 is the same as that in 1980; however, the upper end of the range is roughly 3/ 4 percentage point less than the actual growth recorded in 1980. A reduction in the range does not appear appropriate at this time in light of what is known about the relationships among the various monetary measures, as affect ed by public preferences for various types of assets and by expected economic and institution al circumstances. In fact, there is a distinct likelihood that, consistent with the planned de cline in the growth of the narrower aggregates, growth in M-2 in 1981 will be in the upper half of its 6 to 9 percent range. With the changes in regulatory ceilings that have made small-denomi nation time deposits more attractive in compari son to market instruments and with the growing popularity of money market mutual funds, the nontransactional component of M-2 is likely to continue growing quite briskly. Moreover, if the tax cuts proposed by the President result in a marked increase in the proportion of income saved, this saving may contribute to relatively robust growth in M-2, which has, in any event, tended in recent years to approximate the in crease in nominal GNP. The range for M-3 in 1981 is the same as that for 1980, but again is below the actual growth experienced last year. The deceleration would reflect the slower expansion specified for M-2, which accounts for more than three-quarters of the broader aggregate. Large-denomination time deposits at commercial banks—the other major component of M-3—likely will expand moderate ly again this year, but much will depend on the patterns of credit flows that emerge. The growth of bank credit is now expected to be about the same as in 1980. Household borrowing at banks could increase, especially in the consumer in stallment area, where use of credit was severely damped for a time last year by credit controls. However, nonfinancial firms likely will wish to rely less heavily on bank borrowing than they did in 1980, in light of the deterioration of balancesheet liquidity that they have already exper ienced. Indeed, should credit market conditions be such as to encourage a substantial funding of short-term debt by corporations, commercial banks might play a lesser role in the overall supply of credit and M-3 could be damped by reduced bank reliance on large time deposits. On the other hand, if conditions in the bond markets are not conducive to long-term financing, then bank credit and M-3 could be relatively strong. Im pact o f N ation w ide N O W A ccounts on M onetary G row th in 1981 As noted in the preceding section, the behavior of M-l A and M-1B will be greatly affected this year by the advent, under the Monetary Control Act of 1980, of nationwide availability of NOW accounts and other interest-bearing checkable deposits. The phenomenon is qualitatively simi lar to what occurred in 1980 when growth in M-l A was depressed and growth in M-1B en hanced by the shifting of funds into ATS ac counts—but the distortions in 1981 will be quan titatively much greater. With the introduction of a new financial instru ment like the NOW account, a broad adjustment of the public’s asset portfolios may occur. Under the present circumstances, however, it seems reasonable as a practical matter to expect that the major impact will be a shifting of funds into the new accounts from existing nonearning de mand deposits and from the interest-earning as sets included in M-2 (especially highly liquid, relatively low-yielding savings deposits). The analysis of experience in past years with NOW accounts in the northeastern part of the country and with ATS accounts throughout the nation indicates that flows from demand and savings deposits have accounted for the great bulk of the growth of interest-bearing accounts. Further more, various surveys and other analyses have indicated that in the past roughly two-thirds of the funds flowing into ATS and NOW accounts have come from demand deposits and roughly one-third from savings deposits. Monetary Policy R eport to Congress During January, a somewhat larger share of the funds flowing into interest-bearing checking deposits appears to have come from demand deposits—perhaps about 75 to 80 percent, with only about 20 to 25 percent coming from savings deposits (or, to a very limited extent, other sources). This change from past patterns appears to reflect a relatively fast adjustment on the part of holders of large-denomination demand deposit balances at commercial banks. The sources of subsequent growth in interest-bearing checkable deposits are expected to be more along the lines of the past two-thirds-one-third break. Depository institutions have marketed the new accounts very aggressively, many of them lining up a sizable number of customers before the end of 1980. Since December 30, the net growth of interest-bearing checkable deposits already has totaled more than $22 billion. Obviously it is extremely difficult to forecast the further growth of interest-bearing checkable deposits over the remainder of the year. A working assumption would be that the net increase in such deposits this year will amount to somewhere between $35 billion to $45 billion, which would mean that half, or a little more than half, of the funds already have been shifted. If the shares of funds coming from demand and savings deposits move prompt ly to a two-thirds-one-third proportion, the re sult will be a depressing effect on M-1A growth of 7 to 8 percentage points and an increase of 2 to 3 percentage points in M-lB growth. Taking the midpoints of these estimates and applying them to the basic ranges specified by the FOMC for monetary growth this year, the observed change in M-l A from the fourth quarter of 1980 to the fourth quarter of 1981 would be - 4 l/ 2 to - 2 percent and that in M-1B would be 6 to 8 V2 percent. As already indicated, the growth of interestbearing checkable deposits in January was ex traordinarily rapid and resulted in an extreme divergence of M-1A and M-1B movements. Ob served M-l A contracted at a 37 V2 percent annual rate in January, while M-1B increased at a I 2 V4 percent annual rate. On the assumption that three-quarters to four-fifths of the funds flowing into interest-bearing checkable deposits came from demand deposits, both M-1A and M-1B, on an adjusted basis, showed only small growth in the early weeks of this year. 207 Outlook fo r the E conom y The economy entered 1981 on an upward trajec tory, extending the recovery in activity from last year’s brief but sharp recession. January saw further large gains in retail sales, employment, and industrial production. On the whole, the demand for goods and services has continued to prove more buoyant than most analysts had expected. Unfortunately, at the same time infla tion has not abated. The persistence of intense inflationary pres sures jeopardizes the continuity of economic expansion over the remainder of the year. More over, unless the rise of prices slows, there can be little hope of an appreciable, sustained easing of interest rates or of a substantial improvement in the balance sheets of the many units of the economy that already have experienced a dete rioration in their financial condition. The near-term prospects for prices are not favorable. In the months immediately ahead, the major price indexes will reflect the effect of poor agricultural supply conditions on food prices and the impact of higher OPEC charges and domestic decontrol on energy prices. Increases in the consumer price index, furthermore, will reflect— in a way that exaggerates the true change in the average cost of living—the rise in mortgage inter est rates that occurred in the latter part of 1980. Aside from these special factors, the basic trend of prices is linked closely to the behavior of unit labor costs, which constitute the largest element in costs of production. As noted earlier, poor productivity performance has contributed to rising costs. It is also quite clear that wage demands have been sizable. Despite the accel eration in wage increases that has occurred, the wages of many workers have failed to keep pace with the upward movement of prices in the past few years. This development was virtually inevi table in light of the decline in productivity and the adverse terms-of-trade effects of the tremen dous increase in foreign oil prices. So long as those conditions continue, the average worker cannot anticipate a rising standard of living, and attempts to “ make up” losses in real income will be reflected in strong cost and price pressures. The condition of labor markets is, of course, a factor affecting wage decisions. Despite the fact that the overall unemployment rate stands at 7J/ 2 208 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 percent, scarcities of skilled workers have oc curred in some sectors of the economy. But, even when slack in labor demand does exist, its impact on wages is rather slow in emerging; wages appear to have a strong momentum rooted in inflationary expectations, which are based to a great extent on past experience as well as on attempts to maintain real income. Workers’ wage demands are influenced by expectations about prices, as well as by patterns established in previous wage bargaining. Meanwhile, employ ers condition their wage offers in good measure by their own sense of the prospects for inflation and of whether they will be able to pass along higher compensation costs by increasing prices. This momentum must be turned in a favorable direction. To do so will require a commitment to monetary and fiscal restraint that is firm and credible, and a direction of other governmental policies toward fighting inflation. Labor and management must be persuaded that the infla tionary process will not be accommodated—that wage and price decisions based on an anticipa tion of rapid inflation will prove inimical to their ability to maintain employment and sales vol ume. Put more positively, they have to be con vinced that moderation in their individual wage and price actions will not put them at a relative disadvantage and will in fact produce a better economic environment for everyone. Such an alteration of the expectational climate will not be easy to achieve. But it is important to do so. For, to the extent that those attitudes can be changed, the short-run costs of restraint on aggregate demand, in the form of economic slack, will be ameliorated. Conversely, prolonga tion of high wage and price demands would come into conflict with needed monetary and fiscal restraint, aggravating economic difficulties. In any event, once expectations are turned, further progress toward price stability should come more easily so long as excessive pressures on productive capacity are avoided. The policy of monetary restraint adopted by the Federal Reserve is intended to contribute to the process of breaking the momentum of infla tion. Fiscal policy also has a crucial role to play. 3. Economic projections for 1981 Item Projected 1981 Adminis tration Actual 1980 FOMC 9.5 - .3 9.8 9 to 12 -m to m 9 to 10‘/ 2 Changes from fourth quarter to fourth quarter, percent Nominal G N P .............. Real G N P .................... GNP deflator................ 11.0 1.4 9.5 Average level in fourth quarter, percent Unemployment rate. . . 7.5 8 to 8»/2 7.7 Cuts in federal taxes potentially can help to invigorate private capital formation and thereby enhance productivity, reduce costs, and pave the way for faster economic growth. But it is impor tant that government spending be held firmly in check at the same time so that aggregate demand does not become excessive and so that the pressures of government demands on the credit markets do not impede the financing of private investment. The members of the FOMC, in assessing the economic outlook, have recognized the possibil ity of some reduction this year in business and personal income taxes and some initial steps in the longer-range effort toward slowing the growth of federal expenditures. Given these working assumptions, the individual members of the FOMC have formulated projections for eco nomic performance in the current year that gen erally fall within the ranges indicated in table 3. As may be seen, the FOMC members’ projec tions for output and inflation encompass those that underlie the administration’s recent budget proposal. The members of the FOMC see inflation as remaining rapid in 1981, although not so rapid throughout the year as seems likely to be the case early in the period. The failure of inflation to slow more quickly and the large budgetary defi cits in prospect for the year are seen as resulting in continued strong demands for money and credit and in the maintenance of relatively high interest rates. Against this backdrop, economic activity is likely to show only intermittent strength, and unemployment probably will rise between now and the end of the year. □ 209 Treasury and Federal Reserve Foreign Exchange Operations This 38th joint report reflects the Treasury-Fed eral Reserve policy o f making available addition al information on foreign exchange operations from time to time. The Federal Reserve Bank of New York acts as agent for both the Treasury and the Federal Open Market Committee o f the Federal Reserve System in the conduct o f foreign exchange operations. This report was prepared by Scott E. Pardee, Manager o f Foreign Operations o f the System Open Market Account and Senior Vice President in the Foreign Function o f the Federal Reserve Bank o f New York. It covers the period August 1980 through January 1981. Previous reports have been published in the March and Septem ber B u l l e t i n s o f each year beginning with September 1962. During the six-month period under review, the U.S. dollar came into heavy demand in the exchange markets and advanced sharply against many major currencies. The dollar’s underlying strength reflected the relatively favorable current-account position of the United States. The current account had swung from substantial deficit in the first half of 1980 to surplus in the second half of the year. By contrast, many other major industrial countries continued to record massive current-account deficits, swollen by the increase in their oil import bills following the runup of international oil prices in 1979-80. In addition, the dollar proved increasingly attractive as an investment medium. As the U.S. economy snapped back from the sharp recession of early 1980, the demand for money and credit in the United States also rebounded strongly. With the Federal Reserve continuing to adhere to its approach—adopted in October 1979—of plac ing primary emphasis on bank reserves rather than on interest rates to control the growth of the money and credit aggregates, interest rates in the United States were bid up once again to new peak levels. Meanwhile, the economies of most other major countries were showing slower growth than before or even moving into reces sion, with marked increases in unemployment. This development generated strong pressures on the authorities to ease up on policies, including monetary policies, even as inflation rates and, in most cases, current-account deficits still showed little sign of improving. The authorities were reluctant to have their interest rates rise in pace with those in the United States. Consequently, as interest differentials opened up in favor of the dollar, increasing volumes of funds moved into dollar-denominated assets. Through late 1980, the selling pressures were mainly on Western European currencies, in par ticular the German mark. In Europe, currentaccount deficits continued to be large and inter- 1. Federal Reserve reciprocal currency arrangements Millions of dollars Amount of facility Institution Jan. 1, 1980 250 Jan. 31, 1981 Austrian National B a n k .................... National Bank of Belgium .............. Bank of Canada ................................ National Bank of Denm ark.............. Bank of England ................................ Bank of France .................................. German Federal Bank ...................... 250 2,000 6,000 2,000 6,000 Bank of Italy ...................................... Bank of Japan .................................... Bank of Mexico ................................ Netherlands B a n k .............................. Bank of Norway ................................ Bank of Sweden ................................ Swiss National Bank ........................ 3,000 5,000 700 500 250 300 4,000 3,000 5,000 700 500 250 5001 4,000 Bank for International Settlements Swiss francs/dollars ...................... Other authorized European currencies/dollars .................. 600 1,000 2,000 1,000 2,000 250 3,000 250 3,000 600 1,250 1,250 30,100 30,300 1. Increased by $200 million effective May 23, 1980. 210 2. Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 Drawings and repayments under reciprocal currency arrangements, August 1, 1980-January 31, 19811 Millions o f dollars equivalent; drawings, or repayments (-) Activity by the Federal Reserve System Transactions with Bank o f France2 ........................ German Federal Bank2 ........... Swiss National B a n k ............... T o ta l............................................. 1980 Commitments, Jan. 1, 1980 Ql 0 3,150.4 0 3,150.4 Q2 0 r 316.0 \ - 3,489.2 { —22.7} r 338.7 ( - 3 ,5 1 1 . 9 January 1981 Q3 Commitments, Jan. 31, 1981 Q4 100.2 r 60.6 1 { - 5 4 .6 } -1 1 0 .5 0 0 996.1 -1 3 2 .4 265.71 - 8 7 6 .2 / -2 6 0 .3 0 0 0 1,096.2 -1 3 2 .4 { -n i} 337.5i -9 4 2 .1 / 0 -370.8 0 0 0 0 A ctivity by the BIS and foreign central banks Bank drawing on System Bank o f S w e d e n ............... Bank for International Settlements (against German marks)3 ___ T o ta l..................................... Outstanding, Jan. 1, 1980 1980 Ql Q3 Q4 January 1981 200.0 192.0 - 9 7 .0 192.0 - 9 7 .0 1. Because o f rounding, figures may not add to totals. Data are on a value-date basis. 2. Data on repayments o f swap commitments with the Bank of est rates, while high relative to inflation rates, were generally below those in the United States. The pound sterling was an exception; the United Kingdom moved into a strong current-account position and maintained high interest rates that proved attractive to investment flows. The Japa nese yen advanced sharply, on a substantial improvement in Japan’s current-account position and on heavy demands for yen-denominated assets. In early 1981 the dollar’s advance became more generalized, even though U.S. interest rates had edged off from their peaks. The release of the U.S. hostages by Iran lifted one element of uncertainty for the dollar, while the unfreezing of a part of Iran’s assets took place without disrupt ing the exchanges. Moreover, the market reacted positively to the sense of determination shown by the Reagan administration to deal with infla tion and to revitalize the U.S. economy. By late January, market sentiment became extremely bullish toward the dollar. At the same time, market participants were inclined to interpret developments affecting other major currencies in a pessimistic light. In this atmosphere, markets became increasingly one way, with the dollar rising virtually every day. Q2 50.01 -1 4 5 .0 f 50.01 -1 4 5 .0 / Outstanding, Jan. 31, 1981 200.0 0 0 200.0 200.0 France and the German Federal Bank include revaluation adjustments o f $34.3 million for swap renewals during 1980. 3. BIS drawings and repayments of dollars against European cur rencies other than Sw iss francs to meet temporary cash requirements. Over the six-month period ending January 31, the dollar had risen 19 percent against the Ger man mark and 16 to 20 percent against other currencies within the joint float of the European Monetary System (EMS). Sterling, which had risen 51/: percent, had dropped back for a net gain of IV2 percent on balance. The yen also eased back from its highs but still rose 10 percent for the six-month period. The Canadian dollar, which had dropped to a 40-year low in Decem ber, was steadier after the year-end on signs of an improvement in Canada’s external position and on the sharp rise in interest rates that had occurred in December. In foreign currency operations, U.S. authori ties were active throughout the period, mainly as buyers of currencies. As the dollar firmed against the German mark in August, the Federal Reserve and the Treasury began to acquire, in the market and through correspondents, the currencies needed by the System to repay swap debt and by the Treasury to cover its short position under its medium-term mark obligations. These oper ations continued in substantial volume through the fall. By the end of October, the System had repaid in full the remaining $879.7 million equivalent of 211 Foreign Exchange Operations 3. U.S. Treasury securities, foreign currency denominated1 Millions o f dollars equivalent; issues, or redemptions ( - ) 1980 Commit ments Jan. 1, 1980 Ql Public series G e r m a n y ............... Sw itzerland........... 4,065.7 1,203.0 1,168.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5,233.6 1,203.0 T o ta l........................ 5,268.6 1,168.0 0 0 0 0 6,436.6 Issues Commit ments Jan. Jan. 31, Q2 Q3 Q4 1981 1981 1. Data are on a value-date basis. Because o f rounding, figures may not add to totals. swap debt to the German Federal Bank and $166.3 million of swap drawings on the Bank of France outstanding as of July 31, 1980. By early December the Treasury had acquired sufficient marks to cover its medium-term notes in that currency. Thereafter, with the dollar still in strong demand, the U.S. authorities continued on balance to acquire currencies. Operations were conducted on days in which the exchange rates were particularly volatile, and on some occasions the Trading Desk placed simultaneous bid-and-asked prices to settle the market. Never theless, with the one-way movement into dollars that developed, by late January the U.S. authori ties were again purchasing marks virtually every day. To summarize, over the six months, the U.S. authorities operated in German marks, French francs, Swiss francs, and Japanese yen. In marks, the Federal Reserve and Treasury pur chased a total of $7,569.5 million equivalent in the market and from correspondents and sold $368.2 million in the market. In French francs, the Federal Reserve purchased $158.6 million in the market and from correspondents to repay the swap debt. In Swiss francs, the Federal Reserve and the Treasury bought $192.2 million equiv alent, which was added to balances. In yen, the Federal Reserve sold $50.0 million equivalent as part of a coordinated intervention operation ear ly in January. Finally, in January the central bank of Sweden drew $200 million under its swap line with the Federal Reserve. U.S. foreign cur rency reserves stood at $10.7 billion at the end of January, up from $5.4 billion at the end of July. From August through January, the Federal Reserve realized profits of $18.6 million on its foreign exchange operations. The U.S. Trea sury’s Exchange Stabilization Fund realized losses of $3.7 million on its operations in the market. Also, the Treasury’s general account incurred losses of $170.2 million, reflecting annu al renewals at current market rates of the agree ment to warehouse with the Federal Reserve proceeds of Treasury securities denominated in marks and Swiss francs. These losses will be recovered by the Treasury’s general account when it reacquires these currencies for the re demption of the securities. As of the end of the period, with the dollar having risen sharply, the Federal Reserve showed valuation losses of $150.6 million on its foreign exchange assets while the Exchange Stabilization Fund showed valuation losses of $826.3 million on its foreign exchange assets. The Treasury’s general account showed valuation profits of $781.1 million related to the outstanding issues of securities denominat ed in foreign currencies of $6,436.6 million equiv alent. During the period under review, U.S. authori ties changed certain provisions of swap agree ments with foreign central banks. Since July 1973 the exchange risk on drawings by the Federal Reserve or the U.S. Treasury had been shared evenly with the foreign central bank on which the drawing was being made. This risk-sharing pro cedure did not apply to drawings by other central banks. In addition, since the inception of the swap agreements in 1962, the interest rates paid on any drawings, either by the Federal Reserve or the Treasury or by the foreign central banks, were based on the current rates for U.S. Trea sury bills. Under procedures beginning this year, 4. U.S. Treasury and Federal Reserve foreign exchange operations1 N et profits or losses ( - ) in millions o f dollars U .S . Treasury Period Federal Reserve 1980—Q l ......................................... 14.1 7.7 Q 2 ......................................... 1 .1 Q 3 ......................................... 6.2 Q 4 ......................................... January 1981................................... 6.2 Valuation profits and losses on outstanding assets and liabil ities as o f January 31, 1981 -1 5 0 .6 1. Data are on a value-date basis. Exchange Stabilization Fund General account 0 42.0 3.9 - 3 .1 -.7 64.9 0 6.3 - 2 5 .9 -1 4 4 .3 -8 2 6 .3 781.1 212 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 the Federal Reserve and the U.S. Treasury, like their counterparts in the swap arrangements, will take the full exchange risk on their swap draw ings. They will also pay a rate of interest based on the creditor country’s Treasury bill rate or the nearest equivalent market rate. Ge r m a n M a r k By mid-1980 the German authorities were con fronted with an emerging policy dilemma. Eco nomic activity was contracting as recessionary trends abroad led to a sharp slowdown in export growth at the same time that domestic demand faltered. Unemployment was rising. Inflation, after peaking at 6 percent, began to recede and the growth of central bank money had slowed to the lower end of the 5 to 8 percent annual target range. These developments had permitted the German Federal Bank to begin cautiously to ease money market conditions by providing some liquidity on a temporary basis over the summer months. But the central bank resisted domestic pressures to reduce official interest rates out of concern that a relaxation of the overall restric tive stance of monetary policy before inflation ary expectations were firmly laid to rest would undercut the progress already under way in bringing inflation under control. Moreover, the current-account deficit, running in excess of DM 25 billion at an annual rate, was in deeper deficit than had been projected earlier. German interest rates, though high by domestic standards, remained low relative to interest rates elsewhere. As a result, the goal of financing the current-account deficit with a combination of private and public inflows of capital, and thereby avoiding a drain on Germany’s foreign exchange reserves, had met with only limited success. Despite substantial foreign official placements with the German Federal Bank and revaluation adjustments to its gold and foreign currency holdings with the European Monetary Fund, Germany’s gross foreign exchange reserves de clined $1.6 billion in the first seven months of 1980 to stand at $45.7 billion at the end of July.1 1. Foreign exchange reserves for Germany and other members of the EMS, including the United Kingdom, incor porate adjustments for gold and foreign exchange swaps In the exchanges, the German mark had moved up from its lows of last April in the wake of declining U.S. interest rates. On occasion during August the mark still came into bursts of demand amid concerns about the outlook for inflation in the United States. As in preceding months, the authorities in the United States acted to settle these pressures. The Federal Reserve and U.S. Treasury together sold $69.6 million equivalent of marks during the month. But the mark’s rebound had lost momentum as a renewed upturn in U.S. interest rates began to provide support for the dollar. Also, tensions in Poland were generating uncertainties about Ger many’s strategic and economic exposure to de velopments in Eastern Europe. Consequently, the mark was vulnerable from time to time to re newed capital outflows. On days when the spot rate weakened, the Federal Reserve and the U.S. Treasury were able to acquire $481.1 million equivalent of marks and $312.8 million equiv alent of marks respectively in the market and from correspondents. These marks were used to rebuild balances and to reduce the Federal Re serve’s swap debt with the German Federal Bank from $879.7 million at the end of July to $437.9 million by the end of August. The stalling of the mark’s recovery during August contributed to the perception in the mar ket that a deepening conflict between domestic and external objectives had left the German authorities with little room to maneuver. Follow ing up their actions of the summer, the German Federal Bank acted to nudge money market rates lower while aiming to keep an overall, tight grip on liquidity. On September 1 the authorities cut minimum reserve requirements by 10 percent on domestic and foreign liabilities. To reduce fur ther the cost of funds to the banks, the authori ties acted on September 19 to lower the Lombard rate from 9x/2 to 9 percent, while also supplying additional mark liquidity via repurchase agree ments against government securities and via for eign exchange swaps of marks against dollars. In fact, however, German money market rates did not ease much because the commercial banks, against European currency units (ECUs) done with the European Monetary Fund. Foreign exchange reserve num bers used in the report are drawn from International Mone tary Fund data published in International Financial Statis tics. Foreign Exchange Operations expecting a further drop in official lending rates, bid aggressively for funds in the market rather than approach the central bank for longer-term loans. Around the time of the International Mon etary Fund (IMF)-World Bank meetings in late September and early October, expectations of a more meaningful relaxation of policy became widespread amid spirited public discussion of the need for a cut in the discount rate. Meanwhile, in contrast to the pattern of declin ing production and rising unemployment in Ger many, economic activity in the United States was picking up. In the face of renewed demands for money and credit, the Federal Reserve had acted to constrain the growth of bank reserves in order to control the growth of the monetary aggregates. Market interest rates climbed sharp ly, and on September 26 the Federal Reserve raised the discount rate 1 percentage point to 11 percent. Strong demand for money and credit persisted, putting additional upward pressure on U.S. money market rates. With interest differen tials adverse to the mark thus widening and with market participants looking for still larger differ entials in the weeks ahead, capital began to flow heavily out of mark-denominated assets. As a result, the mark, already weighed down by the large current-account deficit, came under in creasing selling pressure in the foreign exchange market. The Trading Desk continued to buy marks in response to the emergence of one-way pressures, acquiring $395.9 million equivalent of marks on behalf of the Federal Reserve and $283.6 million equivalent of marks, including $36.9 million on a forward basis, on behalf of the U.S. Treasury through October 15. These pur chases in the market and from correspondents enabled the Federal Reserve to liquidate in full its remaining swap debt with the German Federal Bank and the Treasury to continue covering its outstanding mark-denominated, medium-term notes. At its Council meeting on October 20 the German Federal Bank provided the banks with additional rediscount quotas at preferential rates and otherwise acted to increase bank liquidity but decided not to lower official interest rates. Demands that greater priority be given to restor ing economic growth nevertheless continued. Indeed, a report of the five leading German economic research institutes recommended that 213 the German Federal Bank expand the growth of the money supply, reduce official lending rates, and accept a temporary depreciation of the mark if necessary to prevent the downturn of the economy from deepening further. In the foreign exchange market, sentiment toward the mark turned bearish. Interest-sensitive capital flowed even more heavily from Germany amid portfolio shifts into the dollar, sterling, and higher-yielding currencies in the EMS. Meanwhile, official and commercial borrowers with financing needs in other currencies borrowed marks and converted the proceeds in the exchanges. The pressure of these outflows triggered a fall in bond prices, thus prompting the German Federal Bank to support the capital market through open market operations, while also pushing the mark to the floor of the joint float vis-a-vis the French franc and occasionally also vis-a-vis the Netherlands guilder. As speculative selling pressures mounted, re ports of a temporary withdrawal of the mark from the joint float or of a widening in interven tion limits began circulating through the market. But high-ranking German officials denied that such measures were under consideration and reaffirmed their commitment to maintain the mark’s strength and thereby its attractiveness to foreign investors. The German Federal Bank, which had gradually increased its intervention sales of dollars, was by late October operating heavily in French francs and on a smaller scale in Dutch guilders to preserve exchange rate limits within the EMS. Even so, by early November the mark had declined 10 percent from levels prevailing around mid-September to a low of DM 1.96 against the dollar. To support the mark further, the German Federal Bank allowed the heavy intervention within the EMS to tighten the German money market. Moreover, the French authorities adopt ed measures on November 7 to ease their money market interest rates and to discourage capital inflows. These actions alleviated the pressures on the mark. As concerns over realignment of EMS parities began to fade, the immediate focus of market attention shifted to interest rate devel opments among the industrial countries. In this respect, traders were unsure about the dollar’s prospects if U.S. interest rates should suddenly drop off once the near-term run-up in rates 214 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 topped out. Consequently, when signs of the beginning of deceleration in the growth of the U.S. monetary aggregates set off expectations that U.S. interest rates might decline, the dollar came suddenly on offer. As funds flowed out of dollars back into mark-denominated assets, the spot rate soared about 4 percent against the dollar to a high of DM 1.8860 in less than two trading days between November 7 and 10. In response, the U.S. authorities intervened as a seller of marks, while the German Federal Bank also purchased dollars in Frankfurt. But, contrary to expectations, U.S. interest rates continued their advance in the weeks that followed. With the economy expanding, the growth of the monetary aggregates resumed and U.S. interest rates began to advance once again. The Federal Reserve followed by raising the discount rate successively by 1 percentage point each on November 17 and on December 5 to 13 percent and introduced a surcharge on frequent use of the discount window by large borrowers. Short-term domestic and Eurodollar rates climbed sharply higher through mid-December, reaching new peaks of 22 percent and opening up interest differentials adverse to the mark of as much as 12V2 percentage points. Once again private capital flowed out of Ger many as investors locked in high dollar interest yields at the expense of mark-denominated as sets and as foreign governments, corporations, and individuals continued to borrow marks to take advantage of relatively low interest costs and prospective further declines of the spot rate in the exchanges. Such outflows were of major concern to the German authorities. They added to huge funding needs imposed by the currentaccount deficit as well as by the continuing deficit on long-term private direct investment. Increased foreign borrowings by German public authorities, mainly from members of the Organi zation of Petroleum Exporting Countries, were not proving sufficient to prevent the mark from weakening further or to stem the erosion of Germany’s foreign exchange reserves. Accord ingly, the German Federal Bank acted to curtail further capital outflows and in December negoti ated a “gentleman’s agreement” with large com mercial banks that temporarily stopped new mark-denominated loans to foreigners. Never theless, selling pressure on the mark pushed the spot rate to as low as DM 2.0325 in European trading on December 12 despite substantial pur chases of marks by the Trading Desk both in New York and through the agency of the German Federal Bank in Frankfurt. In the weeks between mid-October and midDecember, the U.S. authorities intervened force fully at times to counter one-way pressures on the mark. The Federal Reserve acquired $1,472.8 million equivalent of marks in the market and from correspondents, adding these to balances. For its part the U.S. Treasury bought $3,101.7 million equivalent, including $196 million on a forward basis, enabling it to cover entirely its mark-denominated securities. On occasions when the markets were particularly volatile, the authorities also intervened to sell $170.3 million equivalent of marks, financed out of balances. After mid-December as U.S. interest rates slipped back from their highs, the mark began to recover. Even so, a sustained surge of buying did not materialize. Some evidence had accumulated by this time that the decline in U.S. interest rates would be more gradual than had been originally thought. In particular, the U.S. economy, though generally expected to weaken in the first half of 1981, appeared fairly robust despite the de pressed state of the auto and housing sectors. Moreover, further declines in German industrial production and rising unemployment were taken to suggest that the German authorities would follow by lowering their interest rates. But, in view of the considerable uncertainties surround ing the movement in interest differentials, few traders were willing to take on new positions, particularly before the year-end. Coming into the new year, market participants tried to assess the outlook for economic and financial developments for 1981. Traders were impressed by the large swing in the U.S. current account from deficit in the first half of 1980 to surplus in the second half of the year. Indeed, the importance of the increasingly favorable U.S. current-account position for the dollar-mark re lationship was underscored at the onset of trad ing in January when the mark, after initially rising to as high as DM 1.9280 on January 6, dropped back amid a stream of commercially based orders for dollars. By contrast, the outlook for Germany’s current account worsened. Most forecasters were looking for nearly as large a Foreign Exchange Operations deficit this year as the shortfall of DM 28 billion recorded in 1980, despite projections of contin ued stagnation and even recession in the German economy. The prospect of a sizable and pro longed deficit partly reflected the adverse impact on Germany’s terms of trade of the sharp depre ciation of the mark and of higher oil prices. But underlying the tenaciousness of the deficit were structural problems as well, such as the chal lenge to manufactured exports by overseas com petitors and Germany’s continued heavy depen dence on foreign energy resources. Within Germany the ongoing policy debate intensified amid heightened disagreement over the appropriate adjustment to the change in Germany’s external situation. In the exchange market, sentiment toward the mark turned ex ceedingly bearish during January as market par ticipants focused on the ambivalence of German policy. While holding to a firm monetary stance in the face of internal pressures to stimulate the economy, the central bank had nonetheless avoided overt steps toward tightening, and mar ket participants began to question the resolve of the authorities to support the mark. Moreover, the determined tone of the Reagan administra tion in seeking to strengthen the U.S. posture both at home and abroad contrasted sharply with the sense of policy frustration in Germany, add ing to the market’s pessimism toward the mark. In these circumstances, the selling of marks gathered force as concerns about a sharp drop in U.S. interest rates evaporated and as the Iranian hostage crisis and the unfreezing of blocked Iranian dollar assets were resolved without ma jor incident, thereby removing uncertainties about the dollar. Downward pressures on the mark were also aggravated by the possibility of Soviet military intervention in Poland, in view of Germany’s strategic exposure and its extensive trade and investment relationships with Eastern Europe. By late January the mark was dropping more rapidly in the exchanges against the dollar than other EMS currencies and was again at the floor of the EMS vis-a-vis the French franc. In response, the German Federal Bank intervened in dollars and, together with the Bank of France, in francs to preserve the EMS intervention lim its. For their part, the U.S. authorities also acquired substantial amounts of marks. Even so, the mark plummeted 10 percent from its highs in 215 early January to DM 2.1300 by January 31, for a net decline of 19 percent over the six months under review. In view of the continuing volatility of the exchanges after mid-December, the U.S. au thorities intervened frequently both to settle the market and toward the end of January to counter the strong one-way pressures building up in favor of the dollar. From mid-December, purchases of marks by the Federal Reserve and the U.S. Treasury amounted to $719.0 million equivalent and $802.6 million equivalent respectively. Over that time, intervention sales by the U.S. authori ties amounted to $128.4 million equivalent. In summary, during the six-month period the Federal Reserve purchased $2,106.9 million equivalent of marks in the market and $961.8 million equivalent of marks from correspon dents, while intervening to sell $215.9 million equivalent. At the same time, the U.S. Treasury acquired $3,865.2 million equivalent in the mar ket and another $635.8 million equivalent from correspondents and sold $152.4 million equiv alent of marks. Meanwhile, reflecting sizable intervention purchases of marks within the EMS and the repayment of swap debt by the Federal Reserve, Germany’s foreign exchange reserves declined $3.3 billion over the six-month period to stand at $42.4 billion on January 31, 1981. Swiss Fr a n c The economy in Switzerland, in contrast to that in Germany, remained strong through the early summer of last year. Bolstered by consumer and investment demand, the Swiss gross national product was expanding at an annual rate of 3 percent while employment advanced to its high est level in five years. But international develop ments were impinging on this otherwise favor able economic performance. Even though the Swiss inflation rate was still the lowest in the industrialized world, domestic prices were being pulled up sharply by rising oil prices and the higher prices of other imported goods. The deterioration in the terms of trade, reces sions in foreign markets, and the strength of the domestic economy had opened up a trade gap of around $6 billion, about twice the 1979 deficit and sufficiently large to push the current account 216 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 into deficit for the first time in 15 years. More over, since the larger industrialized countries were relying heavily on restrictive monetary policies to combat high inflation, interest rates abroad had risen, reaching historic highs in a number of countries and moving interest differ entials sharply against Switzerland in early 1980. These differentials, especially against the United States, were widening again by early August. The relatively low nominal interest rates in Switzerland left the franc vulnerable to down ward pressures that, if they intensified, threat ened to increase inflationary pressures within Switzerland. In response, the Swiss authorities had begun to dismantle exchange controls limit ing capital inflows, actions that helped the franc rebound strongly against the dollar in the late spring and early summer. But in late July when the dollar began to recover, the franc fell back from its highs to trade around SF 1.65 in early August. Later in the month as U.S. interest rates continued to advance, the franc eased further, slipping at times against the mark as well as the dollar. In response, the Swiss authorities has tened to complete the abolition of all remaining restrictions against capital inflows. In addition, regulations governing borrowings in Swiss francs were changed to make it easier for central banks and monetary authorities to invest in private Swiss franc placements. During this period the U.S. authorities supplemented their operations in marks by operating in Swiss francs as well. By the end of August, they had bought $20 million equivalent of francs in the market and $15.2 million equivalent from correspondents, of which $22.6 million was for the Federal Reserve and $12.6 million was for the Treasury. Meanwhile, since the Swiss National Bank had intervened only occasionally to buy dollars in 1980, the authorities were relying on other oper ations to provide the liquidity banks needed on a short- and medium-term basis to maintain re serve requirements. These operations included arranging foreign exchange swaps for short- and medium-term maturities and placing government deposits with commercial banks. Even so, the Swiss monetary base, which is used as a target by the authorities, was falling just below the desired growth rate of 4 percent per year. In part, this reflected reduced holdings of bank notes following the removal of exchange controls. But, with recessions spreading across other European countries, especially Germany, the sluggishness of monetary growth suggested that the Swiss economy might also be slowing down. The mar kets came to expect a decline in interest rates. Nevertheless, the authorities remained deter mined to combat inflation, which at 4 percent per year remained historically high for Switzerland. Therefore, the Swiss National Bank provided liquidity at now relatively unfavorable interest rates, thereby signaling to the market its refusal to accommodate lower interest rates. By mid-October, the steep rise in U.S. interest rates opened up a large gap between U.S. and Swiss rates. Funds flowed heavily out of the franc into the dollar and the rate fell sharply with other continental currencies, dropping some 5V2 percent to SF 1.7425 in early November before leveling off with the mark around midmonth. Nevertheless, during this same period the some what tighter money market conditions had helped stabilize the franc vis-a-vis the mark. With the franc benefiting from the return of funds that had been invested earlier in the year in Germany, the franc did not fall as fast as the mark and the Swiss National Bank did not have to intervene in the exchange market. Between early September and mid-November the Federal Reserve bought an additional $5 million equiv alent of francs in the market and $102.2 million equivalent from correspondents. For its part the Exchange Stabilization Fund bought $29.8 mil lion equivalent from correspondents. In December, U.S. interest rates rose even higher and the differential between U.S. and Swiss interest rates widened to more than 14 percent. Investment portfolio managers reacted swiftly by moving large amounts of funds out of the franc into higher-yielding dollar assets. Moreover, seeing little possibility of a near-term recovery in the franc, many corporate entities, governments, and official agencies borrowed francs domestically or in the Euro-Swiss franc market where in many cases borrowers simply exercised options to allow them to switch loan currency denominations on rollover dates. As a result, the franc fell even more sharply against the dollar, while also relinquishing some of its gains against the mark. By mid-December, it dropped another 5V2 percent to SF 1.8365 before recovering to SF 1.7800 at the month-end in Foreign Exchange Operations response to the decline in U.S. interest rates and a sharp year-end rise in Swiss interest rates. Coming into 1981, participants remained wary over the outlook for the franc. Its steep decline against the dollar was seen as undercutting the fight against inflation in Switzerland. At the same time, the Swiss economy was expanding more slowly in the face of deepening recessions in Germany and elsewhere in Europe. In many financial centers around the world the concern over Germany’s economic outlook tended to include Switzerland, and as a result many inves tors viewed the Swiss franc as a less attractive medium for investment funds. Against this back ground, once it became clear in early January that U.S. interest rates were not giving up much ground, the franc came heavily on offer with the other continental currencies, plummeting 8 per cent against the dollar over the month. This further steep decline in the rate prompted the Swiss National Bank to sell modest amounts of dollars in the exchange market. Also on January 29 the Federal Reserve and the Treasury each purchased $10 million equivalent of francs in the market to supplement intervention in marks. The franc closed on January 30 at a three-year low of SF 1.9270, to end the six-month period 16V4 percent lower against the dollar. Also, the franc eased back from its highs against the mark, having received much less intervention support. It therefore closed the six-month period little changed on balance against the mark. Over the period, Federal Reserve market and correspondent purchases of francs totaled $30 million equivalent and $109.8 million equivalent respectively. Treasury acquisitions of francs for the Exchange Stabilization Fund totaled $15 mil lion equivalent and $37.4 million equivalent re spectively. During the six-month period, Switzerland’s foreign currency reserves fluctuated from month to month in response to foreign exchange swap operations undertaken for domestic monetary purposes. On balance, the reserves declined $200 million to $12.1 billion as of January 31. J a p a n e s e Ye n By the third quarter of 1980, Japan was exper iencing a dramatic turnaround in its balance of 217 payments. This shift occurred initially in the capital account, where heavy inflows first into the banking sector and later into stocks and bonds had provided more than adequate financ ing for a current-account deficit still running at an annual rate of $20 billion through the first half of the year. By midsummer, however, the cur rent account was itself moving out of deficit at an unexpectedly rapid pace. A major reason for this improvement was a large reduction of the vol ume of oil imports, reflecting energy conserva tion efforts and major investments in energysaving production processes by Japanese companies. In addition, following the adoption of more restrictive fiscal and monetary policies to stabilize the Japanese yen last March, private consumption flattened out and inventories were cut back sharply. This reduction of domestic demand also contributed to lower import vol ume, while at the same time it encouraged Japa nese companies to expand their overseas sales. As a result, the Japanese yen advanced from its early-April lows to ¥ 227.28 by the opening of the period, while Japan’s foreign exchange re serves rose to $18.8 billion. This sharp recovery in the yen, together with the improved balance of payments performance, touched off a debate within Japan on whether or not to lower domestic interest rates. Earlier in the summer, the Bank of Japan had resisted pressures for easing monetary policy in view of the continued strength of inflationary pressures and the size of the current-account deficit. But by mid-August evidence emerged of the substan tial improvement in the current account and of a lowering in the inflation rate. Moreover, eco nomic growth was slowing down both at home and abroad. As a result, on August 20 the Bank of Japan lowered its discount rate 3/4 percentage point to 8V4 percent. In addition, on September 5 the government announced a modest fiscal stimulus, featuring a restoration of some pro grams cut earlier in the year. In the exchange market, this slight relaxation in fiscal and monetary policy had little impact on the performance of the yen. The market had become increasingly aware that, despite its heavy dependence on oil imports, Japan—by comparison with most other industrialized coun tries—was achieving a rapid adjustment to higher world oil prices. The yen was remarkably resil 218 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 ient in the face of a prospective shortfall in oil production resulting from the outbreak of hostil ities between Iran and Iraq. This resiliency im pressed the market and the yen continued to be buoyed by capital inflows, including funds from OPEC countries to purchase stocks of Japanese companies as well as government and corporate bonds. These inflows, together with the virtual elimination of the current-account deficit by ear ly autumn, propelled the yen 7V4 percent above early-August levels to ¥ 210.65 by September 19 and a further 2 percent to ¥ 206.20 on October 14. At this level the yen was at its highest in nearly two years before easing back against a strengthening dollar to ¥ 211.05 at the monthend. Meanwhile, with the yen in heavy demand in late September and early October, the Bank of Japan intervened in the exchange market to moderate its rise. These operations contributed to an increase of $2.2 billion in foreign exchange reserves to $21.0 billion as of October 31. In early November the strength of the yen, further evidence of moderating inflation, and a moderation of monetary growth provided the Bank of Japan with an opportunity to cut its discount rate another 1 percentage point to 7V4 percent. In addition, the authorities lowered re serve requirement ratios for bank deposits. This move was largely anticipated in the exchange market, and the yen continued to fluctuate around ¥ 212. Around the month-end, however, the Japanese yen dropped to as low as ¥ 216.75 on expectations of higher interest rates in the United States coinciding with the implementa tion of a new exchange control law on December 1, liberalizing the movement of funds in and out of the country. But effective the same day the Ministry of Finance announced increases in the quotas available to Japanese and foreign banks for swapping dollar borrowing into yen, thereby providing more scope for capital inflows. The market soon came into better balance, and the yen recovered to fluctuate around ¥ 210 through midmonth. In late December, exchange market sentiment became more favorable for the yen. Continued strength of export and investment demand was expected to give the economy a boost in Japan that contrasted with the spreading slowdown in most other industrialized countries. With U.S. interest rates also drifting lower at the time, market participants came to expect another wave of investment flows into Japan. As the market turned more bullish toward the yen, commercial leads and lags moved in its favor, pushing the rate up to as high as ¥ 198.00 on January 5. This abrupt rise prompted the Bank of Japan to inter vene in the exchanges. At that time, the dollar was coming generally on offer and, as part of a joint effort with the Bank of Japan to prevent the disorderly conditions in the yen market from spilling over into the other currency markets, the Federal Reserve sold $50 million equivalent of yen in New York, financed out of System bal ances. This intervention helped bring the market into balance and, as concern over a possible sharp drop in U.S. interest rates faded, the yen rate settled back to around ¥ 202.50 by mid month. Thereafter, the yen traded quietly, de clining somewhat against the dollar but rising against the continental European currencies. Market sentiment remained generally positive for the yen, which closed on January 30 at ¥ 206.10, up some 9V2 percent over the sixmonth period. Meanwhile, the Bank of Japan’s interventions during the last three months of the period contributed to a rise of $1.7 billion in foreign exchange reserves to $22.7 billion as of January 31, for an overall rise of $3.9 billion for the six-month period. S te r lin g Coming into the period under review, sterling had been buoyant relative to other European currencies. Britain’s rising production of oil from the North Sea left its economy well protected against possible cutoffs in oil supplies and further increases in energy prices. A deepening reces sion at home was dampening import demand so as to help push the current account from deficit into substantial surplus. The British authorities remained determined to curb the entrenched inflationary pressures in the domestic economy. Toward that end, the Bank of England kept short-term British interest rates close to the recent record levels as long as the demand for credit appeared to remain strong. As a result, British interest rates stayed high by international standards and, in a world dominated by fears over the vulnerability of national economies to Foreign Exchange Operations rising oil prices, sterling remained an attractive investment medium, especially in view of the depth, diversity, and breadth of the London money and capital markets. As a result, the pound had led the advance of the European currencies against the dollar during the spring and summer to trade by early August at $2.34 against the dollar and around 74.5 on a trade-weighted basis as a percentage of Smith sonian parities. Moreover, Britain’s reserve po sition had become so strong that the government had announced during July its decision to prepay during 1980 an official Eurodollar borrowing of $1.5 billion due to mature during 1985-88. Even after some of these repayments, Britain’s official foreign currency holdings at the end of July were close to an all-time high at $20.4 billion. Sterling’s strength in the exchange market, while acting to slow domestic price increases, was creating a dilemma for British policymakers, since the pound’s steep and persistent rise against nearly all other currencies posed an everincreasing threat to the competitiveness of Brit ish goods. As the pound advanced, British indus trialists complained bitterly over narrowing profit margins and declining product market shares. As Britain’s company sector came under increasing liquidity strains, unemployment rose to more than 2 million, stocks were run down, and investment was cut back. The corporate bond market remained inactive, and bank bor rowing was the major source of finance. The continued high level of borrowing by the private sector, as well as the large public-sector borrow ing requirement, kept monetary growth well above target despite substantial sales of govern ment stock. Thus, market participants eagerly awaited any evidence that might point to a decel eration in monetary growth sufficient to permit the authorities to lower interest rates or, alterna tively, any development that might prompt the authorities once more to engage in heavy ex change market intervention to moderate the pound’s rise. Instead, money market conditions in London remained tight almost continuously from August to October. Statistics on the growth of the mone tary and credit aggregates gave the market little hope that the time had come for the Bank of England to reduce its official minimum lending rate. As a result, sterling continued to be well bid 219 during the late summer and fall. During August, both the exchange market and the money market were further influenced by efforts of the major oil companies to acquire sterling to make sizable petroleum revenue tax payments. In late Sep tember the pound was bid up further in reaction to the outbreak of hostilities between Iraq and Iran, rekindling concerns over the global avail ability of oil supplies. By mid-October, release of figures revealing a further gain in Britain’s trade surplus underscored the magnitude of the favor able shift in the country’s balance of payments position. Thus, sterling was ratcheted up against the dollar 3 percent in the two and a half months to mid-October to $2.4108, even as most other European currencies were fluctuating rather nar rowly, albeit somewhat lower, against the dollar. Later that month when a renewed rise in U.S. interest rates started to draw funds out of many continental European currencies, the still rela tively high yields available in London shielded the pound from these pressures. Indeed, with sizable amounts of OPEC and other investment funds on the move, some funds went into ster ling, and this influx helped push the exchange rate up even higher. By late October the pound was advancing against virtually all currencies, hitting a six-year high of $2.4565 against the dollar. Against the continental EMS currencies, the pound rose 10 percent above levels in early August to four-year highs in early November. The Bank of England continued to intervene only to smooth out wide movements in the rate. Net official dollar purchases in the exchange market were more than offset by other operations, so the United Kingdom’s currency reserves declined somewhat over the three months. Meanwhile, however, credit demand, although still strong, was on the verge of slackening for several reasons. The government deficit, al though running ahead of forecast levels, was expected to decline as a result of planned reduc tions in expenditures, the approach of the taxpayment season, an anticipated rebate from the European Community (EC), and sales of government-owned companies. Also, as the recession became more protracted and industry cut its employment rolls while also pruning financial commitments, the demand for bank credit was expected to taper off. In the exchange market, expectations therefore hardened that the authori 220 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 ties would announce a reduction of interest rates when a new parliamentary session opened in mid-November. A sharp sell-off suddenly devel oped, and the pound fell 43/4 percent from its highs to $2.3385 on November 24. On that day the Bank of England’s minimum lending rate was reduced 2 percentage points to 14 percent. Chan cellor Howe also announced a series of measures designed to lower the public-sector borrowing requirement, including a proposal for a supple mentary tax on oil production at a rate of 20 percent of gross revenues and an increase in employee national insurance contributions (effective from April 1981). On balance, this package was well received in the exchange mar ket, and the pound steadied to trade around $2.34 through mid-December. Coming into the new year, sterling was again buoyant in the exchange market. Underpinned by a further widening in the current-account surplus, a rebate from the EC, and occasional large investment orders, the pound was bid up to as high as $2.4320 on January 21. Nevertheless, with U.S. interest rates unexpectedly firm and with the dollar strong in the exchanges, the pace of capital flows into the pound began to slow. As a result, a diversification of investment portfolios by British residents into other currencies, which had proceeded ever since abolition of exchange controls a year before, now began to show through. Around the month-end, sterling dropped back from its highs to close at $2.3630 on January 30. The pound was, however, still up l l/2 percent on balance against the dollar and nearly 21 percent higher against the mark since the end of July. On a trade-weighted effective basis, the rate rose 7 percentage points to 81.2 percent of its Smithsonian parity over the sixmonth period. Meanwhile, the Bank of England continued to intervene on both sides of the market to smooth fluctuations in the pound. These operations had little impact on external reserves, which were affected more by repayments of foreign currency debts and periodic revaluations of Britain’s hold ings in the European Monetary Fund. As a result of these considerations, the United Kingdom’s foreign currency reserves declined $1.7 billion over the six-month period to $18.7 billion as of January 31. Fr e n c h Fr a n c For France the recent sharp increase in oil prices served to aggravate domestic inflationary pres sures, lower real incomes, and impose a sharp reversal in the country’s current-account posi tion, thereby eroding the benefits of years of stabilization policies. By mid-1980, the rate of consumer price inflation had jumped up to 13V2 percent. The current-account surplus of preced ing years had given way to a deficit that was to amount to $7 billion for the full year. Moreover, the economy had lost its upward momentum in the face of weakening consumer and investment demand and, with little opportunity to absorb a growing labor force, the rate of unemployment rose to more than 6 percent. In response, the French government had al ready begun to provide limited fiscal stimulus to the economy and followed up with some further modest measures when it announced its 1981 budget early in September. In particular, certain social benefits were increased, more low-interest loans were made available to export firms and to finance housing, and some tax relief was pro vided to encourage new investment. But the French authorities, remaining committed to the combined goal of curbing inflation and maintain ing the strength of the French franc, resisted pressure to ease the Bank of France’s restrictive monetary policy as the economy weakened. In deed, tight limits on banks’ credit ceilings were maintained. The growth of money, which had run near 11 percent—the top of the target for M-2—at times during the summer, was back well within the targeted range by early fall. In addi tion, short-term rates had resumed a gradual rise after the summer, so that interest rates for most maturities were yielding a positive return even after taking inflation into account. In the exchange markets, the French franc was trading firmly as the six-month period under review opened. It was benefiting then, as it had through much of the year, partly from the rela tively high French interest rates that attracted investment flows into franc-denominated assets and partly from the domestic credit ceilings that provided an incentive to French banks and cor porations to borrow in foreign currencies to meet local financing needs. In addition, the market’s Foreign Exchange Operations attitude toward the franc remained more positive than for other European currencies. The currentaccount deficit, while a source of concern, was considerably smaller than that for Germany, its principal trading partner. France’s traditionally good relations with Middle Eastern countries were generally thought in the market to help cushion France from any shortfall of oil supplies that might result from either the Iranian crisis or the outbreak of hostilities between Iran and Iraq. Moreover, some investors, looking to diversify their holdings, were attracted by the opportuni ties afforded in either the domestic or the Eurofranc markets. Thus, capital inflows were more than sufficient to finance France’s current-account deficit. The French franc had recovered from its spring lows to trade around FF 4.15 early in August. Bank of France intervention within the context of the EMS had contributed to a rise in France’s foreign currency reserves to $25.3 bil lion by the end of July. Also, in view of the franc’s relative strength, the Federal Reserve had included the French currency in its interven tion operations earlier in the year, leaving a net $166.3 million of indebtedness outstanding under the System’s swap line with the Bank of France as of that same date. Against this background, with the currency markets reasonably well balanced during August and September, the franc fluctuated narrowly against the dollar while remaining comfortably near the top of the EMS 2/^-percent band. Al though the Bank of France continued to buy modest amounts of EMS currencies, there was little further increase in French official foreign exchange reserves. Later on, however, the French franc became caught up in the tug of war between a generally rising dollar and a declining German mark. As the dollar strengthened after mid-October, the French franc started a decline, which was to proceed almost without interrup tion, to FF 4.4750 against the dollar by early November. Meanwhile, the Federal Reserve took advantage of the opportunity to begin to buy French francs both from correspondents and in the market and covered all its outstanding swap debt by the end of October. Within the EMS by contrast, upward pressure on the French franc intensified after mid-October. The Bank of France had just, in effect, 221 reaffirmed its commitment to a restrictive mone tary policy stance at a time when the authorities of other European countries were becoming in creasingly concerned about slower economic growth and the prospect of recession. The French central bank announced that its growth target for M-2 for 1981 would be reduced to 10 percent and intervened in the Paris money mar ket to maintain interest rates at a fairly high level. With the German mark coming under increasing selling pressure, the still relatively high level of interest rates in France attracted funds from abroad and kept the French franc from declining as rapidly as the mark against the dollar. The relationship between these two cur rencies within the EMS, therefore, became in creasingly strained. On a number of occasions in late October and early November, the franc was at its upper intervention limit against the mark. The central banks of both countries were obliged to intervene in the market to buy large amounts of marks against francs. At times the Bank of France supplemented these operations by buying small amounts of dollars as well. Despite these purchases, which were partially reflected in a $874 million increase in official foreign currency holdings for the month of October, the franc had risen to a high of FF 2.3002 against the mark by October 31. On November 7, the Bank of France an nounced a number of measures to relieve the upward pressure on the franc within the EMS. The money market intervention point was re duced 3/4 percentage point to 103/4 percent, and a reserve requirement of 5 percent was imposed on deposits of nonresidents to discourage interestsensitive short-term capital inflows from abroad. But, to offset the effects of the recent interven tion activity on domestic liquidity, the Bank of France also increased reserve requirements on commercial bank sight and time deposits. After these measures, the pressures in the EMS sub stantially subsided. The franc eased from its limit against the German mark, although at times during November and December the Bank of France bought modest amounts of marks, while also acquiring Belgian francs when that currency was low within the EMS. For a time the EMS currencies also steadied against the dollar. When, however, the EMS as a group declined, 222 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 the French franc dropped further against the dollar, easing as much as 4 percent below earlyNovember levels before recovering some in ad vance of the year-end. During January, as prospects of a resolution to the Iranian hostage issue improved, the market for French francs began to react to the possibility that any move to unfreeze Iranian assets would set off new and possibly massive flows of funds. Those U.S. banks with liabilities vis-a-vis Iran were presumed to have to bid for funds in the Eurodollar market to meet these liabilities, and as Eurodollar rates were bid up, the European currencies generally weakened against the dol lar. At the same time, market participants antici pated that Iran, once its assets were unfrozen, might try to switch a substantial amount of its funds into French francs. As a result, the franc declined less against the dollar than the other EMS currencies as the dollar continued to ad vance around midmonth. Although in fact no such flow of funds materialized, the relatively high interest rates in France continued to attract funds from abroad. By the end of January, the franc was again firmly against the upper EMS band even as it eased to FF 4.9000 against the dollar. The Bank of France was once more intervening with other central banks to support the German mark and Belgian franc. France’s official foreign currency reserves increased fur ther to stand at $26.5 billion by the end of January, up $1.2 billion over the six-months. Over the period under review, the French franc, frequently caught between the rising dollar and the weakening German mark, moved down 18y2 percent on balance against the dollar and up V2 percent on balance against the mark. I t a l ia n L ir a By mid-1980, the sharp increase in energy prices of the past two years, together with a rapid deterioration in Italy’s non-oil trade position, had swung Italy’s current account sharply into deficit, reversing the sizable surplus position of 1979. The Italian domestic economy continued to expand strongly into 1980, even at a time when a slackening of other economies was being reflect ed in a slowing of foreign demand for Italian products. Moreover, inflation in Italy remained relatively high, proceeding at a pace of more than 20 percent on a year-over-year basis. Since spring, fiscal policy had been at the center of an intense domestic debate that focused on the need to control inflation, to reduce the government debt, and to spur export growth. But, with no fiscal measures yet in place, the burden of fight ing inflation fell entirely on monetary policy, which remained restrictive. In this context, the Italian lira had come under increasing pressure. In the exchanges, as the growing current-account deficit weighed increas ingly on the lira, the spot rate had not risen as the dollar declined and, consequently, had fallen from the top to the bottom of the EMS band. At home, exporters had pressed strongly for devalu ation to restore their competitive position. Gov ernment officials publicly denied that devalua tion was a viable alternative in Italy where prices and wages are highly indexed. Even so, commer cial leads and lags moved sharply against the lira, and Italian residents sought increasingly to repay their foreign currency borrowings, thereby add ing to pressure on the lira and keeping the devaluation rumors alive. By early summer the Bank of Italy had intervened heavily in the exchanges to steady the lira within the EMS band. Early in July the government implemented a package of austerity measures aimed at control ling inflation, supporting the lira in the ex changes, spurring exports, and cutting the public-sector borrowing requirement as a share of gross domestic product. The measures, which became effective immediately but required par liamentary ratification within 60 days, included consolidation of value-added tax brackets; high er taxes on spirits, gasoline, and stamps; and a special tax on wages to be used in support of weak industries. At the same time, the Bank of Italy further tightened restrictions on domestic credit expansion. The exchange markets re sponded favorably to these measures, rumors of lira devaluation subsided, and the lira firmed temporarily in the exchanges. As capital began to flow back into Italy and the normal touristrelated inflows began to gather pace, the Bank of Italy was able to rebuild its foreign currency reserves to $22.0 billion by the end of July. Meanwhile, the lira stabilized within the EMS band about l x/2 percent below the top and partici Foreign Exchange Operations pated with the rise of other currencies against the U.S. dollar. By early August it was trading above its lows at LIT 838.80. But downward pressures on the lira developed again by mid-August. Although the domestic economy had itself begun to slow by this time, Italy’s current account continued to deteriorate, and there was little evidence of improvement on the inflation front. Market participants continued to question how long the lira could be held within its EMS band in view of the much lower inflation rates in most other EMS countries. Also, the time for ratifying the July package of economic measures was running out. When the coalition government of Sig. Cossiga lost a parliamentary vote of confidence and resigned over the week end of September 27-28, the July government austerity measures were allowed to lapse. At this juncture, the Bank of Italy stepped in to stem any buildup of speculative pressure against the lira. It immediately raised the discount rate l l/2 percentage points to 16l/ 2 percent, required exporters to finance 50 percent of their short term credit needs in foreign currency borrow ings, and tightened regulations dealing with lead ing and lagging of payments and receipts. The Bank of Italy also intervened forcefully in the exchange markets. Meanwhile, a new govern ment under Sig. Forlani was soon formed. New fiscal measures were put into place to control the budget and slow the growth of personal con sumption. Though similar to those contained in the July policy package, the new measures pro vided for additional acceleration of personal in come tax payments and expanded support for ailing industries. These actions combined to re assure the exchange markets, and by mid-Octo ber the lira stabilized around LIT 865 and at a level of about 3l/ 2 percent below the top of the EMS band. Over the next two months, the lira traded comfortably within the EMS, while declining against the U.S. dollar no more rapidly than the other currencies involved in the joint float ar rangement. Interest rates in Italy remained high er than those abroad; and though the climbing of U.S. rates narrowed some of the differentials favorable to the lira, the Italian currency was shielded more than most currencies from the growing flows of funds into U.S. dollar assets. Indeed, interest rate considerations, as well as 223 restrictions on domestic credit demand, still en couraged inflows of short-term capital, and com mercial leads and lags turned in favor of the lira. Moreover, the Italian oil companies that normal ly enter the exchange markets to acquire foreign currency balances in early December for regular import payments instead borrowed heavily in the Eurocurrency markets in the hope that the dollar would be cheaper in the future. With the lira thus holding steady within the EMS, the Bank of Italy took advantage of opportunities to acquire for eign currencies through mid-December and re laxed somewhat the October regulation relating to short-term export financing abroad. Meanwhile, Italy’s current-account gap had widened to bring the deficit for 1980 as a whole to about $10 billion-^a figure that was much larger than anticipated only a few months earlier and overshadowed news of a modest improvement in the trade account late in the year. Industrial production was beginning to show signs of a possible recovery, even before much progress had been achieved in improving price or trade performance. Public expenditures and borrowing turned higher late in the year, and monetary growth accelerated, clouding the outlook for a near-term reduction of inflationary pressures all the more. The Bank of Italy continued its strong anti-inflationary stance, and Italian interest rates remained high. Furthermore, just as the period closed, the Bank of Italy sought to strengthen its grip on credit expansion by extending the appli cation of its ceilings to all bank loans in lire and, for the first time, to most loans in foreign curren cies, leaving only export loans exempt from the ceilings. Nevertheless, funds had begun to flow out of Italy in late December, as export financings were repaid and those Italian oil companies that had previously borrowed abroad to finance their im port deliveries took advantage of a brief soften ing of dollar rates to repay these loans. The pressures against the lira continued through Jan uary, prompting the Bank of Italy to intervene at times quite heavily to maintain the lira’s position within the EMS band. As the entire joint float declined sharply against the dollar through Janu ary, the lira fell to record lows, closing the sixmonth period at LIT 1,004.50 or down a net 193/4 percent. At the same time, Italian reserves stood at $20.5 billion, down $1.5 billion for the period. 224 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 E u r o p e a n M o n e t a r y S ystem Last spring and early summer, the currencies linked together in the joint float arrangement within the EMS rebounded against the dollar, largely in response to the sharp decline in U.S. interest rates while interest rates in EMS mem ber countries generally remained firm. This ad vance halted in July, and EMS currencies gener ally eased somewhat against the dollar in August and in early September as U.S. interest rates began to turn upward while interest rates in several EMS countries declined slightly. For the most part, these broad movements took place without much strain on the EMS joint float mechanism itself. Member countries faced the common problem of having to adjust to the sharp runup of oil prices of 1979 and early 1980, which had generated unusually large currentaccount deficits for all of them and had aggravat ed domestic inflationary pressures. The authori ties were seeking to develop a coordinated policy response in the monetary and fiscal areas as well as on energy questions. Monetary policy, in particular, had been tightened to combat infla tion at home and to attract funds, which could help finance the current-account deficits, or at least to stem an outflow of interest-sensitive funds that would complicate the effort. In gener al, interest rates were higher in countries with high rates of inflation, so interest differentials roughly compensated for inflation differentials. By late summer it was clear that industrial pro duction had dropped back from early in the year and, with unemployment rates rising, pressures were building up for an easing of earlier restric tive policies. But the central banks resisted pres sures to ease, in view of the continuing high rates of inflation and the need to finance the currentaccount deficits, with the result that any move ment in the direction of ease was modest, if at all. Within the band of currencies, the Dutch guild er was firm on the Netherlands’ relatively favor able external position and on the high interest rates prevailing in the Amsterdam money mar ket. The guilder, after having traded in the upper half of the EMS band during the first seven months of the year, moved toward the top of the band in August and remained there over the rest of the year. The guilder’s relative strength en abled the Dutch authorities to move cautiously to reduce interest rates, with four cuts in official rates totaling 2 percentage points between June and October. The French franc was also strong within the EMS, alternatively at the top with the guilder, as France attracted capital inflows in excess of its current-account deficit. In Ireland, foreign borrowings by the public sector were being used to finance the current-account deficit. Conversions in the market of the proceeds of these borrowings and some favorable leads and lags in sterling payments kept the Irish pound near the top of the band. At the same time, Denmark was financing its current-account defi cit by borrowing abroad, enabling the Danish krone to fluctuate around the middle of the joint float. The Italian lira, which is allowed a wider trading band than the other currencies in the arrangement, also moved widely but without need for intervention at the outer limits. The Belgian franc traded near the bottom of the 2l/4 percent band. Belgium’s problems—a large current-account deficit, a large fiscal defi cit, and a stagnating economy—were viewed as particularly serious by the market. To finance the current-account and fiscal deficits, the Bel gian government borrowed heavily in interna tional markets. Political wrangling hampered the taking of effective adjustment measures, and the Belgian franc remained under selling pressure, with the result that the National Bank was obliged to maintain interest rates high enough to avoid funds moving out of the franc and to give support from time to time to keep the franc within the 2% percent EMS band. The German mark was also near the bottom of the band. Germany had the largest current-account deficit to finance among the EMS mem bers. Although Germany’s inflation performance continued to be as good or better than the others, German interest rates were well below those in other EMS member countries. Moreover, Ger many had no official restrictions on capital out flows and still refrained from removing all con trols on inflows. The result was that funds could readily move out of Germany into other EMS currencies, and official and private entities with in other EMS countries could readily use marks in international borrowings. By October, strains began to build up within the EMS. In part these came from outside, as heavy flows of funds moved into the U.S. dollar, Foreign Exchange Operations the pound sterling, and the Japanese yen—cur rencies in which interest rates remained very high or, as in the U.S. case, were rising. But the interest rate disparities within the EMS and the relative freedom of funds to move also played a role. With the exchange markets turning general ly bearish over the outlook for the German mark, funds moved out of the mark and into other EMS currencies. To the extent that these funds gravi tated to the currencies at the top of the EMS band—the French franc and Dutch guilder—the EMS intervention mechanisms were soon trig gered. Intervention mounted quickly, and talk began circulating of a possible widening in the interven tion limits or of a temporary withdrawal of the mark from the joint float arrangement. Such approaches were openly rejected by the authori ties of the respective EMS member countries. In early November, the French took measures to ease money market conditions, making explicit their intention to reduce the selling pressures on the German mark. Meanwhile, the German Fed eral Bank was allowing the heavy intervention within the EMS to tighten its own money market. The market sensed the resolve of the authorities to maintain existing parities, and the tension gradually eased. Even so, the EMS joint float continued to decline against the major currencies outside the group, including the dollar, the pound sterling, the Japanese yen, and to a small degree the Swiss franc. Apart from a rise in the Danish krone, reflecting a 1980 current-account deficit for Denmark that was lower than expected, and a downward movement in the Irish pound from its temporarily high position in the band, the config uration of currencies hardly changed within the EMS. The currencies in the group at first recovered slightly against the dollar when U.S. interest rates were receding from their mid-December highs. But it soon became apparent that U.S. interest rates would not drop off as sharply as some market participants had originally be lieved. Moreover, the market remained con cerned about the prospects for EMS member countries in reversing their current-account defi cits and dealing with domestic policy dilemmas. As market sentiment toward the dollar became increasingly bullish, the dollar came into demand against the currencies in the EMS band. As 225 before, the brunt of the immediate selling pres sures fell on the German mark, and that currency touched its lower intervention limit. The Belgian franc also came under selling pressure, and both the mark and the franc required official support within the EMS. C a n a d ia n D o l l a r In the summer of 1980, the Canadian dollar was underpinned by a favorable shift in Canada’s trade and current-account position, by a reversal of the previous adverse interest rate differentials vis-a-vis the United States, and by Canada’s status as a major oil and gas producer. The improvement in the trade account stemmed from a slowdown in the domestic economy, the ability of Canadian exporters to take advantage of the sharp depreciation of the Canadian dollar in previous years, and the market’s perception of sustained efforts to curb cost and price pressures at home through monetary policy. As a result, exports to markets like Europe, where activity had not yet slackened so sharply as in North America, continued to increase. With the trade account heading to a surplus of $7 billion for the year, the current-account deficit was narrowing to a size that could comfortably be financed by private capital inflows. The reemergence of favorable interest differ entials reflected the sharper drop of interest rates in the United States than in Canada. Restoration of the traditionally favorable interest rate gap for Canada had once again provided an incentive for investors to shift funds into higher-yielding Canadian dollar assets, while also prompting Canadian borrowers to tap U.S. and other for eign capital markets and to convert the proceeds in the exchanges. Canada’s potential for increas ing energy production in the future for both domestic and export use was underscored early in the year with reports of new oil discoveries. At a time of rapidly rising world energy prices and uncertainty over the adequacy of aggregate oil supplies, this factor added to the attractiveness of the Canadian dollar as an investment medium. In this environment, the Canadian dollar had been bid up to its high for the year of Can.$1.1406 in early July, and by the month-end Canada’s foreign currency reserves stood at $1.9 226 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 billion after repayment in May and June of $600 million borrowed early in the year under the revolving standby credit facility with Canadian banks. During August and September the Canadian dollar was beginning to lose some of its buoyan cy. In part, this reflected a narrowing of the positive interest differential as Canadian interest rates continued to ease for a while even after interest rates in the United States resumed an upward trend. The exchange market had also become concerned about the continued debate over domestic energy pricing and development policy, which had important implications for the distribution of income as well as the outlook for containing inflationary pressures at home. The western provinces had called for a larger share of oil revenues to be returned to provincial govern ments and for a more rapid increase in domestic energy prices to world market levels. When these calls were resisted at the federal level, the market became concerned that a fundamental constitutional conflict might emerge over the relationship between the federal and provincial governments. Thus, the Canadian dollar settled back to trade around Can.$1.1575 during much of August and September. It came on offer in early September around the time of a meeting between Prime Minister Trudeau and the provincial pre miers and then again later in the month when no visible progress was made on the constitutional issue. By October 2, the rate had declined to Can.$1.1734 with the Bank of Canada continuing to operate on both sides of the market to smooth short-run rate fluctuations. The Canadian dollar firmed briefly after early October as a number of developments, including the outbreak of hostilities between Iran and Iraq, reinforced the market’s positive views about Canada’s basic strength in its natural resources. Late in the month, however, the Canadian dollar was again coming under some selling pressure as the market anticipated and then reacted to mea sures contained in the October 28 federal budget. The budget called for cuts in the federal deficit and included a national energy policy that, in turn, provided for specific measures to increase domestic wellhead oil prices, imposed a refinery levy to pay for oil import subsidies, and in creased Canadian ownership of oil and gas pro duction with an increase in the share of the national oil company. These measures were seen in the market as discouraging foreign investment and as possibly complicating constitutional is sues. Indeed, a number of provinces objected to the proposed oil-pricing arrangements, and Al berta announced its intention to cut its oil pro duction by 15 percent. These developments con tributed to a substantial self-off of Canadian dollars in the exchange market and the rate declined to Can.$ 1.1899 on November 6. By midNovember the market had come back into bal ance with the spot rate fluctuating around Can.$1.1860. Meanwhile, the Canadian economy, spurred by strengthening retail sales and industrial pro duction, had picked up in the third quarter and posted its first gain in real output for the year. At the same time, the inflation rate began to acceler ate as increases in food and energy prices and higher labor costs worked their way through the economy. The money supply moved toward the upper end of its target range, and the Bank of Canada, operating within a system of establish ing its official bank rate in accordance with the weekly Treasury bill tender rate, entered the money market to push up short-term interest rates. The discount rate then climbed to nearly 14 percent in mid-November, compared with about 10V2 percent in mid-August. But an even more rapid surge in interest rates was under way in the United States—one which the Canadian authorities were initially reluctant to match. As a result, interest rates in Canada increas ingly fell behind those in the United States, and the adverse differentials that first had emerged at the end of August had widened sharply by November-December. Several announced bond is sues planned by Canadian entities for the New York market were postponed in response to the rise in interest rates here, cutting off a potential source of demand for Canadian dollars in the exchanges. Also, dealers and corporate treasur ers became increasingly unsure about the will ingness of the authorities to foster increas es in interest rates to match those in the United States. The Canadian dollar therefore came heavily on offer, plunging through the Can.$1.20 benchmark by December 11 to a low of Can.$1.2122 on December 16, 4V2 percent below levels in early August. At the same time, the Bank of Canada contin Foreign Exchange Operations ued to act forcefully in the money market, raising the official discount rate to 17.4 percent by December 19, as well as in the exchange markets, selling sizable amounts of dollars on a number of occasions. These actions were reinforced by Governor Bouey’s speech to provincial ministers of finance restating the commitment of the Bank of Canada to a firm anti-inflation policy and a stable currency in the exchanges. As a result, the Canadian dollar steadied and began to recover, helped by an easing in U.S. interest rates. Deal ers moved to cover their short positions, and corporations that had held off buying Canadian dollars in expectation of further rate declines entered the market to cover their needs. The rate thus rebounded to Can.$1.1885 by December 30. A more positive tone prevailed in the market early in the new year, as market participants took note of the continuing improvement in Canada’s trade position. Also, some easing of U.S. interest rates early in January led to a narrowing of interest differentials vis-a-vis U.S. dollar assets, while wide favorable differentials for Canada remained against several major conti nental currencies. As a result, the Canadian dollar generally kept pace with the rising U.S. dollar until late in the period, thereby strengthen ing considerably against the continental curren cies. Although announcement of decontrol of domestic oil prices in the United States by Presi dent Reagan on January 27 refocused market attention on the still unresolved Canadian energy policy controversy and sapped the Canadian dollar of some of its strength, the spot rate was trading about l l/2 percent above its December lows at Can. $1.1948 by the close of the sixmonth period. At this level, it had reduced its net decline against the U.S. dollar since July to about 3 percent. Against the European curren cies, the Canadian dollar on balance had gained about 15 percent. As the Canadian dollar had firmed in the first weeks of January, the Bank of Canada purchased sizable amounts of U.S. dollars. Also, after having drawn $900 million in December on standby credit facilities with Canadian and for eign banks, the Bank of Canada repaid in Janu ary the $600 million drawing on Canadian banks, leaving the $300 million drawing on foreign banks still outstanding. As a result, Canada’s foreign exchange reserves stood at $1.4 billion at the end 227 of the period, down $558 million net over the six months. S w e d ish K r o n a Last year, the Swedish authorities were con fronted with several economic problems at once. The current-account deficit deepened, to nearly $5 billion, as the latest rise in world oil prices added to Sweden’s oil import bill and as export growth slackened. The inflation rate accelerated to nearly 14 percent for the year as a whole. A surge in state and local spending contributed to a continuing increase in the government budget deficit to about $10 billion, or more than 10 percent of gross national product. Efforts to deal with these and other issues, such as the longfestering debate over nuclear policy, were ham pered by the fact that Sweden was governed by a coalition of parties with only a slender majority in Parliament. Consequently, as major adjust ment policies were being hammered out, the Bank of Sweden had little choice but to tighten monetary policy, both to absorb the excess li quidity generated by the fiscal deficit and to avoid outflows of interest-sensitive funds. Meanwhile, the Bank of Sweden intervened as necessary to keep the krona within a reasonable range against the index of a trade-weighted bas ket of currencies, and the government continued to arrange borrowings in the international capital markets to cover the current-account deficit and to avoid an excessive drain on reserves. On the possibility that some bridge financing might oc casionally be needed as longer-term loan pack ages were assembled, the Bank of Sweden moved to reinforce its short-term credit lines. In this context, in May the Bank of Sweden and the Federal Reserve agreed to increase the swap arrangement $200 million to $500 million for one year, with the understanding that drawings could be made, if needed, in connection with bridgefinancing operations. Through the spring and early summer, the exchange market for the Swedish krona was rather well balanced, and takedowns on the government’s international borrowings ran well ahead of the Bank of Sweden’s intervention sales of dollars. By August, however, as the govern ment prepared a new package of measures, ru 228 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 mors of a possible devaluation generated heavy selling pressure on the krona, largely in the form of adverse commercial leads and lags. The krona declined V2 percent during the month, to as low as SK 4.2005 against the dollar but remained around 100.8 in terms of the official index. For their part, the authorities firmly rejected devalu ation on the grounds that it would exacerbate domestic inflationary pressures and do little to solve Sweden’s structural problems. The Bank of Sweden stepped up its exchange market inter vention, and the government increased the pace of its external borrowings to replenish reserves. Early in September the government convened an extraordinary session of Parliament and gained approval of a package of fiscal measures, which included a sizable hike in the value-added tax and an increase in taxes on energy consump tion. The government followed up by announcing cuts in planned expenditures to reduce the bud get deficit. These actions were seen in the mar kets as positive first steps, and the krona im proved somewhat over October and November. As some commercial leads and lags ran off, the krona gained V2 percentage point, in terms of its official index, to 100.3, while declining some 5 percent against a strengthening U.S. dollar to SK 4.36. At the end of November, Sweden’s foreign currency reserves remained little changed from the levels of last summer. Nevertheless, concerns over the outlook for Sweden’s fiscal and current-account deficits con tinued to weigh on the exchange market, and the krona’s relative strengthening proved short lived. Devaluation talk revived toward the yearend, and commercial leads and lags turned against the krona once more. On January 12 the government announced its proposed budget for the next fiscal year, beginning in July 1981. The deficit was again projected to be large, but the message lacked significant new measures to close the gap. The exchange market atmosphere deteriorated further, leading to strong selling pressure on the krona. The Bank of Sweden was obliged to intervene in size to avoid a sharp deterioration of the krona against the official index. On January 20, the Bank of Sweden followed up by announcing a series of forceful measures: hiking its discount rate 2 percentage points to 12 percent and its penalty lending rate fully 4 percent to 17 percent, raising long-term rates about 1 percentage point, doubling the bank’s cash reserve requirements from 2 to 4 percent, and imposing a ceiling on commercial bank lending. These actions led to a tightening of money market conditions aAd to a sharp rise in interest rates, but market^rticipants continued to focus on the need for Clear new measures on the fiscal side. Consequently, the krona remained under heavy selling pressure. The Bank of Sweden’s sizable intervention continued, and the govern ment accelerated its pace of negotiating new borrowings, including a $1 billion loan in the Euromarkets. Even so, the intervention had be come so heavy that reserves were being drawn down. Consequently, in late January the Bank of Sweden drew $200 million under the swap agree ment with the Federal Reserve to be used as bridge financing until new loans could be com pleted. Against the dollar, the krona declined a further 5%. percent from November levels to SK 4.5900, while against the official index it slipped to as low as 101 before recovering to 100.3 on the last trading day of the month. On balance, Swe den’s reserves declined $500 million in Decem ber and January to $2.5 billion as of January 31. After the turn of the month, however, the immediate selling pressures on the krona lifted. On February 2, employers and trade unions reached an agreement on a wage package that scheduled much more modest percentage in creases than in recent years and incorporated cost-of-living provisions that would make de valuation even more improbable. On February 3, the government announced a far-reaching pack age of fiscal measures, designed to scale back the size and cost of government and to stimulate private initiative. These developments were well received in the exchange market, and funds began to flow back into the krona, enabling the authorities to replenish external reserves. □ 229 Staff Studies The staffs o f the Board o f Governors o f the Federal Reserve System and o f the Federal Reserve Banks undertake studies that cover a wide range o f economic and financial subjects. In some instances the Federal Reserve System finances similar studies by members o f the aca demic profession. From time to time the results o f studies that are o f general interest to the professions and to others are summarized—or they may be printed in full—in this section o f the F e d e r a l R e s e r v e B u lle tin . In all cases the analyses and conclusions set forth are those o f the authors and do not neces sarily indicate concurrence by the Board o f Gov ernors, by the Federal Reserve Banks, or by the members o f their staffs. Single copies o f the full text o f each o f the studies or papers summarized in the B u l l e t i n are available without charge. The list o f Federal Reserve Board publications at the back o f each B u l l e t i n includes a separate section entitled “Staff Studies” that lists the studies that are currently available. Study S um m ary B a n k in g S t r u c t u r e and P erform ance a t the S tate L e ve l d u r in g the 1970s Stephen A . R h o a d es —Staff, B oard o f Governors Prepared as a staff paper in late 1980. The increase in mergers and acquisitions that involved banks in different geographic markets during the 1970s has sparked a growing interest in the effect of bank mergers on statewide bank ing structure. While no systematic theoretical framework provides a basis for analyzing statewide banking structure, recent institutional changes and empirical evidence suggest that cer tain facets of state banking structure will influ ence bank conduct and performance. Moreover, since the operations of most banks are, to a large extent, limited to a single state, the state may be an appropriate area for considering the issue of undue or aggregate concentration. This paper examines the levels and trends in state banking structure and analyzes statewide banking performance during the 1970s. The data are used in statistical tests to determine the relationship, if any, between (1) state banking laws and trends in structure and (2) statewide banking structure and performance. The data on state banking structure and per formance during the 1970s indicate the following: 1. Statewide concentration was substantially higher in statewide-branching states than in unitbanking states. 2. Concentration in standard metropolitan sta tistical areas (SMSAs) was higher in statewidebranching and limited-branching states than in unit-banking states. 3. For both states and SMSAs, concentration was higher within unit-banking and limitedbranching states where the level of multibank holding company activity was high. 4. More banking organizations were located in unit-banking than in limited-branching states, and more in limited-branching than in statewidebranching states. 5. Multimarket links were relatively numerous in states with liberal branching laws and in those with a considerable amount of multibank holding company activity. 230 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 6. Population per banking office was relatively low in states with less restrictive branching laws. 7. Mergers and acquisitions were higher in states with a high degree of multibank holding company activity than in other states. 8. More new bank charters were issued in states with restrictive branching laws than in other states. Furthermore, a statistical relationship between statewide structure and performance is evident. In view of these results, the implications of statewide banking structure for bank perform ance deserve attention, both analytically and empirically. Whatever is learned about bank structure and performance at the state level is likely to be relevant to banking structure at the national level should interstate banking become prevalent. □ 231 Industrial Production Production of materials declined 0.3 percent in February. Output of durable goods materials was reduced 0.9 percent, after large increases in earlier months; production of these materials remained almost 4 percent less than that of a year earlier. Output of nondurable materials edged down slightly. Production of energy materials increased 0.8 percent, reflecting a surge in coal output. Seasonally adjusted, ratio scale, 1967= 100 Released for publication March 17 Industrial production declined an estimated 0.5 percent in February, after successively smaller monthly increases since October 1980. A rise of 0.4 percent is now estimated for January (the initial estimate of the advance, published last month, was 0.6 percent). In February, declines occurred in most major components of the index, with large decreases in durable goods for home and construction supplies. At 150.8 percent of the 1967 average, the index was fractionally below the level of December 1980 and about 1 percent below that of a year earlier. Output of consumer goods declined 0.6 per cent in February; the reduction was limited by a moderate increase in automotive products as auto assemblies increased nearly l l/2 percent to an annual rate of 5.8 million units from the very low rate in January. Production of home goods declined sharply, and output of consumer nondu rable goods, such as clothing and consumer staples, was reduced moderately. Production of business equipment edged down in February; a sharp rise in building and mining equipment was offset by a drop of more than 3 percent in transit equipment and small declines in other compo nents. Output of construction supplies fell sharp ly, 2.6 percent, after an average rise of 1.5 percent in each of the three preceding months. Federal R eserve indexes, seasonally adjusted. Latest figures: Febru ary. Auto sales and stocks include imports. 1967 = 100 Grouping Percentage change from preceding month 1981 1980 Jan.p Feb.6 Oct. N ov. Total industrial production............. 151.5 150.8 1.9 Products, t o t a l ................................... Final products................................. Consumer g o o d s........................ Durable ................................... N ondurable............................ Business equipm ent.................. D efense and s p a c e .................... Intermediate produ cts.................. Construction s u p p lies............. M ateria ls.............................................. 150.1 148.3 147.4 138.3 151.0 178.3 101.0 156.9 146.9 153.8 149.1 147.6 146.5 137.1 150.2 177.7 101.2 154.7 143.1 153.3 1.3 1.3 1.6 5.2 .3 1.1 1.1 1.2 2.3 2.8 p Preliminary. e Estimated. N o te . Indexes are seasonally adjusted. 1981 Percentage change Feb. 1980 to Feb. 1981 D ec. Jan. Feb. 1.7 1.0 .4 - .5 - 1 .2 1.0 1.2 1.0 2.4 .5 1.3 1.3 .7 1.6 2.8 .8 .5 -.2 -1 .3 .2 1.7 .9 1.7 1.3 1.3 .1 .1 - .2 -2 .0 .4 .5 .3 .5 1.5 .9 -.7 -.5 -.6 -.9 -.5 -.3 .2 -1 .4 -2 .6 -.3 -.7 -.1 -1 .3 - 5 .1 .1 1.0 4.1 -2 .8 -7 .0 -2 .0 233 Statements to Congress Statement by Henry C. Wallich, Member, Board o f Governors o f the Federal Reserve System, before the Subcommittee on International Fi nance and Monetary Policy o f the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs, U.S. Sen ate, February 17, 1981. I am pleased to testify on S. 144, a bill that would facilitate the establishment and operation of ex port trading companies. When I submitted a statement on export trad ing companies on behalf of the Board about 10 months ago, the United States had experienced one of the largest quarterly trade deficits in our history. At the time, this deficit was a cause of some concern and comment, even though it was recognized as a temporary bulge associated with the sharp rise in the price of imported oil. Since that time, our exports have remained strong, and as growth of imports has slowed, our trade deficit has moderated considerably—by about $3 billion in 1980 despite an increase of $20 billion in oil imports. And although we still have a sizable trade deficit—as do nearly all oil-importing coun tries—unlike most other industrial countries, we have the benefit of large and rising net receipts on investment income and other nontrade trans actions, which more than outweigh our trade deficit. In sum, the United States is one of the few industrial countries at this time with a sur plus on current account—goods, services (in cluding investment income), and transfers. Our position stands in sharp contrast with that of continental European countries and Japan, all of which are recording deficits on current account. Recognition of the underlying strength of the U.S. external position evidenced by this currentaccount surplus has been one factor contributing to the recent strength of the dollar in foreign exchange markets. In providing this background, I mean to em phasize two points. First, it is important for the United States to continue to have a strong and expanding export sector—one that encompasses a broad range of domestic industries and firms. Second, we are not faced with a crisis in our trade position or an overall deterioration in inter national competitiveness, although particular in dustries certainly face strong foreign competi tion. Our present position enables us to address issues of export policy from the perspective of our long-term policy goals rather than as a reac tion to a crisis situation. In that context, I believe that a number of government policies could be amended in ways that would contribute material ly to the exploitation of export opportunities by the private sector. Among impediments to our exports that have been cited are environmental regulations, the absence of clear guidelines under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, and require ments that certain U.S. exports be shipped in American vessels. The export trading company concept, properly circumscribed to avoid undue exposure of do mestic banks, could also be useful in developing our export capacity. The bill under consider ation, however, has provisions relating to bank ownership of export trading companies that the Board finds troublesome. My statement will be confined to issues involving bank ownership. Our concern has been over the degree of bank ownership and participation in management of trading companies that can prudently be permit ted, in light of the wide range of activities in which trading companies have traditionally en gaged. The Board believes its concerns would be met by generally limiting banks to noncontrolling investments in trading companies. By contrast, S. 144 would permit banks to make controlling investments and to engage actively in the man agement of trading companies and would place on bank supervisory agencies the responsibility for developing regulations for bank-owned trad ing companies that would hold down the risks to banks to acceptable levels. The issue of bank control of trading companies goes to the heart of issues that have been long standing in legislation and policy. The separation 234 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 of banking and commerce has served this nation well in promoting economic competition and a strong banking system. A breach of that tradi tional separation in the case of trading companies could be an important precedent for other areas. This would adversely affect not only the safety and soundness of our banks but also their role as impartial arbiters of credit. Control of an enterprise often implies a com mitment by a bank to place its full resources behind the subsidiary. This is a generally accept ed corporate policy, and it is recognized in the marketplace. Although a banking organization may judge that it can operate an international commercial banking business more efficiently and safely through controlling investments in affiliates, we believe that bank control and in volvement in management of nonfinancial affili ates would increase the potential financial risk to the owning banks, as I will detail later. For this reason, the Board has recommended that, as a rule, bank ownership interest be limited to less than 20 percent of the stock of an export trading company. At the level of ownership interest of 20 per cent, a bank can include in its earnings a propor tionate share of the earnings of a trading com pany. Under this rule of equity accounting, a bank may have an incentive to push a trading company into relatively risky types of operations in the hope of realizing immediate gains for the bank’s earnings. Such risky operations could increase substantially the possibility that banks would sustain losses from operation of trading companies. In the Board’s view it is appropriate to hold to a minimum the incentives for banks to seek to aim at short-term profits in trading com panies in which they hold investments, and we believe that this result can best be achieved by setting the level of bank ownership interest at less than 20 percent. At this lower level of ownership, a bank could take into its earnings only the dividends received from the trading company. This recommendation is more conservative than the level of control specified in the Bank Holding Company Act and used in S. 144 be cause the risks to banks from investments in trading companies appear potentially much larg er than the risks associated with investments in nonbanking activities that are now permissible under the Bank Holding Company Act. In par ticular, trading companies are likely to be highly leveraged; moreover, as commercial concerns they would operate outside the traditional finan cial areas where banks have developed exper tise. The risks to banks from this exposure would be especially large if particular banks became identified with, and had a significant manage ment interest in, trading companies. The bill provides that the name of a trading company shall not be similar to that of an investing bank. This precaution would help insulate the bank from the risks that attach to the operation of trading companies, so long as the bank was similarly insulated from participation in manage ment and the ownership interest of the bank was relatively small. Otherwise, the market would soon recognize the reality of control by the bank and would associate the trading company with the bank regardless of differences in names. Losses that might result from failure of trading companies could be large, especially with high leveraging. One need not anticipate a loss as large as that experienced several years ago by a major Japanese bank—about $500 million—to recognize the potential threat to a single institu tion. If such a shock occurred in an uncertain financial environment, there could develop a general distrust of other banks engaged in similar lines of activity and a threat to the banking system as a whole. Thus, the issue of bank involvement with trading companies is related to the potential soundness of the banking system. The bill before this subcommittee, S. 144, seeks to limit these risks by providing that con trolling investments by banks be subject to prior approval by bank supervisors and to certain statutory safeguards. These provisions would inevitably involve the bank supervisors to a substantial degree in decisions regarding oper ations of export trading companies. Bank super visors are not likely to be able to anticipate all future eventualities in acting on applications. Even with a high level of supervisory effort, there will always be risks that cannot be foreseen because of the broad range of activities of trading companies. The detailed supervision of trading companies that might be called for under S. 144 would be contrary to the philosophy adopted by the Board Statem ents to Congress 235 in its recent amendments to Regulation K, which sought to reduce the need for detailed supervi sory review and regulation of international bank operations. I would expect that U.S. export trading companies would be able to operate much more effectively in competing with foreign companies if they were not subject to supervi sory restraints arising from the fact that they were controlled by banks. A U.S. trading com pany might well have difficulty in competing with foreign trading companies if the U.S. company were subject to limitations on types of activities or to capital ratios because it was controlled by a bank. Yet limitations clearly would be needed if banks owned trading companies. We can best unleash the entrepreneurial talents of our trading companies if we avoid bank involvement in their ownership and management and rely on banks to provide financing and related services. I would stress, as I have on other occasions, that bank capital is a scarce resource. If we expect banks to play their part in financing the increased capital investment needed in this coun try, we will need to resist the temptation to encourage banks to divert capital from its tradi tional role as a support for lending activity— which in my view is the way in which bank capital can be used most productively. I recognize that there might be room for a limited number of exceptions to this general norm. There might, for example, be instances in which an export trading company designed for a specialized purpose—for example, a particular project—might require strong bank sponsorship. In such a circumstance, the risks associated with bank control of a trading company might be outweighed by the beneficial effect for U.S. exports from trading company operations, and the public interest might be served by permitting one or more U.S. banks that have special exper tise to acquire ownership interests of more than 20 percent, provided that the exposure of the trading company was reasonable in relation to its activities. I would expect that the number of exceptions would be relatively few and would not encompass large general or multipurpose export trading companies that would be capable of standing on their own feet without bank spon sorship. Nor would an exception be available to banking organizations that did not possess the requisite expertise. In general, it would appear appropriate to structure these exceptional cases so that the investing banking organization is a bank holding company rather than a bank. This approach would be consistent with the general scheme of federal banking laws under which nonbanking activities are performed by corporate entities separate from banks. If control of trading companies by banks were permitted only when there was a clear need, the purposes of the bill could be accomplished and at the same time the banking system would not be exposed to undue risk. □ Statement by Nancy H. Teeters, Member, Board o f Governors o f the Federal Reserve System, before the Subcommittee on Consumer Affairs of the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs, U.S. Senate, February 18, 1981. under the Truth in Lending Act. The bill would also extend the current ban on the imposition of a credit-card surcharge for another three years. The Board has testified earlier in favor of omitting these discounts from the finance charge as a way of encouraging them, and I do so again this morning. Also, as I have done previously, I must express the Board’s uncertainty about the wisdom of prohibiting surcharges in view of their economic similarity to discounts. Their permissi bility might in fact help assure that cash custom ers are not forced to subsidize credit-card users. In our view, it is time to take a fresh look at the cash discount issue. During the six years since the Truth in Lending Act was first amended to I am pleased to appear before you to present the views of the Board of Governors on the proposed “ Cash Discount Act.” Unlike the current law, the proposal provides that a discount—in what ever amount—that is offered by a seller to a customer to induce payment by cash, check, or means other than an open-end credit plan or credit card is not a disclosable finance charge 236 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 encourage the offering of cash discounts, the Congress has repeatedly considered the discount-surcharge issue. Testimony has been de livered at length. The Federal Reserve, mean while, has carefully constructed regulations to carry out the statutory provisions regarding availability and notice to consumers of dis counts. Despite these congressional and regula tory efforts, we have not seen merchants offering discounts—at least not to any appreciable de gree. If we believe that encouraging merchants to reward cash buyers is a goal worthy of diligent pursuit, then we must try to identify the impedi ments that have, in fact, discouraged the con cept. Our guess is that the current limit of 5 percent on the size of the discount is not the culprit. Rather, it may, once again, be a case of govern ment regulation creating part of the problem— regulation that is grounded on a set of wellintentioned arguments, but that introduces such friction into otherwise simple transactions that compliance is simply not worth the merchant’s risk or effort. If this analysis is correct, two features in the current regulation are probably most significant in discouraging the development of cash-paying incentive plans. First is the obvious difficulty in drawing a clear economic distinction between a permitted discount and a prohibited surcharge. Discounts and surcharges may not be as identical in practice as, say, a half-empty glass of water is to a half-full one. Nevertheless, it is difficult to quarrel with the fact that the distinction is, at best, uncertain. If a seller wants to impose a surcharge, it could probably be done without running afoul of the surcharge prohibition. The seller could simply raise the price of an item by the amount the seller wants to impose as a surcharge, making this new price the “ regular price,” and then offer a lower price to cash customers as a permitted discount. Second, the well-intentioned protections in the statute to insure equitable treatment of consum ers once again have led to seemingly complicated regulatory provisions. The current statute and the proposed bill specify that any discount must be offered to “ all prospective buyers.” Its avail ability must be disclosed to all of them “ clearly and conspicuously in accordance with regula tions of the Board.” But who are “ all prospec tive buyers” ? Those who present credit cards, or all those who enter the merchant’s door? What signs meet the test of “ clear and conspicuous” disclosure when there are several store en trances and numerous independent cash regis ters? How do you disclose to customers who purchase by phone? May the discount be limited to certain types of property? How about to certain branches of stores? We have sought to provide answers to these questions in our regula tions. Unfortunately, by issuing rules beyond the basic provision we have again probably made simple things so complicated that the public throws up its hands in frustration. Although in our current proposals to simplify Regulation Z we have proposed trimming back these regula tions, the obvious way for any merchant to avoid regulatory burden is simply not to offer dis counts. And that, apparently, is what has hap pened. I therefore would recommend for subcommit tee consideration a very simple rule: that one time discounts or surcharges offered by the seller for the purpose of inducing payment by cash, check, or means other than use of an open-end credit-card plan shall not constitute a finance charge and that the availability of the discount or surcharge be disclosed to customers. This rule would leave out the specific requirement that “ all” customers be notified and that any disclo sure be “ clear and conspicuous”—not because we favor hidden plans but because of the uncer tainties this standard produces with the inevita ble need for clarification. Of course, it is possible that authorizing dis counts and surcharges without calling them fi nance charges opens up a potential loophole in the blanket embrace of Truth in Lending. Not only are discounts essentially equivalent to sur charges but both are essentially equivalent to finance charges. They do represent a cost of using credit. Therefore, if we are right that the 5 percent limit has not itself been the impediment to mer chants offering discounts, this limit might be re tained to insure that the exclusion of dis counts and surcharges does not become a vehicle that could be used to defeat the basic Truth in Lending protections. In our view, the best chance of accomplishing the goals the Congress Statem ents to Congress began pursuing six years ago would be to retain this limit, but to allow discounts and surcharges to be used with minimal further government interference. Attached to my statement is an appendix dis cussing certain technical problems that our staff has identified with the current language of the bill.1Although I have not referred to these issues in my testimony, we would of course be happy to answer any questions you may have on these points. With regard to title III, the technical amend ment to the Truth in Lending Act, I have no hesitation in recommending adoption. In the course of our efforts to revise and simplify Regu lation Z to conform with the Truth in Lending Simplification and Reform Act of 1980, we have received numerous questions regarding the sta1. The appendix to this statement is available on request from Publications Services, Board of Governors of the Feder al Reserve System, Washington, D.C. 20551. Statement by Paul A. Volcker, Chairman, Board o f Governors o f the Federal Reserve System, before the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs, U.S. Senate, February 25, 1981. I am pleased to be here to discuss with you the Monetary Policy Report of the Board of Gover nors that reviews economic and financial devel opments over the past year and sets forth appro priate ranges for growth of money and credit for 1981.1 Because I have already reviewed recent developments with the committee, my emphasis this morning will be on the present and future concerns of monetary policy. In that connection, I would like to touch first on some more techni cal considerations of Federal Reserve operating techniques. As you well know, 1980 was a tumultuous year for the economy and financial markets. While most measures of the monetary and credit aggre gates grew at or very close to our target ranges 1. See “ Monetary Policy Report to Congress,” pp. 195-208 of this B u l l e t in . 237 tus of the civil liability provisions. The statute gives creditors the option of complying with the new rules beginning on April 1, 1981, or waiting until April 1, 1982, when compliance becomes mandatory. However, uncertainty has arisen as to whether creditors are protected by the new civil liability provisions of the statute if they elect to follow the new rules before April 1, 1982. Title III makes it clear that the civil liability provisions take effect this April. Without such protection, creditors will not have the incentive they otherwise would have to comply with the new regulations at an early date. This outcome would seem to be contrary to what we believe was the intent of the Congress. Both consumers and creditors will benefit from the new and simpler disclosure scheme. It would be unfortunate if a technical problem turned out to be an impediment to voluntary early compliance with the new provisions during the transition year. Thus, we wholeheartedly support this por tion of the bill. □ for the year as a whole, considerable volatility occurred from month to month or quarter to quarter. Moreover, interest rates moved through a sharp cycle and had considerable instability over shorter time spans. In the light of these developments, I initiated in September a detailed study by Federal Re serve staff of the operating techniques adopted by the Federal Open Market Committee in Octo ber 1979, looking, among other things, to the question of whether the particular techniques we employed contributed importantly to the ob served volatility. Those techniques place empha sis in the short run on following a path of nonborrowed reserves. The study drew upon the substantial body of staff expertise both at the Board of Governors and at the regional Federal Reserve Banks, thus providing a variety of viewpoints and analytic approaches. The Federal Open Market Commit tee (FOMC) has had some discussion of the findings, and we are now at a point at which the work can be made available to interested outside experts. To assure full review, Board staff will be arranging “ seminars,” as appropriate, with 238 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 economists having a close interest in these mat ters. Among the important questions at issue is whether alternative techniques would promise significantly better short-run control over the monetary and credit aggregates and whether such techniques would imply more interest rate instability. We also examined again the signifi cance for the economy and for basic policy objectives of monthly, quarterly, or longer devi ations of monetary growth from established tar get ranges. For the convenience of the committee and others, I have listed in this text some of the technical findings that may be of more general interest. 1. The work confirms that the week-to-week money supply figures are subject to a consider able amount of statistical “ noise”—unpredict able short-run variations related to the inherent difficulty of computing reliable weekly seasonal adjustment factors and other random distur bances. One analysis suggests that the random element in the weekly M-l data, as first pub lished, is about $3 billion, plus or minus. While those variations average out over time, they could amount to $1V2 billion on a monthly aver age basis, equivalent to a change of 4V2 percent at an annual rate. 2. No clear evidence was found that, in the present institutional setting, alternative ap proaches to reserve (or monetary base) targeting would increase the precision of monetary con trol. Indeed, in current circumstances, some other approaches would appear to result in less precision in the short run. Perhaps more signifi cant, the linkage between any reserve measure and money in the short run was loose; economet ric tests seem to suggest that, even assuming absolute precision in meeting a reserve target (which is not in fact possible), monthly M-l measures would be expected to deviate from the target by more than 8 to 10 percent, plus or minus (at an annual rate), one-third of the time. Those deviations should tend to average out over time, so that much closer control could be achieved over a period of three to six months, assuming no constraints on operations from in terest rates or other factors. Those econometric results are consistent with the actual experience of 1980. 3. Pursuing the closest possible short-run con trol of the money supply by any technique entails a willingness to tolerate large changes over short periods of time in short-term interest rates— greater than were experienced in 1980. The tech nique actually employed, as expected, contribut ed to more day-to-day or week-to-week volatility than earlier procedures, but presumably not so much as other, more rigid reserve targeting ap proaches. Experience in 1980 also strongly sug gested that short-run changes in money market rates became more highly correlated with fluctu ations in long-term interest rates, which may be of more significance to investment and financial planning. The degree to which that closer associ ation reflected uncertainty and a learning process unique to 1980 or is inherent in reserve-based targeting cannot be determined at this time. 4. Interest rate instability associated with the new techniques per se is extremely difficult to distinguish from other sources of interest rate fluctuation. However, the major swings in inter est rates during the year—historic peaks in early 1980, the sharp drop in the spring, and the return to historical highs—can be traced to disturbances in the economy itself, to the imposition and removal of credit controls, to the budgetary situation, and to shifting inflationary expecta tions. Indeed, while much compressed in time, the broad interest rate fluctuations were, in rela tive magnitude, not out of keeping with earlier cyclical experience. 5. Money supply fluctuations last year over periods of a quarter or so were probably larger than might have been expected on the basis of econometric analysis of reserve control tech niques. The inference from the study is that the credit control program and other external “ shocks” could have been responsible. At the same time, the evidence is that the quarterly deviations in money growth from the trend for the year did not have an important influence on economic activity. If money growth had some how been held constant, short-run interest rate variability would have been still larger. In analyzing the results of the study and given the basic intent to control monetary and credit growth within target ranges over a period of time, the FOMC continues to believe present operating techniques are broadly appropriate. Assuming the present institutional structure, al Statem ents to Congress ternative reserve control approaches do not ap pear to promise more short-term precision. We do, however, have under consideration possible modifications and improvements. Without going into technical detail, such matters as more fre quent adjustment of the discount rate, more forceful adjustments in the “path” for nonbor rowed reserves when the money supply is “ off course,” and a return to contemporaneous re serve accounting are being actively reviewed. In each case, the possible advantages in terms of closer control of the monetary aggregates need to be weighed against other considerations, includ ing contributing to unnecessary short-run volatil ity of interest rates. As a personal observation, I would emphasize that swings in the money and credit aggregates over a month, a quarter, or even longer should not be disturbing (and indeed may in some situa tions be desirable), provided there is understand ing and confidence in our intentions over more significant periods of time. A major part of the rationale of present, or other reserve-based, techniques is to assure better monetary control over time. I believe, but cannot “prove,” that the money supply in 1980 was held under closer control than if our operating emphasis had re mained on interest rates. I hope 1980 was in structive in demonstrating that we do take the targets seriously, as a means both of communi cating our intentions to the public and of disci plining ourselves. In that light, I would like to turn to the targets for 1981. Those targets were set with the inten tion of achieving further reduction in the growth of money and credit—returning such growth over time to amounts consistent with the capaci ty of the economy to grow at stable prices. Against the background of the strong inflationary momentum in the economy, the targets are frankly designed to be restrictive. They do imply restraint on the potential growth of the nominal gross na tional product. If inflation continues unabated or rises, real activity is likely to be squeezed. As inflation begins noticeably to abate, the stage will be set for stronger real growth. Monetary policy is, of course, designed to encourage that disinflation ary process. But the success of the policy and the extent to which it can be achieved without great pressure on interest rates and stress on financial markets, already heavily strained, will also depend 239 on other public policies and private attitudes and behavior. Abstracting from the impact of shifts into negotiable order of withdrawal (NOW) accounts and other interest-bearing transaction accounts, growth ranges for the narrower monetary aggre gates—M-l A and M-1B—have been reduced by V2 percent to 3-5 V2 percent and 3V2-6 percent respectively. Growth last year from the fourth quarter 1979 average to the fourth quarter 1980 average (when adjusted for shifts into NOW accounts) approximated 6!/ 4 percent and 6% per cent, just about at the top of the target range.2 Consequently, the new target ranges imply a significant reduction in the monetary growth rates. The FOMC did not change the targets for M-2 or M-3. In the case of M-2, the upper end of the range was exceeded by about 3/4 percent in 1980, and M-2, which includes new forms of marketrate savings instruments and the popular money market mutual funds, has shown some recent tendency to grow more rapidly relative to the narrow aggregates. In the past few years, growth of M-2 has been much closer to the growth of nominal GNP than has growth of M-l. Should those conditions prevail in 1981, actual results may well lie in the upper part of the range indicated. M-3, which includes instruments such as certificates of deposit used by banks to fi nance marginal loan growth, is influenced, as is bank credit itself, by the amount of financing channeled through the banking system as op posed to the open market. Changes in those aggregates must be assessed in that light. I must emphasize that both M-l series, as actually reported, are currently distorted by the shift into interest-bearing transaction accounts. Those shifts were particularly large in January, when for the first time depository institutions in all parts of the country were permitted to offer such accounts. As the year progresses, we antici pate that the distortion will diminish as has already been the case in February. However, 2. Growth, as statistically recorded, was 5 percent for M-l A in 1980 and 7 l/4 percent for M-1B. Available evidence suggests that about two-thirds of the transfer into interestbearing checking accounts in 1980 reflected shifts from M-l A, “ artificially” depressing M-l A, and about one-third reflected shifts from savings or other accounts, “ artificially” raising M-1B. The data and the targets cited are calculated as if such shifts did not take place. 240 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 any estimate of the shifts into NOW-type ac counts for 1981 as a whole and the source of those funds must be tentative. Survey results and other data available to us suggest that perhaps 80 percent of the initial shifts during January into NOW and related accounts were from demand deposits included in M-1A, thus “ artificially” depressing that statis tic. The remaining 20 percent was apparently shifted from savings accounts (or other invest ment instruments), ‘4artificially ’’ increasing M-1B. More recent data suggest that the propor tion shifting from demand deposits, while still preponderant, may be slowly falling. Making allowance for these shifts, M-l A and M-1B through mid-February of this year have remained near the average level of December. At intervals we plan to publish further estimates of the shifts in accounts and their implications for assessing actual growth relative to the targets. But I cannot emphasize too strongly the need for caution in interpreting published data over the next few months. Once these shifts are largely completed, we plan publication of a single M-l series. In that connection, I must note that the behavior of an M-l series containing a large element of interestbearing deposits, with characteristics of savings as well as transaction accounts, is likely to alter relationships between M-l and other economic variables. For that and other reasons, the signifi cance of trends in any monetary aggregate even over long periods of time must be analyzed carefully, and, if necessary, appropriate adjust ments in targets must be made. Those technical considerations should not ob scure the basic thrust of our policy posture. Our intent is not to accommodate inflationary forces; rather, we mean to exert continuing restraint on growth in money and credit to squeeze out inflationary pressures. That posture should be reflected in further deceleration in the monetary aggregates in the years ahead and is an essential ingredient in any effective policy to restore price stability. During 1980 despite the pressures arising from sharply higher oil prices and the strong momen tum of large wage settlements and other factors, inflation did not increase. But the hard fact is that we, as a nation, have not yet decisively turned back the tide of inflation. In my judgment, until we do so prospects for strong and sustained economic growth will remain dim. In that con nection, forecasts by both the administration and members of the FOMC anticipate continuing economic difficulties and high inflation during 1981. I have emphasized on a number of occasions that we now have a rare opportunity to deal with our economic malaise in a forceful, coordinated way. As things stand, the tax burden is rising; yet, in principle the need for tax reduction—tax reduction aimed to the maximum extent at incen tives to invest, to save, and to work—has come to be widely recognized. Regulatory and other government policies have tended to increase costs excessively and damage the flexibility of the economy; but realization of the need to redress the balance of costs and benefits is now widespread. Despite efforts to cut back from time to time, government spending has gained a momentum of its own; now, the possibility of attacking the problem head on presents itself. We are all conscious of the high levels of interest rates and strains in our financial system; yet, there is widespread understanding of the need for monetary restraint. The new administration is clearly aware of these realities and has set forth a program of action. It has seized the initiative in moving from opportunity to practical policy. I know that the case is sometimes made that monetary policy alone can deal with the inflation side of the equation. But not in the real world— not if other policies pull in other directions, feeding inflationary expectations, propelling the cost and wage structure upward, and placing enormous burdens on financial markets with large budgetary deficits into the indefinite future. That is why it seems to me so critical—if monetary policy is to do its job without unduly straining the financial fabric—that the federal budget be brought into balance at the earliest practical time. That objective cannot be achieved in a sluggish economy. Moreover, tax reduc tion—emphasizing incentives—is important to help lay the base for renewed growth and pro ductivity. For those reasons, the linchpin of any effective economic program today seems to me early, and by past standards massive, progress in cutting back the upward surge of expenditures, on and off budget. Statem ents to Congress We know the crucial importance of restraint on money and credit growth. When I am asked about the need for consistency among all the elements of economic policy—a policy that can effectively deal with inflation and lay the ground work for growth—I must emphasize the need to 241 combine that monetary restraint with spending control. Cutting spending may appear to be the most painful part of the job—but I am convinced that the pain for all of us will ultimately be much greater if such cutting is not accomplished. □ Chairman Volcker gave a similar statement before the House Committee on Banking, Fi nance and Urban Affairs, February 26, 1981. Statement by J. Charles Partee, Member, Board o f Governors o f the Federal Reserve System, before the Subcommittee on Telecommunica tions, Consumer Protection and Finance o f the Committee on Energy and Commerce, U.S. House o f Representatives, February 26, 1981. I appreciate the opportunity to appear before this committee to discuss H.R. 1294, a bill to extend margin credit regulations to the acquisition of U.S. corporations by foreign persons using cred it obtained from foreign lenders, as well as House Concurrent Resolution 59, which calls for a study by the Securities and Exchange Commis sion (SEC) and the Department of Commerce on the effects of such foreign acquisitions on our economy. It is my understanding that H.R. 1294 and its companion bill in the Senate, S. 289, would make it unlawful for a foreign lender to extend credit and for a foreign national to obtain credit in excess of the margin requirements of the Federal Reserve Board when that credit would finance certain acquisitions of U.S. securities. The Board recognizes that the purpose of H.R. 1294 is to provide for equity between domestic and foreign interests in the area of corporate acquisition financing. But our experience in mar gin regulation leads us to the view that the proposed legislation would create many prob lems and that its costs would probably be well in excess of its benefits. At the outset, I would like to point out that the Board has been concerned with the possibilities for circumventing the margin regulations through extensions of credit abroad ever since the regula tions were first imposed in the 1930s. From the beginning, however, we have faced the insolvable problem that, because of the complexity and flexibility of financial arrangements made outside the United States, it would be quite impossible to monitor this source of credit with anything like the same effectiveness expected of domestic margin regulation. A prior attempt by the Board to regulate in the area of foreign securities credit transactions may serve to clarify some of the problems encoun tered, which still appear relevant in the context of the proposed legislation. In 1963 a special study of the securities mar kets pointed to the problems created by the availability of credit from foreign sources. The study found that foreign credit sources were significant sources of funds for large purchases of securities. Prompted by the findings of this study, the Board subsequently took the position that when credit is used in connection with a securities purchase effected on a domestic ex change, or that otherwise had its impact in this country, then that credit came within the pur view of the Board’s responsibilities, and persons subject to U.S. jurisdiction could be prohibited from acting on behalf of the parties. The Board, realizing that it was nearly impossible for a securities transaction originating abroad to be executed in the United States without the help of a domestic agent, proposed to amend its margin regulations to forbid persons already subject to these regulations to perform services connected with any credit associated with the transaction unless the loan was in conformity with the appli cable margin requirements. The Board stated that the so-called agency proposals were directed against excessive credit flowing into the securi 242 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 ties markets in circumvention of the other provi sions of section 7 of the Exchange Act. Adverse public comment on this proposal gen erally reflected strong representations that the application of credit regulations to foreign banks could violate international law. Commentators feared that the proposed rule would be viewed abroad by foreign financial institutions as an unacceptable intrusion into their affairs and an attempt by the Board to extend its influence and jurisdiction beyond the borders of the United States. Still another objection to the proposed agency provision was the difficulty in its application to the foreign financial community and the lack of any capability for insuring effective enforcement abroad. Critics stated that a foreign bank could not comply with a regulation having no force of law in its own country, without establishing costly controls and procedural followups as a voluntary matter. The expectation that foreign banks would do this and continue to uphold such procedures years after they were instituted was thought to be unrealistic, in the absence of any domestic supervisory authority. This is a rel evant concern with respect to H.R. 1294 because the Board’s margin rules apply not only when credit is initially extended, that is, when the 13D or 14D filings are made, but throughout the life of the loan. In 1968 these considerations caused the Board to modify its agency proposals to permit domes tic banks to act as agents for foreign banks in certain circumstances. The changed proposal represented an important shift of position, away from the attempt to control the flow of all foreign credit into the domestic securities markets to the more limited objective of preserving the integrity of the Board’s margin regulations by preventing evasions on the part of U.S. persons resulting from the use of foreign credit sources. This more limited objective was finally achieved when, in 1971, Regulation X was pro mulgated by the Board with the stated purpose of “preventing the infusion of unregulated credit into U.S. securities markets.” The new regula tion was limited to U.S. borrowers and foreign nationals who were controlled by or otherwise acting on behalf of U.S. residents, and it shifted focus from the foreign credit source—over which our jurisdiction was questionable—to the U.S. borrower or his agent, where enforcement sanc tions were available. Our experience indicates to us that the benefits derived from any wider reach of the margin rules would not be justified by the costs. I see these costs as difficult and controversial enforcement issues, antagonism from foreign financial institu tions and governments, and, quite possibly, the retaliatory imposition abroad of new barriers to the free flow of capital, I realize that corporate takeovers, both friend ly and unfriendly, often generate much notoriety and controversy. All takeovers, however, should not be viewed in a negative light. In fact, such acquisitions by foreign or domestic interests are often welcomed by financially troubled Ameri can corporations and can serve the important economic purpose of revitalizing inefficient firms. Even if it were determined that foreign take overs were undesirable as a matter of public policy, I believe that the imposition of margin requirements on foreign credit transactions would not be the most effective vehicle in pre venting such corporate activity. First, the proposed legislation would not reach corporate takeovers in which credit is not used. Acquisitions financed with corporate earnings or through an exchange of shares are not subject to the margin regulations and would therefore re main unaffected. Also, a substantial foreign firm could usually assemble sufficient collateral or borrow on an unsecured basis to meet the rules, at least for the time it would take to file and process the required 13D or 14D statement and for the acquisition to be consummated. Second, the proposed legislation would apply to all acquisitions of 5 percent or more of compa nies subject to registration under section 12—a percentage of ownership that does not necessar ily indicate that the acquirer intends to control the corporation whose stock it purchases. In fact, such acquisitions often are made for invest ment purposes only, with no view to ultimate corporate change. Finally, the proposed legislation would apply only to acquisitions of corporations subject to registration under section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and not to many impor tant U.S. corporations that are closely held or otherwise are exempted from SEC coverage. Statem ents to Congress 243 You have also asked for Board comment on Concurrent Resolution 59, with respect to the type of information that would throw light on the impact on the U.S. economy and on U.S. securi ties markets of the acquisition of U.S. companies by foreign nationals. Adequate statistical infor mation is available on such acquisitions; we have just had the first results of a new annual reporting system developed by the Commerce Depart ment, which provides a wealth of data on the acquisitions made by foreigners in 1979. More over, data have been collected for many years in connection with the preparation of the U.S. international accounts. I would doubt, therefore, that anything more needs to be done along those lines. There are limits, however, to what can be learned from data stemming mainly from corpo rate accounts—balance sheets, profit and loss statements, and related records. Such informa tion is extremely helpful in portraying the share of various aspects of the U.S. economy—pro duction, employment, earnings, and so forth—in which foreign-owned U.S. firms, both old and new, participate. But the question of economic impact on the economy is considerably broader and goes beyond such quantitative measure ments. Our national interest is concerned primar ily with finding ways to make the economy work more efficiently; to be more innovative in techni cal and managerial techniques; and to reach into areas of industry or commerce that are falling behind economically but may be revived with an infusion of new capital, or new management, or new ideas. When we look at the impact of corporate acquisitions on the U.S. economy, whether foreign or domestic, these seem to be the most relevant factors. What this suggests is that it might be useful to take a look at a cross section of acquisitions and attempt to develop a qualitative evaluation of the possible benefit, or possible damage, of the change in ownership and management. Such a survey could provide a valuable supplement to the quantitative material that is already avail able. The early history of foreign investment in the United States shows many examples of for eign initiative here that significantly influenced our own economic development; and even though the United States became the predomi nant exporter of industrial capital many years ago, ample room still exists for us to benefit from healthy injections of investment and ideas origi nating elsewhere. On the question of the effects on U.S. securi ties markets, we at the Board are not aware of any generalized adverse impacts from the acqui sition activities of foreign investors. Last year there was unusually active foreign interest in U.S. equity markets, with gross foreign pur chases of U.S. stocks near $40 billion and net purchases of about $5 billion. In fact, however, this activity is generally welcomed as a sign of the overall attractiveness of the U.S. economy. Such purchases tend to make it easier for all U.S. corporations to obtain equity financing in the market. A remote possibility exists that specific foreign purchases aimed at acquiring substantial inter ests in U.S. companies might disturb some sec tor of the market, but it should be recognized that any conceivable activity would still account for only a tiny share of total transactions in our markets. We are not aware of policies in foreign countries aimed at stimulating foreign acquisi tions of U.S. firms. Indeed, most countries would probably envy the ability of the United States to attract sizable capital inflows, especial ly in the current environment, in which sharply higher oil prices have meant that almost all industrial nations are facing large current-account deficits. □ Statement by Paul A. Volcker, Chairman, Board of Governors o f the Federal Reserve System, before the Committee on Ways and Means, U.S. House o f Representatives, March 3, 1981. about economic policy. The Ways and Means Committee of course carries the responsibility for originating tax legislation and has large spending programs under its immediate purview. The responsibilities of the Federal Reserve lie in the area of monetary policy. Mutual understand ing of our purposes and policies seems to me I am pleased to be here to discuss with you some considerations relevant to your deliberations 244 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 critical to achieving more satisfactory economic performance and to the success of the program outlined by the President. The economy entered 1981 on an upward trajectory, extending the recovery in activity from last year’s brief but sharp recession. Janu ary saw further gains in retail sales, employment, and industrial production and—despite high in terest rates—continued stability in housing starts. On the whole, the demand for goods and services has continued to prove more buoyant than most analysts had expected. However, as we all know, unemployment and inflation remain at unacceptably high levels. There have been strong pressures in financial markets. Moreover, as things stand, the outlook is far from satisfactory. In particular, it is clear that we will be unable to have sustained econom ic expansion unless we are successful in bringing inflation down. Monetary policy is and will re main directed toward that priority objective. But, in my judgment, to continue to rely on monetary and credit restraint almost alone to deal with inflation would pose large and unneces sary risks—risks of financial strains and of exces sive costs in terms of growth and investment. Last year, monetary restraint was the key factor in keeping inflation from accelerating in the face of rising oil prices and other factors. Important as it was, that “ holding action” was accomplished only at the expense of historically high interest rates, impinging strongly on some areas of the economy and on investment general ly. In these circumstances, the monetary re straint essential to deal with inflation urgently needs to be combined with other effective ac tions to relieve pressures on financial markets, to reduce costs, to spur investment and productiv ity, and to encourage risk-taking. In the best of circumstances, it will take time to bring results, and the process of change almost inevitably will involve some pain. But, with the new President seizing the initiative, I also believe we have a virtually unparalleled opportunity to achieve a consensus for effective action in a number of directions. As you know, I testified last week before the banking committees of the House and Senate, presenting the intentions of the Federal Reserve with respect to monetary and credit growth for 1981. Without repeating the details, those targets are consistent with further reduction in the growth of money and credit this year. Against the background of the strong inflationary mo mentum in the economy, the targets are frankly designed to be restrictive, as they must be if we are to look toward a winding down of the infla tionary process. And, while we only look a year ahead in setting out specific growth ranges for the various money and credit aggregates, further reductions will be necessary in the years ahead to return monetary growth to amounts consistent with the capacity of the economy to grow at stable prices. The narrow money aggregates, M-l A and M-1B, are currently distorted by rapid institu tional change—the introduction of negotiable or der of withdrawal (NOW) accounts and other interest-bearing transaction accounts nation wide. Abstracting from the impact of shifts into those accounts, our intentions are reflected in a reduction of targeted growth ranges by V2 per cent (to 3 to 5V2 percent and 3l/ 2 to 6 percent) for M-l A and M-1B respectively. Growth last year from the fourth-quarter-1979 average to the fourth-quarter-1980 average (when adjusted for shifts into NOW accounts) approximated 6V4 percent and 6% percent, just over the top of the target range.1 Consequently, the new target ranges imply a significant reduction in the mone tary growth rates. The Federal Open Market Committee did not change the targets for the broader M-2 or M-3 aggregates, which include various types of sav ings and time deposit accounts. The relationship between M-2, M-3, and the narrower aggregates has changed over recent years and this year’s targets are consistent with further restraint across the entire range of monetary measures. Indeed, because actual growth in 1980 was 3/4 1. Growth, as statistically recorded and published, was 5 percent for M-l A in 1980 and 7V4 percent for M-1B. Available evidence suggests about two-thirds of the transfer into inter est-bearing checking accounts in 1980 reflected shifts from M-1A, “artificially” depressing M-1A, and about one-third reflected shifts from savings or other accounts, “artificially” raising M-1B. The data and the targets cited in the text are calculated as if such shifts did not take place. For 1981 the target ranges for growth of M-l A and M-1B before adjustment for these shifts are - 4 l/2 to - 2 percent and 6 to SV2 percent respectively. See “Monetary Policy Report to Congress,” pages 195-208 in this B u l l e t i n for a complete discussion of the impact on the 1981 targets of nationwide NOW account growth. percent or more above the upper end of the indicated range, success in reaching the target range in 1981 implies significantly lower growth. I cannot emphasize too strongly the need for care in interpreting the actual data for monetary and credit growth as the year progresses. As I indicated, both M-l series are currently distorted by the shift into interest-bearing transaction ac counts. As the year progresses, we anticipate the distortion will diminish, and from time to time we will provide estimates of the effects of the shifts on the data. But beyond that particular source of distortion, the data are subject to considerable volatility from month to month or quarter to quarter. What counts is the trend over a reason able period of time. Those technical considerations should not ob scure the basic thrust of our policy posture. Our intent is not to accommodate inflationary forces but rather to continue the restraint on growth in money and credit that is necessary to squeeze out inflationary pressures. Whereas there can be debate about timing and degree, the need for that basic discipline is common to virtually all schools of economic thought and is, of course, recognized in the administration’s program for economic recovery. Restraint on monetary expansion does place broad limits on the potential growth of the nomi nal gross national product—that is, the combined result of changes in real output and the price level. It implies that all the demands for money and credit potentially generated by an economy both growing and inflating cannot be met. So long as inflation continues unabated or rises, real activity is likely to be constrained. But as infla tion begins noticeably to abate, the stage will be set for stronger—and sustained—real growth. Monetary policy is, of course, designed to en courage and speed that disinflationary process. But the success of such a policy—particularly the extent to which it can be pursued without great pressure on interest rates and aggravating strains in financial markets—also will depend on other public policies and private attitudes and behavior. I must emphasize the risks and difficulties of dealing with inflation entirely by monetary poli cy—of failing to bring other policies into support of that objective. If budgetary and other policies pull in the opposite direction—if those policies Statem ents to Congress 245 feed inflationary expectations, propel the cost and wage structure upward, add unnecessary regulatory costs, and fail to reduce and in time eliminate deficit financing—then the danger of a kind of collision in financial markets between public and private borrowers will be intensified. But that risk can be minimized in the short run and the groundwork laid for renewed prosperity in the 1980s by forceful, coordinated actions. Fortunately, there appears to be broad recogni tion of the nature and urgency of our problems and a willingness to bring to bear a new discipline in fiscal and regulatory policy. To that end, the new administration has set forth a sweeping new program of action encom passing an array of spending cuts and tax reduc tions. There will properly be debate about the specific components of that program. Estimates of its precise impact on the economy this year and next will vary, just as such estimates would be challenged for any program. The simple fact is that we have not been able to count on any economic forecasting technique to provide con sistently reliable results in recent years in the face of the virtually unprecedented nature of our economic problems, severe energy shocks, and volatile expectations. In these circumstances, I personally would be cautious in interpreting the results of any economic model so far as the precise timing and magnitude of future economic developments are concerned. But that does not mean that valid judgments cannot be reached about the general shape, size, and direction of needed policy changes. Economic analysis seems to me to point clearly to the following conclusions: 1. Against the background of the federal tax burden reaching the highest level in our history, tax cuts are needed to encourage greater invest ment, productivity, and work effort. 2. At the same time, a continued need to finance huge budgetary deficits in congested financial markets into the indefinite future would threaten the availability of funds to private bor rowers, including businesses that must under take the needed productive investment as well as to the homebuilding industry and others heavily dependent on borrowed funds. 3. In these circumstances, the amount of tax reduction that can be prudently undertaken is dependent on cutting back the inexorable rise in 246 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 federal spending, on and off budget. The larger the spending cuts, the greater the prospects for reducing the strains in financial markets and for turning back inflation. 4. In the best of circumstances, there are limits to the amount of revenues that, in the short run, can be foregone as a result of tax cuts. Thus, from the standpoint of general economic policy, the emphasis in tax reduction should, to the maximum extent feasible, be placed on measures that promise to increase incentives to work, to invest, and to save. 5. At a time when we are fighting inflation, other government policies that increase costs, inhibit competition, and impair the flexibility of the market economy need urgent review. Costs of regulatory policies must be assessed against the benefits. Our markets must be open to com petition from home and abroad to spur innova tion and productivity, and government should reexamine policies that tend to place an exces sively high and rising floor under certain costs and prices. This committee is deeply involved in the cru cial fiscal decisionmaking. I know that tax and spending cuts, by their very nature, involve difficult considerations of fairness as well as economic efficiency. It is not appropriate for the Federal Reserve to intrude on the details of that decisionmaking process. But I would emphasize one point central to economic policy generally and the relationship to monetary policy in par ticular. To me, the linchpin of the whole economic program is early and, by past standards, massive progress in cutting back the upward surge of federal expenditures. Those spending cutbacks are necessary to clear the way for sizable tax reduction and to permit early progress toward the goal of a balanced budget. I know the difficulties and constraints—the need to increase defense spending, to protect the truly needy, to pay interest, and to maintain strength and continuity in other essential pro grams. But the budget is huge and has increased by more than a third in real terms over the last decade. Surely there is ample room for cutting if there is the will, and the administration proposals for specific cuts over a broad array of programs point the way. I must emphasize that, from the standpoint of general economic policy, all the risks seem to me on the side of not cutting back the rise in spending enough. Every dollar of added savings can only help head off tensions in financial markets, make room for more private invest ment, and provide an appropriate setting for prudent and needed tax reduction. In that con nection, I would remind you that even the specif ic cuts proposed by the administration, large as they are, are only a kind of progress payment toward what needs to be done to bring the budget into balance in reasonably prosperous economic conditions. Further very sizable reductions are indicated in the program for fiscal 1983 and beyond. The sooner that process is started, the better will be the prospects for changing public attitudes and economic performance. I would like to make one last point before concluding. The need to reduce inflation as part of any effective economic program is now widely recognized, and the Federal Reserve has an indispensable role to play in that process. How soon our efforts in that direction succeed, and how soon we can look forward to healthy growth and reduced unemployment, will depend in large measure on how quickly attitudes toward infla tion change in the private sector, and how those new attitudes are reflected in pricing and wage decisions. Strong upward momentum in wage contracts and pricing policies will ultimately be inconsis tent with a commitment to monetary and fiscal restraint, and inimical to the interests of both the nation and the particular firms and workers in volved. After years of inflation, attitudes and expectations are not likely to change easily. That is why our commitment to restraint must be strong, visible, and sustained. I believe the monetary targets of the Federal Reserve are consistent with that need. Demon strated progress on the fiscal side is also a necessary ingredient. And, in the end, we will need to see visible progress toward price stabil ity—an objective that for far too long has eluded us. All of this will inevitably require harsh choices. But I know of no feasible alternatives. And I am convinced that the difficulties for all of us will ultimately be much greater if these choices are not squarely confronted now. □ 247 Announcements P u b l ic a t io n of C a p it a l F o r m a t io n S t u d y Since the early seventies, increasing attention has been focused on the adequacy of the rate of capital formation in the United States. To im prove its understanding of the economic issues underlying the discussion of capital adequacy, the Board of Governors, through its Committee on Research and Statistics, directed the staff to study the determinants of capital formation and the public policy measures that might be institut ed to improve the prospects for real investment in the economy. Public Policy and Capital Formation publishes the results of that study. It contains 19 papers that focus on the various issues involved and were prepared by members of the research staffs within the Federal Reserve System. The heightened interest in capital formation has likely resulted from a number of recent trends and events. Productivity growth has been slow throughout the 1970s, and some have blamed this development on inadequate invest ment in plant and equipment. The widespread shortages, particularly of basic materials, that appeared in 1973 and 1974 raised doubts about whether the country’s productive capacity was as great as had been previously thought. The rapid rise in energy prices beginning in 1973 has stirred speculation that many capital facilities are now obsolete because they use energy in what have become uneconomic quantities. During the cyclical upswing that began in 1975, business investment has been unusually weak at the same time that the labor force has been growing rapidly, prompting questions about the ability of the economy to absorb the influx of new workers. Recurrent deficits in the balance of trade and the decline of the international value of the dollar have lent urgency to the question of capital formation particularly since the countries that have enjoyed the largest trade surpluses and currency appreciations—Germany and Japan, for example—are characterized by comparative ly high rates of capital formation. Although the most apparent policy tools for influencing saving and investment are beyond the control of a central bank, the policies of the Federal Reserve can affect capital formation. The price of the publication is $13.50 a copy. Copies may be obtained from Publications Serv ices, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, D.C. 20551. S u p p l e m e n t a l P r ic in g P r o c e d u r e The Federal Reserve Board on February 27, 1981, announced adoption of three sets of proce dures designed to implement the service pricing requirements of the Monetary Control Act of 1980. The procedures supplement the pricing principles announced by the Board on December 31, 1980, and include the following: (1) proce dures for the administration of clearing balances; (2) guidelines for billing cycles, service charge statements, and payments for service charges; and (3) interim procedures for initiation and review of changes in fees and services. The new procedures are detailed below. Clearing B alances The Board of Governors has authorized Federal Reserve Banks to establish clearing balances for eligible institutions with zero or small required reserve balances in order to facilitate access to Federal Reserve services.1 Clearing balances 1. An institution may elect to settle the credits and debits arising from its use of Federal Reserve services in one of the following ways: (1) through its own account at a Reserve Bank that may consist of a reserve balance and/or a clearing balance; (2) by means of prior arrangements, through an account maintained by a correspondent at a Reserve Bank; and (3) if it maintains reserves with a passthrough correspon dent and has made prior arrangements through the pass through reserve account maintained at a Reserve Bank. 248 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 help to avoid account overdrafts and their associ ated costs, and will earn credits that may be used to offset charges for Federal Reserve services. Institutions that may establish a clearing balance include domestic depository institutions, U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banks, Edge Act corporations, and Federal Home Loan Banks. Establishing and adjusting the clearing bal ance level. In establishing the initial clearing balance a Reserve Bank will discuss with an institution its expected use of services. These discussions will focus on both the volume of services and the type of services the institution intends to use and the need to avoid account overdrafts. For example, use of the wire transfer service results in an irrevocable transaction that may require a greater clearing balance than an other higher-volume service involving revocable transactions. Adjustments in the amount of an institution’s clearing balance may result from changes in its overdraft experience or in its use of services. Satisfactory maintenance of the clearing balance with no overdrafts may, with Reserve Bank approval, enable an institution to reduce its clearing balance. Conversely, a pattern of re peated large overdrafts may be reason for a Reserve Bank to require an increase in an institu tion’s clearing balance. Similarly, a decrease in the use of Federal Reserve services may be reason to consider decreasing an institution’s clearing balances, whereas an increase in the use of services may be reason to consider increasing the clearing balance requirement. Adjustments in the clearing balance level will be discussed in advance with the financial institution. Such ad justments will be made no more than once a month and will be effective with the maintenance period beginning the first Thursday of each month. For monetary control purposes it is important that an institution’s clearing balance be main tained at its agreed-upon (required) level. The Federal Reserve has developed procedures, in cluding financial incentives, that are designed to encourage maintenance of a clearing balance at the required level. These procedures include earnings credits, account maintenance proce dures, and fees for deficiencies. Earnings credits. Earnings credits on clearing balances may only be used to offset charges for Federal Reserve services. The average federal funds rate for the weekly maintenance period will be the basis for calculating earnings credits. This rate is published v/eekly in Federal Reserve statistical release H .15(519), “ Selected Interest Rates.” Credits will be computed on the lesser of the required clearing balance or the actual clearing balance maintained (after adjustments and “ car ry-forwards” ). The calculation of earnings cred its will be lagged two weeks beyond the close of the weekly maintenance period so as to minimize the number of times when earnings credits must be recalculated because of “ as-of ’ adjustments to the base.2 If an as-of adjustment affects the level of the clearing balance held during a period more than two weeks before the date that the adjustment is made, the Reserve Bank will ana lyze the effect on earnings credits calculated for that period. Any correction will be made to earnings credits available in the current or a future billing cycle. If available earnings credits exceed the Feder al Reserve charges incurred during a given month, unused credits will be accumulated for use in subsequent months. Credits will be re tained for a maximum of 52 weeks and will be applied against service charges using the first-in, first-out method. Earnings credits are not trans ferable among accounts. Account maintenance procedures. Account maintenance procedures generally will be the same whether balances in the account are clear ing or reserve balances, or both, in order to aid in account administration for both financial institu tions and the Reserve Banks. Similarities be tween administration of reserve and clearing accounts include the following: (1) weekly main tenance period (from Thursday through Wednes day); (2) carry-forward provisions (for any ex cess or deficiency that does not exceed 2 percent of the required account balance); (3) provisions for “ as-of’ adjustments; (4) provisions for moni 2. The term “as-of’ and other similar technical terms used in this document are best explained by direct contact with the Federal Reserve office that serves the area in which an institution is located. Announcements toring daylight overdrafts; (5) charges for over night overdrafts (overdrafts are penalized cur rently by charging a fee of 10 percent per annum); (6) provisions for waiving charges for infrequent and small overdrafts. If an institution meets its reserve requirements with either vault cash or with a passthrough relationship with a correspondent, it may estab lish its own account at a Reserve Bank through which it settles the debits and credits arising from its use of Federal Reserve services. Such an account would contain a clearing balance only and would be administered independently of the institution’s required reserves. The account maintenance procedures will apply to the ac count maintained for clearing purposes, and the carry-forward provision will be 2 percent of the required clearing balance. If a depository institution has a reserve ac count with a Federal Reserve office and a re quired clearing balance is established for the institution, both the reserve balance and the clearing balance will be administered in a single account. The depository institution will be ex pected to maintain a daily average balance for the week equal to the sum of its required reserve balance and its required clearing balance. At the end of each weekly maintenance period, the balance held with a Reserve office (after applica tion of any as-of adjustment and/or carry-forward) will be allocated first to the required clearing balance and second to the required reserve balance. Thus, if the average balance held with a Reserve office during the weekly maintenance period is less than the total required balance—clearing plus required reserve—the de pository institution will be considered deficient in its required reserve balance. A clearing bal ance deficiency will occur only when the defi ciency in the average total balance exceeds the required reserve balance. If the average balance exceeds the required total balance, the institu tion will be considered to be holding an excess reserve balance. The carry-forward provision for excesses or deficiencies will be 2 percent of the total required balance (clearing plus reserve). Neither excess nor required reserve balances will generate earnings credits. Of course, a depository institution that main tains its required reserves on a passthrough basis or in vault cash may obtain available Federal 249 Reserve services directly from its Federal Re serve office without establishing a clearing bal ance account. Fees for deficiencies. The notable exception between the administration of reserve and clear ing balances is that a deficiency in a required clearing balance is charged for a different rate than a deficiency in a required reserve balance. A charge of 2 percent per year will apply to that portion of any clearing balance deficiency (after application of carryover) that does not exceed 20 percent of the required clearing bal ance. Any remaining deficiency (above the amount equal to 20 percent of the required clearing balance) will be subject to a charge at 4 percent per year. As in reserve administration, Reserve Banks may waive the charge for infrequent clearing balance deficiencies when the charge is small and the deficiency is not the result of negligence by the depository institution. Reserve Banks will monitor the incidence of deficiencies and will meet with a depository institution that demon strates a repeated inability to maintain the re quired level to discuss how to manage better its total (reserve plus clearing) balance. Service Charges The Federal Reserve System has developed guidelines for statements of charges incurred for Federal Reserve services and for methods of payment for those charges by the responsible Reserve Bank customer. The guidelines include the following: uniform billing cycles (the periods over which service charges are incurred), uni form procedures for applying available earnings credits to offset service charges, a standard inter val between the end of the billing cycle and the debiting of charges (not offset by earnings cred its) to a designated account, and minimum stan dards for descriptive information to be provided to customers about the services used and charges incurred. These guidelines will be implemented with the start of the pricing of, and full access to, Federal Reserve check services now scheduled for Au gust 1981. Until then, each Reserve Bank will use its own procedures on an interim basis. 250 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 The guidelines will provide procedural consis tency among Reserve Bank Districts. However, the Reserve Banks will retain flexibility in the format of service charge statements and in the frequency of service charge notices to their cus tomers. Before implementation, the Reserve Banks will provide Federal Reserve customers with at least two summary statements of services used and charges incurred to test these procedures. Uniform billing cycles. There will be twelve billing cycles per year over which charges for Federal Reserve services will be accrued. Each billing cycle will end on the last Wednesday of the calendar month and will cover either a fouror five-week period. Minimum standards for statements o f service charges. At minimum, a monthly summary state ment of service charges incurred over the cycle will be provided directly or indirectly to Federal Reserve customers. The statement will be pro vided by the Reserve Bank no later than the Wednesday following the close of the billing cycle (that is, no later than the first Wednesday of the subsequent month). It is the intent of the Federal Reserve System to reflect in the statement the Federal Reserve services used during the billing cycle by type of transaction with associated unit volume, unit price for the service, and total charges for the service. However, some Reserve Banks may not be immediately in a position to provide this minimum detail on the monthly statement but will be able, during the interim, to provide ade quate detail in some alternative form. Each Reserve Bank will provide its customers with a list of persons who can respond to ques tions about each type of service charge. Application o f earnings credits. Earnings cred its available at the end of the billing cycle will be used immediately to offset service charges ac crued. As of the end of the billing cycle in each calendar month, earnings credits available are defined as earnings credits imputed to clearing balances maintained through the reserve-clearing statement period ending two weeks before the end of the billing cycle. If available earnings credits exceed service charges, excess earnings credits may be carried forward for up to 52 weeks and applied to service charges incurred in subsequent billing cycles. If available earnings credits are insufficient to cover service charges, the remaining service charges will be debited to a previously designated account at a Federal Re serve Bank. Debit o f service charges to the responsible account. On the third Thursday following the close of each billing cycle (or on the next busi ness day if that Thursday is a holiday), the account of the user of Federal Reserve services or the designated account of the user’s corre spondent will be charged for the amount by which service charges exceed available earnings credits. Interim P rocedures f o r Pricing A dm inistration The pricing of financial services supplied by the Federal Reserve System to financial institutions will have a significant impact on both the Federal Reserve and the financial community. The Sys tem has a responsibility to adopt administrative procedures for pricing that will meet the needs of Reserve Banks in adjusting to a new environ ment and to the needs of the financial community for advance information about changes. In its December 31, 1980, announcement of pricing decisions, the Board of Governors out lined a procedure for pricing administration that contemplated eventually placing primary respon sibility for initiation of price and service changes with the Reserve Banks and review of certain proposed changes by the Conference of First Vice Presidents. During the initial phase of pric ing, however, the Board anticipated that major policy issues would arise and that the resolution of those issues could affect both Federal Reserve Banks and private suppliers of interbank serv ices. To advise the Board on those major issues, a pricing policy committee consisting of repre sentatives from the Board and the Reserve Banks has been established. The procedures outlined later are intended to retain flexibility for the Reserve Banks to under take price and service changes in response to local conditions and, simultaneously, to develop Announcements a common Systemwide framework for pricing decisions. These interim procedures will be re viewed in 1982 after the System has gained experience with pricing administration. Role o f the Board o f Governors. The Monetary Control Act specifies that the Board must put into effect a set of pricing principles and a schedule of fees for Federal Reserve bank serv ices to depository institutions. The Board’s re sponsibilities for pricing administration are as follows: (1) to establish the initial fee structure for each service; (2) to approve proposed changes in the fee structure for each service; (3) to issue guidelines for the use of pricing tech niques, such as peak-load pricing, designed to encourage efficient use of resources; (4) to deter mine annually the appropriateness of continuing to price automated clearinghouse services at their expected long-run average cost; (5) to ap prove proposed changes in services that raise major policy issues; and (6) to provide oversight of the Reserve Bank implementation of access to, and pricing of, services in accordance with the Board’s pricing principles. (The pricing prin ciples are contained in the Federal Reserve press release of December 31, 1980.) Role o f the pricing policy committee . The pricing policy committee, as the principal pricing policy advisory group to the Board of Gover nors, has the following three major responsibil ities: (1) to advise the Board on all significant pricing issues, including operating procedures (such as billing and clearing balances), fee struc tures, and service structures; (2) to monitor changes in fees and services—initiated either by a Reserve Bank or through the Conference of First Vice Presidents, to ensure that the pricing principles previously announced by the Board are interpreted consistently—and to submit to the Board of Governors for its approval any change that raises a major policy issue; (3) to assist the Board of Governors in its implementa tion of pricing and in the oversight of progress toward meeting the System goal of matching revenues and costs for priced services. To fulfill these responsibilities, the pricing policy committee will undertake the following specific assignments: (1) review, before an nouncement, the proposed 1982 fee schedules for 251 all priced services; (2) review, before announce ment, proposed significant changes in prices or services; (3) establish Reserve Bank reporting procedures necessary to provide data needed to advise the Board of Governors on pricing issues and progress in matching revenues and costs. The pricing policy committee is an interim group that is expected to be phased out as the System gains experience with pricing. In the longer run, the Reserve Banks and the Confer ence of First Vice Presidents will be given pri mary responsibility for changes in fees and serv ices, subject to the traditional review by the Board and its Committee on Reserve Bank Ac tivities. Role o f the Reserve Banks and the Conference o f First Vice Presidents . Changes in fees and services will be initiated by the Reserve Banks for District-priced services; for nationally priced services, changes will be reviewed by the Con ference of First Vice Presidents. Although changes will be monitored by the pricing policy committee during the interim period, the Reserve Banks and the Conference will be responsible for ensuring that changes comply with the Board’s pricing principles. Announcements o f changes in fees and serv ices. The Federal Reserve intends to review all service fees at least annually and will announce adjustments to fee schedules that reflect current estimates of expenses and the private sector adjustment factor. Apart from the annual review, announcements will be made whenever new services are introduced or when significant changes are made in existing services. Some fee changes may be announced between annual re views that are necessitated as a result of forecast errors or other unanticipated changes in either the service environment or the resources re quired for a service. It is the System’s intent to give its customers reasonable advance notice of changes in its fees and significant changes in service arrangements. When exceptional circum stances require, however, prices or services may be changed on short notice. Generally speaking, changes in prices and services will be announced in advance in Re serve Bank operating letters. Public comment will be solicited on important pricing issues that 252 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 would have significant longer-run effects on the nation’s payments system. A mendment to R e g u l a t io n P The Federal Reserve Board has amended Regu lation P (Minimum Security Devices and Proce dures for Federal Reserve Banks and State Mem ber Banks) implementing the Bank Protection Act to eliminate several reporting requirements. The actions lighten the regulatory reporting burden of all state member banks and are expect ed to be of particular benefit to small banks. The Board amended Regulation P to eliminate a requirement calling for reports (form P-l) to be filed by state member banks concerning security devices in use at their banking office. This action had been recommended to the Board (and to other federal agencies supervising banks and thrift institutions) by the Federal Financial Insti tutions Examination Council. In adopting the Council’s recommendation, the Board said that it has been found that regular, on-site examination of bank security by bank examiners and the generally high current level of bank security have made this report unnecessary. Regulation P was also amended to eliminate the requirements that state member banks file with their District Reserve Bank a copy of their written security program and, when applicable, a copy of the bank’s statement explaining why the bank’s security program does not meet the mini mum standards of the regulation. State member banks are required to continue preparing these reports and to have them readily available for scrutiny by examiners. It has been found that examiners generally rely on bank records and not Reserve Bank records in deter mining compliance with the regulation. S ystem M e m b e r s h ip : A d m is s io n o f S tate B a n k The following bank was admitted to membership in the Federal Reserve System during the period February 11 through March 10, 1981: Virginia Tazewell............. Citizens Bank of Tazewell 253 Legal Developments B a n k H o l d in g C o m p a n y a n d B a n k M e r g e r O r d e r s Is s u e d b y th e B o a r d o f G o v e r n o r s Orders Under Section 3 o f Bank Holding Company A ct First National Boston Corporation, Boston, Massachusetts Order Approving Acquisition o f a Bank First National Boston Corporation, Boston, Massa chusetts, a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “ BHC Act”), has applied for the Board’s approval under section 3(a)(3) of the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. § 1842(a)(3)) to acquire 100 percent (less directors’ qualifying shares) of the shares of The Country Bank, National Association, Shelburne Falls, Massachusetts (“ Bank” ). Notice of the application, affording an opportunity for interested persons to submit comments and views, has been given in accordance with section 3(b) of the BHC Act. The time for filing comments and views has expired and the Board has considered the application and all comments received, including those of the Massachusetts Urban Reinvestment Advisory Group, Inc., Jamaica Plain, Massachusetts, and the Rural Development Corporation of Franklin County, Green field, Massachusetts (collectively referred to as “Prot estants” ), in light of the factors set forth in section 3(c) of the BHC Act. In addition to interposing numerous objections to the proposed acquisition, Protestants have requested that the Board order a formal hearing to air the Community Reinvestment Act (“ CRA” )related issues raised by this application. With regard to Protestants’ request for a hearing, neither the CRA, nor section 3(b) of the BHC Act requires the Board to hold a formal hearing concerning an application, except when the appropriate banking authority makes a timely written recommendation of denial of an application. In this case, no such recom mendation has been received from the Comptroller of the Currency, and, thus, no formal hearing is required. Nevertheless, the Board could in its discretion order a formal or informal proceeding concerning the applica tion if it determines that there are material questions of fact in dispute that can only be resolved by means of such a proceeding. After considering the record of this application, the Board has determined that there are no material factu al differences in the record which would warrant a hearing on this application. Rather, Protestants’ pri mary arguments concern the interpretation or signifi cance that should be accorded to certain facts in the record. Since the Board is charged by statute with making such judgments, and in view of the fact that all parties have been afforded a full and fair opportunity to present their arguments in written submissions to the record, including the opportunity to comment on one anothers’ submissions, the Board has determined that a hearing would serve no useful purpose.1 Ac cordingly, Protestants’ request for a formal hearing is hereby denied. Thus, the Board will consider the merits of the application, including the objections raised by Protestants. Applicant, the largest commercial banking organiza tion in Massachusetts, controls nine domestic banking subsidiaries with aggregate deposits of $4.2 billion, representing 22.5 percent of the total commercial bank deposits in the state.2 Acquisition of Bank, with de posits of $14.9 million, would increase Applicant’s share of commercial bank deposits in Massachusetts by less than one-tenth of one percent. Thus, consum mation of the proposal would not have any appreciable effect upon the concentration of banking resources in Massachusetts. Bank, with four banking offices, is the third largest of four commercial banks in the Greenfield banking market,3 and holds 14.8 percent of the commercial 1. In this regard, the Board notes that Protestants and Applicant have had ample opportunity to resolve any material factual differences in a hearing conducted on September 25, 1980, by the Massachusetts Board of Bank Incorporation (“ Massachusetts Board”) concerning issues similar to those raised by Protestants in connection with the proposed acquisition. The hearing was attended by representatives of the Federal Reserve System, and the order of the Massachusetts Board has been made a part of the record in this application. On January 20, 1981, the Massachusetts Board unanimously approved Applicant’s acquisition of Bank, and has recommended approval of this application. 2. All banking data are as of June 30, 1980, unless otherwise indicated. 3. The Greenfield banking market is approximated by Franklin County, Massachusetts, excluding the towns of Warrick, Orange, New Salem, Whately, Sunderland, Leverett and Shutesbury. 254 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 bank deposits in the market. While Old Colony Bank of Hampden County, N .A ., (“ OCB-Hampden” ), Ap plicant’s nearest subsidiary bank, has an office located 18 road miles southeast of Bank’s Conway office, OCB-Hampden operates in a separate and distinct banking market, and none of Applicant’s other bank ing subsidiaries operates in the Greenfield banking market. Accordingly, the Board concludes that con summation of the proposal would not result in the elimination of any existing competition between Appli cant and Bank. While it appears that Applicant has the financial and managerial resources to enter the Green field banking market de novo, based on the record the Board regards that market as unattractive for de novo entry and notes state law precludes Applicant from branching into the market. Based on the foregoing, the Board concludes that consummation of the proposal would not have any significantly adverse effects on existing or potential competition in any relevant area. The financial and managerial resources and future prospects of Applicant, its banking subsidiaries and Bank are regarded as satisfactory. Applicant has com mitted to inject some additional capital into Bank upon consummation of the proposal, which would enhance Bank’s future prospects. Accordingly, it is the Board’s judgment that banking factors lend some weight to ward approval of this application. In considering the effects of the proposed acquisi tion on the convenience and needs of the community to be served, the Board has also considered the record of Applicant’s banking subsidiaries in meeting the credit needs of their communities as provided in CRA (12 U.S.C. § 2901) and the Board’s Regulation BB, (12 C.F.R. § 228).4 In so doing, the Board has exam ined the objections of Protestants relating to Appli cant’s record of performance with respect to CRA factors, and particularly the record of Applicant’s lead bank, First National Bank of Boston (“ FNBB” ), Boston, Massachusetts. Specifically, Protestants al lege that Applicant engages in community disinvest ment as evidenced by the decreasing percentage of loans made by FNBB in its CRA community as compared to its total domestic and international lend ing operations; that FNBB’s efforts to ascertain com munity credit needs are ineffective; that FNBB’s par ticipation in community development programs has been insufficient; that FNBB has failed to meet the credit needs of small businesses and small farmers; that Applicant’s subsidiary banks have failed to meet the needs of CRA communities for housing-related 4. The CRA requires the Board to assess the record of Applicant’s banking subsidiaries in helping to meet the credit needs of their entire communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound operation, and to take the record of those institutions into account in its evaluation of this application. credit; and, that Applicant’s subsidiary banks have not complied with the technical requirements of CRA or the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975 (“ HMDA” ) (12 U.S.C. § 2803). In support of their objections, Protestants have submitted information to the Board regarding these allegations. In addition, the proposed acquisition has been the subject of public hearings before the Massa chusetts Board during which Protestants presented information concerning their allegations. The Board has examined the submissions offered by Protestants and Applicant regarding the issues raised by Protes tants. The Board has also considered the conclusions of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, which conducted an examination of FNBB that includ ed an assessment of FNBB’s record of meeting the requirements of the CRA. Finally, the Board notes that it has recently had occasion to consider many of the same issues raised by Protestants in acting to approve an application by Applicant to acquire South eastern Bank and Trust Company, New Bedford, Massachusetts.5 There the Board found that, on bal ance, Applicant has a positive record of helping to meet the credit needs of its community, including the low- to moderate-income areas. In considering Protes tants’ objections to this acquisition, the Board has paid particular attention to the record of performance of FNBB and Applicant in helping to meet community credit needs since approving Applicant’s acquisition of Southeastern Bank and Trust Company. Accordingly, after considering the entire record, the Board makes the following findings concerning Protestants’ allega tions. With respect to Protestants’ claim of community disinvestment, the Protestants assert that a large per centage of FNBB’s loans are made to out-of-state commercial borrowers, and that the percentage of FNBB investments in its CRA community has de clined. The Board notes, however, that between 1978 and 1979, FNBB substantially increased the number and dollar volume of residential mortgage loans to borrowers in its CRA community. In addition, during the past two years FNBB almost doubled the dollar amount of its home improvement loans to its commu nity. Also, FNBB extended over $11 million in HELP Loans to its CRA community, Suffolk County, be tween January 1978 and September 1980. Moreover, the Board has stressed that the CRA was not intended to establish fixed ratios between deposits and loans in particular neighborhoods, and cannot be read to re quire fixed proportions of retail or commercial depos 5. 66 F e d e r a l R e s e r v e B u l l e t i n 162 (January 1980). Legal Developm ents its to retail or commercial lending.6 Accordingly the Board does not necessarily regard Applicant’s role as a large internationally-oriented commercial bank as being inconsistent with helping to meet the credit needs of its local community. Thus, the Board finds the Protestants’ claim unsupported by the facts. Protestants assert that Applicant’s efforts to ascer tain the credit needs of its CRA community have been ineffective. In this regard, the Board notes that Appli cant and FNBB had previously committed to form a number of committees composed of individuals repre senting broad community interests and specifically designed to help FNBB ascertain the credit needs of its community. Protestants have complained that the current members of the board of directors serving on FNBB’s Community Investment Committee are not representative of the board; that FNBB has estab lished less than half of the 15 proposed neighborhood committees; and that the neighborhood committees which have been established have not led to a resolu tion of community issues. It appears from the record that FNBB has within the past year taken a series of positive steps to communicate more effectively with local groups in an effort to ascertain the credit needs of its local community. The Community Investment Committee of FNBB’s board of directors, which moni tors FNBB compliance with CRA and reviews efforts made by FNBB to meet community credit needs, regularly reports its findings to FNBB’s full board of directors. From the record, it appears that member ship on FNBB’s Community Investment Committee is on a rotational basis involving all members of FNBB’s board of directors. With respect to the neighborhood committees, while FNBB concedes that during the past year it has not established all 15 of the proposed neighborhood committees, FNBB expects that four more committees (for a total of 10 committees) will be in operation shortly, and it has increased its efforts (including hiring additional staff) to hasten the forma tion of the remaining committees. Moreover, while formation of neighborhood committees has not had the immediate result of FNBB returning to particular neighborhoods in loans as much as FNBB accepts in deposits, the Board has repeatedly stressed that it is concerned more with the lender’s sensitivity to the needs of each area than with the ratio of loans to deposits in a particular area. Finally, the Board notes that FNBB advertises its services through major me dia sources as well as in 11 local and trade newspa pers, and within the past year has increased its adver tising regarding the availability of residential mortgages. 6. Manufacturers Hanover Trust Co., 66 F e d e r a l R e s e r v e B u l l e t i n 601 (1980). 255 Protestants allege that Applicant’s actual invest ment in community development programs to which it has made commitments has been minimal. However, the Board finds no evidence in the record that Appli cant or FNBB are unwilling to meet these commit ments and Applicant has reaffirmed to the Board its intention to fulfill all of its commitments. Moreover, from the record it appears that Applicant has taken steps to enhance its ability to participate in community development programs. For example, Applicant has recently established a subsidiary, First National Bos ton Mortgage Corporation, to provide a complete array of mortgage services, including V.A., F.H.A. and low-down-payment mortgages, thereby enabling FNBB to fulfill its commitment to make loans avail able under the Boston Urban Housing Program. The Protestants contend that FNBB has failed to meet the credit needs of small businesses and small farmers, and based on the record, the Board finds this contention to be without merit. As of August 11, 1980, FNBB had 5,000 loans totalling $106 million under a special small business index rate, which allows loans to small businesses and nonprofit corporations at rates 1.25 percent below FNBB base rate. In addition, FNBB’s Urban Marketing Department, which helps meet the needs of Boston’s low income and minority entrepreneurs, has made more than $7 million in loans. Moreover, in June 1980, FNBB agreed to provide $15 million to the Neighborhood Business Revitalization Program, which is designed to provide financial assist ance packages to small and medium size businesses in distressed neighborhoods. Finally, FNBB plays an important role in making low cost loans available to farmers by maintaining a multi-million dollar credit line to Farm Credit Bank of Springfield, Massachu setts, to support the Farm Credit Bank’s commercial paper borrowings. With respect to FNBB’s record of residential mort gage lending, the Board recognizes that prior to 1978 FNBB was not primarily engaged in initiating residen tial mortgages. Nevertheless, FNBB has gradually but consistently increased its presence in the residential mortgage market. FNBB made more mortgage loans in Suffolk County during the first six months of 1980 than it had during all of 1977, and the total dollar volume of residential loans during the first six months of 1980 almost equalled the total dollar volume of 1979. In addition, there has been little difference between FNBB’s acceptance rate for mortgage loans between low- and moderate-income areas and other areas. With respect to the home mortgage needs of low- and moderate-income families, within the past year FNBB has arranged for private mortgage insurance to enable it to offer mortgages with low down payments. In addition, FNBB is increasing from 50 percent to 80 256 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 percent the amount of potential rental income which may be counted toward monthly income in calculating mortgage eligibility. Moreover, FNBB’s subsidiary, First National Boston Mortgage Corporation, will pro vide new residential mortgage products and increased housing funds through access to the secondary mar kets. Finally, FNBB has recently initiated a Communi ty Mortgage Program to promote the purchase of homes by low- and moderate-income families at below market rates, as well as a Community Home Improve ment Program to provide home improvement loans at reduced interest rates for low- and moderate-income residents. Protestants have also challenged the adequacy of the CRA records for several of Applicant’s other subsidiary banks, in particular, Old Colony Bank of Middlesex County (“ OCB-Middlesex” ) and OCBHampden in connection with their residential lending activities. With respect to OCB-Middlesex, the Board notes that OCB-Middlesex has substantially increased the number of mortgages booked and that over 55 percent of these were in its CRA community. More over, both in number of loans and dollar value, OCBMiddlesex was the largest lender in Middlesex County during the first six months of 1980. As a result, OCBMiddlesex was forced to briefly freeze its mortgage lending activities, which out-paced the staff’s ability to process home mortgage applications. With respect to OCB-Hampden, the Board notes that it only began residential lending during the fall of 1979. Neverthe less, between 1979 and 1980 OCB-Hampden has made a substantial number of home mortgage loans, of which 43 percent were in its CRA community. In addition, OCB-Hampden has approved more mort gages in the first six months of 1980 than it did in all of 1979. Furthermore, OCB-Hampden has granted mort gages in 75 percent of the applications received from its CRA community between 1979 and 1980. OCBHampden has also made its services known to its local community, which has a significant Spanish-speaking population, through the use of bilingual tellers and advertising in a Spanish-language newspaper called The Voice. After reviewing these and other facts of record, the Board finds the Protestants claim to be unsupported by the facts. Protestants allege that certain of Applicant’s subsid iary banks have not complied with technical require ments of the CRA or the HMDA. These requirements are designed to acquaint the community with each bank’s lending policies and to permit members of the community to comment on those policies. In particu lar, Protestants assert that Old Colony Bank of Essex County had not compiled a required home mortgage disclosure statement; FNBB had one letter (unrelated to CRA) missing from its CRA public comment file; and Old Colony Bank of Norfolk County’s home mortgage disclosure statement was not made readily accessible to the public. However, Protestants indi cate that the Old Colony Banks of Essex County and Norfolk County have subsequently prepared HMDA statements. With respect to FNBB’s public comment file, since comments from other organizations were properly placed in FNBB’s comment files, the Board believes FNBB’s failure to place one letter in its file was an isolated error in a generally good record of technical compliance. It is the Board’s view that such isolated errors are not a substantially adverse reflec tion on the CRA record of FNBB or Applicant’s other eight subsidiary banks. See e.g., AmeriTrust, 66 Fed e r a l R eserve B u lle t in 238 (1980). Thus, the Board considers that Protestants’ allegations in this regard are without merit. With respect to other convenience and needs con siderations, approval of the present application will assist Bank in serving a larger number of borrowers and in extending larger loans through overline partici pation with Applicant’s other banking affiliates. In addition, Applicant will introduce a number of new services through Bank, including 90 percent mort gages, cash management services, construction fi nancing, and trust and investment services to both businesses and individuals. Applicant also proposes to raise the interest rate paid on passbook 90-day notice accounts and lower the minimum deposit required for these accounts. Thus, based on its review of the facts of record, including Applicant’s and FNBB’s perform ance with respect to the factors to be considered under CRA, the Board concludes that considerations relating to convenience and needs lend some weight toward approval of the application. Based on the record, it is the Board’s judgment that approval of the application would be in the public interest and that the application should be approved for the reasons summarized above. This transaction shall not be made before the thirtieth calendar day following the effective date of this Order, or later than three months from the effective date of this Order unless such period is extended for good cause by the Board or the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, pursu ant to delegated authority. By order of the Board of Governors, effective February 25, 1981. Voting for this action: Chairman Volcker and Governors Schultz, Wallich, Partee, Rice, and Gramley. Absent and not voting: Governor Teeters. [ s e a l] (Signed) J a m e s M c A f e e , Assistant Secretary of the Board. Legal D evelopm ents Heritage Wisconsin Corporation, Wauwatosa, Wisconsin Order Approving Acquisition o f Banks Heritage Wisconsin Corporation, Wauwatosa, Wis consin, a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act (“ Act” ), has applied for the Board’s approval under section 3(a)(3) of the Act (12 U.S.C. § 1842(a)(3)) to acquire 100 percent of the voting shares (less directors’ qualifying shares) of both Southridge Bank of Greendale, Greendale, Wis consin (“ Southridge Bank” ), and Northridge Bank, Milwaukee, Wisconsin (“ Northridge Bank” ) (collec tively “ Banks” ). Notice of the applications, affording opportunity for interested persons to submit comments and views, has been given in accordance with section 3(b) of the Act. The time for filing comments and views has expired and the Board has considered the applications and all comments received in light of the factors set forth in section 3(c) of the Act (12 U.S.C. § 1842(c)). Applicant, the seventh largest banking organization in Wisconsin, controls seven commercial banks1 with aggregate deposits of $386.4 million, representing ap proximately 1.9 percent of total deposits in commer cial banks in the state.2 Acquisition of Banks, with aggregate deposits of $45.2 million, would increase Applicant’s share of commercial bank deposits in Wisconsin by 0.2 percent and would cause Applicant to become the sixth largest banking organization in the state. In view of the sizes of Banks, consummation of the proposal would not result in a significant increase in the concentration of commercial banking resources in the state. Banks are currently the only subsidiary banks of Ridge Bancorporation of Wisconsin, Greendale, Wis consin, a registered bank holding company. North ridge Bank ($21.9 million in deposits) is the 36th largest of 56 banking organizations located in the Milwaukee banking market and holds approximately 0.3 percent of total market deposits in commercial banks.3 Southridge Bank ($23.3 million in deposits) is the 35th largest commercial banking organization lo cated in the relevant market and holds approximately 0.4 percent of total market deposits in commercial banks. Together, Banks rank as the 19th largest com- 1. Applicant also owns less than 25 percent of the shares of two banks with aggregate deposits of $85.1 million, representing 0.4 percent of deposits in commercial banks in Wisconsin. 2. Banking data are as of December 31, 1979, and reflect bank holding company formations and acquisitions approved as of Decem ber 31, 1980. 3. The relevant banking market is approximated by the Milwaukee Ranally Metropolitan Area. 257 mercial banking organization in the market. Applicant is the fifth largest banking organization in the Milwau kee market with 11 offices of four of its subsidiary banks holding aggregate deposits of $283.3 million, representing 4.3 percent of total deposits in commer cial banks in the relevant market. Consummation of the transactions will increase Applicant’s share of market deposits by 0.7 percent and would not cause Applicant’s rank within the market to change. Al though acquisition of Banks will eliminate some com petition, the Milwaukee market is not highly concen trated and there will remain a large number of independent banks as entry vehicles for banking orga nizations not currently represented in the market. In view of all the facts of record including the structure of the relevant market and the size of Banks, the Board is of the view that consummation of the transactions will have only slightly adverse effects on competition in the Milwaukee market. The financial and managerial resources of Applicant and its subsidiaries are considered generally satisfac tory and its future prospects appear favorable. The financial and managerial resources of Banks are satis factory and their future prospects as affiliates of Appli cant appear favorable. Accordingly, banking factors are consistent with approval of the applications. Appli cant proposes to expand banking hours at Banks and to institute a number of services not now available at Banks, including automatic transfer services, trust services, investment management, leasing, and creditrelated insurance activities. In the Board’s view, the benefits to the public that may be expected from consummation of the proposed transactions lend weight sufficient to outweigh any adverse effects on competition that may result from consummation of the proposals. Therefore, it is the Board’s judgment that the proposed transaction would be in the public inter est and that the applications should be approved. On the basis of the record, the applications are approved for the reasons summarized above. The transactions shall not be made before the thirtieth calendar day following the effective date of this Order or later than three months after that date, unless such period is extended for good cause by the Board, or by the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago pursuant to delegated authority. By order of the Board of Governors, effective February 23, 1981. Voting for this action: Chairman Volcker and Governors Schultz, Wallich, Partee, Rice, and Gramley. Absent and not voting: Governor Teeters. [ s e a l] (Signed) J a m e s M c A f e e , Assistant Secretary of the Board. 258 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 Orders Under Section 2 o f Bank Holding Company A ct Citicorp, New York, New York Order Granting D eterm ination Under the Bank Holding Com pany A ct Citicorp, New York, New York, a bank holding com pany within the meaning of section 2(a) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (12 U.S.C. § 1841 et seq.) (the “ Act” ), has requested a determi nation pursuant to section 2(g)(3) of the Act that, with respect to the sale by Citicorp of the assets of its travel agency business to VTS Travel Enterprises, Inc., New York, New York (“ VTS’), Citicorp is not in fact capable of controlling VTS notwithstanding the fact that VTS is indebted to Citicorp in connection with the sale. Under the provisions of section 2(g)(3) of the Act, shares1 transferred after January 1, 1966, by a bank holding company to a transferee that is indebted to the transferor are deemed to be indirectly owned or con trolled by the transferor unless the Board, after oppor tunity for hearing, determines that the transferor is not in fact capable of controlling the transferee. No such request for a hearing has been received by the Board. Citicorp has submitted to the Board evidence to show that it is not in fact capable of controlling VTS, and the Board has received no contradictory evidence. It is hereby determined that Citicorp is not in fact capable of controlling VTS. This determination is based upon the evidence of record in this matter, including the following facts. On May 30, 1980, Citicorp transferred its entire interest in the travel agency business, consisting of inventory, accounts receivable, licenses, suppliers’ warranties, and trademark and service mark rights, to VTS, a corporation owned by former employees of Citicorp’s travel agency business. Citicorp received as its consideration cash and VTS’ promissory note for the remainder of the purchase price. The sale appears to have been the result of arm’s length negotiations, and there is no evidence to indicate that the sale was motivated by an intent to evade the requirements of the Act. A substantial portion of the initial indebted ness has been repaid by VTS, and, based on the 1. Although section 2(g)(3) refers to transfers of “ shares,” the Board has previously taken the position that a transfer of such a significant volume of assets that the transfer may in effect constitute the disposition of a separate activity of a company is deemed to involve a transfer of “ shares” of that company. 12 C.F.R. § 225.139. record, there is no evidence that VTS will be unable to repay the remaining indebtedness in accordance with the terms of the note. Moreover, the indebtedness is not secured by the property of VTS, but rather by personal guarantees of VTS’ shareholders and letters of credit. Finally, the requirements of the indebted ness are of the type normally imposed on a borrower by a prudent institutional lender and are reasonably required to protect Citicorp’s interest. Although VTS will continue to provide travel serv ices to employees of Citicorp and its subsidiary, Citibank, N .A ., there is no requirement that they use the services of VTS; Citicorp has represented that all employees have been notified that they may use VTS or any other travel agency of their choice. In addition, none of the shareholders of VTS has remained an officer, director or employee of Citicorp or any of its subsidiaries, and no present officer, director or em ployee of Citicorp or any of its subsidiaries is an officer, director or employee of VTS. Accordingly, it is ordered that the request of Citi corp for a determination pursuant to section 2(g)(3) is granted. This determination is based on representa tions made to the Board by Citicorp. In the event that the Board should hereafter determine that facts mate rial to this determination are otherwise than as repre sented, or that Citicorp or VTS has failed to disclose to the Board other material facts, this determination may be revoked, and any change in the factors and circum stances relied upon by the Board in making this determination could result in the Board’s reconsider ation of this determination. By order of the Board of Governors, acting through its General Counsel, pursuant to delegated authority (12 C.F.R. § 265.2(b)(1)), effective February 5, 1981. (Signed) [s e a l] Jam es M c A fe e , A ssistan t Secretary o f the Board. Certifications Pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Tax A ct o f 1976 American General Corporation, Houston, Texas Final Certification Pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Tax A c t o f 1976 American General Corporation (“ Company”), Hous ton, Texas, the successor corporation to American General Insurance Company, Houston, Texas (“AG”), has requested a final certification pursuant to section 1101(e) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “ Code”), as amended by section 2(a) of the Bank Legal Developm ents Holding Company Act of 1976 (the “ Tax Act” ), that it has (before the expiration of the period prohibited property is permitted to be held under the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. § 1841 et seq.) (“ BHC Act” ) ceased to be a bank holding company. In connection with this request, the following infor mation is deemed relevant for purposes of issuing the requested certification:1 1. Effective June 23, 1977, the Board issued a prior certification pursuant to section 1101(b) of the Code with respect to the proposed divestiture by AG of 2,632,042 shares of Class B nonvoting stock of Texas Commerce Bancshares, Inc. (“ TCB” ), then held by AG, through the pro rata distribution of such shares to the holders of common stock of AG. 2. The Board’s Order certified that: A. AG is a qualified bank holding corporation, within the meaning of section 1103(b) of the Code, and satisfies the requirements of that subsection; B. The shares of TCB that AG proposes to distribute to its shareholders are all or part of the property by reason of which AG controls (within the meaning of section 2(a) of the BHC Act) a bank or bank holding company ; and C. The distribution of such shares of TCB is necessary or appropriate to effectuate the pur poses of the BHC Act. 3. Following issuance of the prior tax certification in the years 1977 through 1980, AG and Company took the following actions to divest all of the 2,632,042 shares of TCB stock: A. 1,328,950 TCB Class B shares were divested by AG through the conversion of debentures which had been issued in June of 1974; B. 1,300,483 TCB Class B shares were divested by AG through annual pro rata dividend distribu tions to shareholders of AG; and C. 2,609 TCB Class B shares were sold by Com pany through sales in the open market on Aug ust 8, 1980. Company does not currently hold any interest in TCB. 4. Company has committed that no director, officer, or policymaking employee of Company serves or will serve in a similar capacity with TCB or any of its subsidiaries; 5. Company has committed that no director, officer or policymaking employee of Company, or a person owning 25 percent or more of the shares of Compa ny, or any combination of such persons, owns or controls or will own or control, directly or indirect- 1. This information derives from Company’s communications with the Board concerning its request for this certification, Company’s Registration Statement filed with the Board pursuant to the BHC Act, and other records of the Board. 259 ly, 25 percent or more of the voting shares of TCB or any of its subsidiaries. 6. Company does not exercise any influence or control over TCB or any of its subsidiaries. 7. Company does not directly or indirectly own, control, or have power to vote 25 percent or more of any class of voting securities of any bank or any company that controls a bank. 8. Company does not control in any manner the election of a majority of the directors, or exercise a controlling influence over the management or poli cies of TCB or any bank or company that controls a bank. On the basis of the foregoing information, it is hereby certified that Company has (before the expira tion of the period prohibited property is permitted under the BHC Act to be held by a bank holding company) ceased to be a bank holding company, and has disposed of all its banking property within the meaning of section 1103(g) of the Tax Act. This certification is based upon the representations made to the Board by Company and upon the facts set forth above. In the event the Board should determine that facts material to this certification are otherwise than as represented by Company, or that Company has failed to disclose to the Board other material facts, it may revoke this certification. By order of the Board of Governors, acting through its General Counsel, pursuant to delegated authority (12 C.F.R. § 265.3(b)(3)), effective February 26, 1981. (Signed) [s e a l] Jam es M c A fe e , A ssistan t Secretary o f the Board. Homewood Corporation, Columbus, Ohio Final Certification Pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Tax A ct o f 1976 Homewood Corporation (formerly Franklin Corp.), Columbus, Ohio (“ Homewood”), has requested a final certification pursuant to section 6158 (c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code (“ Code”), as added by section 3(a) of the Bank Holding Company Tax Act of 1976, that it has (before the expiration of the period prohibit ed property is permitted under the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. § 1841 et seq.) (“ BHC Act”) to be held by a bank holding company) ceased to be a bank holding company. In connection with this request, the following infor 260 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 mation is deemed relevant for the purposes of issuing the requested certification:1 1. Effective October 1, 1980, the Board issued a prior certification pursuant to section 6158(a) of the Code with respect to the proposed sale of 3,886 shares of common stock (“ Bank Shares” ) of The Franklin Bank, Grove City, Ohio (“ Bank” ), to Centran Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio (“ Centran” ). The Board’s Order certified that: A. Homewood is a qualified bank holding corpo ration within the meaning of section 1103(b) of the Code, and satisfies the requirements of that sec tion; B. 2,545 of Bank Shares, representing 63.6 per cent of the outstanding voting shares of Bank, that Homewood proposes to sell to Centran are all or part of the property by reason of which Home wood controls within the meaning of section 2(a) of the BHC Act a bank or bank holding company; and C. The sale of such shares of Bank is necessary or appropriate to effectuate the policies of the BHC Act. 2. On October 1, 1980, following prior certification of the transaction by the Board of Governors, acting through its General Counsel, Homewood Corpora tion sold to Centran all of its interest in Bank. 3. The prior certification issued on October 1, 1980, was granted upon the condition that no person holding an office or position (including an advisory or honorary position) as a director or officer of Homewood will serve in a similar capacity with Bank, Centran, or its subsidiaries. Effective Octo ber 1, 1980, all such interlocking relationships be tween Homewood and Centran and their respective subsidiaries were terminated. 4. Homewood has represented that it does not exercise a controlling influence over the manage ment or policies of Bank, or any other bank or bank holding company. 5. Homewood has represented that it does not control in any manner the election of a majority of the directors, or own or control, directly, or indi rectly, more than 5 percent of the outstanding shares of any bank or bank holding company. On the basis of the foregoing information, it is hereby certified that Homewood has (before the expi ration of the period prohibited property is permitted 1. This information derives from Homewood’s correspondence with the Board concerning its request for this certification, Home wood’s Registration Statement filed with the Board pursuant to the BHC Act, and other records of the Board. under the BHC Act to be held by a bank holding company) ceased to be a bank holding company. This certification is based upon the representations and commitments made to the Board by Homewood and upon the facts set out above. In the event the Board should hereafter determine that facts material to this certification are otherwise than as represented by Homewood, or that Homewood has failed to disclose to the Board other material facts or to fulfill any of its commitments, the Board may revoke this certification. By order of the Board of Governors, acting through its General Counsel pursuant to delegated authority (12 C.F.R. § 265.2(b) (3)), effective February 12, 1981. (Signed) [s e a l] Jam es M c A fe e , A ssistan t Secretary o f the Board. Strachan Construction Company, Inc., Fort Walton Beach, Florida Final Certification Pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Tax A c t o f 1976 Strachan Construction Company, Inc., Fort Walton Beach, Florida (“ Strachan” ), has requested a final certification pursuant to section 1101(e) of the Internal Revenue Code (“ Code” ), as amended by section 2(a) of the Bank Holding Company Tax Act of 1976 (“Tax Act”), that it has (before the expiration of the period prohibited property is permitted under the Bank Hold ing Company Act (12 U.S.C. § 1841 et seq.) (“ BHC Act” ) to be held by a bank holding company) ceased to be a bank holding company. In connection with this request, the following infor mation is deemed relevant for purposes of issuing the requested certification:1 1. Effective October 21, 1980, the Board issued a prior certification pursuant to section 1101(b) of the Code with respect to the proposed divestiture by Strachan of 11,966 shares of First City Bank of Fort Walton Beach, Fort Walton Beach, Florida (“ Bank”), then held by Strachan through the pro rata distribution of such shares to Strachan’s three shareholders. 2. The Board’s Order certified that: A. Strachan is a qualified bank holding corpora tion within the meaning of subsection (b) of sec tion 1103 of the Code and satisfies the require ments of that subsection; 1. This information derives from Strachan’s communications with the Board concerning its request for this certification, Strachan’s Registration Statement filed with the Board pursuant to the BHC Act, and other records of the Board. Legal D evelopm ents B. The 11,966 shares of Bank that Strachan pro poses to distribute to its shareholders are all or part of the property by reason of which Strachan controls (within the meaning of section 2(a) of the BHC Act) a bank or a bank holding company; and C. The distribution of such shares is necessary or appropriate to effectuate the policies of the BHC Act. 3. On December 10,1980, Strachan distributed to its shareholders on a pro rata basis 13,751 shares of Bank.2 4. Strachan has represented to the Board that it no longer owns or controls voting shares of any bank or any company that controls a bank. 5. Strachan has represented to the Board that there are no interlocking director, officer and management official positions between Strachan and Bank. Stra chan has represented that it does not control in any manner the election of a majority of directors or exercise a controlling influence over the manage ment or policies of Bank, any other bank or any company that controls a bank. On the basis of the foregoing information, it is hereby certified that Strachan has (before the expira tion of the period prohibited property is permitted under the BHC Act to be held by a bank holding company) ceased to be a bank holding company. This certification is based upon representations and commitments made to the Board by Strachan and upon the facts set forth above. In the event the Board should hereafter determine that facts material to this certification are otherwise than as represented by Strachan or that Strachan has failed to disclose to the Board other material facts or to fulfill any commit ments made to the Board in connection herewith, it may revoke this certification. By order of the Board of Governors, acting through its General Counsel, pursuant to delegated authority, (12 C.F.R. § 265.2(b)(3)), effective February 6, 1981. (Signed) [s e a l] Jam es M c A fe e , A ssistan t Secretary o f the Board. 2. Subsequent to July 7, 1970, Strachan acquired shares of Bank, representing 4.1 percent of Bank’s outstanding shares. Strachan did not request certification for such shares. 261 Order A pproved Under Bank M erger A ct American Bank of Commerce, Albuquerque, New Mexico Order Approving M erger o f Bank American Bank of Commerce, Albuquerque, New Mexico (“Applicant”), a state member bank of the Federal Reserve System, is a wholly owned subsidiary of Bank Securities, Inc., Albuquerque, New Mexico (“ BSI”). Applicant has applied to the Board pursuant to the Bank Merger Act (12 U.S.C. § 1828(c)), for approval to merge with Republic Bank, Albuquerque, New Mexico (“ Bank”), under the charter and title of Applicant. As an incident to the proposed merger, the existing offices of Bank would become branch offices of the resulting bank. As required by the Bank Merger Act, notice of the proposed transaction has been published and reports on competitive factors have been requested from the Attorney General, the Comptroller of the Currency, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The time for filing views and comments has expired and the application and all comments received have been considered in light of the factors set forth in the Act. Applicant’s parent, BSI, is the fourth largest bank ing organization in New Mexico and controls eight subsidiary banks with $364 million in deposits, repre senting 7.7 percent of the total state bank deposits.1 Bank is the 43rd largest bank in the state, with deposits of $33 million, representing less that 1 percent of statewide commercial bank deposits, and its acquisi tion by Applicant would not alter BSI’s or Applicant’s statewide ranking or significantly increase their share of deposits in the state. Accordingly, consummation of the proposal would not have an appreciable effect on the concentration of banking resources in New Mexico. Two of BSI’s subsidiary banks compete in the relevant banking market.2 Applicant is the fourth largest bank in the Albuquerque banking market, with total deposits of $99.6 million, representing approxi mately 5.6 percent of commercial bank deposits in the market. BSI’s other banking subsidiary, First State Bank, Rio Rancho, has total deposits of $33.4 million representing approximately 1.7 percent of commercial bank deposits and ranks as the 10th largest bank in the Albuquerque banking market. Therefore, BSI has ag gregate deposits in the relevant market totaling $133 million, representing 7.4 percent of commercial bank deposits and ranks as the fourth largest banking orga nization in the Albuquerque market. 1. All banking data are as of December 31, 1979. 2. The Albuquerque banking market is the relevant market and is approximated by the Albuquerque RMA. 262 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 Bank, with total deposits of $33 million, represent ing 1.9 percent of the commercial bank deposits in the market, is the ninth largest of thirteen banks in the Albuquerque banking market and competes in no other markets. Upon consummation of the proposed transaction, BSI and Applicant would hold total mar ket deposits of $166 and $133 million, respectively, representing 9.3 and 7.5 percent of the market deposits. Approval of the proposal would eliminate some existing competition within the Albuquerque banking market. While the market shares of BSI and Applicant would increase slightly, their respective ranks within the market would be unchanged and they would re main substantially smaller in absolute size and market share than the three larger banking organizations in the Albuquerque banking market. Moreover, numerous independent banking alternatives would remain avail able within the market. Consequently, it appears that the effect of the merger on existing competition in the Albuquerque banking market would not be significant. After examining information of record concerning the financial and managerial resources of Applicant, BSI and Bank, the Board concludes that the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the institutions involved, as well as the banking factors, are consistent with approval. In fact, consummation of this merger would have a beneficial effect on Applicant and BSI. In addition, as a result of consummation of the proposed merger, the resulting bank will be able to offer increased lending limits and other expanded services to their customers. In particular, the resulting bank will offer trust services, the convenience of automatic teller machines and debit-card system, serv ices previously unavailable from Bank. The Board believes that considerations relating to the conve nience and needs of the communities to be served lend weight toward approval and are sufficient to outweigh any slightly adverse competitive effects that may be associated with this proposal. Accordingly, the Board finds that consummation of the proposal would be consistent with the public interest. On the basis of the record and for the reasons summarized above, the application to merge and, incident thereto, to establish branches, is hereby approved. The transaction shall not be consummated before the thirtieth calendar day following the effective date of this Order or later than three months after the effective date of this Order, unless such period is extended for good cause by the Board or by the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City pursuant to delegated authority. By order of the Board of Governors, effective February 5, 1981. Voting for this action: Vice Chairman Schultz and Gover nors Partee, Rice, and Gramley. Absent and not voting: Chairman Volcker and Governors Wallich and Teeters. (Signed) [s e a l] Jam es M c A fe e , A ssistan t Secretary o f the Board. O r d e r s A p p r o v in g A p p l ic a t io n s U n d e r th e B a n k H o l d in g C o m p a n y A c t Ba n k M erger A ct and By the Board o f Governors During February 1981 the Board of Governors approved the applications listed below. Copies are available upon request to Publications Services, Division of Support Services, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, D.C. 20551. Section 3 Applicant First City Bancorporation of Texas, Inc. Houston, Texas First City Bancorporation of Texas, Inc., Houston, Texas First Union Bancorporation and Firstsub, Inc. St. Louis, Missouri Bank(s) Board action (effective date) Central Park Bank, San Antonio, Texas February 4, 1981 Windsor Park Bank, San Antonio, Texas February 3, 1981 Columbia Union National Bank and Trust Company Kansas City, Missouri February 2, 1981 Legal Developm ents 263 Section 3—continued Applicant Bank(s) Metropolitan Bancorporation, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota Southwest Bancshares, Inc., Houston, Texas Metropolitan State Bank, Minneapolis, Minnesota Texas Bank of Beaumont Beaumont, Texas Board action (effective date) February 25, 1981 February 6, 1981 By Federal R eserve Banks Recent applications have been approved by the Federal Reserve Banks as listed below. Copies of the orders are available upon request to the Reserve Banks. Section 3 Applicant Bank(s) American City Bancorp, Inc., Tullahoma, Tennessee Arapahoe Financial Corp., Arapahoe, Nebraska Avenue Bancorporation, Chicago, Illinois American City Bank, Tullahoma, Tennessee Citizens State Bank, Arapahoe, Nebraska Avenue Bank and Trust Company of Oak Park, Oak Park, Illinois Goodhue State Bank Goodhue, Minnesota Chisago County State Bank, Center City, Minnesota White Rock State Bank, White Rock, Minnesota Lake National Bank, Painesville, Ohio Melvin Savings Bank, Melvin, Iowa Plaza National Bancshares, Inc., St. Louis County, Missouri Plaza Bank of Westport St. Louis County, Missouri Boelus State Bank, Boelus, Nebraska The Cass County Bank, Plattsmouth, Nebraska Blue Earth State Bank, Blue Earth, Minnesota Mountain Trust Company Stowe, Vermont State Bank of Cokato, Cokato, Minnesota BancMidwest Corporation St. Paul, Minnesota Banc One Corporation, Columbus, Ohio Benz Holding Company, Melvin, Iowa Boatmen’s Bancshares, Inc., St. Louis, Missouri Boelus Investment Co., Boelus, Nebraska Cass County State Company, Plattsmouth, Nebraska Central Bancorporation, Inc., Newport, Minnesota Chittenden Corporation, Burlington, Vermont Cokato Bancshares, Inc., Cokato, Minnesota Reserve Bank Effective date Atlanta February 3, 1981 Kansas City February 12, 1981 Chicago February 4, 1981 Minneapolis February 12, 1981 Cleveland February 5, 1981 Chicago February 20, 1981 St. Louis February 3, 1981 Kansas City February 2, 1981 Kansas City February 13, 1981 Minneapolis February 11, 1981 Boston February 17, 1981 Minneapolis February 2, 1981 264 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 Section 3—continued Applicant Commerce Southwest Inc., Dallas, Texas Daingerfield Bancshares, Inc., Daingerfield, Texas Financial Growth Systems, Inc., Inverness, Florida Finlay son Bancshares, Inc., Finlayson, Minnesota First of Austin Bancshares, Inc., Austin, Texas First Bancorp, Inc., Corsicana, Texas First Bancorp of War, Inc., Welch, West Virginia First Community Bancshares, Inc., Lone Grove, Oklahoma First Granbury Bancorporation, Granbury, Texas First New Mexico Bankshare Corporation, Albuquerque, New Mexico First State Bancorporation, Tiptonville, Tennessee First Medicine Lodge Banc shares, Inc., Medicine Lodge, Kansas First National Financial Corp. of Martinsville, Martinsville, Indiana First Peoples Bancorp, Inc., Jefferson City, Tennessee Geneseo Bancshares, Inc., Geneseo, Kansas Guardian Banks Financial Corp., Seminole, Florida Bank(s) eserve Bank Board action (effective , . . date) The Farmers & Merchants National Bank of Kaufman, Kaufman, Texas The National Bank of Daingerfield, Daingerfield, Texas Citizens First National Bank of Citrus County, Inverness, Florida Citizens First National Bank of Crystal River, Crystal River, Florida Lake County Bank, Leesburg, Florida First State Bank of Finlayson, Finlayson, Minnesota Western National Bank, Austin, Texas First Greenville Bancshares, Inc., Greenville, Texas First Greenville National Bank, Greenville, Texas The Bank of War, War, West Virginia First Community Bank of Lone Grove, Lone Grove, Oklahoma The First National Bank of Granbury, Granbury, Texas Southwest National Bank, Hobbs, New Mexico Dallas February 2, 1981 Dallas January 30, 1981 Atlanta January 30, 1981 Minneapolis February 12, 1981 Dallas January 30, 1981 Dallas February 9, 1981 Richmond January 29, 1981 Kansas City February 23, 1981 Dallas January 29, 1981 Kansas City February 17, 1981 First State Bank and Trust Company, Tiptonville, Tennessee First National Bank of Medicine Lodge, Medicine Lodge, Kansas First National Bank, Martinsville, Martinsville, Indiana St. Louis February 13, 1981 Kansas City January 30, 1981 Chicago February 5, 1981 Atlanta January 30, 1981 Kansas City February 12, 1981 Atlanta January 30, 1981 First Peoples Bank of Jefferson County, Jefferson City, Tennessee The Citizens State Bank, Geneseo, Kansas Guardian Bank, Seminole, Florida Legal Developm ents 265 Section 3—continued Applicant Gulf Coast Bancshares, Inc., Alvin, Texas Hawkeye Bancorporation, Des Moines, Iowa Henry County Bancorp, Inc., Cambridge, Illinois Iowa-Grant Bankshares, Inc., Cobb, Wisconsin Merchants Financial Corporation, Dallas, Texas Middle Georgia Corporation, Ellaville, Georgia Montfort Bancorporation, Inc., Platteville, Wisconsin NBC Bancshares, Inc., Austin, Texas Peoples Bancshares, Inc., Colorado Springs, Colorado Security Bancorporation, Inc., Newport, Minnesota Southeast Capital Corporation, Quitman, Mississippi Southern Indiana Bancorp, Inc., Newburgh, Indiana United Banks of Wisconsin, Inc.. Madison, Wisconsin Valley Bank Holding Company, Security, Colorado Weldon Bancshares, Inc., Weldon, Illinois Bank(s) First National Bank of Alvin, Alvin, Texas Cedar River Bancorporation, Cedar Rapids, Iowa The United State Bank, Cedar Rapids, Iowa Peoples Bank of Cambridge, Cambridge, Illinois Cobb State Bank, Cobb, Wisconsin Merchants State Bank, Dallas, Texas Bank of Ellaville, Ellaville, Georgia Citizens State Bank, Montfort, Wisconsin National Bank of Commerce, Austin, Texas National Bank of CommerceSouth Austin, Texas Peoples Bank of Westville, Westville, Oklahoma Security State Bank, Ladysmith, Wisconsin Southeast Mississippi Bank, Quitman, Mississippi Southern Indiana Bank and Trust Company, Newburgh, Indiana Farmers & Citizens Bank, Sauk City, Wisconsin The Bank of Fountain Valley, Security, Colorado Weldon State Bank, Weldon, Illinois Reserve Bank Board action (effective date) Dallas February 19, 1981 Chicago February 17, 1981 Chicago February 17, 1981 Chicago February 11, 1981 Dallas February 13, 1981 Atlanta February 9, 1981 Chicago February 11, 1981 Dallas February 19, 1981 Kansas City February 13, 1981 Minneapolis February 11, 1981 Atlanta February 17, 1981 St. Louis February 6, 1981 Chicago February 12, 1981 Kansas City February 12, 1981 Chicago February 11, 1981 266 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 Sections 3 and 4 Nonbanking company (or activity) Applicant Bank(s) First Guthrie Banc shares, Inc., Guthrie, Oklahoma First Union Corpora tion, Stillwater, Oklahoma The First National Bank and Trust Company of Still water, Stillwater, Oklahoma Lakeland State Bank, Pequot Lakes, Minnesota Lakeland Agency, Inc., Pequot Lakes, Minnesota Reserve Bank Effective date consumer finance ac tivities and creditrelated insurance sales Kansas City February 6, 1981 to continue to engage in general insurance activities in Pequot Lakes, Minnesota, a town of less than 5,000 population Minneapolis February 10, 1981 Section 4 Nonbanking company (or activity) Applicant Deposit Guaranty Corp. Jackson, Mississippi Marsall & Ilsley Corporation, Milwaukee, Wisconsin Morrill Bancshares, Inc., Sabetha, Kansas Southern Bancorporation, Inc. Effective date to engage in the activity of servicing the loans and other extensions of credit acquired through an existing subsidiary to continue to engage in leasing activi ties through its subsidiary to engage in general insurance agency activities World Acceptance Corporation and World Finance Corporation of Georgia, Family Financial Services Inc., Fort Valley, Georgia February 5, 1981 February 7, 1981 February 4, 1981 February 6, 1981 Ord e rs A ppr o v ed Un d e r Ba n k M erger A ct By Federal R eserve Banks A Applicant The Carroll County Trust Company, Conway, New Hampshire . Banks Reserve _ . Bank Effective date Lafayette National Bank, Littleton, New Hampshire Boston February 17, 1981 Legal D evelopm ents 267 P e n d in g Ca s e s In v o l v in g th e B o a r d o f G o v e r n o r s This list o f pending cases does not include suits against the Federal R eserve Banks in which the Board o f Governors is not nam ed a party. U.S. League o f Savings Associations v. D epository Institutions D eregulation Com m ittee, et al., filed June 1980, U.S.D.C. for the District of Columbia. Berkovitz, et al. v. Governm ent o f Iran, et al., filed Wilshire Oil Com pany o f Texas v. Board o f G over nors, et al., filed U.S.D.C. for New Jersey. 9 to 5 Organization fo r Women Office Workers v. Board o f G overnors , filed December 1980, U.S.D.C. for the District of Massachusetts. Wilshire Oil Com pany o f Texas v. Board o f G over nors, filed December 1980, U.S.C.A. for the District of Columbia. Securities Industry A ssociation v. Board o f G over nors, et a l ., filed October 1980, U.S.D.C. for the District of Columbia. Securities Industry A ssociation v. Board o f G over nors, et al., filed October 1980, U.S.C.A. for the District of Columbia. A. G. Becker, Inc. v. Board o f Governors, et al., filed October 1980, U.S.D.C. for the District of Colum bia. A. G. Becker, Inc. v. B oard o f Governors, et a l ., filed October 1980, U.S.C.A. for the District of Colum bia. Independent Insurance Agents o f Am erica and Inde pendent Insurance Agents o f Missouri v. Board o f G overnors , filed September 1980, U.S.C.A. for the Eighth Circuit. Independent Insurance A gents o f Am erica and Inde pendent Insurance Agents o f Virginia v. Board o f G overnors , filed September 1980, U.S.C.A. for the Fourth Circuit. N ebraska Bankers A ssociation, et al. v. Board o f Governors, et a l ., filed September 1980, U.S.D.C. for the District of Nebraska. Republic o f Texas Corporation v. Board o f Governors, filed September 1980, U.S.C.A. for the Fifth Cir cuit. Consumers Union o f the United States, Inc., v. Board o f Governors et al., filed August 1980, U.S.D.C. for the District of Columbia. A. G. Becker Inc., v. B oard o f Governors, et al., filed August 1980, U.S.D.C. for the District of Columbia. Otero Savings and Loan A ssociation v. Board o f Governors, filed August 1980, U.S.D.C. for the District of Columbia. Edwin F. Gordon v. B oard o f Governors, et al., filed August 1980, U.S.C.A. for the Fifth Circuit. Martin-Trigona v. Board o f Governors, filed July 1980, U.S.C.A. for the District of Columbia. June 1980, U.S.D.C. for the Northern District of California. Mercantile Texas Corporation v. B oard o f G overnors , filed May 1980, U.S.C.A. for the Fifth Circuit. Corbin, Trustee v. United S tates, filed May 1980, United States Court of Claims. Louis J. R oussel v. Board o f Governors, filed April 1980, U.S.D.C. for the District of Columbia. U lyssess S. Crockett v. U nited S tates et al., filed April 1980, U.S.D.C. for the Eastern District of North Carolina. County N ational Bancorporation and TGB Co. v. Board o f Governors, filed September 1979, U.S.C.A. for the Eighth Circuit. Gregory v. Board o f Governors, filed July 1979, U.S.D.C. for the District of Columbia. Donald W. Riegel, Jr. v. Federal Open M arket Com m ittee, filed July 1979, U.S.D.C. for the District of Columbia. Connecticut Bankers A ssociation, et al., v. Board o f Governors, filed May 1979, U.S.C.A. for the Dis trict of Columbia. Independent Insurance Agents o f Am erica, et al., v. Board o f Governors, filed May 1979, U.S.C.A. for the District of Columbia. Independent Insurance A gents o f Am erica, et al., v. Board o f Governors, filed April 1979, U.S.C.A. for the District of Columbia. Independent Insurance A gents o f Am erica, et al., v. Board o f Governors, filed March 1979, U.S.C.A. for the District of Columbia. Security Bancorp and Security N ational Bank v. Board o f Governors, filed March 1978, U.S.C.A. for the Ninth Circuit. Investm ent Com pany Institute v. Board o f Governors, filed September 1977, U.S.D.C. for the District of Columbia. Roberts Farms, Inc., v. Com ptroller o f the Currency , et al., filed November 1975, U.S.D.C. for the South ern District of California. D avid Merrill, et al. v. Federal Open M arket Com mit tee, filed May 1975, U.S.D.C. for the District of Columbia. Al Financial and Business Statistics CO N TEN TS D o m e s tic F in a n cia l S ta tis tic s We e k l y R e p o r t in g C o m m e r c ia l B a n k s A3 Monetary aggregates and interest rates A4 Reserves of depository institutions, reserve, bank credit A5 Reserves and borrowings of depository institutions A6 Federal funds and repurchase agreements of large member banks Assets and liabilities A 18 All reporting banks A 19 Banks with assets of $ 1 billion or more A20 Banks in New York City A21 Balance sheet memoranda A l l Commercial and industrial loans A23 Gross demand deposits of individuals, partnerships, and corporations P o l ic y I n s t r u m e n t s A l Federal Reserve Bank interest rates A8 Depository institutions reserve requirements A9 Maximum interest rates payable on time and savings deposits at federally insured institutions A 10 Federal Reserve open market transactions Federal R eserve B a n k s F in a n c ia l M a r k e t s A23 Commercial paper and bankers dollar acceptances outstanding A24 Prime rate charged by banks on short-term business loans A24 Terms of lending at commercial banks A25 Interest rates in money and capital markets A26 Stock market—Selected statistics A ll Condition and Federal Reserve note statements A 12 Maturity distribution of loan and security holdings A l l Savings institutions—Selected assets and M o n e t a r y a n d C r e d it A g g r e g a t e s F ed er al F in a n c e A 12 Bank debits and deposit turnover A 13 Money stock measures and components A 14 Aggregate reserves of depository institutions and member bank deposits A 15 Loans and securities of all commercial banks A28 A29 A30 A30 C o m m e r c ia l B a n k s A 16 Major nondeposit funds A17 Assets and liabilities, last Wednesday-of-month series liabilities Federal fiscal and financing operations U.S. budget receipts and outlays Federal debt subject to statutory limitation Gross public debt of U.S. Treasury—Types and ownership A31 U.S. government marketable securities— Ownership, by maturity A32 U.S. government securities dealers— Transactions, positions, and financing A33 Federal and federally sponsored credit agencies—Debt outstanding A2 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 S e c u r it ie s M a r k e t s a n d C o r p o r a t e F in a n c e A34 New security issues—State and local governments and corporations A35 Open-end investment companies—Net sales and asset position A35 Corporate profits and their distribution A36 Nonfinancial corporations—Assets and liabilities A36 Total nonfarm business expenditures on new plant and equipment A37 Domestic finance companies—Assets and liabilities; business credit R e a l E sta te A53 U.S. reserve assets A54 Foreign branches of U.S. banks—Balance sheet data A56 Selected U.S. liabilities to foreign official institutions R e p o r t e d b y B a n k s in th e U n it e d S tates A56 A57 A59 A60 Liabilities to and claims on foreigners Liabilities to foreigners Banks’ own claims on foreigners Banks’ own and domestic customers’ claims on foreigners A60 Banks’ own claims on unaffiliated foreigners A61 Claims on foreign countries—Combined domestic offices and foreign branches A38 Mortgage markets A39 Mortgage debt outstanding S e c u r it ie s H o l d i n g s a n d Tr a n s a c t i o n s C o n s u m e r I n s t a l l m e n t C r e d it A40 Total outstanding and net change A41 Extensions and liquidations A62 Marketable U.S. Treasury bonds and notes— Foreign holdings and transactions A62 Foreign official assets held at Federal Reserve Banks A63 Foreign transactions in securities Flow of F unds A42 Funds raised in U.S. credit markets A43 Direct and indirect sources of funds to credit markets R e p o r t e d b y N o n b a n k in g B u s in e s s E n t e r p r is e s i n th e U n it e d S t a t e s A64 Liabilities to unaffiliated foreigners A65 Claims on unaffiliated foreigners D o m e s tic N o n fin a n cia l S ta tis tic s In terest a n d Ex c h a n g e R ates A44 Nonfinancial business activity—Selected measures A44 Output, capacity, and capacity utilization A45 Labor force, employment, and unemployment A46 Industrial production—Indexes and gross value A48 Housing and construction A49 Consumer and producer prices A50 Gross national product and income A51 Personal income and saving In tern a tio n a l S ta tis tic s A52 U.S. international transactions—Summary A53 U.S. foreign trade A66 Discount rates of foreign central banks A66 Foreign short-term interest rates A66 Foreign exchange rates A67 G u ide to T abu lar P r e s e n ta tio n , S ta tis tic a l R e le a s e s , a n d S p e c ia l T ables S p ecia l T ables A68 Assets and liabilities of U.S. branches and agen cies of foreign banks, June 30, 1980 Domestic Financial Statistics 1.10 A3 MONETARY AGGREGATES AND INTEREST RATES 1980 Q2 Ql 04 03 Sept. Oct. 1981 Nov. Dec. Jan. Monetary and credit aggregates (annual rates of change, seasonally adjusted in percent)1 Reserves o f depository institutions 1 2 3 4 Total ....................................................................... R equired.................................................................. Nonborrowed........................................................... Monetary base2 ....................................................... 5 6 7 8 9 Concepts o f money and liquid assets 3 M-1A ...................................................................... M -1B ........................................................................ M - 2 .......................................................................... M - 3 .......................................................................... L ............................................................................... 4.3 5.1 3.3 7.8 0.4 0.7 7.4 5.2 6.7 5.8 12.4 9.9 4.6 5.8 7.3 -4 .4 11.5 14.6 16.0 13.0 9.7 10.8 9.1 11.6 11.2 15.0 1.7 17.1 23.4 11.5 14.8 8.0 8.6 - 2.6 5.6 5i 7.8 16.5 15.2 7.2 11.2 8.1 21.3 22.9 0.7 9.7 5.2 6.8 5.4 10.1 1.6 35.9 27.0 13.2 15.0 0.0 13.4 4.9 1.0 -0.7 - 8.2 2.7 -37.4 12.3 15.8 8.7 9.6 12.5 9.1 11.8 12.5 23.2 - 8 .7 31.6 38.2 12.7 18.3 -40.0 39.6 39.5 10.2 11.7 10.0 11.3 14.1 11.7 14.1 13.3 16.6 12.6 16.2 15.93 13.00 14.79 15.49 10.8 6 .6 ' 6.5 8.7 10.4 15.2 14.2' - 11.1 - 9 .0 1.9' 7.3' 13.8 12.2 5.7 12.7 Time and savings deposits Commercial banks 10 Total .................................................................... 11 Savings4 ................................................................ 12 Small-denomination time5 ................................ 13 Large-denomination time6 ................................ 14 Thrift institutions7 ................................................... 8.2 10 .0 -19.8 28.9 11.1 2.6 -21.7 33.1 4.8 4.9 27.5 0.7 - 7 .2 9.9 15 Total loans and securities at commercial banks8 9.5 - .5 7.0 10.6 8.8 6.6 22.5 1 0 .8' 18.1 -5 4 .9 36.3 49.9 - 1 .3 Interest rates (levels, percent per annum) Short-term rates 16 17 18 19 Federal funds9 ........................................ Discount window borrowing10 ............ Treasury bills (3-month market yield)1 Commercial paper (3-month)1112 15.05 12.51 13.35 14.54 12.69 12.45 9.62 11.18 9.83 10.35 9.15 9.65 15.85 11.78 13.61 15.26 12.81 11.00 11.62 12.52 15.85 11.47 13.73 15.18 18.90 12.87 15.49 18.07 19.08 13.00 15.02 16.58 11.78 8.23 13.22 14.32 10.58 7.95 11.77 12.70 10.95 8.58 12.20 13.12 12.23 9.59 13.49 14.62 11.75 9.11 13.18 14.10 12.44 9.56 13.85 14.70 12.49 12.29 9.66 14.12 14.95 Long-term rates Bonds 20 U.S. government13 ............................ 21 State and local government14 .......... 22 Aaa utility (new issue)15 .................. 23 Conventional mortgages1 6 .................... 1. Unless otherwise noted, rates of change are calculated from average amounts outstanding in preceding month or quarter. Growth rates for member bank reserves are adjusted for discontinuities in series that result from changes in Regulations D and M. 2. Includes reserve balances at Federal Reserve Banks in the current week plus vault cash held two weeks earlier used to satisfy reserve requirements at all deposi tory institutions plus currency outside the U.S. Treasury, Federal Reserve Banks, the vaults of depository institutions, and surplus vault cash at depository institu tions. 3. M -l A: Averages of daily figures for (1) demand deposits at all commercial banks other than those due to domestic banks, the U.S. government, and foreign banks and official institutions less cash items in the process of collection and Federal Reserve float; and (2) currency outside the Treasury, Federal Reserve banks, and the vaults of commercial banks. M-1B: M-1A plus negotiable order of withdrawal and automated transfer service accounts at banks and thrift institutions, credit union share draft accounts, and demand deposits at mutual savings banks. M-2: M-1B plus savings and small-denomination time deposits at all depository institutions, overnight repurchase agreements at commercial banks, overnight E u rodollars held by U.S. residents other than banks at Caribbean branches of member banks, and money market mutual fund shares. M-3: M-2 plus large-denomination time deposits at all depository institutions and term RPs at commercial banks and savings and loan associations. L: M-3 plus other liquid assets such as term Eurodollars held by U.S. residents other than banks, bankers acceptances, commercial paper, Treasury bills and other liquid Treasury securities, and U.S. savings bonds. 1 0 .1 1 14.51 15.05 12.98 10 .10 14.90 15.10 4. Savings deposits exclude NOW and ATS accounts at commercial banks. 5. Small-denomination time deposits are those issued in amounts of less than $ 10 0 ,000 . 6. Large-denomination time deposits are those issued in amounts of $100,000 or more. 7. Savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, and credit unions. 8. Changes calculated from figures shown in table 1.23. 9. Averages of daily effective rates (average of the rates on a given date weighted by the volume of transactions at those rates). 10. Rate for the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. 11. Quoted on a bank-discount basis. 12. Beginning Nov. 1977, unweighted average of offering rates quoted by at least five dealers. Previously, most representative rate quoted by these dealers. Before Nov. 1979, data shown are for 90- to 119-day maturity. 13. Market yields adjusted to a 20-year maturity by the U.S. Treasury. 14. Bond Buyer series for 20 issues of mixed quality. 15. Weighted averages of new publicly offered bonds rated Aaa, Aa, and A by Moody’s Investors Service and adjusted to an Aaa basis. Federal Reserve com pilations. 16. Average rates on new commitments for conventional first mortgages on new homes in primary markets, unweighted and rounded to nearest 5 basis points, from Dept, of Housing and Urban Development. A4 1.11 Domestic Financial Statistics □ March 1981 RESERVES OF DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS, RESERVE BANK CREDIT Millions of dollars Monthly averages of daily figures Factors 1980 Dec. Weekly averages of daily figures for week-ending 1981 1981 Jan. Feb. Jan. 14 Jan. 21 Jan. 28 Feb. 4 Feb. 11 Feb. 18 Feb. 25 Supplying R eserve F unds 1 Reserve Bank credit outstanding ................ 143,250 142,819 140,373 143,691 143,002 140,192 139,632 139,545 141,281 140,696 2 U.S. government.securities1 ........................ 3 Bought o u trig h t.......................................... 119,074 118,548 526 8,821 8,743 78 119,362 118,795 567 8,812 8,739 73 116.509 116.509 120.543 120.543 116.988 116.988 116.737 116.737 115.857 115.857 117.348 117.348 115.262 115.262 8.739 8.739 8.739 8.739 119,952 119,753 199 8,754 8,739 15 8.739 8.739 8.739 8.739 8.739 8.739 8.739 8.739 8.739 8.739 9 L oans................................................................ 10 Float ................................................................ 11 Other Federal Reserve assets ...................... 124 1,617 5,797 7,817 68 1,405 4,161 9,011 1,278 3,755 10,092 1,332 4,489 8,587 32 1,419 3,650 9,195 1,793 3,235 9,437 1,201 3,047 9,907 1,113 3,438 10,398 1,145 3,745 10,305 1,713 5,272 9,709 12 Gold stock ...................................................... 13 Special drawing rights certificate account .. 14 Treasury currency outstanding .................... 11,161 3,313 13.422 11,160 2,518 13,465 11,159 2,518 13,465 11,161 2,518 13,431 11,160 2,518 13,438 11,159 2,518 13,446 11,159 2,518 13,638 11,159 2,518 13,460 11,159 2,518 13,465 11,159 2,518 13,474 135,676 446 133,443 440 131,846 452 134,479 440 132,811 437 131,370 443 131,139 445 131,721 445 132,431 450 131,989 450 2,722 353 403 3,172 380 541 3,297 319 401 3,085 530 395 3,109 304 672 3,498 275 468 3,288 402 501 3,926 283 431 2,832 346 366 3,376 282 373 4,881 26,664 4,872 27,114 4,609 26,591 4,971 26,900 4,973 27,809 4,753 26,508 4,600 26,571 4,532 25,344 4,635 27,364 4,610 26,765 5 Federal agency securities.............................. 6 Bought o u trig h t.......................................... A bsorbing R eserve F unds 15 Currency in circulation.................................. 16 Treasury cash holdings.................................. Deposits, other than member bank reserves, with Federal Reserve Banks 17 T re a su ry ...................................................... 18 Foreign ........................................................ 19 O th e r............................................................ 20 Other Federal Reserve liabilities and capital ...................................................... 21 Reserve accounts2 .......................................... End-of-month figures 1980 Dec. Wednesday figures 1981 1981 Jan. Feb. Jan. 14 Jan. 21 Jan. 28 Feb. 4 Feb. 11 Feb. 18 Feb. 25 Supplying R eserve F unds 22 Reserve bank credit outstanding.................. 146,383 139,328 139,199 145,550 137,992 138,371 140,417 143,200 142,868 143,683 23 U.S. government securities1 ........................ 24 Bought o u trig h t.......................................... 25 Held under repurchase agreements ........ 26 Federal agency securities.............................. 27 Bought o u trig h t.......................................... 121,328 119,299 2,029 9,264 8,739 117.169 117.169 117.621 117.621 121.571 121.571 113.812 113.812 115.138 115.138 117.179 117.179 117.146 117.146 117.913 117.913 116,622 116,622 8.739 8.739 8.737 8.737 8.739 8.739 8.739 8.739 8.739 8.739 8.739 8.739 8.739 8.739 8.739 8.739 8.737 8.737 28 Held under repurchase a g ree m en ts ........ 525 29 30 31 32 A cceptances.................................................... L oans................................................................ Float ................................................................ Other Federal Reserve assets ...................... 776 1,809 4,467 8,739 1,304 2,280 9,836 1,249 1,545 10,047 2,539 3,863 8,838 1,349 4,894 9,198 1,553 3,061 9,880 752 3,547 10,200 1,037 5,700 10,578 875 5,472 9,869 5,192 3,279 9,853 33 Gold stock ...................................................... 34 Special drawing rights certificate account .. 35 Treasury currency outstanding .................... 11,160 2,518 13,838 11,159 2,518 13,886 11,156 2,518 13,477 11,160 2,518 13,437 11,159 2,518 13,444 11,159 2,518 13,450 11,159 2,518 13,457 11,159 2,518 13,464 11,159 2,518 13,471 11,158 2,518 13,477 137,244 437 131,113 451 131,375 460 134,042 440 132,325 440 131,372 440 131,424 441 132,461 445 132,846 450 132,006 450 3,062 411 617 3,038 573 515 2,284 422 337 2,814 301 370 3,013 248 536 2,974 302 439 4,069 278 432 3,468 267 424 3,729 241 364 3,433 232 397 4,671 27,456 4,579 26,621 4,737 26,734 4,891 29,807 4,701 23,850 4,649 25,323 4,431 26,476 4,708 28,568 4,486 27,900 4,449 29,869 A b s o r b in g R e s e r v e F u n d s 36 Currency in circulation.................................. 37 Treasury cash holdings.................................. Deposits, other than member bank reserves, with Federal Reserve Banks 38 T re a su ry ...................................................... 39 Foreign ........................................................ 40 O th e r............................................................ 41 Other Federal Reserve liabilities and capital ...................................................... 42 Reserve accounts2 .......................................... 1. Includes securities loaned—fully guaranteed by U.S. government securities pledged with Federal Reserve Banks—and excludes (if any) securities sold and scheduled to be bought back under matched sale-purchase transactions. 2. Includes reserve balances of all depository institutions, N o t e . For amounts of currency and coin held as reserves, see table 1.12. Member Banks 1.12 RESERVES AND BORROWINGS A5 Depository Institutions Millions of dollars Monthly averages of daily figures Reserve classification 1 Reserve balances with Reserve Banks1 ___ 2 Total vault cash (estimated) ........................ 3 Vault cash at institutions with required reserve balances2 ................................ 4 Vault cash equal to required reserves at other institutions ................................ 5 Surplus vault cash at other institutions3 . 6 Reserve balances + total vault cash4 ........ 7 Reserve balances + total vault cash used to satisfy reserve requirements4 5 ........ 8 Required reserves (estimated) .................... 9 Excess reserve balances at Reserve Banks4 6 10 Total borrowings at Reserve B a n k s ........ 11 Seasonal borrowings at Reserve Banks 1980 1979 Feb jp Dec. June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. 32,473 32,125 31,384 28,923 29,164 29,976 29,215 15,311 26,664 18,149 27,114 19,293 26,591 17,824 11,344 11,141 11,287 11,262 11,811 11,678 11,876 12,602 13,587 12,187 n.a. n.a. 43,972 n.a. n.a. 43,479 n.a. n.a. 42,859 n.a. n.a. 40,373 n.a. n.a. 41,164 n.a. n.a. 41,815 439 2,996 44,674 704 4,843 44.940 700 5,006 46,520 763 4,874 44,524 n.a. 43,578 394 1,473 82 n.a. 43,268 n.a. 42,575 284 395 7 n.a. 40,071 302 659 n.a. 40,908 256 1,311 26 n.a. 41,498 317 1,335 67 41,678 40,723 955 2,156 99 40,097 40,067 30 1,617 116 41,514 41,025 489 1,405 120 39,650 39,448 24.940 25,819 -8 7 9 26,267 26,605 -3 3 8 24,874 25,328 -4 5 4 13,719 13,523 196 13,935 13,690 245 13,305 13,235 70 260 230 30 253 228 25 388 366 22 494 495 -1 513 502 502 519 -1 7 211 380 12 10 Dec. 202 1,278 148 Large comm ercial banks 12 Reserves h e ld ................................................... 13 R eq u ired ....................................................... 14 E x c ess........................................................... Small comm ercial banks 15 Reserves h e ld ................................................... 16 R equired....................................................... 17 E x c ess........................................................... U.S. agencies and branches 18 Reserves h e ld ................................................... 19 R eq u ired ....................................................... 20 E x c ess........................................................... A ll other institutions 21 Reserves h e ld ................................................... 22 R equired....................................................... 23 E x c ess........................................................... 11 Weekly averages of daily figures for week ending Dec. 24 24 Reserve balances with Reserve Banks1 . . . . 25 Total vault cash (estimated) ........................ 26 Vault cash at institutions with required reserve balances2 ................................ 27 Vault cash equal to required reserves at other in stitu tio n s................................ 28 Surplus vault cash at other institutions3 . 29 Reserve balances + total vault cash4 ........ 30 Reserve balances + total vault cash used to satisfy reserve requirements4 5 ........ 31 Required reserves (estimated) .................... 32 Excess reserve balances at Reserve Banks4 6 33 Total borrowings at Reserve B a n k s ........ 34 Seasonal borrowings at Reserve Banks Dec. 31 Jan. I p Jan. 14p Jan. 21p Jan. 28p Feb. 4p Feb. 11p Feb. 18P Feb. 25 p 27,659 17,663 27,277 18,482 27,718 17,841 26,900 20,390 27,809 20,244 26,508 18,827 26,571 18,985 25,344 18,742 27,364 17,421 26,765 16,820 12,345 12,954 12,498 14,268 14,066 13,736 13,067 12,942 11,886 11,464 700 4,618 45,456 700 4,828 45,882 700 4,643 45,681 700 5,422 47,403 700 5,478 48,165 700 4,391 45,442 700 5,218 45,667 700 5,100 44,196 700 4,835 44,893 700 4,656 43,693 40,838 40,029 809 1,649 119 41,054 40,558 496 1,627 116 41,038 40,374 664 1,117 112 41,981 41,240 741 1,332 105 42,687 42,180 507 1,419 123 41,051 40,651 400 1,793 137 40,449 40,221 228 1,201 125 39,096 38,926 170 1,113 131 40,058 39,760 298 1,145 154 39,037 39,202 -1 6 5 1,713 160 25,757 25,773 -1 6 25,700 26,163 -4 6 3 25,897 26,050 -1 5 3 26,698 26,797 -9 9 27,380 27,629 -2 4 9 25,881 26,222 -3 4 1 25,526 25,955 -4 2 9 24,830 25,031 -201 25,241 25,573 -3 3 2 23,669 25,041 -1,3 7 2 13,828 13,551 277 13,955 13,643 312 13,832 13,598 234 13,889 13,693 196 14,185 13,825 360 13,929 13,698 231 13,674 13,554 120 13,159 13,126 33 13,336 13,184 152 13,180 13,226 -4 6 261 221 40 262 234 28 271 242 29 264 221 43 252 223 29 244 231 13 226 226 0 261 237 24 465 461 4 482 440 42 463 484 -2 1 527 518 9 565 484 81 529 529 0 496 503 -7 473 500 -2 7 495 486 9 479 532 -5 3 510 542 -3 2 485 495 -1 0 Large commercial banks 35 Reserves h e ld ................................................... 36 R eq u ired ....................................................... 37 E x c ess........................................................... Small comm ercial banks 38 Reserves h e ld ................................................... 39 R equired....................................................... 40 E x c e ss........................................................... U.S. agencies and branches 41 Reserves h e ld ................................................... 42 R equired....................................................... 43 E x c e ss........................................................... A ll other institutions 44 Reserves h e ld ............................................. 45 R eq u ired ....................................................... 46 E x c e ss........................................................... 1. Includes all reserve balances of depository institutions. 2. Prior to Nov. 13, 1980, the figures shown reflect only the vault cash held by member banks. 3. Total vault cash at institutions without required reserve balances less vault cash equal to their required reserves. 4. Adjusted to include waivers of penalties for reserve deficiencies in accordance with Board policy, effective Nov. 19, 1975, of permitting transitional relief on a graduated basis over a 24-month period when a nonmemBer bank merged into an existing member bank, or when a nonmember bank joins the Federal Reserve System. For weeks for which figures are preliminary, figures by class of bank do not add to total because adjusted data by class are not available. 5. Reserve balances with Federal Reserve Banks plus vault cash at institutions with required reserve balances plus vault cash equal to required reserves at other institutions. 6. Reserve balances with Federal Reserve Banks plus vault cash used to satisfy reserve requirements less required reserves. (This measure of excess reserves is comparable to the old excess reserve concept published historically.) A6 Domestic Financial Statistics □ March 1981 1.13 FEDERAL FUNDS AND REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS Large Member Banks' Averages of daily figures, in millions of dollars 1980 and 1981, week ending Wednesday By maturity and source Dec. 31 Jan. 7 Jan. 14 Jan. 21 Jan. 28 Feb. 4 Feb. 11 Feb. 18 Feb. 25 One day and continuing contract 1 Commercial banks in United States ................................ 2 Other depository institutions, foreign banks and foreign official institutions, and U.S. government agencies 3 Nonbank securities dealers ................................................. 4 A llo th e r................................................................................. 45,865 50,819 52,180 48,688 44,416' 45,728 48,974 48,056 47,407 13,846 2,242 14,598 14,516 2,784 16,120 15,309 2,937 17,728 14,602 2,899 17,817 14,227 2,768 17,325' 13,884 2,272 17,846 15,093 2,234 17,143 15,244 2,574 17,153 14,672 2,251 19,187 A ll other maturities 5 Commercial banks in United States ................................ 6 Other depository institutions, foreign banks and foreign official institutions, and U.S. government agencies 7 Nonbank securities dealers ................................................. 8 A llo th e r................................................................................. 5,266 4,606 4,181 3,993 4,196 4,095 4,582 4,935 3,958 7,738 4,491 13,847 7,112 4,150 12,062 7,138 4,085 11,356 7,058 4,652 11,865' 7,302' 4,918' 12,377 7,553 5,014 11,740 7,539 4,868 11,924 7,530 4,751 11,564 7,339 4,390 11,011 Memo : Federal funds and resale agreement loans in ma turities of one day or continuing contract 9 Commercial banks in United States ................................ 10 Nonbank securities dealers ................................................ 15,532 2,772 18,124 3,614 17,016 3,724' 13,873' 3,032 11,356 2,547 13,967 2,869 14,038 2,686 17,221 2,918 14,409 3,066 1. Banks with assets of $1 billion or more as of December 31, 1977. Policy Instruments Al 1.14 FEDERAL RESERVE BANK INTEREST RATES Percent per annum Current and previous levels Extended credit Short-term adjustment credit 1 Federal Reserve Bank Emergency credit to all others under section 133 Special circumstances2 Seasonal credit Rate on 2/28/81 Effective date Previous rate Rate on 2/28/81 Effective date Previous rate Rate on 2/28/81 Effective date Previous rate Rate on 2/28/81 Effective date Previous rate B o s to n .................... New Y o r k .............. Philadelphia .......... Cleveland .............. R ic h m o n d.............. Atlanta .................. 13 13 13 13 13 13 12/8/80 12/5/80 12/8/80 12/5/80 12/5/80 12/5/80 12 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 13 12/8/80 12/5/80 12/8/80 12/5/80 12/5/80 12/5/80 12 12 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 14 14 12/8/80 12/5/80 12/8/80 12/5/80 12/5/80 12/5/80 13 13 13 13 13 13 16 16 16 16 16 16 12/8/80 12/5/80 12/8/80 12/5/80 12/5/80 12/5/80 15 15 15 15 15 15 C h ic ag o .................. St. Louis ................ Minneapolis .......... Kansas City .......... Dallas .................... San F rancisco ........ 13 13 13 13 13 13 12/8/80 12/5/80 12/5/80 12/5/80 12/8/80 12/5/80 12 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 13 12/8/80 12/5/80 12/5/80 12/5/80 12/8/80 12/5/80 12 12 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 14 14 12/8/80 12/5/80 12/5/80 12/5/80 12/8/80 12/5/80 13 13 13 13 13 13 16 16 16 16 16 16 12/8/80 12/5/80 12/5/80 12/5/80 12/8/80 12/5/80 15 15 15 15 15 15 Range of rates in recent years4-5 Effective date In effect Dec. 31, 1970 ................ 1971— Jan. 8 ............................ 1 5 ............................ 1 9 ............................ 2 2 ............................ 2 9 ............................ Feb. 13 ............................ 1 9 ............................ July 1 6 ............................ 2 3 ............................ Nov. 1 1 ............................ 1 9 ............................ Dec. 1 3 ............................ 1 7 ............................ 2 4 ............................ 1973— Jan. 1 5 ............................ Feb. 26 ............................. Mar. 2 ............................ A m . 2 3 ............................. May 4 ............................ 1 1 ............................ 1 8 ............................ June 11 ............................ 1 5 ............................. July 2 . . . . .................... Aug. 1 4 ............................. 2 3 ............................ Range (or level)— All F.R. Banks F.R. Bank of N.Y. 5Vi 514-5 Vi 5Yi 5V4 51/4 51/4 5 5 5 5-51/4 5-51/4 5 43A-5 43/4 43/4-5 5 43/4-5 43/4 4]/2-43/4 4 l/ 2-43/4 4 Yi 5 5-5 Vi 5Vi 5Vi-53/4 53/4 53/4-6 6 6 -6 Vi 6 Vi 7 1 -1 Yi lY i 5V4 43/4 5 5 5 43/ 4 43/4 4Yi 4 Vi 5 5Yi 5 Vi 5Vi 53/4 6 6 6Vi 6Vi 7 lY i lY i 1974— Apr. 2 5 .................. 3 0 .................. Dec. 9 .................. 1 6 .................. 1975— Jan. 6 .................. 1 0 .................. 2 4 .................. Feb. 5 .................. 7 .................. Mar. 1 0 .................. 1 4 .................. May 1 6 .................. 1976— Jan. 1 9 .................. 2 3 .................. Nov. 2 2 .................. 2 6 .................. 7 Vi-8 8 73/4-8 73/4 7V4 71/4 71/4 63/4^7V4 63/4 6Y4-63/4 61/4 6-61/4 5^2-6 5Vi 5V4-5Vi 51/4 1977— Aug. 3 0 .................. 3 1 .................. Sept. 2 .................. Oct. 2 6 .................. 5W 5 3/4 5V*-53/4 53/4 6 1978— Jan. 6 -6 Vi 6 Vi 6 Vi-7 9 .................. 2 0 .................. May 1 1 .................. 1 2 .................. July 3 .................. 1. Effective Dec. 5, 1980, a 3 percent surcharge was applied to short-term ad justment credit borrowings by institutions with deposits of $500 million or more who borrowed in successive weeks or in more than 4 weeks in a calendar quarter. 2. Applicable to advances when exceptional circumstances or practices involve only a particular depository institution as described in section 201.3(b) (2) of Reg ulation A. 3. Applicable to emergency advances to individuals, partnerships, and corpo rations as described in section 201.3(c) of Regulation A. Range (or level)— All F.R. Banks Effective date 7 7-71/4 F.R. Bank of N.Y. 8 8 73/4 73/4 1 Y4 1Y\ IY a 63/4 63/4 6Y4 6Y4 6 5Vi 5Vi 51/4 51/4 5V4 53/4 53/4 6 6Y2 6Y1 1 1 1Y4 Effective date 1978— July Aug. Sept. Oct. 1 0 .................. 2 1 .................. 2 2 .................. 1 6 .................. 2 0 .................. Nov. 1 .................. 3 .................. 1979— July 2 0 .................. Aug. 1 7 .................. 2 0 .................. Sept. 1 9 .................. 2 1 .................. Oct. 8 .................. 1 0 .................. 1980— Feb. 1 5 .................. 1 9 .................. May 2 9 .................. 3 0 .................. June 13 .................. 1 6 .................. July 2 8 .................. 2 9 .................. Sept. 2 6 .................. Nov. 1 7 .................. Dec. 5 .................. 8 .................. In effect Feb. 28, 1981 Range (or level)— All F.R. Banks 71/4 F.R. Bank of N.Y. 1Y4 73/4 73/4 8 8 -8 Vi 8 Vi %Yb-9Yi 8 8 Vi 8 Vi 9Vi 9Vi 9Vi 10 10 lO-lOVi lOVi 10 V i-ll lOVi lOVi 11 11-12 12 11 11 12 12 12-13 13 12-13 13 13 13 12 11-12 11 10-11 10 11 12 12 11 11 10 10 11 12 12-13 13 13 13 13 13 4. Rates for short-term adjustment credit. For description and earlier data see the following publications of the Board of Governors: Banking and M onetary Statistics, 1914-1941 and 1941-1970; Annual Statistical Digest, 1971-1975, 1972-1976, 1973-1977, and 1974-1978. 5. Twice in 1980, the Federal Reserve applied a surcharge to short-term ad justment credit borrowings by institutions with deposits of $500 million or more who had borrowed in successive weeks or in more than 4 weeks in a calendar quarter. A 3 percent surcharge was in effect from Mar. 17, 1980, through May 7, 1980. On Nov. 17,1980, a 2 percent surcharge was adopted which was subsequently raised to 3 percent on Dec. 5, 1980. A8 1.15 Domestic Financial Statistics □ March 1981 DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS RESERVE REQUIREMENTS^ Percent of deposits Type of deposit, and deposit interval in millions of dollars Member bank requirements before implementation of the Monetary Control Act Type of deposit, and deposit interval Depository institution requirements after implementation of the Monetary Control Act5 Effective date Net dem and 2 0 - 2 ................................. 7 2 - 1 0 ................................................ 9Vi 100-400 .......................... Over 400 ...................... l l 3/4 123/4 161/4 10-100 ................ Effective date Net transaction accounts 6 12/30/76 12/30/76 12/30/76 12/30/76 12/30/76 Time and savings2'3 Savings ........................ $0-$25 million .................... Over $25 million ................ 3 12 11/13/80 11/13/80 Nonpersonal time deposits 7 By original maturity Less than 4 y e a rs ............ 4 years or more .............. 11/13/80 11/13/80 3/16/67 Eurocurrency liabilities Time4 0-5, by maturity 30-179 days ........ 180 days to 4 years 4 years or more .. Over 5, by maturity 30-179 days ........ 180 days to 4 years 4 years or more .. All ty p e s .......................... 3 2Vi 1 6 2 Vi 1 12/12/74 1/8/76 10/30/75 1. For changes in reserve requirements beginning 1963, see Board's Annual Statistical Digest, 1971-1975 and for prior changes, see Board’s Annual Report for 1976, table 13. Under provisions of the Monetary Control Act, depository insti tutions include commercial banks, mutual savings banks, savings and loan asso ciations, credit unions, agencies and branches of foreign banks, and Edge Act corporations. 2. (a) Requirement schedules are graduated, and each deposit interval applies to that part of the deposits of each bank. Demand deposits subject to reserve requirements are gross demand deposits minus cash items in process of collection and demand balances due from domestic banks. (b) The Federal Reserve Act as amended through 1978 specified different ranges of requirements for reserve city banks and for other banks. Reserve cities were designated under a criterion adopted effective Nov. 9,1972, by which a bank having net demand deposits of more than $400 million was considered to have the character of business of a reserve city bank. The presence of the head office of such a bank constituted designation of that place as a reserve city. Cities in which there were Federal Reserve Banks or branches were also reserve cities. Any banks having net demand deposits of $400 million or less were considered to have the character of business of banks outside of reserve cities and were permitted to maintain reserves at ratios set for banks not in reserve cities. (c) Effective Aug. 24, 1978, the Regulation M reserve requirements on net balances due from domestic banks to their foreign branches and on deposits that foreign branches lend to U.S residents were reduced to zero from 4 percent and 1 percent, respectively. The Regulation D reserve requirement on borrowings from unrelated banks abroad was also reduced to zero from 4 percent. (d) Effective with the reserve computation period beginning Nov. 16, 1978, domestic deposits of Edge corporations were suoject to the same reserve require ments as deposits of member banks. 3. (a) Negotiable order of withdrawal (NOW) accounts and time deposits such as Christmas and vacation club accounts were subject to the same requirements as savings deposits. (b) The average reserve requirement on savings and other time deposits before implementation of the Monetary Control Act had to be at least 3 percent, the minimum specified by law. 4. (a) Effective Nov. 2,1978, a supplementary reserve requirement of 2 percent was imposed on large time deposits of $100,000 or more, obligations of affiliates, and ineligible acceptances. This supplementary requirement was eliminated with the maintenance period beginning July 24, 1980. 11/13/80 3/16/67 1/8/76 10/30/75 (b) Effective with the reserve maintenance period beginning Oct. 25, 1979, a marginal reserve requirement of 8 percent was added to managed liabilities in excess of a base amount. This marginal requirement was increased to 10 percent beginning April 3, 1980, was decreased to 5 percent beginning June 12, 1980, and was reduced to zero beginning July 24, 1980. Managed liabilities are defined as large time deposits, Eurodollar borrowings, repurchase agreements against U.S. government and federal agency securities, feaeral funds borrowings from non member institutions, and certain other obligations. In general, the base for the marginal reserve requirement was originally the greater of (a) $100 million or (b) the average amount of the managed liabilities held by a member bank, Edge corporation, or family of U.S. branches and agencies of a foreign bank for the two statement weeks ending Sept. 26,1979. For the computation period beginning Mar. 20,1980, the base was lowered by (a) 7 percent or (b) the decrease in an institution’s U.S. office gross loans to foreigners and gross balances due from foreign offices of other institutions between the base period (Sept. 13-26, 1979) and the week ending Mar. 12,1980, whichever was greater. For the computation period beginning May 29,1980, the base was increased by IVi percent above the base used to calculate the marginal reserve in the statement week of May 14-21, 1980. In addition, beginning Mar. 19, 1980, the base was reduced to the extent that foreign loans and balances declined. 5. For existing nonmember banks and thrift institutions, there is a phase-in period ending Sept. 3, 1987. For existing member banks the phase-in period is about three years, depending on whether their new reserve requirements are greater or less than the old requirements. For existing agencies and branches of Foreign banks, the phase-in ends Aug. 12, 1982. All new institutions will have a two-year phase-in beginning with the date that they open for business. 6. Transaction accounts include all deposits on which the account holder is permitted to make withdrawals by negotiable or transferable instruments, payment orders of withdrawal, telephone and preauthorized transfers (in excess of three per month), for the purpose of making payments to third persons or others. 7. In general, nonpersonal time deposits are time deposits, including savings deposits, that are not transaction accounts and in which the beneficial interest is held by a depositor that is not a natural person. Also included are certain trans ferable time deposits held by natural persons, and certain O bligations issued to depository institution offices located outside the United States. For details, see section 204.2 of Regulation D. N o t e . Required reserves must be held in the form of deposits with Federal Reserve Banks or vault cash. After implementation of the Monetary Control Act, nonmembers may maintain reserves on a pass-through basis with certain approved institutions. Policy Instruments 1.16 A9 MAXIMUM INTEREST RATES PAYABLE on Time and Savings Deposits at Federally Insured Institutions Percent per annum Commercial banks Type and maturity of deposit In effect Feb. 28, 1981 Previous maximum Effective date 1 Savings ................................................................................. 2 Negotiable order of withdrawal accounts 2 .................. Time accounts 3 Fixed ceiling rates by maturity 4 3 14-89 days 5 ..................................................................... 4 90 days to 1 y e a r ............................................................. 5 1 to 2 years ' ................................................................... 6 2 to 2 Yi years 7 ............................................................... 7 2Yi to 4 years 7 ............................................................... 8 4 to 6 years 8 ................................................................... 9 6 to 8 years 8 ................................................................... 10 8 years or more 8 ........................................................... 11 Issued to governmental units (all maturities) 10 . . . . 12 Individual retirement accounts and Keogh (H.R. 10) plans (3 years or more) 1011 ................................ 5V4 SVa 5Ya 5 3/4 IVa lYi 7/1/79 12/31/80 7/1/73 1/1/74 8/1/79 1/1/80 73/4 7/1/73 11/1/73 12/23/74 6/1/78 6/1/78 In effect Feb. 28, 1981 Effective date 5 3/4 53/4 7/1/73 7/1/73 1/21/70 1/21/70 1/21/70 <9l7V4 11/1/73 5 5Yi 5Yi 7/1/73 6Yi Savings and loan associations and mutual savings banks 6/1/78 Effective date Effective date 5 Yi 5Va (6) 6 7/1/79 12/31/80 1/1/80 6Yz 0) 63/4 lYi 0 73/4 ' 12/23/74 11/1/73 12/23/74 6/1/78 6/1/78 73/4 7/6/77 (6)I Previous maximum V /A 5Ya 5 (6) 53/4 53/4 6 6 (9) 11/1/73 7 3/4 ’ 12/23/74 6/1/78 73/4 7/6/77 ( 13) (13) f15) (13 ) 6-month money market time deposits *2 .................... 2 Yi years or more ........................................................... 1. July 1, 1973, for mutual savings banks; July 6, 1973, for savings and loan associations. 2. For authorized states only, federally insured commercial banks, savings and loan associations, cooperative banks, and mutual savings banks in Massachusetts and New Hampshire were first permitted to offer negotiable order of withdrawal (NOW) accounts on Jan. 1, 1974. Authorization to issue NOW accounts was ex tended to similar institutions throughout New England on Feb. 27, 1976, and in New York State on Nov. 10, 1978, and in New Jersey on Dec. 28, 1979. A uthor ization to issue NOW accounts was extended to similar institutions nationwide effective Dec. 31, 1980. 3. For exceptions with respect to certain foreign time deposits see the F e d e r a l R e s e r v e B u l l e t in for October 1962 (p. 1279), August 1965 (p. 1084), and Feb ruary 1968 (p. 167). 4. Effective Nov. 10, 1980, the minimum notice period for public unit accounts at savings and loan associations was decreased to 14 days and the minimum maturity period for time deposits at savings and loan associations in excess of $100,000 was decreased to 14 days. Effective Oct. 30, 1980, the minimum maturity or notice period for time deposits was decreased from 30 days to 14 days for mutual savings banks. 5. Effective Oct. 30, 1980, the minimum maturity or notice period for time deposits was decreased from 30 days to 14 days for commercial banks. 6. No separate account category. 7. No minimum denomination. Until July 1, 1979, a minimum of $1,000 was required for savings and loan associations, except in areas where mutual savings banks permitted lower minimum denominations. This restriction was removed for deposits maturing in less than 1 year, effective Nov. 1, 1973. 8. No minimum denomination. Until July 1, 1979, minimum denomination was $1,000 except for deposits representing funds contributed to an Individual Retire ment Account (IRA) or a Keogh (H .R. 10) plan established pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code. The $1,000 minimum requirement was removed for such accounts in December 1975 and November 1976 respectively. 9. Between July 1, 1973, and Oct. 31, 1973, there was no ceiling for certificates maturing in 4 years or more with minimum denominations of $1,000; however, the amount of such certificates that an institution could issue was limited to 5 percent of its total time and savings deposits. Sales in excess of that amount, as well as certificates of less than $1,000, were limited to the 6 Yi percent ceiling on time deposits maturing in 2 Yi years or more. Effective Nov. 1, 1973, ceilings were reimposed on certificates maturing in 4 years or more with minimum denomination of $1,000. There is no limitation on the amount of these certificates that banks can issue. 10. Accounts subject to fixed rate ceilings. See footnote 8 for minimum denom ination requirements. 11. Effective January 1, 1980, commercial banks are permitted to pay the same rate as thrifts on IRA and Keogh accounts and accounts of governmental units when such deposits are placed in the new 2Vi-year or more variable ceiling certif icates or in 26-week money market certificates regardless of the level of the Treasury bill rate. 12. Must have a maturity of exactly 26 weeks and a minimum denomination of $10,000, and must be nonnegotiable. 13. Commercial banks, savings and loan associations, and mutual savings banks were authorized to offer money market time deposits effective June 1, 1978. The ceiling rate for commercial banks on money market time deposits entered into before June 5,1980, is the discount rate (auction average) on most recently issued six-month U.S. Treasury bills. Until Mar. 15,1979, the ceiling rate for savings and loan associations and mutual savings banks was V a percentage point higher than the rate for commercial banks. Beginning March 15,1979, the V4-percentage-point interest differential is removed when the six-month Treasury bill rate is 9 percent or more. The full differential is in effect when the six-month bill rate is 83/4 percent 0 1/21/70 1/21/70 1/21/70 lY i (6) Special variable ceiling rates by maturity 13 14 0) 1/1/74 n3\ or less. Thrift institutions may pay a maximum 9 percent when the six-month bill rate is between 83/4 and 9 percent. Also effective March 15, 1979, interest com pounding was prohibited on six-month money market time deposits at all offering institutions. The maximum allowable rates in February for commercial banks and thrift institutions were as follows: Feb. 5, 13.985; Feb. 12, 14.680; Feb. 19,15.010; Feb. 26, 13.861. Effective for all six-month money market certificates issued be ginning June 5, 1980, the interest rate ceilings will be determined by the discount rate (auction average) of most recently issued six-month U.S. Treasury bills as follows: Bill rate Com m ercial bank ceiling Thrift ceiling 8.75 and above bill rate + Ya percent bill rate -I- Y a percent 8.50 to 8.75 bill rate + Ya percent 9.00 7.50 to 8.50 bill rate -I- Ya percent bill rate + Yi percent 7.25 to 7.50 7.75 bill rate + Yi percent Below 7.25 7.75 7.75 The prohibition against compounding interest in these certificates continues. 14. Effective Jan. 1, 1980, commercial banks, savings and loan associations, and mutual savings banks were authorized to offer variable-ceiling nonnegotiable time deposits with no required minimum denomination and with maturities of 2 Yi years or more. The maximum rate for commercial banks is 3/4 percentage point below the yield on 2V^-year U.S. Treasury securities; the ceiling rate for thrift institutions is Ya percentage point higher than that for commercial banks. Effective Mar. 1, 1980, a temporary ceiling of l l 3/4 percent was placed on these accounts at com mercial banks; the temporary ceiling is 12 percent at savings and loan associations and mutual savings banks. Effective for all variable ceiling nonnegotiable time deposits with maturities of 2 Yi years or more issued beginning June 2, 1980, the ceiling rates of interest will be determined as follows: Treasury yie ld Com mercial bank ceiling Thrift ceiling 12.00 and ab o v e 11.75 12.00 9.50 to 12.00 Treasury y ie ld - Y a percent Treasury yield Below 9.50 9.25 9.50 Interest may be compounded on these time deposits. The ceiling rates of interest at which these accounts may be offered vary biweekly. The maximum allowable rates in February for commercial banks were as follows: Feb. 5, 11.75; Feb. 19, 11.75. The maximum allowable rates in February for thrift institutions were as follows: Feb. 5, 12.00; Feb. 19, 12.00. 15. Between July 1, 1979, and Dec. 31, 1979, commercial banks, savings and loan associations, and mutual savings banks were authorized to offer variable ceiling accounts with no required minimum denomination and with maturities of 4 years or more. The maximum rate for commercial banks was IYa percentage points below the yield on 4-year U.S. Treasury securities; the ceiling rate for thrift institutions was Y a percentage point higher than that for commercial banks. N o t e . Before Mar. 31, 1980, the maximum rates that could be paid by federally insured commercial banks, mutual savings banks, and savings and loan associations were established by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the Federal Home Loan Bank Board under the provisions of 12 CFR 217, 329, and 526, respectively. Title II of the Depository Institutions Deregulation and Monetary Control Act of 1980 (P.L. 96-221) transferred the authority of the agencies to establish maximum rates of interest payable on deposits to the Depository Insti tutions Deregulation Committee. The maximum rates on time deposits in denom inations of $100,000 or more with maturities of 30-89 days were suspended in June 1970; such deposits maturing in 90 days or more were suspended in May 1973. For information regarding previous interest rate ceilings on all types of accounts, see earlier issues of the F e d e r a l R eserv e B u lle tin , the Federal H om e Loan Bank B oard Journal, and the A nnual R eport o f the Federal D eposit Insurance C orpo ration. A10 1.17 Domestic Financial Statistics □ March 1981 FEDERAL RESERVE OPEN MARKET TRANSACTIONS Millions of dollars 1980 Type of transaction 1978 1979 1981 1980 July Aug. Sept. Nov. Oct. Jan. D ec. U .S. G overnment S ecurities Outright transactions (excluding matched salepurchase transactions) 1 2 3 4 Treasury bills Gross p u rch ases.......................................................... Gross sales ................................................................... Exchange ...................................................................... Redemptions ............................................................... 16,628 13,725 0 2,033 15,998 6,855 0 2,900 7,668 7,331 0 3,389 0 2,264 0 950 0 47 0 0 200 237 0 0 991 531 0 700 0 600 0 500 1,331 0 0 49 1,100 3,865 0 1,000 5 6 7 8 9 Others within 1 year 1 Gross purchases.......................................................... 1,184 Gross sales ................................................................... 0 Maturity s h i f t .......................................................... -5 ,1 7 0 Exchange ...................................................................... Redemptions ............................................................... } 0 3,203 0 17,339 - 1 1 ,3 0 8 2,600 912 0 12,427 -1 8 ,2 5 1 0 0 0 311 -788 0 137 0 2,423 -3 ,1 3 4 0 0 0 589 - 1 ,4 5 9 0 0 0 596 -4 2 0 0 0 0 2,368 -8 7 9 0 100 0 754 -967 0 0 0 462 0 0 10 11 12 13 1 to 5 years Gross p u rchases.......................................................... Gross sales ................................................................... Maturity s h i f t ............................................................... } Exchange ...................................................................... 2,148 0 -1 2 ,6 9 3 7,508 2,138 0 -8 ,9 0 9 13,412 0 0 -3 1 1 788 541 0 -7 2 0 1,750 0 0 -5 8 9 1,459 0 0 -5 9 6 420 0 0 -2 ,3 6 8 500 0 0 -7 5 4 967 0 0 -4 6 2 0 14 15 16 17 5 to 10 years Gross purchases........................................................... Gross sales ................................................................... Maturity s h i f t ............................................................... } Exchange ...................................................................... 523 0 - 4 ,6 4 6 2,181 703 0 -3 ,0 9 2 2,970 0 0 0 0 236 0 -1 ,7 0 3 1,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 220 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 18 19 20 21 Over 10 years Gross p u rch ases.......................................................... Gross sales ................................................................... Maturity s h i f t ............................................................... Exchange ..................................................................... 454 0 0 1,619 811 0 -4 2 6 1,869 0 0 0 0 320 0 0 384 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 159 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 22 23 24 A ll maturities 1 Gross p u rch ases.......................................................... Gross sales ................................................................... Redemptions ............................................................... 24,591 13,725 2,033 22,325 6,855 5,500 12,232 7,331 3,389 0 2,264 950 1,234 47 0 200 237 0 991 531 700 0 600 500 1,431 0 49 1,100 3,865 1,000 25 26 Matched transactions Gross sales ................................................................... Gross p u rchases........................................................... 511,126 510,854 627,350 624,192 674,000 675,496 48,370 46,023 72,315 71,645 55,766 56,207 55,787 56,462 40,944 41,129 79,754 78,734 61,427 63,062 27 28 Repurchase agreements Gross p u rch ases.......................................................... Gross sales ................................................................... 151,618 152,436 107,051 106,968 113,902 113,040 10,719 10,110 2,783 3,016 3,203 2,743 20,145 19,808 24,169 23,924 11,534 11,381 6,108 8,137 29 Net change in U .S. government securities ........... 7,743 6,896 3,869 - 4 ,9 5 2 284 863 771 -670 516 - 4 ,1 5 9 4,188 0 -1 7 8 1,526 0 2,803 1,063 0 } 2,545 F ederal A gency O bligations 30 31 32 O utright transactions Gross p u rch ases.......................................................... Gross sales ................................................................... Redemptions ............................................................... 301 173 235 853 399 134 668 0 145 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 91 0 0 21 0 0 0 0 0 22 0 0 0 33 34 Repurchase agreements Gross p u rchases........................................................... Gross sales ................................................................... 40,567 40,885 37,321 36,960 28,895 28,863 1,737 1,242 1,082 1,132 977 1,188 5,922 5,734 4,825 4,880 1,889 1,767 652 1,177 35 Net change in federal agency obligations .............. -4 2 6 681 555 492 -5 0 -3 0 2 167 -5 5 99 -5 2 5 36 Outright transactions, net ........................................... 37 Repurchase agreements, n e t ...................................... 0 -3 6 6 0 116 0 73 0 -6 4 0 -3 3 0 222 0 67 0 -4 3 0 253 0 -7 7 6 38 Net change in bankers acceptances ......................... -3 6 6 116 73 -6 4 -3 3 222 67 -4 3 253 -7 7 6 6,951 7,693 4,497 -4,523 202 784 1,005 -7 6 8 868 -5 ,4 6 0 B ankers A cceptances 39 Total net change in System Open Market Account............................................................... 1. Both gross purchases and redemptions include special certificates created when the Treasury borrows directly from the Federal Reserve, as follows (millions of dollars): March 1979, 2,600. N o t e . Sales, redemptions, and negative figures reduce holdings of the System Open Market Account; all other figures increase such holdings. Details may not add to totals because of rounding. Reserve Banks 1.18 FEDERAL RESERVE BANKS A ll Condition and Federal Reserve Note Statements Millions of dollars Wednesday Account End of month 1980 1981 Jan. 28 Feb. 4 Feb. 11 Feb. 18 1981 Feb. 25 Consolidated condition statement A ssets 11,159 2,518 447 11,159 2,518 465 11,159 2.518 477 11,159 2,518 479 11,158 2,518 486 11,161 2,518 397 11,159 2,518 468 11,156 2,518 495 1,553 0 752 0 1.037 0 875 0 5,192 0 1,809 0 1,304 0 1,249 0 1 Gold certificate ac c o u n t.................................................... 2 Special drawing rights certificate a c c o u n t...................... 3 C o in ...................................................................................... Loans 4 To depository institutions ............................................ 5 O th e r................................................................................ Acceptances 6 Held under repurchase agreements ............................ Federal agency obligations 7 Bought o u trig h t............................................................... 8 Held under repurchase agreements ............................ U.S. government securities Bought outright 9 B ills ............................................................................... 10 N o te s............................................................................ 11 Bonds ........................................................................... 12 Total1 ........................................................................... 13 Held under repurchase agreements ............................ 14 Total U.S. government securities.................................... 0 0 0 0 0 776 0 0 8,739 0 8.739 0 8,739 0 8,739 0 8,737 0 8,739 525 8,739 0 8,737 0 39,527 58,718 16,893 115.138 0 115.138 41,568 58,718 16,893 117.179 0 117.179 41,535 58,718 16,893 117.146 0 117.146 42,325 58,370 17,218 117,913 0 117.193 41,034 58.370 17,218 116,622 0 116,622 43,688 58,718 16,893 119,299 2,029 121,328 41,558 58,718 16,893 117.169 0 117.169 42,033 58,370 17,218 117.621 0 117.621 15 Total loans and securities.................................................. 125,430 126,670 126,922 127,527 130,551 133,177 127,212 127,607 16 Cash items in process of collection ................................ 17 Bank prem ises..................................................................... Other assets 18 Denominated in foreign currencies2 .......................... 19 All o th e r ........................................................................... 8,654 458 9,570 458 11,325 458 14,004 459 9,220 461 12,554 457 7,865 458 7,473 461 5,974 3,448 6,388 3,354 6,713 3,407 6.985 2.425 7,088 2,304 5,104 3,177 5,993 3,385 7,086 2,500 20 Total assets........................................................................... 158,088 160,582 162,979 165,556 163,786 168,545 159,058 159,296 21 Federal Reserve notes ....................................................... Deposits 22 Depository institutions................................................... 23 U.S. Treasury—General a c c o u n t................................ 24 Foreign—Official accounts ........................................... 25 O th e r................................................................................. 118,808 118,873 119.919 120.304 119,465 124,241 118,147 118,854 25,323 2,974 302 439 26,476 4,069 278 432 28.568 3.468 267 424 27,900 3.729 241 364 29,869 3,433 232 397 27,456 3,062 411 617 26,621 3,034 573 515 26,734 2,284 422 337 26 Total deposits....................................................................... 29,038 31,255 32,727 32,234 33,931 31,546 30,747 29,777 27 Deferred availability cash items ...................................... 28 Other liabilities and accrued dividends3 ........................ 5,593 2,017 6,023 1,878 5.625 2.038 8,532 1,811 5,941 1,755 8,087 2,265 5,585 1,957 5.928 1,958 29 Total liabilities..................................................................... 155,456 158,029 160,309 162,881 161,092 166,139 156,436 156,517 30 Capital paid i n ..................................................................... 31 Surplus ................................................................................. 32 Other capital accounts ...................................................... 1,208 1,203 221 1,209 1,203 141 1.210 1,203 257 1,212 1.203 260 1,221 1,203 270 1.203 1.203 0 1,208 1,203 211 1,222 1,203 354 33 Total liabilities and capital accounts .............................. 158,088 160,582 162,979 165,556 163,786 168,545 159,058 159,296 34 M e m o : M arketab le U.S. g ov er n m en t secu rities h eld in custody for foreign and international account 93,027 93,081 93,445 94,084 93,977 91,795 92,756 94,658 L ia b il it ie s C a p it a l A c c o u n t s Federal Reserve note statement 140,843 22,035 118,808 140,767 21,894 118,873 141,028 21,109 119.919 141,128 20,824 120,304 141,361 21,896 119,465 140,184 15,943 124,241 140,717 22,570 118,147 141,297 22,443 118,854 Gold certificate a c c o u n t.......................................... Special drawing rights certificate a c c o u n t............ Other eligible assets ................................................ U.S. government and agency securities .............. 11,159 2,518 0 105,131 11,159 2,518 0 105,196 11.159 2.518 0 106,242 11,159 2,518 0 106.627 11,158 2,518 0 105,789 11,161 2,518 0 110,562 11,159 2,518 0 104,470 11,156 2,518 0 105,180 42 Total collateral............................................................... 118,808 118,873 119,919 120,304 119,465 124,241 118,147 118,854 35 Federal Reserve notes outstanding (issued to bank) 36 Less-held by bank4 .............................................. 37 Federal Reserve notes, net ................................ Collateral fo r Federal Reserve notes 38 39 40 41 1. Includes securities loaned—fully guaranteed by U.S. government securities pledged with Federal Reserve Banks—and excludes (if any) securities sold and scheduled to be bought back under matched sale-purchase transactions. 2. Includes U.S. government securities held under repurchase agreement against receipt of foreign currencies and foreign currencies warehoused for the U.S. Treas ury. Assets shown in this line are revalued monthly at market exchange rates. 3. Includes exchange-translation account reflecting the monthly revaluation at market exchange rates of foreign-exchange commitments. 4. Beginning September 1980, Federal Reserve notes held by the Reserve Bank are exempt from the collateral requirement. A12 Domestic Financial Statistics □ March 1981 1.19 FEDERAL RESERVE BANKS Maturity Distribution of Loan and Security Holdings Millions of dollars Wednesday Type and maturity groupings End of month 1981 Jan. 28 Feb. 4 1980 Feb. 18 Feb. 11 Feb. 25 1981 Dec. 31 Jan. 31 Feb. 28 1 Loans—T o ta l......................................................................... 2 Within 15 d a y s ................................................................... 3 16 days to 90 d a y s ............................................................. 4 91 days to 1 y e a r ............................................................... 1,553 1,505 48 0 752 685 67 0 1,037 964 73 0 875 839 36 0 5,192 5,163 29 0 1,809 1,757 52 0 1,304 1,255 49 0 1,249 1,199 50 0 5 Acceptances—Total ............................................................. 6 Within 15 d a y s ................................................................... 7 16 days to 90 d a y s ............................................................. 8 91 days to 1 y e a r ............................................................... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 776 776 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 U.S. government securities—Total .................................. 10 Within 15 days1 ................................................................. 11 16 days to 90 d a y s ............................................................. 12 91 days to 1 y e a r ............................................................... 13 Over 1 year to 5 years ..................................................... 14 Over 5 years to 10 years ................................................. 15 Over 10 y e a rs ..................................................................... 115,138 4,385 19,948 27,943 34,505 13,355 15,002 117,179 4,954 21,623 27,741 34,504 13,355 15,002 117,146 6,536 20,035 27,715 34,504 13,354 15,002 117,913 6,217 20,889 26,916 34,809 13,755 15,327 116,622 5,096 21,510 26,125 34,809 13,755 15,327 121,328 4,780 23.499 30.187 34,505 13,355 15.002 117,169 2,125 24,904 27,279 34,505 13,354 15,002 117,621 3,101 23,245 27,385 34,809 13,754 15,327 16 Federal agency obligations—T o t a l .................................... 17 Within 15 days' ................................................................. 18 16 days to 90 d a y s ............................................................. 19 91 days to 1 y e a r ............................................................... 20 Over 1 year to 5 years ..................................................... 21 Over 5 years to 10 years ................................................. 22 Over 10 y e a rs ..................................................................... 8,739 73 550 1,750 4,597 1,085 684 8,739 0 619 1,753 4,597 1,085 685 8,739 183 436 1,830 4,553 1,052 685 8,739 257 362 1,830 4,553 1,052 685 8,737 128 439 1,834 4,621 1,030 685 9,264 705 426 1,519 4.837 1,092 685 8,739 73 550 1,749 4,597 1,085 685 8,737 128 439 1,834 4,621 1,030 685 1. Holdings under repurchase agreements are classified as maturing within 15 days in accordance with maximum maturity of the agreements. 1.20 BANK DEBITS AND DEPOSIT TURNOVER Debits are shown in billions of dollars, turnover as ratio of debits to deposit. Monthly data are at annual rates. 1980 Bank group, or type of customer 1979' 1978 1977 A ug/ S ep t/ Oct.' N ov/ Dec. 67,621.4 26,821.8 40,799.6 69.950.2 27.352.2 42,598.0 173.4 95.6 573.7 842.8 218.3 119.2 704.2 1,041.6 211.6 842.2 141.8 222.7 865.8 150.8 8.4 8.5 3.2 4.0 10.4 11.3 4.1 5.1 Debits to demand deposits1 (seasonally adjusted) 1 All commercial b a n k s ........................................................... 2 Major New York City banks ............................................. 3 Other b a n k s ........................................................................... 34,322.8 13,860.6 20,462.2 40,297.8 15,008.7 25,289.1 49,775.0 18.512.7 31,262.3 65,498.2 26,708.4 38,789.8 65.258.6 26.104.7 39,154.0 65.346.7 26.035.0 39.311.7 Debits to sa^/ings deposits 2 (not seasonsilly adjusted) 4 5 6 7 ATS/NOW3 Business4 .. Others5 ___ All accounts 5.5 21.7 152.3 179.5 17.1 56.7 359.7 432.9 83.3 77.3 515.2 675.8 145.5 87.4 560.3 793.2 176.3 95.8 649.0 921.1 185.5 100.1 688.2 973.8 Demand deposit turnover1 (seasonally adjusted) 8 All commercial b a n k s ........................................................... 9 Major New York City banks ............................................ 10 Other b a n k s ........................................................................... 129.2 503.0 85.9 139.4 541.9 96.8 163.5 646.2 113.3 206.3 859.7 135.4 203.2 818.6 135.3 202.1 799.5 135.2 Savings deposit turnover2 (not seasonally adjusted) 11 12 13 14 ATS/NOW3 ........................................................................... Business4 ............................................................................... Others5 ................................................................................... All a c co u n ts........................................................................... 6.5 4.1 1.5 1.7 1. Represents accounts of individuals, partnerships, and corporations, and of states and political subdivisions. 2. Excludes special club accounts, such as Christmas and vacation clubs. 3. Accounts authorized for negotiable orders of withdrawal (NOW) and accounts authorized for automatic transfer to demand deposits (ATS). ATS data availability starts with December 1978. 4. Represents corporations and other profit-seeking organizations (excluding commercial banks but including savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, credit unions, the Export-Import Bank, and federally sponsored lending agencies). 5. Savings accounts other than NOW; business; and, from December 1978, ATS. 7.0 5.1 1.7 1.9 7.8 7.2 2.7 3.1 8.3 8.0 3.1 3.8 9.5 8.6 3.6 4.4 9.7 8.8 3.8 4.6 N o t e . Historical data for the period 1970 through June 1977 have been estimated; these estimates are based in part on the debits series for 233 SMSAs, which were available through June 1977. Back data are available from Publications Services, Division of Administrative Services, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Washington, D.C. 20551. Debits and turnover data for savings deposits are not available before July 1977. Monetary Aggregates 1.21 A 13 MONEY STOCK MEASURES AND COMPONENTS Billions of dollars, averages of daily figures Item 1977 Dec. 1978 Dec. 1979 Dec. 1980 1980 Dec. Aug. Sept. Seasonally adjusted M easures1 1 2 3 4 M -1A .................................................. M -1 B ................................................... M-2 .................................................... M-3 ..................................................... 5U .................................. 328.4 332.6 1.294.1 1,460.3 1.720.2 351.6 360.1 1.401.5 1.623.6 1,934.9 369.8 386.9 1,526.0 1,775.5 2,151.8 384.8 411.9 1,673.4' 1,957.9' 2,373.5 379.5 402.7 1.632.5 1.889.5 2,282.7 383.4 408.0 1.644.4 1,904.6 2.306.5 88.7 239.7 486.4 454.9 145.2 97.6 253.9 475.8 533.8 194.7 106.3 263.5 417.0 656.2 219.0 116.4 268.4 393.6' 763.2' 248.0' 113.5 266.0 408.1 712.6 223.3 113.9 269.5 412.1 716.4 226.8 386.3 412.0 1,656.5 1,921.8 2,319.1' 388.4 415.0 1,670.8 1,946.1 2,346.5 384.8 411.9 1,673.4' 1,957.9' 2,373.5 372.8 416.1 1,681.7 1,978.2 n.a. 115.8 272.6 407.9 741.6 238.8 116.4 268.4 393.6' 763.2' 248.0' 116.6 256.2 377.1 778.0 257.9 388.0 413.7 1,656.9 1,923.1' 2,318.0' 391.1 417.7 1,665.7 1,942.1 2,344.7 394.7 421.8 1,674.8' 1,962.8' 2,375.0 377.3 420.7 1,685.2 1,983.5 n.a. 114.9 273.1 25.7 32.5 77.4 412.9 723.7 230.7' 116.6 274.5 26.6 32.6 77.0 405.8 735.9 240.0 118.5 276.2 27.1 32.2 75.8 390.9' 757.4' 251.5' 115.8 261.5 43.3 32.9 80.7 374.7 779.3 259.8 C o m ponents 6 C u rrency........ .................................... 7 Demand d ep o sits.............................. 8 Savings d eposits................................ 9 Small-denomination time deposits3 10 Large-denomination time deposits4 115.1 271.2 414.2 723.6 229.8 Not seasonally adjusted M easures1 11 12 13 14 15 M -1A ........................................................... M -1 B ........................................................... M-2 ............................................................. M-3 ............................................................. L 2 ................................................................. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 C u rrency..................................................... Demand d ep o sits...................................... Other checkable deposits5 ...................... Overnight RPs and Eurodollars6 .......... Money market mutual fu n d s .................. Savings deposits......................................... Small-denomination time deposits3 ___ Large-denomination time deposits4 . . . . 337.2 341.4 1,295.9 1,464.5 1,723.2 360.9 369.5 1,403.6 1,629.2 1,938.3 90.3 247.0 4.2 18.6 3.8 483.1 451.3 147.7 99.4 261.5 8.6 23.9 10.3 472.6 529.8 198.2 379.4 396.4 1,527.7 1,780.8 2,154.3 394.7 421.8 1,674.8' 1,962.8' 2,375.0 377.3 400.5 1,629.5 1,886.6 2,278.6 118.5 276.2 27.1 32.2 75.8 390.9' 757.4' 251.5' 113.7 263.6 23.2 31.6 80.7 408.8 711.1 223.3 382.6 407.2 1,642.3 1,902.3 2,296.2' C om ponents 108.3 271.2' 17.0 25.3 43.6 414.1 651.2 222.6 1. Composition of the money stock measures is as follows: M-1A: Averages of daily figures for (1) demand deposits at all commercial banks other than those due to domestic banks, the U.S. government, and foreign banks and official institutions less cash items in the process of collection and Federal Reserve float; and (2) currency outside the Treasury, Federal Reserve Banks, and the vaults of commercial banks. M-1B: M-1A plus negotiable order of withdrawal and automatic transfer service accounts at banks and thrift institutions, credit union share draft accounts, and demand deposits at mutual savings banks. M-2: M-1B plus savings and small-denomination time deposits at all depository institutions, overnight repurchase agreements at commercial banks, overnight Eu rodollars held by U.S. residents other than banks at Caribbean branches of member banks, and money market mutual fund shares. M-3: M-2 plus large-denomination time deposits at all depository institutions and term RPs at commercial banks and savings and loan associations. 113.7 268.9 24.6 32.9 78.2 412.4 714.9 226.5 2. L: M-3 plus other liquid assets such as term Eurodollars held by U.S. residents other than banks, bankers acceptances, commercial paper. Treasury bills and other liquid Treasury securities, and U.S. savings bonds. 3. Small-denomination time deposits are those issued in amounts of less than $ 100 , 000 . 4. Large-denomination time deposits are those issued in amounts of $100,000 or more and are net of the holdings of domestic banks, thrift institutions, the U.S. government, money market mutual funds, and foreign banks and official institu tions. 5. Includes ATS and NOW balances at all institutions, credit union share draft balances, and demand deposits at mutual savings banks. 6. Overnight (and continuing contract) RPs are those issued by commercial banks to the nonbank public, and overnight Eurodollars are those issued by Ca ribbean branches of member banks to U.S. nonbank customers. N o t e . Latest monthly and weekly figures are available from the Board’s H .6(508) release. Back data are available from the Banking Section, Division of Research and Statistics. A14 1.22 Domestic Financial Statistics □ March 1981 AGGREGATE RESERVES OF DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS AND MEMBER BANK DEPOSITS Billions of dollars, averages of daily figures 1980 Item 1978 Dec. 1979 D ec/ 1981 1980 Dec. July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov.2 Dec. Jan. Seasonally adjusted 1 Total reserves3 ................................................................................................. 41.16 43.46 40.13 42.78 40.75 41.52 41.73 41.23 40.13 40.10 2 Nonborrowed re serv es................................................................................... 3 Required reserv es........................................................................................... 4 Monetary base4 ............................................................................................... 40.29 40.93 142.2 41.98 43.13 153.7 38.44 39.58 159.8 42.39 42.50 158.8 40.09 40.45 158.2 40.21 41.26 159.5 40.42 41.52 160.9 39.17 40.73 160.7 38.44 39.58 159.8 38.70 39.56 160.1 5 Member bank deposits subject to reserve requirements5 ........................ 6 Time and savings............................................................................................. Demand 7 P rivate........................................................................................................... 8 U.S. governm ent......................................................................................... 616.1 428.7 644.5 451.2 701.8 485.6' 658.5 467.0 667.8 474.2 678.2 482.0 684.7 485.5' 694.3 475.4' 701.8 485.6' 703.8 517.4 185.1 2.2 191.5 1.8 196.0 1.9 189.1 2.5 191.5 2.1 194.5 1.8 195.6 2.4 198.1 2.2 196.0 1.9 184.1 2.3 Not seasonally adjusted 9 Monetary base4 ............................................................................................... 144.6 156.2 162.5 159.6 158.0 159.0 160.6 161.5 162.5 161.0 10 Member bank deposits subject to reserve requirements5 ........................ 624.0 652.7 710.3 658.2 662.5 675.6 684.2 694.6 710.3 712.6 11 Time and savings............................................................................................. Demand 12 P rivate........................................................................................................... 13 U.S. governm ent......................................................................................... 429.6 452.1 486.5' 466.0 471.8 479.6 484.5' 474.5' 486.5' 493.4 191.9 2.5 198.6 2.0 203.2 2.1 190.0 2.2 189.0 1.7 193.9 2.1 196.4 2.1 199.6 1.9 203.2 2.1 189.9 2.1 1. Reserves of depository institutions series reflect actual reserve requirement rcentages with no adjustment to eliminate the effect of changes in Regulations and M. Before Nov. 13, 1980, the date of implementation of the Monetary Control Act, only the reserves of commercial banks that were members of the Federal Reserve System were included in the series. Since that date the series include the reserves of all depository institutions. In conjunction with the imple mentation of the act, required reserves of member banks were reduced about $4.3 billion and required reserves of other depository institutions were increased about $1.4 billion. Effective Oct. 11, 1979, an 8 percentage point marginal reserve re quirement was imposed on “Managed Liabilities.” This action raised required reserves about $320 million. Effective Mar. 12, 1980, the 8 percentage point mar ginal reserve requirement was raised to 10 percentage points. In addition the base upon which the marginal reserve requirement was calculated was reduced. This action increased required reserves about $1.7 million in the week ending Apr. 2, 1980. Effective May 29, 1980 the marginal reserve requirement was reduced from 10 to 5 percentage points and the base upon which the marginal reserve requirement was calculated was raised. This action reduced required reserves about $980 million in the week ending June 18, 1980. Effective July 24, 1980, the 5 percent marginal reserve requirement on managed liabilities and the 2 percent supplementary reserve requirement against large time deposits were removed. These actions reduced required reserves about $3.2 billion. 2. Reserve measures for November reflect increases in required reserves asso ciated with the reduction of weekend avoidance activities of a rew large banks. The reduction in these activities lead to essentially a one-time increase in the average level of required reserves that need to be held for a given level of deposits entering the money supply. In November, this increase in required reserves is estimated at $550 to $600 million. 3. Reserve balances with Federal Reserve Banks plus vault cash at institutions with required reserve balances plus vault cash equal to required reserves at other institutions. 4. Includes reserve balances at Federal Reserve Banks in the current week plus vault cash held two weeks earlier used to satisfy reserve requirements at all depository institutions plus currency outside the U.S. Treasury, Federal Reserve Banks, the vaults of depository institutions, and surplus vault cash at depository institutions. 5. Includes total time and savings deposits and net demand deposits as defined by Regulation D. Private demand deposits include all demand deposits except those due to the U.S. government, less cash items in process of collection and demand balances due from domestic commercial banks. N o t e . Latest monthly and weekly figures are available from the Board’s H .3(502) statistical release. Back data and estimates of the impact on required reserves and changes in reserve requirements are available from the Banking Section, Division of Research and Statistics. Monetary Aggregates 1.23 LOANS AND SECURITIES A 15 All Commercial Banks* Billions of dollars; averages of Wednesday figures Category 1977 Dec. 1978 Dec. 1980 1979 Dec. 1981 1977 Dec. Dec. 1 Total loans and securities2 ............................ Memo: 13 Total loans and securities plus loans sold2*9 14 Total loans plus loans sold2 9 ...................... 15 Total loans sold to affiliates9 ...................... 16 Commercial and industrial loans plus loans sold9 ........................................................... 17 Commercial and industrial loans sold9 .. 18 Acceptances held ...................................... 19 Other commercial and industrial loans .. 20 To U.S. addressees11 ............................ 21 To non-U.S. ad d ressees........................ 22 Loans to foreign banks ................................ 23 Loans to commercial banks in the United S ta te s ........................................... 891.1 99.5 159.6 632.1 211.25 175.25 138.2 20.6 25.85 25.8 5.8 29.5 1981 Dec. Jan. Not seasonally adjusted 1,014.33 1,132.54 1,234.1 1,250.8 93.4 173.I 3 747.83 246.56 210.5 163.9 19.4 27.17 28.2 7.4 44.93 93.8 191.5 847.24 290.54 242.44 185.0 18.3 30.34 31.0 9.5 40.2 109.6 214.3 910.1 323.1 260.9 175.2 17.9 30.7 34.2 11.1 56.9 112.7 216.5 921.5 327.9 262.7 174.9 19.0 31.4 34.5 11.5 59.6 899.1 100.7 160.2 638.3 212.65 175.55 139.0 22.0 26.35 25.7 5.8 31.5 1,023.83 1,143.04 1,245.7 1,251.1 94.6 173.93 755.43 248.26 210.9 164.8 20.7 27.67 28.1 7.4 47.63 95.0 192.3 855.74 292.44 242.94 186.2 19.6 30.84 30.8 9.5 43.5 111.0 215.2 919.5 325.3 261.4 176.2 19.1 31.3 34.1 11.1 61.0 113.8 216.1 921.2 327.0 262.7 174.9 19.3 31.1 34.2 11.5 68.5 895.9 1,018.13 1,236.8 1,253.5 903.9 1,027.63 l,145.74-» 1,248.4 1,253.9 636.9 4.8 751.63 3.8 850.004-8 2.8s 912.8 2.7 924.3 2.8 643.0 4.8 759.23 3.8 858.44-8 2.88 922.2 2.7 924.0 2.8 213.95 2.7 7.5 203.75 193.85 9.95 13.5 248.56-10 1.9*0 6.8 239.7 226.6 13.1 21.2 292.34-8 1.8s 8.5 282.0 263.2 18.8 18.7 324.9 1.8 7.8 315.3 293.5 21.8 24.0 329.8 1.9 8.4 319.5 295.6 23.9 24.7 215.35 2.7 8.6 203.95 193.75 10.35 14.6 250.l6.io I .910 7.5 240.9 226.5 14.4 23.0 294.24-8 1.88 9.4 283.1 263.2 19.8 20.1 327.1 1.8 8.5 316.8 293.5 23.3 25.8 328.8 1.9 8.8 318.1 293.6 24.5 25.7 n.a. n.a. 56.9 n.a. n.a. 54.1 57.3 1,135.34’8 77.8 1. Includes domestic chartered banks; U.S. branches, agencies, and New York investment company subsidiaries of foreign banks; and Eage Act corporations. 2. Excludes loans to commercial banks in the United States. 3. As of Dec. 31, 1978, total loans and securities were reduced by $0.1 billion. “Other securities” were increased by $1.5 billion and total loans were reduced by $1.6 billion largely as the result of reclassifications of certain tax-exempt obligations. Most of the loan reduction was in “all other loans.” 4. As of Jan. 3, 1979, as the result of reclassifications, total loans and securities and total loans were increased by $0.6 billion. Business loans were increased by $0.4 billion and real estate loans by $0.5 billion. Nonbank financial loans were reduced by $0.3 billion. 5. As of Dec. 31,1977, as the result of loan reclassifications, business loans were reduced $0.2 billion and nonbank financial loans $0.1 billion; real estate loans were increased $0.3 billion. 6. As of Dec. 31,1978, commercial and industrial loans were reduced $0.1 billion as a result of reclassifications. 1980 1979 Dec. Jan. Seasonally adjusted 2 U.S. Treasury securities................................ 3 Other secu rities............................................... 4 Total loans and leases2 .................................. 5 Commercial and industrial loans ............ 6 Real estate lo a n s ........................................ 7 Loans to individuals ................................... 8 Security lo a n s ............................................... 9 Loans to nonbank financial institutions . 10 Agricultural loans ...................................... 11 Lease financing receivables...................... 12 All other lo a n s ............................................. 1978 Dec. 60.3 81.9 7. As of Dec. 1, 1978, nonbank financial loans were reduced $0.1 billion as the result of reclassification. 8. As of Dec. 1, 1979, loans sold to affiliates were reduced $800 million and commercial and industrial loans sold were reduced $700 million due to corrections of two banks in New York City. 9. Loans sold are those sold outright to a bank’s own foreign branches, non consolidated nonbank affiliates of the bank, the bank’s holding company (if not a bank), and nonconsolidated nonbank subsidiaries of the holding company. 10. As of Dec. 31, 1978, commercial and industrial loans sold outright were increased $0.7 billion as the result of reclassifications, but $0.1 billion of this amount was offset by a balance sheet reduction of $0.1 billion as noted above. 11. United States includes the 50 states and the District of Columbia. N o t e . Data are prorated averages of Wednesday data for domestic chartered banks, and averages of current and previous montn-end data for foreign-related institutions. A16 1.24 Domestic Financial Statistics □ March 1981 MAJOR NONDEPOSIT FUNDS OF COMMERCIAL BANKS1 Monthly averages, billions of dollars December outstanding Outstanding in 1980 and 1981 Source 1977 1 2 3 4 5 6 Total nondeposit funds Seasonally adjusted2 ................................................ Not seasonally adjusted .......................................... Federal funds, RPs, and other borrowings from non banks Seasonally adjusted3 ................................................ Not seasonally adjusted .......................................... Net Eurodollar borrowings, not seasonally adjusted Loans sold to affiliates, not seasonally adjusted4 5 . 1978 1979 May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan. 61.8 60.4 85.4 84.4 118.8 117.4 119.9 123.0 114.1 114.2 112.2 116.4 107.3 110.3 112.0 112.5 118.6 119.6 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. 58.4 57.0 - 1 .3 4.8 74.8 73.8 6.8 3.8 88.0 86.5 28.1 2.8 94.2 97.4 23.0 2.6 96.7 96.8 14.6 2.8 98.5 102.7 10.9 2.8 94.0 97.1 10.3 2.9 100.2 100.8 8.9 2.9 104.4 105.4 11.5 2.8 n.a. n.a. 7.5 2.6 n.a. n.a. 7.0 2.7 n.a. n.a. 8.7 2.8 -1 2 .5 21.1 8.6 -1 0 .2 24.9 14.7 6.5 22.8 29.3 2.6 27.3 30.0 - 5 .4 30.1 24.7 - 8 .4 32.7 24.3 -1 0 .3 35.8 25.5 -1 4 .5 38.2 23.7 -1 2 .9 38.3 25.5 -1 4 .2 37.2 23.0 -1 4 .7 37.5 22.7 -1 6 .2 37.4 21.2 11.1 10.3 21.4 36.3 35.1 17.0 14.2 31.2 44.8 43.6 21.6 28.9 50.5 49.2 47.9 20.5 28.4 48.8 43.7 46.0 19.9 28.5 48.4 49.0 48.8 19.3 30.8 50.1 55.0 54.7 20.6 30.9 51.6 57.5 59.1 23.3 30.3 53.6 56.2 58.7 24.4 30.8 55.2 59.7 59.5 21.7 32.3 54.1 58.8 60.9 21.7 33.7 55.4 63.4 61.7 24.9 31.2 56.1 68.7 65.0 4.4 5.1 8.7 10.3 8.1 9.7 9.5 8.5 8.6 10.0 10.9 9.3 11.8 9.3 126 14 2 14.0 12.7 6.9 6.6 7.6 9.0 8.0 7.9 162.0 165.4 213.0 217.9 227.6 232.8 242.1 240.2 237.6 235.5 234.0 230.0 234.4 232.1 238.8 236.7 241.6 241.1 249.3 250.8 257.5 263.4 268.2 272.8 M em o 7 Domestic chartered banks net positions with own foreign branches, not seasonally adjusted6 ___ 8 Gross due from balances ........................................ 9 Gross due to balances ............................................ 10 Foreign-related institutions net positions with di rectly related institutions, not seasonally adjusted7 ................................................................. 11 Gross due from balances ........................................ 12 Gross due to balances ............................................ 13 Security RP borrowings, seasonally adjusted8 ........ 14 Not seasonally adjusted .......................................... 15 U.S. Treasury demand balances, seasonally adjusted9 ................................................................ 16 Not seasonally adjusted .......................................... 17 Time deposits, $100,000 or more, seasonally adjusted10............................................................... 18 Not seasonally adjusted .......................................... 1. Commercial banks are those in the 50 states and the District of Columbia with national or state charters plus U.S. branches, agencies, and New York investment company subsidiaries of foreign banks and Edge Act corporations. 2. Includes seasonally adjusted federal funds, RPs, and other borrowings from nonbanks and not seasonally adjusted net Eurodollars and loans to affiliates. In cludes averages of Wednesday data for domestic chartered banks and averages of current and previous month-end data for foreign-related institutions. 3. Other borrowings are borrowings on any instrument, such as a promissory note or due bill, given for the purpose of borrowing money for the banking business. This includes borrowings from Federal Reserve Banks and from foreign banks, term federal funds, overdrawn due from bank balances, loan RPs, and participa tions in pooled loans. Includes averages of daily figures for member banks and averages of current and previous month-end data for foreign-related institutions. 4. Loans initially booked by the bank and later sold to affiliates that are still held by affiliates. Averages of Wednesday data. 5. As of Dec. 1, 1979, loans sold to affiliates were reduced $800 million due to corrections of two New York City banks. 6. Includes averages of daily figures for member banks and quarterly call report figures for nonmember banks. 7. Includes averages of current and previous month-end data until August 1979; beginning September 1979 averages of daily data. 8. Based on daily average data reported by 122 large banks beginning February 1980 and 46 banks before February 1980. 9. Includes U.S. Treasury demand deposits and Treasury tax-and-loan notes at commercial banks. Averages of daily data. 10. Averages of Wednesday figures. N o t e . Security RP borrowings, U.S. Treasury demand balances, and time de posits in denominations of $100,000 or more have revised to reflect benchmark adjustments to call reports. Commercial Banks 1.25 ASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF COMMERCIAL BANKING INSTITUTIONS A17 Last-Wednesday-of-Month Series Billions of dollars except for number of banks 1980 1981 Account A p r/ M ay' Juner July' A ug/ S e p t/ O ct/ N ov/ D ec/ Jan/ Feb. 1 Loans and investments, excluding interbank ............................................... 2 Loans, excluding interbank ....................... 3 Commercial and industrial .................. 4 O th e r ............................................................. 5 U .S. Treasury se cu ritie s ............................. 6 Other s e c u r itie s ............................................. 1,093.5 801.7 259.7 541.9 94.3 197.6 1,087.0 792.5 256.6 535.9 94.8 199.8 1,090.5 793.2 256.9 536.4 96.2 201.1 1,095.3 793.4 257.1 536.3 98.7 203.3 1,108.5 801.9 259.5 542.4 101.4 205.2 1,117.9 809.1 263.9 545.2 103.2 205.6 1,134.8 821.6 269.0 552.6 104.4 208.9 1,150.8 832.8 275.7 557.1 107.1 210.9 1,177.1 851.4 281.5 569.9 111.2 214.6 1,166.0 840.2 277.6 562.6 112.0 213.8 1,167.0 839.0 276.3 562.7 113.7 214.3 7 Cash assets, t o t a l ........................................... 8 Currency and c o i n .................................... 9 Reserves with Federal Reserve Banks 10 Balances with depository institutions 11 Cash items in process o f collection .. 168.5 16.7 33.2 50.0 68.6 172.7 17.7 37.9 48.3 68.9 150.6 17.3 29.5 45.8 58.1 154.3 17.5 32.2 45.0 59.6 148.8 18.2 29.0 45.9 55.8 156.6 17.8 31.1 46.8 60.9 155.9 18.3 31.7 47.2 58.8 175.6 16.9 30.4 56.1 72.2 194.2 19.9 28.2 63.0 83.0 159.3 18.7 25.2 54.9 60.5 165.9 18.6 30.4 54.6 62.3 D omestically C hartered C ommercial B anks 1 12 Other assets2 .................................................. 135.8 140.1 143.8 143.5 150.3 154.4 151.3 151.3 165.6 155.8 160.1 13 Total assets/total liabilities and capital .. 1,397.8 1,399.8 1,384.9 1393.1 1,407.7 1,428.9 1,442.1 1,477.7 1,537.0 1,481.0 1,493.0 14 Deposits ........................................................... 15 Demand ...................................................... 16 Savings ........................................................ 17 Time ............................................................. 1,063.9 377.5 189.2 497.2 1,060.9 370.3 192.4 498.2 1,048.1 358.1 197.7 492.4 1,053.1 363.5 205.5 484.2 1,062.8 363.4 208.5 490.9 1,077.2 369.7 209.1 498.5 1,092.9 375.7 210.9 506.2 1,126.2 393.0 209.5 523.7 1,187.4 432.2 201.3 553.8 1,128.7 351.1 211.9 565.7 1,132.0 345.5 214.3 572.3 18 B orrow ings...................................................... 19 Other liabilities ............................................. 20 Residual (assets less lia b ilitie s)................ 144.7 80.5 108.7 152.6 77.9 108.5 151.0 75.9 109.8 157.0 74.0 109.0 158.5 75.4 111.0 163.7 75.6 112.3 161.7 74.7 112.7 157.3 78.1 116.1 156.4 79.0 114.2 156.4 76.7 119.3 163.2 80.3 117.5 M emo : 21 U .S. Treasury note balances included in b o rrow in g............................................... 22 Number of banks ......................................... 14.5 14,629 5.2 14,639 13.3 14,646 7.6 14,658 8.7 14,666 15.7 14,678 11.5 14,760 4.4 14,692 10.2 14,693 9.5 14,689 8.5 14,696 23 Loans and investments, excluding interbank ............................................... 24 Loans, excluding interbank ....................... 25 Commercial and industrial .................. 26 O th e r ............................................................. 27 U .S. Treasury s e cu ritie s ............................. 28 Other s e c u r itie s ............................................. 1,162.8 867.5 302.5 565.0 96.2 199.1 1,154.9 856.9 298.7 558.3 96.7 201.3 1,160.9 860.2 297.6 562.5 98.3 202.5 1,195.2 882.5 308.1 574.4 105.6 207.2 1,262.3 932.5 330.6 601.9 113.7 216.3 29 Cash assets, t o t a l ........................................... 30 Currency and c o i n .................................... 31 Reserves with Federal Reserve Banks 32 Balances with depository institutions 33 Cash items in process of collection .. 187.5 16.7 34.0 66.9 70.0 190.9 17.7 38.7 64.0 70.5 172.2 17.3 30.3 65.0 59.7 179.8 17.8 31.7 67.8 62.5 218.6 20.7 28.2 84.9 84.7 n: a. n. a. A ll C ommercial B anking Institutions 3 n. a. n. a. n. a. n .a. 34 Other assets2 ................................................. 181.3 186.6 191.0 204.1 221.7 35 Total assets/total liabilities and capital .. 1,531.7 1,532.4 1,524.2 1,579.2 1,702.7 36 Deposits .......................................................... 37 Dem and ...................................................... 38 Savings ........................................................ 39 Time ............................................................. 1,105.1 396.9 189.5 518.7 1,101.1 388.1 192.7 520.3 1,091.9 379.0 198.1 514.8 1,124.5 390.9 209.5 524.1 1,239.9 453.6 201.6 584.7 40 B orrow ings...................................................... 41 Other liabilities ............................................. 42 Residual (assets less lia b ilitie s)................ 188.5 127.1 111.0 194.7 125.8 110.9 197.6 123.3 111.4 211.0 129.8 113.9 211.5 135.5 115.8 M emo : 43 U .S. Treasury note balances included in b orrow in g ............................................... 44 Number of banks ........................................ 14.5 15,004 5.2 15,016 13.3 15,019 15.7 15,069 10.2 15,108 1. Domestically chartered commercial banks include all commercial banks in the United States except branches of foreign banks; included are member and non member banks, stock savings banks, and nondeposit trust companies. 2. Other assets include loans to U.S. commercial banks. 3. Commercial banking institutions include domestically chartered commercial banks, branches and agencies of foreign banks, Edge Act and Agreement corpo rations, and New York State foreign investment corporations. N o t e . Figures are partly estimated. They include all bank-premises subsidiaries and other significant majority-owned domestic subsidiaries. Data for domestically chartered commercial banks are for the last Wednesday of the month; data for other banking institutions are for last Wednesday except at end of quarter, when they are for the last day of the month. Revised data result from benchmarking to the March 1980 quarterly call. Revised data for 1979 and 1980 are available from the Banking Section of the Federal Reserve Board. A18 Domestic Financial Statistics □ March 1981 1.26 ALL LARGE WEEKLY REPORTING COMMERCIAL BANKS with Domestic Assets of $750 Million or More on December 31, 1977, Assets and Liabilities Millions of dollars, Wednesday figures 1980 Feb. 25p A djust ment bank, 1980 1981 Account Dec. 31 Jan. 7 p Jan. Feb. 14 4p Jan. Feb. 21 11p Jan. Feb.28 ISP 1 Cash items in process of collection .......................... 2 Demand deposits due from banks in the United States ...................................................................... 3 All other cash and due from depository institutions 66,061 56,773 56,397 52,231 49,660 53,422 49,140 62,797 50,785 33 21,581 34,261 21,679 31,202 19,508 35,746 20,194 29,750 20,344 30,979 19,379 31,517 19,614 33,940 22,440 33,511 19,921 35,058 90 -2 3 9 4 Total loans and securities............................................ 564,156 567,816 561,445 557,272 553,178 557,234 550,893 556,867 553,706 1,435 39,604 4,362 35,242 10,269 21,616 3,357 78,460 3,316 75,144 16,229 56,078 7,402 48,676 2,837 40,659 6,390 34,268 9,591 21,274 3,403 78,638 3,335 75,303 16,348 56,137 7,273 48,864 2,818 40,449 6,608 33,841 9,353 20,990 3,498 77,742 2,539 75,203 16,214 56,130 7,201 48,929 2,858 40,325 6,544 33,780 9,331 20,950 3,500 77,405 2,329 75,076 16,132 56,101 7,202 48,899 2,843 39,769 6,331 33,438 9,178 20,790 3,469 77,569 2,518 75,051 16,124 56,063 7,244 48,819 2,864 41,122 7,504 33,618 9,342 20,812 3,463 78,251 3,561 74,690 16,143 55,764 7,209 48,555 2,784 40,209 6,477 33,732 9,442 20,836 3.453 77.169 2.608 74.561 16,125 55,631 7,055 48,577 2,804 40,572 6,723 33,849 9,192 21,149 3,508 76,988 2,412 74,575 16,165 55,604 7,046 48,558 2,806 40,816 7,089 33,726 9,207 20,958 3,561 77,374 2,811 74,563 16,111 55,661 7,087 48,574 2,790 148 19 Federal funds sold1 ...................................................... 20 To commercial banks ............................................... 21 To nonbank brokers and dealers in securities . . . ?? 23 Other loans, g ro s s ........................................................ 24 Commercial and industrial .................................... 25 Bankers acceptances and commercial paper .. 26 A llo th e r ................................................................. 27 U.S. addressees................................................ 28 Non-IJ.S. addressees ........................................... 29 Real estate .................................................................... 30 To individuals for personal expenditures ............ To financial institutions 31 Commercial banks in the United States .......... 32 Banks in foreign countries.................................. 33 Sales finance, personal finance companies, etc 34 Other financial institutions ................................ 35 To nonbank brokers and dealers in securities . . . 36 To others for purchasing and carrying securities2 37 To finance agricultural pro d u ctio n ........................ 38 A llo th e r .................................................................... 39 L ess: Unearned in c o m e............................................... 40 Loan loss reserve ............................................ 41 Other loans, net ........................................................... 42 Lease financing receivables .......................... 43 All other assets ............................................................. 27,842 19,472 6,380 1,990 430,569 174,768 4,206 170,562 163,276 7,286 111,775 72,294 33,997 24,103 7,854 2,040 426,958 173.239 4,218 169,020 161,782 7,238 112,212 72,616 30,181 21,822 6,059 2,300 425,570 173,116 4,632 168,484 161,194 7,290 112,534 72,389 29,004 19,057 7,359 2,588 423,054 171,922 3,957 167,965 160,597 7,368 112,631 72,132 26,781 18,171 6,366 2,244 421,559 171,348 4,191 167,157 159,752 7,406 112,866 71,954 27,663 19,661 5,873 2,129 422,691 171,890 4,213 167,677 160,504 7,173 113.155 71,664 26,273 18,506 6,098 1,669 419,782 170,104 3,566 166,538 159,349 7,189 113,369 71,370 29,636 21,857 6,120 1,659 422,263 170,258 4,171 166,087 158,942 7,145 113,591 71,323 28,341 20,498 5,924 1,920 419,755 169,482 3,691 165,791 158,752 7,039 113,681 71,174 38 38 5,356 9,770 10,077 15,925 7,844 2,146 5,413 15,200 6,662 5,657 418,250 9,323 87,692 4,544 9,363 10,231 15,591 6,928 2,103 5,358 14,773 6,696 5,740 414,522 9,309 83,667 4,679 9,429 9,999 15,390 6,404 2,170 5,332 14,126 6,767 5,731 413,072 9,500 85,436 4,099 9,696 9,966 15,267 5,748 2,140 5,306 14,147 6,772 5,743 410,539 9,518 82,246 4,220 9,018 9,962 15,291 5,548 2,198 5,335 13,817 6,752 5,748 409,060. 9,595 82,035 3,899 9,034 9,912 15,372 5,590 2,207 5,338 14,628 6,647 5,846 410,198 9,909 83,736 4,351 8,568 9,826 15,243 5,213 2,222 5,295 14,219 6,666 5,874 407,242 9,935 87,436 4,638 9,172 9,872 15,311 5,336 2,273 5,326 15,162 6,692 5,899 409,672 9,940 82,848 4,383 8,366 9,755 15,120 5,912 2,270 5,374 14,237 6,661 5,918 407,176 9,986 85,057 44 Total assets..................................................................... 783,074 770,447 768,033 751,211 745,791 755,198 750,959 768,403 754,513 1,475 45 Demand deposits........................................................... 46 Mutual savings banks ................ 47 Individuals, partnerships, and corporations ........ 48 States and political subdivisions ............................ 49 U.S. governm ent...................................................... 50 Commercial banks in the United States .............. 51 Banks in foreign countries...................................... 52 Foreign governments and official institutions . . . 53 Certified and officers’ checks ................................ 54 Time and savings d e p o sits.......................................... 55 Savings ....................................................................... 56 Individuals and nonprofit organizations .......... Partnerships and corporations operated for 57 p r o f it............................................................... 58 Domestic governmental units ............................ 59 All o th e r ................................................................ 60 Time ........................................................................... 61 Individuals, partnerships, and corporations . . . 62 States and political subdivisions ........................ 63 U.S. governm ent................................................... 64 Commercial banks in the United States .......... Foreign governments, official institutions, and 65 b a n k s ............................................................... Liabilities for borrowed money 66 Borrowings from Federal Reserve B a n k s ............ 67 Treasury tax-and-loan notes ................ 68 All other liabilities for borrowed money3 ............ 69 Other liabilities and subordinated notes and debentures ............................................................. 228,289 838 158,408 5,835 1,107 41,422 8,991 2,459 9,229 313,978 72,570 68,317 206,621 744 142,108 5,126 1,609 39,116 7,739 1,658 8,519 316,877 75,671 71,425 202,179 714 140,293 4,817 1,835 37,148 7,558 1,475 8,338 316,915 75,626 71,376 191,315 611 132,325 5,177 1,465 34,089 8,350 1,822 7,474 319,032 75,482 71,370 185,520 574 127,902 4,846 1,676 34,038 8,047 1,457 6,980 321,019 74,493 70,368 191,992 733 130,316 5,282 3,506 34,459 7,177 1,783 8,736 321,653 75,642 71,497 188,857 623 128,010 4,696 1,979 34,976 9,901 1,546 7,126 320,325 75,538 71,387 201,991 747 137,783 4,755 1,651 37,777 9,487 2,292 7,499 320,282 75,860 71,634 183,252 566 123,719 4,714 1,579 35,288 8,434 1,591 7,360 320,996 75,072 70,984 391 3,594 636 23 241,408 205,810 20,185 300 8,422 3,537 689 20 241,206 206,231 19,935 301 8,169 3,555 673 22 241,290 206,376 19,976 314 8,227 3,451 637 23 243,550 208,187 20,207 297 8,557 3,473 631 21 246,526 210,710 20,718 309 8,448 3,454 671 20 246,011 210,394 20,567 298 8,416 3,461 670 19 244,788 209,275 20,755 298 8,085 3,491 715 20 244,422 208,897 20,789 310 8,009 3,416 655 18 245,924 209,948 21,207 306 8,108 19 5 6,691 6,569 6,396 6,302 6,340 6,336 6,375 6,418 6,355 1,055 6,696 119,822 316 2,803 133,386 1,950 2,408 134,609 582 4,386 125,512 467 6,007 121,091 119 1,939 126,758 375 1,821 126,689 202 2,008 130,179 4,412 5,895 124,549 63,016 60,147 59,729 60,148 61,217 61,773 61,984 63,008 64,685 74 70 Total liabilities.............................................................. 732,857 720,149 717,790 700,975 695,321 704,235 700,052 717,670 703,790 1,354 50,216 50,297 50,243 50,236 50,470 50,963 50,907 50,733 50,724 120 Securities 5 U.S. Treasury securities............................................... 6 7 Investment account, by maturity .......................... 8 One year or less .................................................. 9 Over one through five years .............................. 10 Over five years ..................................................... 11 Other secu rities............................................................ 1? 13 Investment a c co u n t.................................................. 14 U.S. government ag e n cies.................................. 15 States and political subdivision, by maturity .. 16 One year or less .............................................. 17 Over one year .................................................. 18 Other bonds, corporate stocks and securities . 148 71 76 1 106 106 50 58 11 48 -3 Loans 1,192 354 354 354 448 377 -6 7 1 2 6 3 37 11 1,143 155 Deposits 71 Residual (total assets minus total liabilities)4 1. Includes securities purchased under agreements to resell. 2. Other than financial institutions and brokers and dealers. 3. Includes federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase; for information on these liabilities at banks with assets of $1 billion FRASER or more on Dec. 31, 1977, see table 1.13. Digitized for 325 17 2 9 11 26 861 296 271 565 479 79 5 2 29 4. This is not a measure of equity capital for use in capital adequacy analysis or for other analytic uses. Weekly Reporting Banks 1.27 A19 LARGE WEEKLY REPORTING COMMERCIAL BANKS with Domestic Assets of $1 Billion or More on December 31, 1977, Assets and Liabilities Millions of dollars, Wednesday figures 1980 Feb. IIP Feb. ISP Feb. 25p Adjust ment bank, 1980 1981 Account Dec. 31 Jan. 7 Jan. 14 Jan. 21 Jan. 28p Feb. 4p 1 Cash items in process of collection ...................................... 2 Demand deposits due from banks in the United States . . . 3 All other cash and due from depository institutions ........ 62,722 20,856 31,838 54,008 20,849 29,192 53,487 18,840 33,559 49,255 19,538 27,536 47,184 19,680 28,758 50,544 18,580 29,500 46,644 18,873 31,640 59,169 21,572 31,267 48,181 19,370 32,563 33 -1 9 -2 4 1 4 Total loans and securities......................................................... 526,068 529,522 523,956 520,106 516,504 520,140 514,146 519,922 517,070 1,368 36,649 4,313 32,337 9,475 19,886 2,976 71,913 3,234 68,680 14,903 51,113 6,592 44,521 2,663 37,804 6,341 31,463 8,852 19,588 3,022 72,041 3,234 68,806 14,988 51,189 6,489 44,700 2,629 37,662 6,547 31,115 8,704 19,294 3,117 71,191 2,469 68,722 14,868 51,183 6,407 44,776 2,671 37,494 6,465 31,029 8,678 19,228 3,124 70,890 2,260 68,630 14,829 51,145 6,404 44,741 2,656 36,973 6,258 30,715 8,524 19,097 3,094 71,045 2,435 68,610 14,822 51,096 6,442 44,654 2,692 38,281 7,452 30,829 8,627 19,112 3,091 71,743 3,503 68,240 14,831 50,798 6,416 44,382 2,611 37,318 6,410 30,908 8,714 19,110 3,084 70,699 2,554 68,145 14,852 50,659 6,272 44,387 2,633 37,575 6,671 30,904 8,456 19,310 3,138 70,526 2,365 68,161 14,894 50,632 6,264 44,368 2,635 37,871 7,034 30,838 8,485 19,155 3,198 70,937 2,761 68,176 14,864 50,691 6,316 44,374 2,620 146 23 Other loans, g ro s s ..................................................................... 24 Commercial and industrial ................................................. Bankers acceptances and commercial paper .............. 25 26 A llo th e r ............................................................................. 27 U.S. addressees............................................................. 28 Non-U S addressees . .. ... 29 Real estate ............................................................................. 30 To individuals for personal expenditures ........................ To financial institutions 31 Commercial banks in the United States ...................... 32 Banks in foreign co u n tries.............................................. 33 Sales finance, personal finance companies, etc .......... 34 Other financial institutions ............................................ 35 To nonbank brokers and dealers in securities .. 36 To others for purchasing and carrying securities2 .......... 37 To finance agricultural p ro duction.................................... A llo th e r................................................................................. 38 39 L ess : Unearned in c o m e ........................................................... 40 Loan loss reserve ......................................................... 41 Other loans, net ....................................................................... 42 Lease financing receivables..................................................... 43 All other assets ......................................................................... 24,330 16,489 5,882 1,959 404,526 165,826 4,006 161,820 154,604 7,216 105,403 63,634 30,163 20,919 7,233 7,011 400,974 164,358 4,015 160,343 153,175 7,167 105,777 63,929 26,912 19,033 5,606 2,273 399,711 164,253 4,435 159,818 152,600 7,218 106,111 63,727 25,935 16,696 6,677 2,563 397,322 163,142 3,767 159,375 152,080 7,295 106,194 63,492 24,058 15,998 5,839 2,221 395,953 162,636 4,008 158,628 151,295 7,333 106,432 63,376 24,497 17,104 5,284 2,108 397,138 163,215 4,047 159,168 152,060 7,108 106,750 63,130 23,312 16,096 5,566 1,650 394,380 161,488 3,395 158,093 150,978 7,116 106,949 62,858 26,554 19,298 5,633 1,623 396,882 161,655 4,001 157,655 150,583 7,072 107,151 62,832 25,461 18,138 5,435 1,889 394,406 160,853 3,516 157,337 150,371 6,966 107,238 62,730 5,226 9,692 9,911 15,522 7,701 1,909 5,259 14,443 6,029 5,322 393,175 9,050 85,194 4,425 4,561 9,260 9,357 10,069 9,836 15,190 15,007 6,830 6,306 1,866 1,944 5,209 5,185 13,424 14,061 6,062 6,132 5,398 5,387 389,514 388,191 9,230 9,038 81,474 83,233 3,995 9,625 9,806 14,888 5,662 1,902 5,163 13,454 6,130 5,406 385,786 9,246 79,998 4,103 8,947 9,805 14,921 5,456 1,965 5,192 13,120 6,115 5,410 384,427 9,324 79,787 3,788 8,907 9,758 15,006 5,494 1,977 5,197 13,915 6,015 5,504 385,619 9,635 81,396 4,217 8,500 9,680 14,888 5,124 1,991 5,156 13,527 6,032 5,531 382,816 9,660 85,156 4,534 9,066 9,734 14,962 5,242 2,047 5,188 14,471 6,059 5,556 385,267 9,665 80,517 4,269 8,283 9,613 14,772 5,835 2,050 5,234 13,530 6,030 5,575 382,800 9,711 82,587 44 Total assets................................................................................. 735,728 724,084 705,679 701,237 709,795 706,120 722,113 709,482 1,295 45 Demand deposits....................................................................... 46 Mutual savings banks ........................................................... 47 Individuals, partnerships, and corporations .................... 48 States and political subdivisions ........................................ 49 U.S. governm ent................................................................... 50 Commercial banks in the United States .......................... 51 Banks in foreign co u n tries................................................... 52 Foreign governments and official institutions ................ 53 Certified and officers' checks ............................................ 54 Time and savings d e p o s its ....................................................... 55 Savings ................................................................................... 56 Individuals and nonprofit organizations ...................... 57 Partnerships and corporations operated for profit . . . 58 Domestic governmental units ........................................ 59 All o th e r ............................................................................. 60 Time ....................................................................................... 61 Individuals, partnerships, and corporations ................ 62 States and political subdivisions .................................... U.S. governm ent............................................................... 63 64 Commercial banks in the United States ...................... 65 Foreign governments, official institutions, and banks Liabilities for borrowed money 66 Borrowings from Federal Reserve B a n k s ........................ 67 Treasury tax-and-loan notes .............................................. 68 All other liabilities for borrowed money3 ........................ 69 Other liabilities and subordinated notes and debentures 213,901 193,670 189,665 179,027 712 131,862 4,560 1,424 37,623 7,662 1,657 8,170 295,548 69,939 66,030 3,266 622 20 225,609 192,915 17,995 285 7,846 6,569 688 130,481 4,190 1,579 35,770 7,480 1,474 8,002 295,621 69,841 65,921 3,287 612 22 225,780 193,088 18,086 298 7,912 6,396 581 122,873 4,437 1,114 32,740 8,273 1,821 7,188 297,756 69,743 65,959 3,183 578 23 228,012 194,908 18,286 282 8,234 6,302 174,184 551 119,046 4,227 1,477 32,764 7,954 1,454 6,709 299,786 68,821 65,034 3,200 565 21 230,965 197,431 18,782 294 8,118 6,340 179,864 700 121,057 4,612 3,214 33,002 7,105 1,782 8,392 300,186 69,902 66,081 3,190 611 20 230,284 197,003 18,569 283 8,093 6,336 177,229 599 118,882 4,066 1,799 33,691 9,830 1,545 6,817 298,883 69,814 65,991 3,193 610 19 229,069 195,827 18,827 283 7,757 6,375 189,469 716 128,027 4,204 1,474 36,171 9,418 2,253 7,207 298,832 70,105 66,206 3,222 656 20 228,727 195,518 18,812 294 7,685 6,418 172,156 544 115,062 4,096 1,412 33,977 8,369 1,590 7,106 299,350 69,358 65,588 3,148 603 18 229,992 196,419 19,169 290 7,759 6,355 302 806 147,106 5,192 990 39,769 8,877 2,454 8,708 293,036 67,133 63,227 3,310 573 23 225,904 192,582 18,249 284 8,097 6,691 972 6,225 113,095 61,554 211 2,555 126,522 58,576 1,816 2,185 127,823 58,249 540 3,998 118,656 58,750 368 5,541 114,368 59,827 72 1,759 119,898 60,319 375 1,710 119,792 60,526 97 1,821 122,922 61,526 4,272 5,520 117,570 63,206 27 73 70 Total liabilities........................................................................... 688,784 677,083 675,359 658,727 654,072 662,098 658,515 674,668 662,075 1,176 71 Residual (total assets minus total liabilities)4 .................... 46,945 47,001 46,946 46,951 47,165 47,698 47,605 47,445 47,407 118 Securities 5 U.S. Treasury securities........................................................... 6 7 Investment account, by maturity ...................................... 8 One year or less ............................................................... 9 Over one through five years .......................................... 10 Over five years ................................................................. 11 Other secu rities......................................................................... V 13 14 15 16 17 18 Investment ac co u n t............................................................... U.S. government agencies.............................................. States and political subdivision, by maturity .............. One year or less ........................................................... Over one year ............................................................... Other bonds, corporate stocks and securities ............ 146 69 76 1 103 103 50 56 8 48 -3 Loans 19 Federal funds sold1 ................................................................... 20 To commercial banks ........................................................... 'M 99 722,305 37 37 1,128 339 339 339 418 362 -6 7 1 2 6 -1 35 11 1,081 153 Deposits 1. Includes securities purchased under agreements to resell. 2. Other than financial institutions and brokers and dealers. 3. Includes federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreement to re purchase; for information on these liabilities at banks with assets of $1 billion or more on Dec. 31, 1977, see table 1.13. 240 15 2 9 11 26 774 238 214 19 5 536 451 79 5 2 4. This is not a measure of equity capital for use in capital adequacy analysis or for other analytic uses. A20 1.28 Domestic Financial Statistics □ March 1981 LARGE WEEKLY REPORTING COMMERCIAL BANKS IN NEW YORK CITY Assets and Liabilities Millions of dollars, Wednesday figures 1980 1981 Account Dec. 31 Jan. 7 Jan. 14 Jan. 21 Jan. 28p Feb. 4p Feb. IIP Feb. 18P Feb. 25p 1 Cash items in process of collection ...................................... 2 Demand deposits due from banks in the United States . . . 3 All other cash and due from depository institutions ........ 24,782 14,724 7,742 20,614 15,101 8,286 21,628 13,387 11,388 18,696 14,305 5,904 18,644 14,527 7,178 18,772 12,841 7,712 17,906 13,247 8,378 19,549 15,089 10,642 18,827 14,232 8,419 4 Total loans and securities1 ....................................................... 129,586 129,279 126,775 125,235 123,296 124,325 121,931 125,738 123,490 8,418 1,454 6,412 551 8,238 1,585 6,113 539 7,990 1,619 5,817 554 7,990 1,593 5,848 549 7,985 1,614 5,834 537 8,004 1,666 5,809 529 7,975 1,653 5,807 515 8,266 1,612 6,085 570 8,120 1,598 5,952 570 13,676 2,305 10,750 1,664 9,087 620 13,752 2,319 10,797 1,668 9,129 636 13,698 2,303 10,753 1,562 9,190 642 13,702 2,298 10,776 1,562 9,214 627 13,675 2,296 10,757 1,554 9,203 622 13,617 2,307 10,685 1,482 9,202 626 13,525 2,302 10,612 1,387 9,225 611 13,532 2,302 10,613 1,378 9,234 618 13,561 2,331 10,627 1,380 9,247 602 19 Federal funds sold3 ................................................................... 20 To commercial banks ........................................................... 21 To nonbank brokers and dealers in securities ................ 22 To others ............................................................................... 23 Other loans, g ro s s ..................................................................... 24 Commercial and industrial ................................................ 25 Bankers acceptances and commercial paper .............. 26 A llo th e r ............................................................................. 27 U.S. ad dressees............................................................. 28 Non-U.S. addressees ................................................... 29 Real estate ............................................................................. 30 To individuals for personal expenditures ........................ 31 To financial institutions Commercial banks in the United States ...................... 32 Banks in foreign co u n tries.............................................. Sales finance, personal finance companies, etc............ 33 34 Other financial institutions ............................................ 35 To nonbank brokers and dealers in securities ................ 36 To others for purchasing and carrying securities4 .......... 37 To finance agricultural p roduction.................................... 38 A llo th e r................................................................................. 39 L ess: Unearned in c o m e........................................................... 40 Loan loss reserve ......................................................... 41 Other loans, net ....................................................................... 42 Lease financing receivables.................................................... 43 All other assets5 .............................................................................. 7,284 3,461 3,061 762 103,141 51,754 767 50,986 48,477 2,510 14,826 9,369 9,819 5,414 3,605 801 100,435 51,243 790 50,453 47,995 2,458 14,816 9,446 7,994 4,210 2,678 1,105 100,084 51,551 1,183 50,368 47,784 2,584 14,890 9,392 7,780 3,914 2,890 976 98,762 51,082 942 50,140 47,528 2,612 14,891 9,403 7,254 3,836 2,545 872 97,385 50,614 1,056 49,558 46,944 2,614 14,941 9,396 6,979 3,536 2,640 802 98,709 50,845 1.155 49.690 47.077 2.613 15.115 9,389 6,112 2,517 2,917 678 97,327 49,785 680 49,105 46,496 2,609 15,154 9,390 8,738 5,267 2,956 515 98,230 49,857 1,037 48,820 46,231 2,588 15,180 9,422 7,823 4,569 2,664 590 97,030 49,378 886 48,491 45,951 2,540 15,237 9,388 2,081 5,072 4,395 4,848 4,838 405 435 5,117 1,149 1,783 100,208 1,758 37,241 1,502 4,689 4,547 4,703 3,960 395 439 4,695 1,157 1,809 97,470 1,768 36,975 1,660 4,686 4,342 4,621 3,602 431 444 4,465 1,187 1,804 97,093 1,966 38,782 1,268 4,918 4,238 4,562 3,055 424 447 4,474 1,190 1,808 95,764 1,966 34,272 1,280 4,326 4,181 4,454 3,024 472 422 4,274 1,198 1,804 94,382 1,973 34,615 1,163 4,387 4,300 4,541 3,207 489 439 4,832 1,146 1,839 95,724 2,271 37,144 1,359 4,160 4,273 4,434 3,068 489 436 4,778 1,153 1,856 94,318 2,259 39,498 1,643 4,592 4,232 4,432 3,075 507 439 4,851 1,163 1,866 95,201 2,259 35,403 1,430 4,051 4,162 4,380 3,563 504 432 4,504 1,170 1,874 93,986 2,261 36,713 44 Total assets................................................................................. 215,832 212,022 213,926 200,380 200,234 203,064 203,219 208,680 203,942 45 Demand deposits....................................................................... 46 Mutual savings b a n k s ........................................................... 47 Individuals, partnerships, and corporations .................... 48 States and political subdivisions ........................................ 49 U.S. governm ent................................................................... 50 Commercial banks in the United States .......................... 51 Banks in foreign countries................................................... 52 Foreign governments and official institutions ................ Certified and officers’ checks ............................................ 53 54 Time and savings d e p o s its...................................................... 55 Savings ................................................................................... Individuals and nonprofit organizations ...................... 56 57 Partnerships and corporations operated for profit . . . 58 Domestic governmental units ........................................ 59 A llo th e r ............................................................................. 60 Time ....................................................................................... 61 Individuals, partnerships, and corporations ................ 62 States and political subdivisions .................................... 63 U.S. governm ent............................................................... 64 Commercial banks in the United States ...................... 65 Foreign governments, official institutions, and banks Liabilities for borrowed money 66 Borrowings from Federal Reserve B a n k s ........................ 67 Treasury tax-and-loan notes ............................................... 68 All other liabilities for borrowed money6 ........................ 69 Other liabilities and subordinated notes and debentures .. 77,180 436 38,646 578 173 24,145 7,045 2,073 4,083 57,318 9,547 9,124 308 107 8 47,770 41,064 1,436 14 2,370 2,886 69,113 383 33,926 366 350 23,240 5,832 1,355 3,662 57,961 9,558 9,131 305 115 6 48,403 41,882 1,384 14 2,305 2,818 69,240 363 35,087 467 401 22,373 5,680 1,139 3,731 57,590 9,476 9,059 297 113 7 48,114 41,575 1,339 22 2,460 2,719 64,510 307 32,596 528 291 19,279 6,607 1,523 3,379 57,962 9,330 8,928 290 104 7 48,633 42,044 1,413 25 2,515 2,636 64,199 285 32,274 525 352 20,231 6,184 1,160 3,186 58,096 9,150 8,746 289 111 4 48,946 42,395 1,508 24 2,347 2,672 64,125 362 31,660 492 831 19,328 5,517 1,501 4,432 58,201 9,239 8,823 2.90 122 4 48,961 42,402 1,559 32 2,304 2,664 64,920 331 30,646 424 426 20,641 8,028 1,277 3,146 57,318 9,217 8,787 289 136 5 48,101 41,492 1,674 37 2,196 2,702 67,386 381 33,776 431 306 20,029 7,561 1,925 2,976 56,444 9,231 8,797 287 144 3 47,213 40,503 1,725 38 2,213 2,734 64,502 292 30,715 425 240 21,529 6,583 1,329 3,389 55,707 9,147 8,721 288 135 3 46,560 39,631 1,770 36 2,258 2,865 475 1,833 37,976 25,296 95 45,713 23,402 1,490 1 47,020 22,958 1 39,535 22,816 1 38,223 24,175 2 40,516 24,342 150 583 40,394 24,002 354 43,974 24,727 2,730 1,500 38,151 25,637 70 Total liabilities........................................................................... 200,077 196,283 198,300 184,825 184,695 187,187 187,367 192,884 188,227 71 Residual (total assets minus total liabilities)4 .................... 15,755 15,738 15,627 15,555 15,539 15,877 15,852 15,796 15,716 Securities 5 U.S. Treasury securities2 ......................................................... 6 Trading account2 ................................................................... Investment account, by maturity ...................................... 7 8 One year or less ............................................................... 9 Over one through five years .......................................... Over five years ................................................................. 10 11 1? Trading account2 ................................................................... 13 Investment ac co u n t............................................................... 14 U.S. government agencies.............................................. 15 States and political subdivision, by maturity .............. 16 One year or less ........................................................... 17 Over one year ............................................................... 18 Other bonds, corporate stocks and securities ............ Loans Deposits 1. 2. 3. 4. Excludes trading account securities. Not available due to confidentiality. Includes securities purchased under agreements to resell. Other than financial institutions and brokers and dealers. 5. Includes trading account securities. 6. Includes federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase 7. This is not a measure of equity capital for use in capital adequacy analysis or for other analytic uses. Weekly Reporting Banks 1.29 LARGE WEEKLY REPORTING COMMERCIAL BANKS A21 Balance Sheet Memoranda Millions of dollars, Wednesday figures 1980 1981 Account D ec. 31 Jan. 7 Jan. 14 Jan. 21 Jan. 28p Feb. Ap Feb. IIP Feb. 18P Feb. 25 p Adjust ment bank, 1980 B anks with A ssets o f $750 M illion or M ore 1 Total loans (gross} and securities adjusted1 . 2 Total loans (gross) adjusted1 ............................. 3 Dem and deposits adjusted2 ................................ 551,646 433,582 119,700 551,605 432,308 109,123 547,441 429,250 106,799 546,631 428,902 103,530 543,287 425,949 100,147 546,167 426,795 100,605 540,576 423,198 102,762 542,963 425,404 99,767 541,405 423,216 95,600 1,451 1,197 347 4 Time deposits in accounts of $100,000 or m o r e .................................................................... 5 Negotiable CDs .................................................. 6 Other time deposits ........................................... 159,443 116,374 43,069 158,357 114,827 43,530 158,214 114,303 43,912 160,187 115,864 44,324 162,410 117,693 44,717 161,311 116,453 44,858 160,059 114,752 45,307 159,520 114,292 45,228 160,016 114,208 45,808 113 54 58 7 Loans sold outright to affiliates3 ....................... 8 Commercial and industrial ............................. 9 Other ...................................................................... 2,748 1,800 947 2,773 1,862 911 2,778 1,865 913 2,753 1,833 920 2,760 1,850 910 2,785 1,878 906 2,793 1,884 909 2,883 1,977 906 2,760 1,846 913 10 Total loans (gross} and securities adjusted1 11 Total loans (gross) adjusted1 ............................. 12 Dem and deposits adjusted2 ................................ 515,704 407,141 110,420 515,638 405,793 100,615 511,882 403,029 98,828 510,951 402,567 95,917 507,928 399,910 92,758 510,767 400,743 93,105 505,397 397,380 95,094 507,706 399,604 92,655 506,268 397,460 88,586 1,382 1,133 258 13 Time deposits in accounts of $100,000 or m o r e .................................................................... 14 Negotiable CDs .................................................. 15 Other time deposits ........................................... 150,394 109,936 40,458 149,306 108,419 40,888 149,236 107,974 41,262 151,237 109,592 41,645 153,504 111,477 42,026 152,239 110,113 42,125 151,030 108,473 42,556 150,508 108,004 42,504 150,840 107,803 43,038 110 54 56 16 Loans sold outright to affiliates3 ....................... 17 Commercial and industrial ............................. 18 Other ...................................................................... 2,711 1,783 928 2,733 1,839 893 2,738 1,838 900 2,708 1,801 907 2,725 1,825 900 2,748 1,850 898 2,756 1,856 901 2,849 1,948 900 2,724 1,818 905 19 Total loans (gross) and securities adjusted1-4 20 Total loans (gross) adjusted1 ............................. 21 Dem and deposits adjusted2 ................................ 126,976 104,883 28,081 125,329 103,338 24,909 123,896 102,208 24,838 123,052 101,360 26,244 121,183 99,522 24,972 122,610 100,988 25,194 121,063 99,563 25,946 121,857 100,058 27,502 120,534 98,854 23,906 175 65 -2 4 8 22 Time deposits in accounts of $100,000 or m o r e .................................................................... Negotiable CDs .................................................. Other time deposits ........................................... 37,811 28,649 9,162 38,263 29,154 9,109 38,033 28,877 9,156 38,579 29,294 9,285 38,826 29,595 9,232 38,753 29,235 9,518 37,925 28,229 9,696 37,044 27,493 9,552 36,172 26,680 9,492 55 B anks with A ssets of $1 B illion or M ore B anks in N ew Y ork C ity 23 24 55 1. Exclusive of loans and federal funds transactions with domestic commercial 3. Loans sold are those sold outright to a bank’s own foreign branches, non banks. consolidated nonbank affiliates of the bank, the bank’s holding company (if not 2. All demand deposits except U.S. government and domestic banks less cash a bank), and nonconsolidated nonbank subsidiaries of the holding company, items in process of collection. 4. Excludes trading account securities. A22 Domestic Financial Statistics □ March 1981 1.30 LARGE WEEKLY REPORTING COMMERCIAL BANKS Domestic Classified Commercial and Industrial Loans Millions of dollars Outstanding Net change during 1980 Industry classification Oct. 29 1980 1981 Nov. 26 Dec. 31 Jan. 28 Feb. 25p Q3 Q4 Adjust ment bank1 1981 Dec. Jan. Feb .p 1 Durable goods m anufacturing............ 23,335 24,088 24,676 24,378 24,424 783 1,164 587 -3 0 0 45 2 Nondurable goods manufacturing . . . 3 Food, liquor, and to b a c c o .............. 4 Textiles, apparel, and le a th e r ........ 5 Petroleum refining ........................... 6 Chemicals and rubber .................... 7 Other nondurable goods ................ 20,273 4,584 5,070 3,153 3,846 3,620 20,804 4,921 4,906 3,129 4,158 3,690 20,503 5,384 4,150 3,633 3,917 3,419 19,359 4,915 4,096 3,185 3,782 3,381 18,937 4,529 4,364 2,929 3,673 3,442 1,195 649 269 -2 8 30 275 970 1,033 -1,054 947 184 -1 4 0 -3 0 1 463 -7 5 6 504 -241 -271 -1,142 -4 6 6 -5 4 -4 4 8 -1 3 5 -3 9 -422 -386 268 -256 -109 61 -1 7 7 -316 -6 9 7 -4 4 7 -248 -2 -307 -2 4 2 -3 5 0 285 -5 7 3 -1 1 7 -1 3 6 -3 2 0 -4 7 2 -1 1 4 -8 7 -2 7 0 -42 394 159 286 103 8 Mining (including crude petroleum and natural g a s ) ............................ 14,716 15,338 16,427 16,251 15,935 199 2,471 9 T ra d e ....................................................... 10 Commodity d e a le rs .......................... 11 Other wholesale .............................. 12 R e ta il................................................... 26,270 2,470 11,876 11,923 27,050 2,402 12,182 12,467 26,250 2,563 12,306 11,381 25,552 2,116 12,057 11,378 25,245 1,874 11,707 11,663 350 588 -9 4 -144 1,300 444 720 136 -801 161 124 13 Transportation, communication, and other public utilities ............ 14 T ransportation .................................. 15 C om m unication................................. 16 Other public u tilities........................ 19,316 7,788 3,094 8,434 20,099 8,019 3,161 8,919 21,316 8,374 3,319 9,623 20,741 8,254 3,184 9,303 20,270 8,139 3,097 9,033 478 136 154 188 2,093 638 326 1,128 1,217 354 158 704 17 C onstruction.......................................... 18 Services................................................... 19 All other2 ............................................... 5,924 21,530 15,634 5,992 22,160 16,146 5,993 22,853 16,586 5,950 23,247 15,816 6,109 23,533 15,919 60 1,014 403 -3 7 1,542 1,184 1 693 440 20 Total domestic loans ............................ 146,998 154,604 151,295 150,371 4,483 10,687 2,926 21 M emo : Term loans (original maturity more than 1 year) included in do mestic loans .................................. 76,912 81,745 81,794 0,147 2,241 5,209 2,789 78,956 1. Adjustment bank amounts represent accumulated adjustments originally made to offset the cumulative effects of mergers. These adjustment amounts should be added to outstanding data for any date in the year to establish comparability with any date in the subsequent year. Changes shown have been adjusted for these amounts. 2. Includes commercial and industrial loans at a few banks with assets of $1 billion or more that do not classify their loans. - 1,111 -3,648 -1 -3 -2 ’ 341’ 339 -1,647 N o t e . New series. The 134 large weekly reporting commercial banks with do mestic assets of $1 billion or more as of December 31, 1977, are included in this series. The revised series is on a last-Wednesday-of-the-month basis. Partly esti mated historical data are available from the Banking Section, Division of Research and Statistics, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, D .C ., 20551. Deposits and Commercial Paper 1.31 A23 GROSS DEMAND DEPOSITS of Individuals, Partnerships, and Corporations1 Billions of dollars, estimated daily-average balances Commercial banks Type of holder 19792 1975 Dec. 1976 Dec. 1977 Dec. 1980 1978 Dec. Sept. Dec. Mar. June Sept. Dec. 1 All holders—Individuals, partnerships, and corporations........................................................... 236.9 250.1 274.4 294.6 292.4 302.2 288.4 288.6 302.0 316.8 2 3 4 5 6 20.1 125.1 78.0 2.4 11.3 22.3 130.2 82.6 2.7 12.4 25.0 142.9 91.0 2.5 12.9 27.8 152.7 97.4 2.7 14.1 26.7 148.8 99.2 2.8 14.9 27.1 157.7 99.2 3.1 15.1 28.4 144.9 97.6 3.1 14.4 27.7 145.3 97.9 3.3 14.4 29.6 151.9 101.8 3.2 15.5 29.8 162.3 104.0 3.3 17.4 Financial business ......................................................... Nonfinancial b u sin ess................................................... C o nsum er....................................................................... F o re ig n ........................................................................... O th e r............................................................................... Weekly reporting banks 19793 1975 Dec. 1976 Dec. 1977 Dec. Sept. 7 All holders—Individuals, partnerships, and corporations........................................................... 8 9 10 11 12 Financial business ......................................................... Nonfinancial b u sin ess................................................... C o n sum er....................................................................... F o re ig n ........................................................................... O th e r............................................................................... Mar. Dec. June Sept. Dec. 124.4 128.5 139.1 147.0 132.7 139.3 133.6 133.9 140.6 147.4 15.6 69.9 29.9 2.3 6.6 17.5 69.7 31.7 2.6 7.1 18.5 76.3 34.6 2.4 7.4 19.8 79.0 38.2 2.5 7.5 19.7 69.1 33.7 2.8 7.4 20.1 74.1 34.3 3.0 7.8 20.1 69.1 34.2 3.0 7.2 20.2 69.2 33.9 3.1 7.5 21.2 72.4 36.0 3.1 7.9 21.6 77.7 36.3 3.1 8.7 1. Figures include cash items in process of collection. Estimates of gross deposits are based on reports supplied by a sample of commercial banks. Types of depositors in each category are described in the June 1971 B u l l e t i n , p. 466. 2. Beginning with the March 1979 survey, the demand deposit ownership survey sample was reduced to 232 banks from 349 banks, and the estimation procedure was modified slightly. To aid in comparing estimates based on the ola and new reporting sample, the following estimates in billions of dollars for December 1978 have been constructed using the new smaller sample; financial business, 27.0; nonfinancial business, 146.9; consumer, 98.3; foreign, 2.8; and other, 15.1. 1.32 1980 1978 Dec. 3. After the end of 1978 the large weekly reporting bank panel was changed to 170 large commercial banks, each of which had total assets in domestic offices exceeding $750 million as of Dec. 31, 1977. See “Announcements,” p. 408 in the May 1978 B u l l e t i n . Beginning in March 1979. demand deposit ownership esti mates for these large banks are constructed quarterly on the basis of 97 sample banks and are not comparable with earlier data. The following estimates in billions of dollars for December 1978 have been constructed for the new large-bank panel; financial business, 18.2; nonfinancial business. 67.2; consumer, 32.8; foreign, 2.5; other, 6.8. COMMERCIAL PAPER AND BANKERS DOLLAR ACCEPTANCES OUTSTANDING Millions of dollars, end of period 1980 Instrument 1977 Dec. 1978 Dec. 19791 Dec. 1981 1980 Dec. July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan. Commercial paper (seasonally adjusted) 1 All is s u e rs ................................................... 65.036 83,420 112,803 125,068 122,259 122,607 123,460 122,383 124,776 125,068 127,957 8,888 2,132 12,300 3,521 17,579 2,874 19,847 3,561 18.207 3,198 19.092 3.313 19.509 3,370 18,992 3,442 19,556 3,436 19,847 3.561 20,103 3,670 40,612 7,102 15,536 51,755 12,314 19,365 64,931 17,598 30,293 68,083 22,382 37,138 63,777 19,239 40,275 64.550 19,909 38,965 65,542 19,692 38,409 66,628 21,146 36,763 67,345 21,939 37,875 68,083 22,382 37,138 68,318 22,570 39,536 Financial companies2 2 3 Dealer-placed paper 3 Total ....................................................... Bank-related ......................................... Directly placed paper* 4 Total ....................................................... 5 Bank-related ......................................... 6 Nonfinancial companies5 ........................ Bankers dollar acceptances (not seasonally adjusted) 7 Total ........................................................... 25,450 33,700 45,321 54,744 54,334 54,486 55,774 56,610 55,226 54,744 54,465 10,434 8,915 1,519 8,579 7,653 927 9,865 8,327 1,538 10,564 8,963 1,601 9,764 8,603 1,161 9,644 8.544 1.100 10,275 9,004 1,270 11.317 9,808 1,509 10,236 8,837 1,399 10,564 8,963 1,601 9,371 7,951 1,420 954 362 13,700 1 664 24,456 704 1,382 33,370 776 1,791 41,614 310 1,899 42,361 277 1.841 42.724 499 1,820 43,179 566 1,915 42,813 523 1,852 42,616 776 1,791 41,614 0 1,771 43,323 6,378 5,863 13,209 8,574 7,586 17,540 10,270 9,640 25,411 11,776 12,712 30,257 12,109 12,401 29,824 11,861 12.582 30.043 11,731 12,991 31,052 12,254 13,445 30,911 11,774 13,670 29,782 11,776 12,712 30,257 11,903 12,816 29,746 H older 8 Accepting banks ....................................... 9 Own bills ............................................... 10 Bills bought ........................................... Federal Reserve Banks 11 Own account ......................................... 12 Foreign correspondents ...................... 13 O th e rs ......................................................... Basis 14. Imports into United States .................... 15 Exports from United States .................. 16 All o t h e r ..................................................... 1. A change in reporting instructions results in offsetting shifts in the dealerplaced and directly placed financial company paper in October 1979. 2. Institutions engaged primarily in activities such as, but not limited to, com mercial, savings, and mortgage banking; sales, personal, and mortgage financing; factoring, finance leasing, and other business lending; insurance underwriting; and other investment activities. 3. Includes all financial company paper sold by dealers in the open market. 4. As reported by financial companies that place their paper directly with inves tors. 5. Includes public utilities and firms engaged primarily in such activities as com munications. construction, manufacturing, mining, wholesale and retail trade, transportation, and reserves. A24 1.33 Domestic Financial Statistics □ March 1981 PRIME RATE CHARGED BY BANKS on Short-Term Business Loans Percent per annum Effective date 1980—Oct. 1 .................. 17 .................. 29 .................. Nov. 6 .................. 1 7 .................. 2 1 .................. 2 6 .................. Dec. 2 .................. 5 .................. 1.34 Rate Effective Date Rate Month Average rate Month Average rate 13.50 14.00 14.50 15.50 16.25 17.00 17.75 18.50 19.00 1980—Dec 10 .................. 16 .................. 19 .................. 20.00 21.00 21.50 1981—Jan. 20.50 20.00 19.50 19.00 1980—Jan............................ Feb........................... M ar........................... A pr........................... May ........................ J u n e ........................ July ........................ 15.25 15.63 18.31 19.77 16.57 12.63 11.48 1980—Aug........................... Sept.......................... O ct............................ Nov........................... Dec........................... 11.12 12.23 13.79 16.06 20.35 1981—Jan............................ Feb........................... 20.16 19.43 Feb. 2 9 3 19 .................. .................. .................. .................. TERMS OF LENDING AT COMMERCIAL BANKS Survey of Loans Made, November 3-8, 1980 Size of loan (in thousands of dollars) Item All 1-24 25^9 50-99 100-499 1,000 and over 500-999 S hort -T erm C ommercial and Industrial L oans Am ount of loans (thousands of dollars) ......................... Number of loans ...................................................... ........... Weighted-average maturity (months) ............................. Weighted-average interest rate (percent per annum) . Interquartile range1 ........................................................... 13,100,722 131,579 2.2 15.71 15.12-16.65 729,247 92,779 3.0 15.97 14.75-17.23 549,089 16,539 3.5 15.72 13.52-17.11 562,389 9,235 2.9 16.39 15.50-17.50 1,819,646 10,024 3.0 15.52 14.50-16.75 665,483 1,049 3.4 15.87 15.31-16.61 8,774,868 1,953 1.7 15.68 15.25-16.50 Percentage o f am ount o f loans 6 With floating rate .................................................................... 7 Made under commitment .................................................... 8 With no stated m a tu r ity ........................................................ 50.5 45.7 25.2 25.0 25.1 14.9 27.9 22.3 12.0 40.7 35.3 17.4 52.1 46.4 24.3 68.3 65.6 31.0 53.0 48.0 27.1 1 2 3 4 5 L ong -T erm C ommercial and Industrial L oans Amount of loans (thousands of dollars) ......................... Number of loans ...................................................................... Weighted-average maturity (months) ............................. Weighted-average interest rate (percent per annum) . Interquartile range1 ........................................................... 3,152,110 17,989 46.3 15.07 14.50-15.62 306,233 15,060 48.3 15.42 14.93-16.65 571,615 2,245 34.4 15.29 14.75-15.50 171,411 245 40.6 15.20 14.50-16.25 2,102,851 439 49.6 14.95 14.50-15.50 Percentage o f am ount o f loans 14 With floating rate ................................................................... 15 Made under commitment .................................................... 70.1 58.1 39.3 29.0 29.5 25.1 72.3 70.2 85.5 70.3 9 10 11 12 13 C onstruction and L and D evelopment L oans 16 17 18 19 20 Amount of loans (thousands of dollars) ......................... Number of loans ...................................................................... Weighted-average maturity (months) ............................. Weighted-average interest rate (percent per annum) . Interquartile range1 ........................................................... 1,072,203 24,383 13.4 15.31 14.00-16.65 105,341 13,527 9.4 15.23 14.04-16.99 242,030 6,586 5.0 14.64 13.10-15.50 167,557 2,637 19.4 14.74 14.00-14.75 230,726 1,413 10.0 15.24 14.00-17.00 326,549 221 18.0 16.16 15.50-17.00 21 22 23 24 Percentage o f am ount o f loans With floating rate ................................................................... Secured by real estate .......................................................... Made under commitment .................................................... With no stated m a tu rity ........................................................ 44.4 81.9 60.9 16.5 22.7 84.3 48.7 4.9 8.8 98.2 60.9 26.9 45.6 96.7 21.5 3.1 47.9 89.8 78.2 35.8 74.7 56.0 73.0 5.8 Type o f construction 25 1- to 4-family ............................................................................. 26 M ultifam ily................................................................................. 27 N on resid en tial.......................................................................... 40.9 8.2 50.9 75.0 2.2 22.7 66.9 10.0 23.1 57.7 3.6 38.7 24.9 8.9 66.2 13.3 10.7 76.0 All sizes 10-24 1-9 25-49 50-99 250 and over 100-249 L oans to F armers 28 Amount of loans (thousands of dollars) ......................... 29 Number of loans ...................................................................... 30 Weighted-average maturity (months) ............................. 31 Weighted-average interest rate (percent per annum) . 32 Interquartile range1 ........................................................... 1,301,641 72,123 7.3 15.46 14.49-16.64 191,079 46,721 6.7 15.10 14.30-15.97 217,452 14,605 7.1 15.02 14.32-15.95 190,952 5,800 5.6 15.22 14.04-16.21 15.55 15.00-16.10 By purpose o f loan Feeder livestock ...................................................................... Other livestock ........................................................................ Other current operating expenses .................................... Farm machinery and e q u ip m en t........................................ O th e r ............................................................................................ 15.45 15.35 15.44 15.13 15.75 15.10 15.19 15.17 15.01 14.91 15.09 15.96 15.14 14.81 13.90 14.93 14.84 15.33 15.44 16.06 15.23 15.46 15.88 15.42 15.79 33 34 35 36 37 1. Interest rate range that covers the middle 50 percent of the total dollar amount of loans made. 2. Fewer than 10 sample loans. 196,075 2,838 6.6 275,324 1,789 10.6 15.74 14.48-16.64 230,759 370 5.8 15.96 14.93-17.05 15.79 15.30 15.97 16.32 (2) 15.21 (2) (2) 15.44 17.25 N ote . For more detail, see the Board’s E .2(111) statistical release, Securities Markets 1.35 A25 INTEREST RATES Money and Capital Markets Averages, percent per annum; weekly and monthly figures are averages of business day data unless otherwise noted. 1980 Instrument 1978 1979 1981, week ending 1981 1980 Nov. Dec. Jan. Feb. Jan. 30 Feb. 6 Feb. 13 Feb. 20 Feb. 27 M oney M arket R ates 1 Federal funds1 2 ............................................... Commercial paper3-4 2 1 -m o n th .......................................................... 3 3 -m o n th ........................................................... 4 6 -m o n th ........................................................... Finance paper, directly placed3-4 5 1 -m o n th .......................................................... 6 3 -m o n th ........................................................... 7 6 -m o n th ........................................................... Bankers acceptances4-5 8 3 -m o n th ........................................................... 9 6 -m o n th ........................................................... Certificates of deposit, secondary market6 10 1 -m o n th ........................................................... 11 3 -m o n th .......................................................... 12 6 -m o n th .......................................................... 13 Eurodollar deposits, 3-month2 .................. U .S. Treasury bills4 Secondary market7 14 3 -m o n th ...................................................... 15 6 -m o n th ...................................................... 16 1-year .......................................................... Auction average8 17 3 -m o n th ...................................................... 18 6 -m o n th ...................................................... 19 1-year ........................................................... 7.93 11.19 13.36 15.85 18.90 19.08 15.93 18.12 17.19 16.51 15.81 14.96 7.76 7.94 7.99 10.86 10.97 10.91 12.76 12.66 12.29 15.23 15.18 14.73 18.95 18.07 16.49 17.73 16.58 15.10 15.81 15.49 14.87 17.07 16.38 15.02 16.47 15.85 14.90 16.34 16.02 15.20 15.81 15.54 15.02 14.72 14.68 14.45 7.73 7.80 7.78 10.78 10.47 10.25 12.44 11.49 11.28 14.87 13.14 13.07 17.87 15.00 14.78 16.97 14.49 14.09 15.52 14.45 14.05 16.71 14.80 14.24 16.17 14.67 14.14 16.15 14.77 14.27 15.64 14.69 14.31 14.29 13.80 13.60 8.11 n.a. 11.04 n.a. 12.78 n.a. 15.34 n.a. 17.96 n.a. 16.62 14.88 15.54 14.89 16.32 14.91 15.86 14.88 16.18 15.28 15.40 14.95 14.83 14.55 7.88 8.22 8.61 8.78 11.03 11.22 11.44 11.96 12.91 13.07 12.99 14.00 15.39 15.68 15.36 16.46 19.24 18.65 17.10 19.47 17.99 17.19 15.92 18.07 16.11 16.14 16.00 17.18 17.43 17.03 15.92 18.56 16.63 16.38 15.81 17.23 16.79 16.71 16.43 17.16 16.23 16.31 16.33 18.11 14.96 15.31 15.59 16.59 7.19 7.58 7.74 10.07 10.06 9.75 11.43 11.37 10.89 13.73 13.50 12.66 15.49 14.64 13.23 15.02 14.08 12.62 14.79 14.05 12.99 15.01 14.01 12.68 14.90 13.92 12.84 15.51 14.63 13.31 14.68 14.00 12.98 14.19 13.76 12.89 7.221 7.572 7.678 10.041 10.017 9.817 11.506 11.374 10.748 13.888 13.612 12.219 15.661 14.770 13,261 14.724 13.883 12.554 14.905 14.134 12.801 15.199 14.121 13.033 14.657 13.735 15.397 14.430 15.464 14.760 14.103 13.611 12.801 8.34 8.34 10.67 10.12 12.05 11.77 14.15 13.51 14.88 14.08 14.08 13.26 14.57 13.92 14.41 13.67 9.71 9.52 9.48 9.44 9.33 9.29 11.55 11.48 11.43 11.46 11.39 11.30 13.31 12.83 12.71 12.68 12.44 12.37 13.65 13.25 13.00 12.84 12.49 12.40 13.01 12.77 12.66 12.57 12.29 12.14 13.65 13.41 13.28 13.19 12.98 12.80 13.41 13.13 13.00 12.95 12.72 12.60 14.92 14.22 13.95 13.86 13.59 13.45 13.39 13.15 12.99 14.50 13.81 8.29 8.32 8.36 8.41 8.48 8.49 14.24 13.39 13.25 13.13 12.89 12.78 12.74 12.48 12.32 13.53 13.32 13.24 13.16 12.97 12.77 14.50 14.02 14.00 13.80 13.63 13.45 13.32 13.10 12.89 C apital M arket R ates 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 U.S. Treasury notes and bonds9 Constant maturities10 1-year ........................................................... 2-year .......................................................... 2^ -year11 .................................................. 3-year ........................................................... 5-year ........................................................... 7-year ........................................................... 10-year ........................................................ 2 0 -y ea r........................................................ 3 0 -y ea r........................................................ 29 Com posite12 Over 10 years (long-term) .................. 7.89 8.74 10.81 11.83 11.89 11.65 12.23 11.80 12.02 12.41 12.21 12.32 State and local notes and bonds M oody’s series13 30 A a a ............................................................... 31 B a a ............................................................... 32 B o n d B u y er series14 .................................. 5.52 6.27 6.03 5.92 6.73 6.52 7.85 9.01 8.59 8.71 9.74 9.56 9.44 10.64 10.11 8.98 9.90 9.66 9.46 10.15 10.10 9.30 9.90 9.91 9.30 10.00 9.90 9.40 10.20 9.99 9.50 10.20 10.22 9.65 10.20 10.27 9.07 8.73 8.92 9.12 9.45 10.12 9.63 9.94 10.20 10.69 12.75 11.94 12.50 12.89 13.67 13.64 12.97 13.34 13.59 14.64 14.04 13.21 13.78 14.03 15.14 13.80 12.81 13.52 13.83 15.03 14.22 13.35 13.89 14.27 15.37 13.93 12.98 13.62 13.97 15.15 14.05 13.07 13.69 14.12 15.32 14.23 13.41 13.87 14.22 15.41 14.33 13.51 14.04 14.40 15.36 14.30 13.45 14.00 14.35 15.39 8.96 8.97 10.03 10.02 12.74 12.70 13.85 13.91 14.51 14.38 14.12 14.17 14.90 14.58 14.06 14.08 14.30 14.58 14.57 14.90 14.85 8.25 5.28 9.07 5.46 10.57 5.25 11.35 4.63 11.94 4.74 11.64 4.76 11.83 5.00 11.54 4.84 11.80 5.00 11.84 5.00 11.92 5.00 11.78 5.02 Corporate bonds Seasoned issues15 All industries ........................................... A a a ............................................................... A a ................................................................. A .................................................................... B a a ............................................................... Aaa utility bonds16 38 New i s s u e ................................................. 39 Recently offered i s s u e s ......................... 33 34 35 36 37 40 41 M emo : Dividend/price ratio17 Preferred stocks ........................................... Common stocks ........................................... 1. Weekly and monthly figures are averages of all calendar days, where the rate for a weekend or holiday is taken to be the rate prevailing on the preceding business day. The daily rate is the average of the rates on a given day weighted by the volume of transactions at these rates. 2. Weekly figures are statement week averages—that is, averages for the week ending Wednesday. 3. Beginning November 1977, unweighted average of offering rates quoted by at least five dealers (in the case of commercial paper), or finance companies (in the case of finance paper). Previously, most representative rate quoted by those dealers and finance companies. Before November 1979, maturities for data shown are 30-59 days, 90-119 days, and 120-179 days for commercial paper; and 30-59 days, 90-119 days, and 150-179 days for finance paper. 4. Yields are quoted on a bank-discount basis, rather than an investment yield basis (which would give a higher figure). 5. Dealer closing offered rates for top-rated banks. Most representative rate (which may be, but need not be, the average of the rates quoted by the dealers). 6. Unweighted average of offered rates quoted by at least five dealers early in the day. 7. Unweighted average of closing bid rates quoted by at least five dealers. 8. Rates are recorded in the week in which bills are issued. 9. Yields (not compounded) are based on closing bid prices quoted by at least five dealers. 10. Yields adjusted to constant maturities by the U.S. Treasury. That is, yields are read from a yield curve at fixed maturities. Based on only recently issued, actively traded securities. 11. Each monthly figure is an average of only five business days near the end of the month. The rate for each month was used to determine the maximum interest rate payable in the following month on small saver certificates, until June 2, 1980. Each weekly figure is calculated on a biweekly basis and is the average of five business days ending on the Monday following the calendar week. Beginning June 2, the biweekly rate is used to determine the maximum interest rate payable in the following two-week period on small saver certificates. (See table 1.16.) 12. Unweighted averages for all outstanding notes and bonds neither due nor callable in less than 10 years, including several very low yielding “flower” bonds. 13. General obligations only, based on figures for Thursday, from Moody’s Investors Service. 14. General obligations only, with 20 years to maturity, issued by 20 state and local governmental units of mixed quality. Based on figures for Thursday. 15. Daily figures from Moody’s Investors Service. Based on yields to maturity on selected long-term bonds. 16. Compilation of the Federal Reserve. Issues included are long-term (20 years or more). New-issue yields are based on quotations on date of offering; those on recently offered issues (included only for first 4 weeks after termination of under writer price restrictions), on Friday close-of-business quotations. 17. Standard and Poor’s corporate series. Preferred stock ratio based on a sample of ten issues: four public utilities, four industrials, one financial, and one trans portation. Common stock ratios on the 500 stocks in the price index. A26 1.36 Domestic Financial Statistics □ March 1981 STOCK MARKET Selected Statistics 1980 Indicator 1978 1981 1979 Aug. Sept Dec. Jan. Prices and trading (averages of daily figures) Com mon stock prices 1 New York Stock Exchange (Dec. 31, 1965 = 50) 2 Industrial ................................................................. 3 Transportation......................................................... 4 U tility ....................................................................... 5 Finance ..................................................................... 6 Standard & Poor’s Corporation (1941-43 = 10)1 . 7 American Stock Exchange (Aug. 31, 1973 = 100) 53.76 58.30 43.25 39.23 56.74 96.11 144.56 55.67 61.82 45.20 36.46 58.65 98.34 186.56 68.06 78.64 60.52 37.35 64.28 118.71 300.94 70.87 82.15 62.48 38.18 67.22 123.50 321.87 73.12 84.92 65.89 38.77 69.33 126.49 337.01 75.17 88.00 70.76 38.44 68.29 130.22 350.08 78.15 92.32 77.22 38.35 67.21 135.65 349.97 76.69 90.37 75.74 37.84 67.46 133.48 347.56 76.24 89.23 74.43 38.53 70.04 132.97 344.21 73.52 85.74 72.76 37.59 68.48 128.40 338.28 28,591 3,622 32,233 4,182 44,867 6,377 45,984 6,452 50,397 7,880 44,860 7,087 54,895 7,852 46,620 6,410 45,500 6,024 42,963 4,816 Volume o f trading (thousands o f shares) 8 New York Stock Exchange ...................................... 9 American Stock Exchange ...................................... Customer financing (end-of-period balances, in millions of dollars) 10 Regulated margin credit at brokers/dealers2 11,035 11,619 14,721 12,007 12,731 13,293 14,363 14,721 14,242 11 Margin stock3 .................................................. 12 Convertible b o n d s .......................................... 13 Subscription issues ........................................ 10,830 205 1 11,450 167 2 14,500 219 2 11,800 204 3 12,520 208 3 13,080 211 2 14,140 220 3 14,500 219 2 14,020 221 1 835 2,510 1,105 4,060 1,695 4,925 1,850 5,680 n .a. Free credit balances at brokers4 14 M argin-account.............................................. 15 C ash-account.................................................. 2,105' 6,070' l,950c 5,500c 2,120c 5,590c 2,105 6,070' 2,065 5,655 Margin-account debt at brokers (percentage distribution, end of period) 16 Total ............................................................................... 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 33.0 28.0 18.0 10.0 6.0 5.0 16.0 29.0 27.0 14.0 8.0 7.0 14.0 30.0 25.0 14.0 9.0 8.0 11.0 25.0 30.0 16.0 10.0 8.0 13.0 28.0 26.0 15.0 10.0 8.0 13.0 29.0 25.0 15.0 10.0 8.0 13.0 18.0 31.0 18.0 11.0 9.0 14.0 30.0 25.0 14.0 9.0 8.0 20.0 30.0 22.0 13.0 8.0 7.0 By equity class (in percent)5 17 18 19 20 21 22 Under 4 0 ......................................................................... 40-49 ............................................................................... 50-59 ............................................................................... 60-69 ............................................................................... 70-79 ............................................................................... 80 or more ..................................................................... n .a. \ Special miscellaneous-account balances at brokers (end of period) 23 Total balances (millions of dollars)6 .......................... 13,092 16,150 21,690 18,350 19,283 19,929 21,600 21,690 21,686 41.3 44.2 47.8 48.2 49.0 46.8 46.5 47.8 47.0 45.1 13.6 47.0 8.8 44.4 7.7 44.6 7.0 43.4 7.6 46.2 7.0 46.8 6.7 44.4 7.7 43.9 9.1 t 1 n .a. 1 Distribution by equity status (percent) 24 Net credit status ........................................................... Debt status, equity of 25 60 percent or more .................................................. 26 Less than 60 p e rc e n t................................................. 1 Margin requirements (percent of market value and effective date)7 27 Margin sto ck s................................................................. 28 Convertible b o n d s ......................................................... 29 Short sales ..................................................................... Mar. 11, 1968 June 8, 1968 May 6, 1970 Dec. 6, 1971 Nov. 24, 1972 70 50 70 80 60 80 65 50 65 55 50 55 65 50 65 1. Effective July 1976, includes a new financial group, banks and insurance companies. With this change the index includes 400 industrial stocks (formerly 425), 20 transportation (formerly 15 rail), 40 public utility (formerly 60), and 40 financial. 2. Margin credit includes all credit extended to purchase or carry stocks or related equity instruments and secured at least in part by stock. Credit extended is end-ofmonth data for member firms of the New York Stock Exchange. In addition to assigning a current loan value to margin stock generally, Regu lations T and U permit special loan values for convertible bonds and stock acquired through exercise of subscription rights. 3. A distribution of this total by equity class is shown on lines 17-22. 4. Free credit balances are in accounts with no unfulfilled commitments to the brokers and are subject to withdrawal by customers on demand. Jan. 3, 1974 50 50 50 5. Each customer’s equity in his collateral (market value of collateral less net debit balance) is expressed as a percentage of current collateral values. 6. Balances that may be used by customers as the margin deposit required for additional purchases. Balances may arise as transfers based on loan values of other collateral in the customer’s margin account or deposits of cash (usually sales pro ceeds) occur. 7. Regulations G, T, and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors, pre scribed in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, limit the amount of credit to purchase and carry margin stocks that may be extended on securities as collateral by prescribing a maximum loan value, which is a specified percentage of the market value of the collateral at the time the credit is extended. Margin requirements are the difference between the market value (100 percent) and the maximum loan value. The term “margin stocks” is defined in the corresponding regulation. Thrift Institutions 1.37 SAVINGS INSTITUTIONS A ll Selected Assets and Liabilities M illions o f dollars, end o f period 1980 Account 1978 1981 1979 Apr. May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan.P Savings and loan associations 1 Assets ............................................................. 523,542 578,962 590,725 592,931 594,397 596,620 603,295 609,320 617,773 623,939 629,829' 631,046 2 Mortgages ..................................................... 3 Cash and investment securities1 .............. 4 Other ............................................................. 432,808 44,884 45,850 475,688 46,341 56,933 480,032 50,373 60,320 479,956 52,466 60,509 481,042 52,408 60,947 482,839 52,165 61,616 487,036 53,336 62,923 491,895 53,435 63,990 496,495 56,146 65,132 499,973 57,302 66,664 502,812' 57,572' 69,445' 504,078 57,383 69,585 523,542 578,962 590,725 592,931 594,397 596,620 603,295 609,320 617,773 623,939 629,829' 631,046 Savings c a p ita l............................................... Borrowed money ........................................ FHLBB ..................................................... Other ......................................................... Loans in p ro c e s s .......................................... Other ............................................................. 430,953 42,907 31,990 10,917 10,721 9,904 470,004 55,232 40,441 14,791 9,582 11,506 478,400 57,253 42,724 14,529 7,725 14,143 481,411 55,199 41,529 13,670 7,185 16,141 486,680 54,796 40,613 14,183 7,031 12,966 488,896 41,239 39,882 13,579 7,112 14,364 497,403 55,396 41,005 14.391 7,540 16,190 496,991 58,418 42,547 15,871 8,243 12,776 500,861 60,727 44,325 16,402 8,654 14,502 503,365 62,067 45,505 16,562 8,853 16,433 510,959' 64,491' 47,045' 17,446' 8,783' 12,227' 512,858 62,674 46,585 16,098 8,321 14,047 12 Net worth2 ..................................................... 29,057 32,638 33,204 32,995 32,924 32,787 32,766 32,892 33,029 33,221 33,319' 33,137 13 M emo : Mortgage loan com mitments outstanding3 ........................ 18,911 16,007 14,195 13,931 15,368 18,020 20,278 20,311 19,077 17,979 16,102' 15,859 5 Liabilities and net worth ............................ 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mutual savings banks4 14 Assets ............................................................. 158,174 163,405 165,366 166,340 166,982 167,959 168,752 169,409 170,432 171,126 171,594 95,157 7,195 98,908 9,253 99,045 10,187 99,163 10,543 99,176 11,148 99,301 11,390 99,289 11,122 99,306 11,415 99,523 11,382 99,677 11,477 99,891 11,770 4,959 3,333 39,732 3,665 4,131 7,658 2,930 37,086 3,156 4,412 7,548 2,791 37,801 3,405 4,588 7,527 2,727 38,246 3,588 4,547 7,483 2,706 38,276 3,561 4,631 7,796 2,702 38,863 3,260 4,648 8,079 2,709 39,327 3,456 4,770 8,434 2,728 39,609 3,153 4,764 8,622 2,754 39,720 3,592 4,839 8,715 2,736 39,888 3,717 4,916 8,891 2.379 39,349 4,330 4,983 22 Liabilities....................................................... 158,174 163,405 165,366 166,340 166,982 167,959 168,752 169,409 170,432 171,126 171,594 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 142,701 141,170 71.816 69,354 1,531 4,565 10,907 146,006 144,070 61,123 82,947 1,936 5,873 11,525 145,821 143,765 54,247 89,517 2,056 7,916 11,629 146,637 144,646 54,669 89,977 1,990 8,161 11,542 148,606 146,416 56,388 90,028 2,190 6,898 11,478 149,580 147,408 57,737 89,671 2,172 6,964 11,416 150,187 148,018 58,191 89,827 2,169 7,211 11,353 151,765 149,395 58,658 90,736 2,370 6,299 11,344 151,998 149,797 57,651 92,146 2,200 7,117 11,317 152,133 150,109 56,256 93,853 2,042 7,644 11,349 153,555 151.450 53,955 97.494 2.105 6,665 11.374 4,400 3,182 2,097 1,883 1,898 1,939 1,849 1,883 1,817 1,682 1.476 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Loans Mortgage ................................................... Other ......................................................... Securities U.S. government5 .................................. State and local government .................. Corporate and other6 ............................ Cash ............................................................... Other a s s e ts ................................................... D ep o sits......................................................... Regular7 ..................................................... Ordinary savings.................................. Time and o t h e r .................................... Other ......................................................... Other liabilities............................................. General reserve accounts .......................... M emo : Mortgage loan com mitments outstanding8 ........................ n .a. Life insurance companies 31 Assets ............................................................. 389,924 432,282 442,932 447,020 450,858 455,759 459,362 464,483 468,057 473,529 476,190 Securities Government ............................................. United States9 ...................................... State and local .................................... Foreign10 ............................................... B usiness..................................................... B o n d s ..................................................... Stocks ..................................................... Mortgages ..................................................... Real e s ta te ..................................................... Policy loans ................................................... Other a s s e ts ................................................... 20,009 4,822 6,402 8,785 198,105 162,587 35,518 106,167 11,764 30,146 23,733 0,338 4,888 6,428 9,022 222,332 178,371 39,757 118,421 13,007 34,825 27,563 20,470 5,059 6,351 9,060 222,175 182,750 39,425 123,587 13,696 38,166 24,838 20,529 5,107 6,352 9,070 223,556 183,356 40,200 124,563 13,981 38,890 25,501 20,395 4,990 6,349 9.056 224,874 184,329 40,545 125,455 14,085 39,354 26.695 20,736 5,325 6,361 9,050 228,645 186,385 42,260 126,461 14,164 39,649 26,104 20,833 5,386 6,421 9,026 230,477 187,839 42,638 127,357 14,184 39,925 26,586 20,853 5,361 6,474 9,018 233,652 189,586 44,066 128,089 14,460 40,258 27,171 20,942 5,390 6,484 9,068 236,115 191,229 44,886 128,977 14,702 40,548 26,765 21,204 5,568 6,568 9,068 239,150 191,753 47,397 129,878 15,183 40.878 27,236 21,453 5,753 6.682 9,018 238,048 191.090 46,958 131,145 15.247 41,411 28,836 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 n .a. Credit unions 43 Total assets/liabilities and capital..................................................... 62,348 65,854 65,190 66,103 68,102 68,429 69,553 70,515 70,702 71,335 71,709 70,754 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 34,760 27,588 50,269 27,687 22,582 53,517 29,802 23,715 35,934 29,920 53,125 28,698 24,426 56,232 35,530 25,702 35,834 29,356 50,344 27,119 23,225 56,338 30,851 25,487 36,341 29,762 49,469 26,550 22,919 57,197 31,403 25,794 37,555 30,547 48,172 25,773 22,399 59,310 32,764 26,546 37,573 30,856 47,829 25,435 22,394 60,574 33,472 27,102 38,168 31,385 47,884 25,401 22,483 61,403 33,964 27,439 39,219 31,296 47,211 25,381 21,830 63,728 35,961 27,767 39,155 31,547 47,221 25,288 21,933 63,957 36,030 27,927 39,428 31,907 47,299 25,273 22,026 64,304 36,183 28,121 39.801 31,908 47,774 25,627 22,147 64,399 36,348 28,051 39,142 31,612 47,309 25,272 22,037 63,874 35.915 27,959 F e d e ra l........................................................... State ............................................................... Loans outstanding ...................................... F e d e ra l....................................................... State ........................................................... Savings........................................................... Federal (shares) ...................................... State (shares and deposits) .................... For notes see bottom of page A28. A28 Domestic Financial Statistics □ March 1981 1.38 FEDERAL FISCAL AND FINANCING OPERATIONS Millions of dollars Calendar year Type of account or operation Fiscal year 1978 Fiscal year 1979 Fiscal year 1980 1979 1980 H2 HI 1980 H2 Nov. 1981 Dec. Jan. U.S. budget 1 Receipts1 ......................................................... 2 Outlays1 2 ...................................................... 3 Surplus, or deficit( - ) ................................ 4 Trust fu n d s ................................................ 5 Federal funds3 .......................................... 401,997 450,804 -48,807 12,693 -61,532 465,940 493,635 -27,694 18,335 -46,069 520,050 579,613 -59,563 8,791 -67,752 233,952 263,004 -29,052 9,679 -38,773 270,864 289,905 -19,041 4,383 -23,418 262,152 310,972 -48,821 -2,551 -46,306 39,175 48,049 -8,8 7 4 -3,049 -5,825 48,903 56,202 -7,2 9 9 5,661 -12,960 52,214 59,099 -6 ,8 8 4 -3 ,4 3 4 -3,451 -10,661 302 -13,261 793 -14,549 303 -5,909 765 -7,735 -5 2 2 -7,552 376 -1,358 -4 6 6 -1,033 463 -9 6 0 -4 9 4 -59,166 -40,162 -73,808 -34,197 -27,298 -55,998 -10,698 -7,869 -8 ,3 3 9 59,106 33,641 70,515 31,320 24,435 54,764 9,231 13,667 6,772 -3,023 3,083 -4 0 8 6,929 -355 3,648 3,059 -1 8 2 -3,482 6,345 -6,730 7,964 4,077 -2,610 -10,485 4,686 2,252 -6 8 5 22,444 16,647 5,797 24,176 6,489 17,687 20,990 4,102 16,888 15,924 4,075 11,849 14,092 3,199 10,893 12,305 3,062 9,243 7,226 2,435 4,791 12,305 3,062 9,243 13,917 3,038 10,879 Off-budget entities (surplus, or deficit 6 Federal Financing Bank o u tla y s ................ 7 Other4 ............................................................ U.S. budget plus off-budget, including Federal Financing Bank 8 Surplus, or deficit ( - ) ................................ Source or financing 9 Borrowing from the public .................... 10 Cash and monetary assets (decrease, or increase ( - ))^ .................................. 11 Other6 ......................................................... M em o : 12 Treasury operating balance (level, end of period) .................................................. 13 Federal Reserve Banks .......................... 14 Tax and loan accounts ............................ 1. Effective June 1978, earned income credit payments in excess of an indi vidual’s tax liability, formerly treated as income tax refunds, are classified as outlays retroactive to January 1976. 2. Effective Oct. 1, 1980, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation was re classified from an off-budget agency to an on-budget agency in the Department of Labor. 3. Half-year figures are calculated as a residual (total surplus/deficit less trust fund surplus/deficit). 4. Includes Postal Service Fund; Rural Electrification and Telephone Revolving Fund; and Rural Telephone Bank. 5. Includes U.S. Treasury operating cash accounts; special drawing rights; gold tranche drawing rights; loans to International Monetary Fund; and other cash and monetary assets. 6. Includes accrued interest payable to the public; allocations of special drawing rights; deposit funds; miscellaneous liability (including checks outstanding) and asset accounts; seignorage; increment on gold; net gain/loss for U.S. currency valuation adjustment; net gain/loss for IMF valuation adjustment; and profit on the sale of gold. So u r c e . “Monthly Treasury Statement of Receipts and Outlays of the U.S. Government,” Treasury Bulletin, and the Budget o f the United States Government, Fiscal Year 1981. NOTES TO TABLE 1.37 1. Holdings of stock of the Federal Home Loan Banks are included in “other assets.” 2. Includes net undistributed income, which is accrued by most, but not all, associations. 3. Excludes figures for loans in process, which are shown as a liability. 4. The NAMSB reports that, effective April 1979, balance sheet data are not strictly comparable with previous months. Beginning April 1979, data are reported on a net-of-valuation-reserves basis. Prior to that date, data were reported on a gross-of-valuation-reserves basis. 5. Beginning April 1979, includes obligations of U.S. government agencies. Before that date, this item was included in “Corporate and other.” 6. Includes securities of foreign governments and international organizations and, prior to April 1979, nonguaranteed issues of U.S. government agencies. 7. Excludes checking, club, and school accounts. 8. Commitments outstanding (including loans in process) of banks in New York State as reported to the Savings Banks Association of the state of New York. 9. Direct and guaranteed obligations. Excludes federal agency issues not guar anteed, which are shown in the table under “Business” securities. 10. Issues of foreign governments and their subdivisions and bonds of the In ternational Bank for Reconstruction and Development. N o t e . Savings and loan associations: Estimates by the FHLBB for all associations in the United States. Data are based on monthly reports of federally insured associations and annual reports of other associations. Even when revised, data for current and preceding year are subject to further revision. Mutual savings banks: Estimates of National Association of Mutual Savings Banks for all savings banks in the United States. Life insurance companies: Estimates of the American Council of Life Insurance for all life insurance companies in the United States. Annual figures are annualstatement asset values, with bonds carried on an amortized basis and stocks at year-end market value. Adjustments for interest due and accrued and for differ ences between market and book values are not made on each item separately but are included, in total, in “other assets.” Credit unions: Estimates by the National Credit Union Administration for a group of federal and state-chartered credit unions that account for about 30 percent of credit union assets. Figures are preliminary and revised annually to incorporate recent benchmark data. Federal Finance 1.39 A29 U.S. BUDGET RECEIPTS AND OUTLAYS Millions of dollars Calendar year Source or type Fiscal year 1978 Fiscal year 1979 Fiscal year 1980 1980 1979 1980 H2 HI H2 Nov. 1981 Jan. Dec. R e c e ip t s 1 All sources1 ..................................................... 401,997 465,955 520,050 233,952 270,864 262,152 39,175 48,903 52,214 2 Individual income taxes, net ...................... 3 W ithheld..................................................... 4 Presidential Election Campaign Fund .. 5 N onwithheld............................................... 6 Refunds1 ..................................................... Corporation income taxes 7 Gross receipts ........................................... 8 R efunds....................................................... 9 Social insurance taxes and contributions, net ........................................................... 10 Payroll employment taxes and contributions2 .................................... 11 Self-employment taxes and contributions3 .................................... 12 Unemployment insurance ...................... 13 Other net receipts4 .................................. 180,988 165,215 39 47,804 32,070 217,841 195,295 36 56,215 33,705 244,069 223,763 39 63,746 43,479 115,488 105,764 3 12,355 2,634 119,988 110,394 34 49,707 40,147 131,962 120,924 4 14,592 3,559 20,851 20,379 1 673 201 23,725 22,844 0 1,150 269 30,964 20,896 1 10,121 54 65,380 5,428 71,448 5,771 72,380 7,780 29,169 3,306 43,434 4,064 28,579 4,518 1,774 771 10,155 768 2,826 667 123,410 141,591 160,747 71,031 86,597 77,262 13,242 11,078 14,363 99,626 115,041 133,042 60,562 69,077 66,831 11,189 10,268 12,533 4,267 13,850 5,668 5,034 15,387 6,130 5,723 15,336 6,646 417 6,899 3,149 5,535 8,690 3,294 188 6,742 3,502 0 1,499 554 0 224 586 426 773 631 18,376 6,573 5,285 7,413 18,745 7,439 5,411 9,252 24,329 7,174 6,389 12,741 9,675 3,741 2,900 5,254 11,383 3,443 3,091 6,993 15,332 3,717 3,499 6,318 2,080 546 543 909 2,391 632 517 1,174 2,523 635 535 1,035 18 All types1’6 ..................................................... 450,804 493,635 579,613 263,004 289,905 310,972 48,049 56,202 59,099 19 20 21 22 23 24 National defense ........................................... International affairs .................................... General science, space, and technology .. E nergy............................................................. Natural resources and en v iro n m en t.......... A griculture..................................................... 105,186 5,922 4,742 5,861 10,925 7,731 117,681 6,091 5,041 6,856 12,091 6,238 135,856 10,733 5,722 6,313 13,812 4,762 62,002 4,617 3,299 3,281 7,350 1,709 69,132 4,602 3,150 3,126 6,668 3,193 72,457 5,430 3,205 3,997 7,722 1,892 11,812 674 549 627 1,086 878 12,605 1,249 618 845 1,325 1,355 12,682 396 440 915 1,134 2,984 Commerce and housing credit .................. T ransportation............................................... Community and regional development . . . Education, training, employment, social services ................................................... 29 H e a lth ............................................................. 30 Income security1-6 ......................................... 3,324 15,445 11,039 2,565 17,459 9,482 7,782 21,120 10,068 3,002 10,298 4,855 3,878 9,582 5,302 3,163 11,547 5,370 -3 5 7 1,808 847 1,051 1,870 872 988 3,810 867 26,463 43,676 146,180 29,685 49,614 160,159 30,767 58,165 193,100 14,579 26,492 85,967 16,686 29,299 94,605 15,221 31,263 107,912 2,223 4,891 17,216 2,461 5,716 18,944 3,029 5,510 19,299 18,974 3,802 3,737 9,601 43,966 -15,772 19,928 4,153 4,153 8,372 52,556 -18,489 21,183 4,570 4,505 8,584 64,504 -21,933 10,113 2,174 2,103 4,286 29,045 -12,164 9,758 2,291 2,422 3,940 32,658 -10,387 11,731 2,299 2,432 4,191 35,909 -14,769 719 348 356 210 5,338 -1,285 3,032 382 464 26 10,805 -7,4 0 0 1,923 383 356 1,293 3,822 -7 3 2 14 15 16 17 Excise taxes ................................................... Customs deposits........................................... Estate and gift ta x e s .................................... Miscellaneous receipts5 .............................. O utlays 25 26 27 28 31 32 33 34 35 36 Veterans benefits and services .................. Administration of justice ............................ General governm ent.................................... General-purpose fiscal assistance .............. Interest7 ......................................................... Undistributed offsetting receipts7 8 .......... 1.Effective June 1978, earned income credit payments in excess of an individual's tax liability, formerly treated as income tax refunds, are classified as outlays ret roactive to January 1976. 2.Old-age, disability, and hospital insurance, and railroad retirement accounts. 3.Old-age, disability, and hospital insurance. 4.Supplementary medical insurance premiums, federal employee retirement con tributions, and Civil Service retirement and disability fund. 5.Deposits of earnings by Federal Reserve Banks and other miscellaneous re ceipts. 6.Effective Oct. 1, 1980, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation was re classified from an off-budget agency to an on-budget agency in the Department of Labor. 7.Effective September 1976, “Interest” and “Undistributed offsetting receipts” reflect the accounting conversion from an accrual basis to a cash basis for the interest on special issues for U.S. government accounts. 8.Consists of interest received by trust funds, rents and royalties on the Outer Continental Shelf, and U.S. government contributions for employee retirement. S o u r c e . “Monthly Treasury Statement of Receipts and Outlays of the U.S. Government” and the Budget o f the U.S. Government, Fiscal Year 1981. A30 Domestic Financial Statistics □ March 1981 1.40 FEDERAL DEBT SUBJECT TO STATUTORY LIMITATION Billions of dollars 1979 1978 1980 Item Dec. 31 Mar. 31 June 30 Sept. 30 Dec. 31 Mar. 31 June 30 Sept. 30 Dec. 31 1 Federal debt outstanding ..................................................... 797.7 804.6 812.2 833.8 852.2 870.4 884.4 914.3 936.7 2 Public debt securities ........................................................... 3 Held by p u b lic ................................................................... 4 Held by agencies............................................................... 789.2 619.2 170.0 796.8 630.5 166.3 804.9 626.4 178.5 826.5 638.8 187.7 845.1 658.0 187.1 863.5 677.1 186.3 877.6 682.7 194.9 907.7 710.0 197.7 930.2 737.7 192.5 5 Agency securities ................................................................. 6 Held by p u b lic ................................................................... 7 Held by ag en cies............................................................... 8.5 7.0 1.5 7.8 6.3 1.5 7.3 5.9 1.5 7.2 5.8 1.5 7.1 5.6 1.5 7.0 5.5 1.5 6.8 5.3 1.5 6.6 5.1 1.5 6.5 5.0 1.5 8 Debt subject to statutory lim it............................................. 790.3 797.9 806.0 827.6 846.2 864.5 878.7 908.7 931.2 9 Public debt securities ........................................................... 10 Other debt1 ........................................................................... 788.6 1.7 796.2 1.7 804.3 1.7 825.9 1.7 844.5 1.7 862.8 1.7 877.0 1.7 907.1 1.6 929.6 1.6 11 M e m o : Statutory debt lim it................................................. 798.0 798.0 830.0 830.0 879.0 879.0 925.0 925.0 935.1 1. Includes guaranteed debt of government agencies, specified participation certificates, notes to international lending organizations, and District of Columbia stadium bonds. 1.41 GROSS PUBLIC DEBT OF U.S. TREASURY N ote. Data from Treasury Bulletin ( U .S . Treasury Department), Types and Ownership Billions of dollars, end of period 1980 Type and holder 1976 1977 1978 Oct. 1 Total gross public d e b t......................................................... 1981 1979 Nov. Dec. Jan. Feb. 653.5 718.9 789.0' 845.0' 908.2 9113.8 930.2 934.1 950.5 652.5 421.3 164.0 216.7 40.6 231.2 2.3 4.5 22.3 20.8' 1.5r 72.3 129.7 715.2 459.9 161.1 251.8 47.0 255.3 2.2 13.9 22.2 21.0' 1.2' 77.0 139.8 782.4 487.5 161.7 265.8 60.0 294.8 2.2 24.3 29.6 28.0 1.6 80.9 157.5 844.0 530.7 172.6 283.4 74.7 313.2 2.2 24.6 28.8 23.6 5.3 79.9 177.5 906.9 599.4 202.3 311.9 85.2 307.5 909.4 605.4 208.7 311.1 85.5 304.0 928.9 623.2 216.1 321.6 85.4 305.7 929.8 628.5 220.4 321.2 86.9 301.3 946.5 642.9 229.0 324.5 89.4 303.5 23.9 24.8 18.4 6.4 73.0 185.7 2.4.0 24.5 18.1 6.4 72.8 182.4 23.8 24.0 17.6 6.4 72.5 185.1 23.7 23.8 17.5 6.4 71.4 182.2 23.6 24.0 17.5 6.4 70.7 185.0 3.7 6.8 1.2 4.4 1.3 4.2 4.0 By type 2 Interest-bearing debt ........................................................... 3 M arketable............................................................................. 4 B ills ..................................................................................... 5 N o te s................................................................................... 6 Bonds ................................................................................. 7 Nonmarketable 1 ................................................................... 8 Convertible bonds 2 ......................................................... 9 State and local government series ................................ 10 Foreign issues 3 ................................................................. 11 G overnm ent................................................................... 12 Public ............................................................................. 13 Savings bonds and notes ................................................. 14 Government account series 4 ........................................ 15 Non-interest-bearing debt ................................................... 1.1 1.2' By holder 5 U.S. government agencies and trust f u n d s ...................... Federal Reserve Banks ....................................................... Private investors ................................................................... Commercial banks ............................................................... Mutual savings banks ........................................................... Insurance companies ........................................................... Other com panies................................................................... State and local governments ............................................... 147.1 97.0 409.5 103.8 5.9 12.7 27.7 41.6 154.8 102.8' 461.3 101.4 5.9 15.5 22.7 54.8 170.0 110.6' 508.6 94.7' 5.0 14.9 20.5' 70.1' 187.1 117.5 540.5 97.0 4.2' 14.4 23.9 68.2' 193.4 121.5 593.3 103.4 5.5 15.3 25.3 73.1 189.7 120.4 60.3.2 101.8 5.6 1.5.4 24.8 74.6 192.5 121.3 616.4 104.7 5.8 15.2 24.6 74.7 Individuals 24 Savings bonds ................................................................... 25 Other secu rities................................................................. 26 Foreign and international 6 ................................................. 27 Other miscellaneous investors 7 ......................................... 72.0 28.8 78.1 38.9 76.7 28.6 109.6 45.9' 80.7 30.1' 137.8 58.2 79.9 34.2 123.8 94.8' 73.0 49.9 127.7' 120.1' 72.5 52.1' 132.6 123.4 72.5 56.7 134.3 127.9 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 1. Includes (not shown separately): Securities issued to the Rural Electrification Administration, depository bonds, retirement plan bonds, and individual retire ment bonds. 2. These nonmarketable bonds, also known as Investment Series B Bonds, may be exchanged (or converted) at the owner’s option for 1Vi percent, 5-year mar ketable Treasury notes. Convertible bonds that have been so exchanged are re moved from this category and recorded in the notes category (line 5). 3. Nonmarketable dollar-denominated and foreign currency-denominated series held by foreigners. 4. Held almost entirely by U.S. government agencies and trust funds. 5. Data for Federal Reserve Banks and U.S. government agencies and trust funds are actual holdings; data for other groups are Treasury estimates. n.a. n.a. 6. Consists of investments of foreign balances and international accounts in the United States. Beginning with July 1974, the figures exclude non-interest-bearing notes issued to the International Monetary Fund. 7. Includes savings and loan associations, nonprofit institutions, corporate pen sion trust funds, dealers and brokers, certain government deposit accounts, and government sponsored agencies. N o t e . Gross public debt excludes guaranteed agency securities and, beginning in July 1974, includes Federal Financing Bank security issues. Data by type of security from M onthly Statement o f the Public D ebt o f the United States (U.S. Treasury Department); data by holder from Treasury Bulletin. Federal Finance 1.42 U.S. GOVERNMENT MARKETABLE SECURITIES A31 Ownership, by maturity Par value; millions of dollars, end of period 1980 1980 Type of holder 1978 1979 1978 Nov. 1979 Nov. Dec. All maturities Dec. 1 to 5 years 1 All holders ............................................................................................. 487,546 530,731 605,381 623,186 162,886 164,198 191,614 197,409 2 U.S. government agencies and trust fu n d s ...................................... 3 Federal Reserve Banks ....................................................................... 12,695 109,616 11,047 117,458 9,569 120,447 9,564 121,328 3,310 31,283 2,555 28,469 1,990 35,190 1,990 35,835 4 Private investors ................................................................................... 5 Commercial banks ........................................................................... 6 Mutual savings b a n k s ....................................................................... 7 Insurance companies ....................................................................... 8 Nonfinancial corporations ............................................................... 9 Savings and loan associations ......................................................... 10 State and local governments ........................................................... 11 All o th e r s ........................................................................................... 365,235 68,890 3,499 11,635 8,272 3,835 18,815 250,288 402,226 69,076 3,204 11,496 8,433 3,209 15,735 291,072 475,365 75,691 3,803 12,095 7,880 4,061 21,203 350,633 492,294 77,868 3,917 11,930 7,758 4,225 21,058 365,539 128,293 38,390 1,918 4,664 3,635 2,255 3,997 73,433 133,173 38,346 1,668 4,518 2,844 1,763 3,487 80,546 154,434 43,659 1,912 4,693 2,705 2,147 5,286 94,032 159,585 44,482 1,925 4,504 2,213 2,289 4,595 99,577 Total, within 1 year 5 to 10 years 12 All holders ............................................................................................. 228,516 255,252 288,481 297,385 50,400 50,440 52,893 56,037 13 U.S. government agencies and trust f u n d s ...................................... 14 Federal Reserve Banks ....................................................................... 1,488 52,801 1,629 63,219 834 56,660 830 56,858 1,989 14,809 871 12,977 1,404 13,468 1,404 13,458 15 Private investors ................................................................................... 16 Commercial banks ........................................................................... 17 Mutual savings b a n k s ....................................................................... 18 Insurance companies ....................................................................... 19 Nonfinancial corporations ............................................................... 20 Savings and loan associations ......................................................... 21 State and local governments ........................................................... 22 All o th e r s ........................................................................................... 174,227 20,608 817 1,838 4,048 1,414 8,194 137,309 190,403 20,171 836 2,016 4,933 1,301 5,607 155,539 230,987 23,614 1,172 1,949 3,916 1,769 7,218 191,350 239,697 25,197 1,246 1,940 4,281 1,646 7,750 197,636 33,601 7,490 496 2,899 369 89 1,588 20,671 36,592 8,086 459 2,815 308 69 1,540 23,314 38,021 5,915 437 3,000 382 75 1,999 26,212 41,175 5,793 455 3,037 357 216 2,030 29,287 Bills, within 1 year 10 to 20 years 23 All holders ............................................................................................. 161,747 172,644 208,721 216,104 19,800 27,588 36,893 36,854 24 U.S. government agencies and trust fu n d s ...................................... 25 Federal Reserve Banks ....................................................................... 2 42,397 0 45,337 44,057 1 43,971 3,876 2,088 4,520 3,272 3,686 5,941 3,686 5,919 26 Private investors ................................................................................... 27 Commercial banks ........................................................................... 28 Mutual savings b a n k s ....................................................................... 29 Insurance companies ....................................................................... 30 Nonfinancial corporations ............................................................... 31 Savings and loan associations ......................................................... 32 State and local governments ........................................................... 33 All o th e r s ........................................................................................... 119,348 5,707 150 753 12 262 5,524 105,161 127,306 5,938 262 473 2,793 219 3,100 114,522 164,663 8,651 337 549 1,812 822 5,126 147,366 172,132 9,856 394 672 2,363 818 5,413 152,616 13,836 956 143 1,460 86 60 1,420 9,711 19,796 993 127 1,305 218 58 1,762 15,332 27,266 1,122 181 1,744 428 57 3,651 20,083 27,250 1,071 181 1,718 431 52 3,597 20,200 Other, within 1 year Over 20 years 34 All holders ............................................................................................. 66,769 82,608 79,760 81,281 25,944 33,254 35,500 35,500 35 U.S. government agencies and trust fu n d s ...................................... 36 Federal Reserve Banks ....................................................................... 1,487 10,404 1,629 17,882 834 12,602 829 12,888 1,031 8,635 1,472 9,520 1,656 9,188 1,656 9,258 37 Private investors ................................................... ............................ 38 Commercial banks ........................................................................... 39 Mutual savings b a n k s ....................................................................... 40 Insurance companies ....................................................................... 41 Nonfinancial corporations ............................................................... 42 Savings and loan associations ......................................................... 43 State and local governments ........................................................... 44 All o th e r s ........................................................................................... 54,879 14,901 667 1,084 2,256 1,152 2,670 32,149 63,097 14,233 574 1,543 2,140 1,081 2,508 41,017 66,324 14,963 834 1,401 2,104 947 2,091 43,984 67,565 15,341 852 1,268 1,918 828 2,337 45,020 15,278 1,446 126 774 135 17 3,616 9,164 22,262 1,470 113 842 130 19 3,339 16,340 24,657 1,382 100 708 449 13 3,049 18,956 24,587 1,325 110 730 476 21 3,086 18,838 N ote. Direct public issues only. Based on Treasury Survey of Ownership from Treasury Bulletin (U.S. Treasury D epartment). Data complete for U.S. government agencies and trust funds and Federal Reserve Banks, but data for other groups include only holdings of those institutions that report. The following figures show, for each category, the number and proportion rep o rtin g as of D ec. 31, 1980: (1) 5,354 com m ercial ta n k s , 460 mutual savings banks, and 723 insurance companies, each about 80 percent; (2) 413 nonfinancial corporations and 478 savings and loan associations, each about 50 percent; and (3) 491 state and local governments, about 40 percent. “All others,” a residual, includes holdings of all those not reporting in the Treasury Survey, including investor groups not listed separately. A32 1.43 Domestic Financial Statistics □ March 1981 U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES DEALERS Transactions Par value; averages of daily figures, in millions of dollars 1980 1980, week ending W ednesday 1978 Oct. 22 Oct. 1 U.S. government securities 10,838 10,285 6,746 237 2,320 1,148 388 6,173 392 1,889 965 867 17,464 21,716 11,543 350 2,745 1,060 1,766 13,768 442 3,699 1,640 2,167 Oct. 29 Nov. 5 Nov. 12 Nov. 19 Nov. 26 20,769 25,386 By maturity 2 3 4 5 6 B ills ...................................... Other within 1 year .......... 1-5 y e a rs .............................. 5-10 y e a rs ............................ Over 10 y e a rs ...................... 7,915 454 2,417 1,1 21 1,276 13,840 464 3,461 1,806 2,005 11,155 430 2,256 798 1,428 10,515 373 3,339 988 1,608 13,100 332 2,541 960 1,608 14,207 302 4,691 3,189 2,997 2,21 1 13,520 432 3,942 943 1,933 14,343 636 3,494 1,594 By type o f customer 1 U.S. government securities d e a le rs.......................... 8 U.S. government securities brokers ........................ 9 Commercial banks ............ 10 All others1 .......................... 1,268 1,135 1,448 1,296 1,745 992 1,066 1,669 1,640 1,687 2,096 3,709 2,294 3,567 3,838 1,804 3,508 5,170 1,904 4,660 7,664 2,019 6,485 9,536 2,366 8,069 8,382 2,661 8,726 7,298 1,708 6,070 7,998 1,969 5,790 8,043 2,158 6,671 11,513 2,807 9,427 9,773 2,547 8,271 8,872 2,007 7,795 11 Federal agency securities .. 1,729 1,894 2,723 3,277. 3,074 2,789 2,947 3,194 3,140 3,141 3,656 2,751 1. Includes, among others, all other dealers and brokers in commodities and securities, foreign banking agencies, and the Federal Reserve System. N o te. Averages for transactions are based on number of trading days in the period. 1.44 U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES DEALERS Transactions are market purchases and sales of U.S. government securities deal ers reporting to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. The figures exclude allotments of, and exchanges for, new U.S. government securities, redemptions of called or matured securities, or purchases or sales of securities under repurchase, reverse repurchase (resale), or similar contracts. Positions and Sources of Financing Par value; averages of daily figures, in millions of dollars 1980 Item 1977 1978 1980, week ending Wednesday 1979 Oct. Nov. Dec. Sept. 24 Oct. 1 Oct. 8 Oct. 15 Oct. 22 Oct. 29 Positions1 1 U.S. government securities ........ 5,172 2,656 3,223 2,701 3,279 4,042 2,921 2,164 2,018 2,984 2,517 3,299 2 3 4 5 6 B ills ................................................ Other within 1 year .................... 1-5 y e a rs ........................................ 5-10 y e a rs ...................................... Over 10 y e a rs ................................ 4,772 99 60 92 149 2,452 260 -9 2 40 -4 3,813 -325 -455 160 30 2,557 -1,082 755 -221 692 3,132 -7 9 2 -1 2 3 -1 3 1,075 4,081 -1,394 -4 3 104 1,294 3,184 -1,788 970 -6 9 624 2,683 -1,425 908 -3 5 9 356 2,126 -1,3 6 9 1,097 -1 5 5 318 2,818 -1,502 853 -6 9 884 2,569 -9 9 5 229 -1 8 7 902 2,566 -7 1 2 970 -3 4 2 818 7 Federal agency securities ............ 693 606 1,471 979 357 643 435 486 858 947 1,188 1,066 7,382 22,883 8,285 21,188 7,061 23,322 6,731 23,118 7,009 23,610 7,106 24,203 19,899 19,537 23,391 17,550 20,543 20,467 20,783 19,280 22,376 20,791 22,080 20,408 Financing2 Reverse repurchase agreement3 . Overnight and continuing . . . . Term agreements .................... Repurchase agreements4 ............ 10 Overnight and continuing . . . . 11 Term agreements .................... 7,239 23,088 8 9 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. 21,835 19,699 1. Net amounts (in terms of par values) of securities owned by nonbank dealer firms and dealer departments or commercial banks on a commitment, that is, tradedate basis, including any such securities that have been sold under agreements to repurchase. The maturities of some repurchase agreements are sufficiently long, however, to suggest that the securities involved are not available for trading pur poses. Securities owned, and hence dealer positions, do not include securities purchased under agreement to resell. 2. Figures cover financing involving U.S. government and federal agency secu rities, negotiable CDs, bankers acceptances, and commercial paper. n.a. 3. Includes all reverse agreements, including those that have been arranged to make delivery on sales and those for which the securities obtained have been used as collateral on borrowings. 4. Includes both repurchase agreements undertaken to finance positions and “matched book” repurchase agreements. N o t e . Data for positions are averages of daily figures, based on the number of trading days in the period. Data for financing are based only on Wednesday figures. Federal Finance 1.45 A33 FEDERAL AND FEDERALLY SPONSORED CREDIT AGENCIES Debt outstanding Millions of dollars, end of period 1980 Agency 1976 1977 1978 July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. 1 Federal and federally sponsored agencies1 ...................... 103,848 112,472 137,063 180,119 179,545 182,713 188,076 188,743 193,229 2 Federal agencies ................................................................... 3 Defense Departm ent2 ....................................................... 4 Export-Import Bank3-4 ..................................................... 5 Federal Housing Administration5 ................................ 6 Government National Mortgage Association participation certificates6 ........................................ 7 Postal Service7 ................................................................... 8 Tennessee Valley Authority .......................................... 9 United States Railway Association7 ............................ 22,419 1,113 8,574 575 22,760 983 8,671 581 23,488 968 8,711 588 26,810 661 10,248 516 26,930 651 10,232 508 27,618 641 10,728 495 27,797 636 10,715 490 27,941 631 10,696 486 28,606 610 11,250 477 4,120 2,998 4,935 104 3,743 2,431 6,015 336 3,141 2,364 7,460 356 2,842 1,770 10,300 473 2,842 1,770 10,445 482 2,842 1,770 10,660 482 2,842 1,770 10,835 509 2,842 1,770 11,010 506 2,817 1,770 11,190 492 10 Federally sponsored agencies1 .......................................... 11 Federal Home Loan B a n k s ............................................ 12 Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation .............. 13 Federal National Mortgage Association ...................... 14 Federal Land B a n k s ......................................................... 15 Federal Intermediate Credit Banks .............................. 16 Banks for Cooperatives ................................................... 17 Farm Credit Banks1 ......................................................... 18 Student Loan Marketing Association8 ........................ 19 O th e r................................................................................... 81,429 16,811 1,690 30,565 17,127 10,494 4,330 410 2 89,712 18,345 1,686 31,890 19,118 11,174 4,434 2,548 515 2 113,575 27,563 2,262 41,080 20,360 11,469 4,843 5,081 915 2 153,309 36,039 2,634 52,114 12,765 1,821 584 45,111 2,240 1 152,615 35,690 2,634 52,001 12,765 1,821 584 44,824 2,295 1 155,095 36,710 2,537 52,382 12,765 1,821 584 45,950 2,345 1 160,279 38,819 2,537 53,889 12,365 1,821 584 47,888 2,375 1 160,802 39,380 2,537 53,643 12,365 1,821 584 48,021 2,450 1 164,623 41,258 2,536 55,185 12,365 1,821 584 48,153 2,720 1 28,711 38,580 51,298 78,870 80,024 82,559 83,903 85,440 87,460 Export-Import Bank4 ........................................................... Postal Service7 ....................................................................... Student Loan Marketing Association8 ............................ Tennessee Valley Authority .............................................. United States Railway Association7 ................................ 5,208 2,748 410 3,110 104 5,834 2,181 515 4,190 336 6,898 2,114 915 5,635 356 9,558 1,520 2,240 8,575 473 9,558 1,520 2,295 8,720 482 10,067 1,520 2,345 8,935 482 10,067 1,520 2,375 9,110 509 10,067 1,520 2,450 9,285 506 10,654 1,520 2,720 9,465 492 Other Lending 10 26 Farmers Home A dm inistration.......................................... 27 Rural Electrification A dm inistration................................ 28 O th e r....................................................................................... 10,750 1,415 4,966 16,095 2,647 6,782 23,825 4,604 6,951 36,715 8,084 11,705 37,403 8,233 11,813 37,961 8,425 12,824 38,466 8,646 13,210 39,431 8,760 13,421 39,431 9,196 13,982 M em o : 20 Federal Financing Bank debt7’9 ........................................ Lending to federal and federally sponsored agencies 21 22 23 24 25 1. In September 1977 the Farm Credit Banks issued their first consolidated bonds, and in January 1979 they began issuing these bonds on a regular basis to replace the financing activities of the Federal Land Banks, the Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and the Banks for Cooperatives. Line 17 represents those consolidated bonds outstanding, as well as any discount notes that have been issued. Lines 1 and 10 reflect the addition of this item. 2. Consists of mortgages assumed by the Defense Department between 1957 and 1963 under family housing and homeowners assistance programs. 3. Includes participation certificates reclassified as debt beginning Oct. 1, 1976. 4. Off-budget Aug. 17, 1974, through Sept. 30, 1976; on-budget thereafter. 5. Consists of debentures issued in payment of Federal Housing Administration insurance claims. Once issued, these securities may be sold privately on the se curities market. 6. Certificates of participation issued prior to fiscal 1969 by the Government National Mortgage Association acting as trustee for the Farmers Home Admin istra tio n ; D ep artm en t of H e a lth , E d u c a tio n , and W elfare; D ep artm en t of Housing and Urban Development; Small Business Administration; and the Veterans Administration. 7. Off-budget. 8. Unlike other federally sponsored agencies, the Student Loan Marketing As sociation may borrow from the Federal Financing Bank (FFB) since its obligations are guaranteed by the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare. 9. The FFB, which began operations in 1974, is authorized to purchase or sell obligations issued, sold, or guaranteed by other federal agencies. Since FFB incurs debt solely for the purpose of lending to other agencies, its debt is not included in the main portion of the table in order to avoid double counting. 10. Includes FFB purchases of agency assets and guaranteed loans; the latter contain loans guaranteed by numerous agencies with the guarantees of any partic ular agency being generally small. The Farmers Home Administration item consists exclusively of agency assets, while the Rural Electrification Administration entry contains both agency assets and guaranteed loans. A34 1.46 Domestic Financial Statistics □ March 1981 NEW SECURITY ISSUES of State and Local Governments Millions of dollars 1980 Type of issue or issuer. 1977 1978 1979 June 1 All issues, new and refunding1 ...................................................... July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. 46,769 48,607 43,490 6,063 4,907 3,809 4,255 4,425 2,806 18,042 28,655 17,854 30,658 12,109 31,256 1,924 4,136 1,396 3,506 804 2,995 1,344 2,902 988 3,418 705 2,090 72 95 125 3 5 10 9 19 11 8 Municipalities, counties, townships, school d istricts.................. 6,354 21,717 18,623 6,632 24,156 17,718 4,314 23,434 15,617 897 3,440 1,724 185 3.157 1,558 304 2,212 1,283 640 2,603 1,003 195 2,547 1,666 323 1,569 902 9 Issues for new capital, to ta l............................................................. 36,189 37,629 41,505 5,986 4,539 3,783 3,639 4,265 2,599 5,076 2,951 8,119 8.274 4,676 7,093 5,003 3,460 9,026 10,494 3,526 6,120 5,130 2,441 8,594 15,968 3,836 5,536 753 344 625 3,007 367 930 631 151 1.260 1.695 188 614 266 95 1,176 1,424 341 481 422 425 716 1,198 331 547 767 279 764 1,095 531 829 202 255 Type o f issue 2 3 4 5 General obligation ........................................................................... Revenue ............................................................................................. Housing Assistance Administration2 ............................................ U.S. government loans ................................................................... Type o f issuer 6 State ..................................................................................................... 7 Special district and statutory authority ........................................ Use o f proceeds 10 11 12 13 14 15 E ducation........................................................................................... Transportation ............................................................................................ Utilities and conservation ............................................................... Social w elfare .............................................................................................. Industrial aid .............................................................................................. Other purposes ................................................................................. 1. Par amounts of long-term issues based on date of sale. 2. Only bonds sold pursuant to the 1949 Housing Act. which are secured by contract requiring the Housing Assistance Administration to make annual contri butions to the local authority. 1.47 So u r c e . 367 1,023 369 383 Public Securities Association. NEW SECURITY ISSUES of Corporations Millions of dollars Type of issue or issuer. or use 1980 1977 1978 1979 May June July Aug. 53,792 47,230 51,464 9,067 9,511 7,941 5,371 42,015 36,872 40,139 7,335 8,148 6,567 4,147 24,072 17,943 19.815 17.057 25,814 14,325 6,810 525 7,548 600 5.354 1,213 M anufacturing............................................................... Commercial and miscellaneous.................................. Transportation............................................................... Public u tility .................................................................. Com m unication............................................................. Real estate and financial ............................................ 12,204 6,234 1,996 8,262 3,063 10,258 9.572 5.246 2,007 7,092 3,373 9.586 9,667 3,941 3,102 8,118 4,219 11,095 2,400 560 364 723 1,171 2,116 2,318 1,629 385 1,412 209 2.195 11 Stocks ............................................................................. 11,777 10,358 11,325 1,732 3,916 7,861 2.832 7,526 3,574 7,751 1,189 1,834 456 5,865 1,379 1,049 1,241 1,816 263 5.140 264 1,631 1,679 2,623 255 5,171 303 1,293 1 AH issues1 ....................................................................... 2 Bonds............................................................................... Sept. Oct. Nov. 5,728 3,827 2,813 3,275 2,055 3,843 304 2,421 392 2,756 519 1,405 650 2.851 999 329 316 787 1.284 1.499 203 338 971 580 556 509 357 401 555 517 472 614 312 236 754 791 568 88 432 86 565 163 722 1,363 1,374 1,224 2,109 2,453 1,772 202 1,530 382 981 360 1.014 101 1.123 392 1.717 535 1,918 256 1,516 215 512 27 615 25 338 127 202 9 494 126 406 165 390 293 238 32 463 46 152 502 569 54 633 6 345 848 321 117 526 67 574 418 509 53 227 113 452 4,922 Type o f offering 3 Public ............................................................................. 4 Private placement ......................................................... Industry group 5 6 7 8 9 10 Type 12 P referred......................................................................... 13 C om m on......................................................................... Industry group 14 15 16 17 18 19 M anufacturing............................................................... Commercial and miscellaneous.................................. Transportation............................................................... Public u tility ................................................................... C om m unication............................................................. Real estate and financial ............................................. 1. Figures, which represent gross proceeds of issues maturing in more than one year, sold for cash in the United States, are principal amount or number of units multiplied by offering price. Excludes offerings of less than $100,000. secondary offerings, undefined or exempted issues as defined in the Securities Act of 714 104 1933. employee stock plans, investment companies other than closed-end. intra corporate transactions, and sales to foreigners, So u r c e . Securities and Exchange Commission. Corporate Finance 1.48 OPEN-END INVESTMENT COMPANIES A35 Net Sales and Asset Position Millions of dollars 1980 Item 1979 1981 1980 June July Sept. Aug. Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan. I n v e st m e n t C o m p a n ie s 1 1 Sales of own shares2 ..................................................... 2 Redemptions of own shares3 ...................................... 3 Net s a le s ......................................................................... 7,495 8,393 -8 9 8 15,266' 12,012 3,254' 1,772 775 997 1,890 863 1,027 1,507 1,019 488 1,405 1,228 177 1,523 1,362 161 1,289 1,086 203 4 Assets4 ........................................................................... 5 Cash position5 ........................................................... O th e r........................................................................... 6 49,277 4,983 44,294 58,400 5,321 53,079 52,946 6,495 46,451 54,406 5,629 48,777 54,941 5,619 49,322 55,779 5,481 50,298 56,156 5,460 50,696 60,329 5,467 54,862 58,400 5,321 53,079 1,675 1,193 482 56,160 4,636 51,524 5. Also includes all U.S. government securities and other short-term debt se curities. 1. Excluding money market funds. 2. Includes reinvestment of investment income dividends. Excludes reinvestment of capital gains distributions and share issue of conversions from one fund to another in the same group. 3. Excludes share redemption resulting from conversions from one fund to an other in the same group. 4. Market value at end of period, less current liabilities. 1.49 1,242' 1,720 -4 78 ' N o t e . Investment Company Institute data based on reports of members, which comprise substantially all open-end investment companies registered with the Se curities and Exchange Commission. Data reflect newly formed companies after their initial offering of securities. CORPORATE PROFITS AND THEIR DISTRIBUTION Billions of dollars; quarterly data are at seasonally adjusted annual rates. 1980 1979 1977 Account 1978 1979 01 Q2 Q3 Q4 Ql Q2 Q3 1 Profits before t a x ........................................................... 192.6 223.3 255.4 253.1 250.9 262.0 255.4 277.1 217.9 237.6 Profits tax liability......................................................... Profits after tax ............................................................. D ividends................................................................... Undistributed profits ............................................... Capital consumption allow ances................................ Net cash f lo w ................................................................. 72.6 120.0 38.7 81.3 110.4 191.7 83.0 140.3 43.1 97.2 122.9 220.1 87.6 167.7 48.6 119.1 139.5 258.6 88.5 164.6 47.5 117.1 131.9 249.0 86.4 164.5 48.3 116.2 137.2 253.4 88.4 173.6 48.6 125.0 142.6 267.6 87.2 168.2 50.1 118.1 146.4 264.5 94.2 182.9 52.4 130.5 151.7 282.2 71.5 146.4 54.2 92.2 155.4 247.6 78.5 159.1 55.1 104.0 160.5 264.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 S o u r c e . Survey o f Current Business (U .S . Department of Commerce). A36 1.50 Domestic Financial Statistics □ March 1981 NONFINANCIAL CORPORATIONS Current Assets and Liabilities Billions of dollars, except for ratio 1979 Account 1975 1976 1977 1980 1978 Q2 03 04 Ql Q2 Q3 1 Current assets ............................................................... 759.0 826.8 902.1 1,030.0 1,108.2 1,169.5 1,200.9 1,235.2 1,233.8 1,255.8 2 3 4 5 6 82.1 19.0 272.1 315.9 69.9 88.2 23.4 292.8 342.4 80.1 95.8 17.6 324.7 374.8 89.2 104.5 16.3 383.8 426.9 98.5 100.1 18.6 421.1 465.2 103.2 103.7 15.8 453.0 489.4 107.7 116.1 15.6 456.8 501.7 110.8 110.2 15.1 471.2 519.5 119.3 111.5 13.8 464.2 525.7 118.7 113.2 16.3 479.2 525.1 122.0 C ash ................................................................................. U .S . government securities ......................................... Notes and accounts receivable .................................. In v entories..................................................................... O th e r............................................................................... 7 Current liabilities ......................................................... 451.6 494.7 549.4 665.5 724.7 777.8 809.1 838.3 828.1 852.1 8 Notes and accounts payable ....................................... 9 O th e r............................................................................... 264.2 187.4 281.9 212.8 313.2 236.2 373.7 291.7 406.4 318.3 438.8 339.0 456.3 352.8 467.9 370.4 463.1 364.9 477.3 374.8 10 Net working capital...................................................... 307.4 332.2 352.7 364.6 383.5 391.7 391.8 397.0 405.7 403.7 11 M e m o : Current ratio 1 ................................................. 1.681 1.672 1.642 1.548 1.529 1.504 1.484 1.474 1.490 1.474 1. Ratio of total current assets to total current liabilities. All data in this table reflect the most current benchmarks. Complete data are available upon request from the Flow of Funds Section, Division of Research and Statistics. For a description of this series, see “Working Capital of Nonfinancial Corporations” in the July 1978 B u l l e t in , pp. 533-37. N ote. So u r c e. 1.51 Federal Trade Commission. TOTAL NONFARM BUSINESS EXPENDITURES on New Plant and Equipment Billions of dollars; quarterly data are at seasonally adjusted annual rates. 1979 Industry 1 Total nonfarm business ............................................... 1979 1980 1981 19802 Q3 04 Ql Q2 Q3 Q42 Q l2 Q22 270.46 294.30 273.15 284.30 291.89 294.36 296.23 294.95 310.59 323.84 51.07 47.61 58.25 56.65 52.13 47.97 55.03 51.55 58.28 53.49 59.38 56.32 58.19 58.21 57.42 57.96 60.23 62.46 65.36 65.21 11.38 13.50 11.40 11.86 11.89 12.81 13.86 15.25 16.07 18.02 4.03 4.01 4.31 4.17 3.97 3.84 4.13 3.95 4.60 4.24 4.55 4.41 4.46 3.90 4.11 4.06 4.27 3.76 3.98 4.06 4.18 4.22 3.59 3.44 3.62 4.04 3.83 4.07 3.41 4.13 27.65 6.31 79.26 34.83 27.44 7.18 82.28 37.02 28.71 6.35 78.86 35.05 27.16 6.92 82.69 35.90 28.98 7.28 82.17 37.34 27.91 7.12 81.07 37.66 28.14 7.44 81.19 36.97 25.05 6.90 84.87 36.26 27.99 8.79 84.09 39.48 27.93 8.29 87.43 40.01 Manufacturing 2 Durable goods in d u stries............................................. 3 Nondurable goods industries...................................... Nonmanufacturing 4 M ining............................................................................. Transportation 5 Railroad ..................................................................... 6 A i r ............................................................................... 7 O th e r........................................................................... Public utilities 8 E le c tric ....................................................................... 9 Gas and other .......................................................... 10 Trade and services ....................................................... 11 Communication and other1 ........................................ 1. “O ther” consists of construction; social services and membership organization; and forestry, fisheries, and agricultural services. 2. Anticipated by business, Source. Survey o f Current Business (U .S. Dept, of Commerce). Corporate Finance 1.52 DOMESTIC FINANCE COMPANIES A37 Assets and Liabilities Billions of dollars, end of period 1980 Account 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 Q2 Ql Q3 Q4 A ssets A ccounts receivable, gross C onsum er....................................................................... Business ......................................................................... Total ........................................................................... L ess: Reserves for unearned income and losses . . . Accounts receivable, net ............................................. Cash and bank deposits ............................................... Securities ....................................................................... A llo th e r ......................................................................... 36.1 37.2 73.3 9.0 64.2 3.0 .4 12.0 36.0 39.3 75.3 9.4 65.9 2.9 1.0 11.8 38.6 44.7 83.4 10.5 72.9 2.6 1.1 12.6 44.0 55.2 99.2 12.7 86.5 2.6 .9 14.3 52.6 63.3 116.0 15.6 100.4 3.5 1.3 17.3 65.7 70.3 136.0 20.0 116.0 9 Total assets..................................................................... 79.6 81.6 89.2 104.3 122.4 9.7 20.7 8.0 22.2 6.3 23.7 5.9 29.6 4.9 26.5 5.5 4.5 27.6 6.8 5.4 32.3 8.1 6.2 36.0 11.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 67.7 70.6 138.4 20.4 118.0 70.2 70.3 140.4 21.4 119.0 71.7 66.9 138.6 22.3 116.3 73.6 72.3 145.9 23.3 122.6 23.7 26.1 28.3 27.5 140.9 141.7 145.1 144.7 150.1 6.5 34.5 8.5 43.3 9.7 40.8 10.1 40.7 10.1 40.5 13.2 43.4 8.1 43.6 12.6 8.2 46.7 14.2 7.4 48.9 15.7 7.9 50.5 16.0 7.7 52.0 14.6 7.5 52.4 14.3 24.91 L iabilities 10 Bank loans ..................................................................... 11 Commercial p a p e r ......................................................... Debt 12 Short-term, n.e.c........................................................ 13 Long-term n.e.c.......................................................... 14 O th e r........................................................................... 15 Capital, surplus, and undivided profits .................... 12.4 12.5 13.4 15.1 17.2 19.9 19.2 19.9 19.8 19.4 16 Total liabilities and capital........................................... 79.6 81.6 89.2 104.3 122.4 140.9 141.7 145.1 144.7 150.1 1. Beginning Q l 1979, asset items on lines 6, 7, and 8 are combined. N ote . Components may not add to totals due to rounding. 1.53 DOMESTIC FINANCE COMPANIES Business Credit Millions of dollars, seasonally adjusted except as noted Type Accounts receivable outstanding Nov. 30, 19801 Accounts receivable outstanding Dec. 31, 19801 Changes in accounts receivable Extensions Repayments 1980 1980 1980 Oct. Nov. Dec. Oct. Nov. Dec. Oct. Nov. Dec. 1 Total ....................................................................... 69,742 72,337 647 410 1,982 16,781 15,681 18,308 16,134 15,271 16,326 2 Retail automotive (commercial vehicles) ........ 3 Wholesale automotive ......................................... 4 Retail paper on business, industrial and farm e q u ip m e n t............................................. 5 Loans on commercial accounts receivable and factored commercial accounts receivable . 6 All other business credit ..................................... 12,469 11,169 12,455 12,182 -1 2 8 62 -1 6 9 299 -1 5 1 434 969 5,223 908 5,455 923 5,564 1,097 5,161 1,077 5,156 1,074 5,130 22,589 23,465 16 149 876 1,460 1,612 1,562 1,444 1,463 686 6,014 17,501 7,416 16,819 408 289 -2 6 1 392 1,195 -3 7 2 6,756 2,373 5,455 2,251 7,827 2,432 6,348 2,084 5,716 1,859 6,632 2,804 1. Not seasonally adjusted. A38 Domestic Financial Statistics □ March 1981 1.54 MORTGAGE MARKETS Millions of dollars; exceptions noted. 1980 Item 1978 1979 1981 1980 July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan. Terms and yields in primary and secondary markets Primary Markets 1 2 3 4 5 6 Conventional mortgages on new homes Terms 1 Purchase price (thousands of dollars) ...................... Amount of loan (thousands of d ollars).................... Loan/price ratio (percent) ........................................... Maturity (years) ........................................................... Fees and charges (percent of loan amount)2 .......... Contract rate (percent per annum) .......................... 62.6 45.9 75.3 28.0 1.39 9.30 74.4 53.3 73.9 28.5 1.66 10.48 83.5 59.3 73.3 28.2 2.10 12.25 89.0 63.7 73.5 28.9 2.13 12.11 88.6 61.5 71.2 27.7 2.12 11.84 83.7 58.7 72.2 27.6 2.10 11.95 84.0 61.3 75.0 28.2 2.16 12.20 77.1 56.1 75.2 27.6 2.15 12.62 97.0 63.0 72.9 28.2 2.40 12.80 89.8 65.1 75.6 29.0 2.60 13.02 9.54 9.68 10.77 11.15 12.65 13.95 12.51 12.45 12.25 13.25 12.35 13.70 12.60 14.10 13.04 14.70 13.26 15.05 13.54 14.95 9.70 8.98 10.87 10.22 13.42 12.55 12.39 11.53 13.54 12.34 14.26 12.84 14.38 12.91 14.47 13.55 14.08 13.62 14.23 13.50 9.77 10.01 11.17 11.77 14.11 14.43 12.65 12.80 13.92 13.66 14.77 14.45 14.94 14.70 15.53 15.30 15.21 15.54 14.27 14.95 56,188 32,493 56,619 57,327 33,417 57,380 18,148 32,839 18,239 Yield (percent p e r annum) 7 FHLBB series3 ............................................................. 8 HUD series4 ................................................................... Secondary Markets Yield (percent p er annum) 9 FHA mortgages (HUD series)5 ................................ 10 GNMA securities6 ......................................................... FNMA auctions7 11 Government-underwritten lo a n s............................ 12 Conventional lo a n s ................................................... Activity in secondary markets Federal N ational Mortgage A ssociation M ortgage holdings (end o f period) 43,311 15,511 10,544 11,524 51,091 51,327 18,886 | 33,4178 10,496 16,106 18,358 55,362 31,751 18,034 55,361 31,741 18,049 55,632 31,997 18,074 17 Purchases ....................................................................... 18 Sales ............................................................................... 12,303 9 10,805 0 8,100 0 100 0 167 0 500 0 771 0 Mortgage comm itm ents 9 19 Contracted (during period) ......................................... 20 Outstanding (end o f period) ....................................... 18,959 9,185 10,179 6,409 8,044 3,278 734 4,230 1,180 4,545 1,070 4,789 12,978 6,747.2 8,860 3,921 8,605 4,002 1,055.6 430.3 1,063.3 628.10 9,933.0 5,111 4,495 2,344 3,639 1,749 228.7 140.9 3,064 1,243 1,165 4,035 1,102 1,957 5,067 1,033 2,830 28 Purchases ....................................................................... 29 Sales ............................................................................... 6,525 6,211 5,717 4,544 Mortgage comm itm ents 11 30 Contracted (during period) ......................................... 31 Outstanding (end of period) ....................................... 7,451 1,410 5,542 797 14 15 16 FHA-insured ............................................................. VA-guaranteed ......................................................... Conventional ............................................................. 18,358 33,417 18,435 579 0 855 0 185 0 514 4,399 472 3,963 403 3,278 241 3,063 907.0 538.0 427.8 257.7 252.0 135.6 242.1 110.8 210.7 93.0 430.4 218.8 347.7 209.8 107.6 93.9 81.6 68.8 84.8 54.1 32.0 30.3 4,151 1,066 3,085 4,295 1,058 3,237 4,543 1,050 3,492 4,727 1,044 3,629 4,843 1,038 3,715 5,067 1,033 2,830 5,039 1,029 2,825 3,722 2,526 440 288 495 320 521 275 398 187 231 94 285 48 152 168 3,859 447 708 1,386 476 1,300 218 934 222 726 180 653 126 447 203 487 Mortgage transactions (during period) Auction o f 4-month comm itm ents to buy Government-underwritten loans O ffered ....................................................................... Accepted..................................................................... Conventional loans 23 O ffered....................................................................... 24 Accepted..................................................................... 21 22 Federal H ome Loan Mortgage Corporation Mortgage holdings (end o f p e rio d )10 25 Total ............ .................................................................. 26 FH A/VA ..................................................................... 27 Conventional ............................................................. M ortgage transactions (during period) 1. Weighted averages based on sample surveys of mortgages originated by major institutional lender groups. Compiled by the Federal Home Loan Bank Board in cooperation with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. 2. Includes all fees, commissions, discounts, and “points” paid (by the borrower or the seller) in order to obtain a loan. 3. Average effective interest rates on loans closed, assuming prepayment at the end of 10 years. 4. Average contract rates on new commitments for conventional first mortgages, rounded to the nearest 5 basis points; from Department of Housing and Urban Development. 5. Average gross yields on 30-year, minimum-downpayment, Federal Housing Administration-insured first mortgages for immediate delivery in the private sec ondary market. Any gaps in data are due to periods of adjustment to changes in maximum permissible contract rates. 6. Average net yields to investors on Government National Mortgage Associ atio n g u a ra n te e d , m o rtg a g e -b a c k e d , fully m odified p ass-th ro u g h securities, assuming prepayment in 12 years on pools of 30-year FHA/VA mortgages carrying the prevailing ceiling rate. Monthly figures are unweighted averages of Monday quotations for the month. 7. Average gross yields (before deduction of 38 basis points for mortgage serv icing) on accepted bids in Federal National Mortgage Association’s auctions of 4month commitments to purchase home mortgages, assuming prepayment in 12 years for 30-year mortgages. No adjustments are made for FNMA commitment fees or stock related requirements. Monthly figures are unweighted averages for auctions conducted within the month. 8. Beginning March 1980, FHA-insured and VA-guaranteed mortgage holdings in lines 14 and 15 are combined. 9. Includes some multifamily and nonprofit hospital loan commitments in ad dition to 1- to 4-family loan commitments accepted in FNMA’s free market auction system, and through the FNMA-GNMA tandem plans. 10. Includes participation as well as whole loans. 11. Includes conventional and government-underwritten loans. Real Estate Debt 1.55 A39 MORTGAGE DEBT OUTSTANDING Millions of dollars, end of period 1979 Type of holder, and type of property 1978 1979 Q4 1 All holders ............................................................................. 1,168,486 1,324,856 1980 1980 1,449,633 1,333,550 Ql 1,355,402 Q2 03 Q4 1,378,414 1,412,515 1,449,633 956,475 137,859 258,799 96,500 2 1- to 4-family ......................................................................... 3 Multifamily............................................................................. 4 Commercial ........................................................................... 5 764,246 121,285 211,749 71,206 875,874 129,261 237,205 82,516 956,475 137,859 258,799 96,500 872,068 130,713 238,412 92,357 894,980 130,800 242,709 86,913 908,119 132,430 246,861 91,004 931,232 134,856 252,783 93,644 6 Major financial institutions ................................................. 7 Commercial banks1 ........................................................... 1- to 4-family ................................................................. 8 9 M ultifamily..................................................................... 10 Commercial ................................................................... 11 Farm ............................................................................... 848,177 214,045 129,167 10,266 66,115 8,497 938,676 245,187 149,460 11,180 75,957 8,590 998,025 264,602 160,746 12,304 82,688 8,864 939,487 245,998 145,975 12,546 77,096 10,381 951,402 250,702 152,553 11,557 77,993 8,599 958,892 253,103 153,753 11,764 79,110 8,476 977,454 258,003 156,737 11,997 80,626 8,643 998,025 264,602 160,746 12,304 82,688 8,864 12 13 14 15 16 Mutual savings banks ....................................................... 1- to 4-family ................................................................. M ultifamily..................................................................... Commercial ................................................................... Farm ............................................................................... 95,157 62,252 16,529 16,319 57 98,908 64,706 17,180 16,963 59 99,827 65,307 17,340 17,120 60 98,908 64,706 17,180 16,963 59 99,151 64,865 17,223 17,004 59 99,150 64,864 17,223 17,004 59 99,306 64,966 17,249 17,031 60 99,827 65,307 17,340 17,120 60 17 18 19 20 Savings and loan associations ......................................... 1- to 4-family ................................................................. M ultifamily..................................................................... Commercial ................................................................... 432,808 356,114 36,053 40,641 475,797 394,436 37,588 43,773 502,718 417,759 39,011 45,948 475,797 394,436 37,588 43,773 479,078 398,114 37,224 43,740 481,184 398,864 37,340 43,980 492,068 408,908 38,185 44,975 502,718 417,759 39,011 45,948 21 22 23 24 25 Life insurance companies ............................................... 1- to 4-family ................................................................. M ultifamily..................................................................... Commercial ................................................................... Farm ............................................................................... 106,167 14,436 19,000 62,232 10,499 118,784 16,193 19,274 71,137 12,180 130,878 18,420 19,813 79,843 12,802 118,784 16,193 19,274 71,137 12,180 122,471 16,850 19,590 73,618 12,413 125,455 17,796 19,284 75,693 12,682 128,077 17,996 19,357 77,995 12,729 130,878 18,420 19,813 79,843 12,802 26 Federal and related agencies............................................... 27 Government National Mortgage A ssociation.............. 28 1- to 4-family ................................................................. 29 M ultifamily..................................................................... 81,853 3,509 877 2,632 97,293 3,852 763 3,089 114,325 4,453 709 3,744 97,293 3,852 763 3,089 104,133 3,919 749 3,170 108,742 4,466 736 3,730 110,695 4,389 719 3,670 114,325 4,453 709 3,744 30 31 32 33 34 Farmers Home A dm inistration...................................... 1- to 4-family ................................................................. M ultifamily..................................................................... Commercial ................................................................... Farm ............................................................................... 926 288 320 101 217 1,274 417 71 174 612 3,725 1,033 818 391 1,483 1,274 417 71 174 612 2,845 1,139 408 409 889 3,375 1,383 636 402 954 3,525 978 774 370 1,403 3,725 1,033 818 391 1,483 35 36 37 Federal Housing and Veterans A dm inistration.......... 1- to 4-family ................................................................. M ultifamily..................................................................... 5,419 1,641 3,778 5,764 1,863 3,901 5,824 1,879 3,945 5,764 1,863 3,901 5,833 1,908 3,925 5,894 1,953 3,941 5,769 1,826 3,943 5,824 1,879 3,945 38 39 40 Federal National Mortgage Association ...................... 1- to 4-family ................................................................. M ultifamily..................................................................... 43,311 37,579 5,732 51,091 5,488 5,603 57,327 51,775 5,552 51,091 45,488 5,603 53,990 48,394 5,596 55,419 49,837 5,582 55,632 50,071 5,561 57,327 51,775 5,552 41 42 43 Federal Land Banks ......................................................... 1- to 4-family ................................................................. Farm ............................................................................... 25,624 927 24,697 31,277 1,552 29,725 38,131 2,099 36,032 31,277 1,552 29,725 33,311 1,708 31,603 35,574 1,893 33,681 36,837 1,985 34,852 38,131 2,099 36,032 44 45 46 Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation .............. 1- to 4-family ................................................................. M ultifamily..................................................................... 3,064 2,407 657 4,035 3,059 976 4,865 3,710 1,155 4,035 3,059 976 4,235 3,210 1,025 4,014 3,037 977 4,543 3,459 1,084 4,865 3,710 1,155 47 Mortgage pools or trusts2 ................................................... 48 Government National Mortgage A ssociation.............. 49 1- to 4-family ................................................................. 50 M ultifamily..................................................................... 88,633 54,347 52,732 1,615 119,278 76,401 74,546 1,855 142,498 93,874 91,602 2,272 119,278 76,401 74,546 1,855 124,632 80,843 78,872 1,971 129,647 84,282 82,208 2,074 136,583 89,452 87,276 2,176 142,498 93,874 91,602 2,272 51 52 53 Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation .............. 1- to 4-family ................................................................. M ultifamily..................................................................... 11,892 9,657 2,235 15,180 12,149 3,031 16,952 13,397 3,555 15,180 12,149 3,031 15,454 12,359 3,095 16,120 12,886 3,234 16,659 13,318 3,341 16,952 13,397 3,555 54 55 56 57 58 Farmers Home A dm inistration...................................... 1- to 4-family ................................................................. M ultifamily..................................................................... Commercial ................................................................... Farm ............................................................................... 22,394 13,400 1,116 3,560 4,318 27,697 14,884 2,163 4,328 6,322 31,672 16,865 2,323 5,258 7,226 27,697 14,884 2,163 4,328 6,322 28,335 14,926 2,159 4,495 6,755 29,245 15,224 2,159 4,763 7,099 30,472 16,226 2,235 5,059 6,952 31,672 16,865 2,323 5,258 7,226 59 Individual and others3 ......................................................... 60 1- to 4-family ..................................................................... 61 M ultifamily......................................................................... 62 Commercial ....................................................................... 63 Farm ................................................................................... 149,823 82,769 21,352 22,781 22,921 169,609 96,358 23,350 24,873 25,028 194,785 111,174 26,027 27,551 30,033 177,492 96,037 23,436 24,941 33,078 175,235 99,333 23,857 25,450 26,595 181,133 102,685 24,486 25,909 28,053 187,783 106,767 25,284 26,727 29,005 194,785 111,174 26,027 27,551 30,033 1. Includes loans held by nondeposit trust companies but not bank trust de partments. 2. Outstanding principal balances of mortgages backing securities insured or guaranteed by the agency indicated. 3. Other holders include mortgage companies, real estate investment trusts, state and local credit agencies, state and local retirement funds, noninsured pension funds, credit unions, and U.S. agencies for which amounts are small or separate data are not readily available. N o t e . Based on data from various institutional and governmental sources, with some quarters estimated in part by the Federal Reserve in conjunction with the Federal Home Loan Bank Board and the Department of Commerce. Separation of nonfarm mortgage debt by type of property, if not reported directly, and in terpolations and extrapolations when required, are estimated mainly by the Federal Reserve. Multifamily debt refers to loans on structures of five or more units. A40 1.56 Domestic Financial Statistics □ March 1981 CONSUMER INSTALLMENT CREDIT1 Total Outstanding, and Net Change Millions of dollars 1980 1981 Holder, and type of credit July Aug. Sept. Oct. Amounts outstanding (end of period) 1 Total .............................. 230,564 273,645 312,024 303,853 305,763 306,926 307.222 308,051 313,435 310,554 112,373 44,868 37,605 23,490 7,089 2,963 2,176 136,016 54,298 44,334 25,987 7,097 3,220 2,693 154,177 68,318 46,517 28,119 8,424 3,729 2,740 146,555 73,909 42,644 24,620 8,991 4,500 2,634 146,548 74,433 43,347 24,918 9,141 4,710 2,666 146,362 74,823 43,562 25,301 9,266 4,872 2,740 145.895 •74.985 43,518 25,703 9,611 4,736 2,774 145,147 75,690 43,606 26,469 9,687 4,662 2,790 145,765 76,756 44,041 29,410 9,911 4,717 2,835 143,749 77,131 43,601 28,300 10,023 4,929 2,821 9 Automobile .................. 10 Commercial banks .. 11 Indirect paper 12 Direct loans .......... 13 Credit unions ............ 14 Finance companies .. 82,911 49,577 27,379 22,198 18,099 15,235 101,647 60,510 33,850 26,660 21,200 19,937 116,362 67,367 38,338 29,029 22,244 26,751 116,125 63,344 36,233 27,111 20,392 32,389 116,868 63,177 36,047 27,130 20,728 32,963 116,781 62,734 35,768 26,966 20,831 33,216 116,657 62,350 35,572 26,778 20,810 33,497 116,517 61,848 35,284 26,564 20,852 33,817 116,327 61,025 34,857 26,168 21,060 34,242 115,262 59,608 33,947 25,661 20,850 34,804 15 R evolving...................... 16 Commercial banks .. 17 R e ta ile rs .................... 18 Gasoline companies . 39,274 18,374 17,937 2.963 48,309 24,341 20,748 3,220 56,937 29,862 23,346 3,729 53,036 28,073 20,463 4,500 53,771 28,305 20,756 4,710 54,406 28,403 21,131 4,872 54,598 28,331 21,531 4,736 55,304 28,360 22,282 4,662 59,862 30,001 25,144 4,717 58,985 29,952 24,104 4,929 19 Mobile home ................ 20 Commercial banks .. 21 Finance companies .. 22 Savings and loans . .. 23 Credit unions ............ 14.945 9,124 3,077 2,342 402 15,235 9,545 3,152 2,067 471 16,838 10,647 3,390 2,307 494 17,004 10,568 3,546 2,437 453 17,068 10,564 3,566 2,477 461 17,113 10,538 3,601 2,511 463 17,276 10,502 3,657 2.654 463 17,293 10,452 3,702 2,675 464 17,327 10,376 3,745 2,737 469 17,244 10,271 3,741 2,768 464 24 O th e r .............................. 25 Commercial banks .. 26 Finance companies .. 27 Credit u n io n s ............ 28 R e ta ile rs .................... 29 Savings and loans .. 30 Mutual savings banks 93,434 35,298 26,556 19,104 5,553 4,747 2,176 108,454 41,620 31,209 22,663 5,239 5,030 2,693 121,887 46,301 38,177 23,779 4,773 6,117 2,740 117,688 44,570 37,974 21,799 4,157 6,554 2,634 118,056 44,502 37,904 22,158 4,162 6,664 2,666 118,626 44,687 38,006 22,268 4,170 6,755 2,740 113,691 44,712 37,831 22,245 4,172 6,957 2,774 118,937 44,487 38,171 22,290 4,187 7,012 2,790 119,919 44,363 38,769 22,512 4,266 7,174 2,835 119,063 43,918 38,586 22,287 4,196 7,255 2,821 By major holder 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Commercial banks Finance companies Credit u n io n s ................ Retailers2 ...................... Savings and loans ........ Gasoline companies . . . Mutual savings banks .. By m ajor type o f credit Net change (during period)3 35,462 43,079 38,381 -1,199 489 1,055 702 839 1,619 869 18,645 5,949 6,436 2,654 1,309 132 337 23,641 9,430 6,729 2,497 7 257 518 18,161 14,020 2,185 2,132 1,327 509 47 -1,749 439 -2 7 0 89 155 132 5 -6 8 2 387 465 160 5 136 18 -2 6 5 613 36 456 93 90 32 -3 3 6 454 63 134 246 98 43 -1 2 0 594 218 52 -1 4 72 37 -2 7 6 860 378 316 190 83 68 -1,357 1,113 288 409 232 106 78 39 Automobile .............................................. 40 Commercial banks .............................. 41 Indirect paper .................................. 42 Direct loans ...................................... 43 Credit unions ........................................ 44 Finance companies .............................. 15,204 9,956 5,307 4,649 2,861 2,387 18,736 10,933 6,471 4,462 3,101 4,702 14,715 6,857 4,488 2,369 1,044 6,814 -7 1 7 -1,083 -7 8 4 -2 9 9 -1 0 8 474 355 -3 4 4 -2 8 6 -5 8 215 484 84 -3 6 2 -2 8 2 -8 0 10 436 201 -3 4 8 -1 7 0 -1 7 8 18 531 245 -1 3 8 -4 4 -9 4 101 282 302 -491 -1 8 1 -3 1 0 174 619 -6 3 -1,253 -8 3 9 -4 1 4 206 984 45 R evolving .................................................. 46 Commercial banks .............................. 47 R e ta ile rs ................................................ 48 Gasoline companies ............................ 6,248 4,015 2,101 132 9,035 5,967 2,811 257 8,628 5,521 2,598 509 38 -2 5 9 165 132 281 -2 4 169 136 478 -8 1 469 90 273 -1 9 194 98 265 121 72 72 616 211 322 83 557 59 392 106 49 Mobile home ............................................ 50 Commercial banks .............................. 51 Finance companies .............................. 52 Savings and loans ................................ 53 Credit unions ........................................ 371 387 -1 8 7 101 70 286 419 74 -2 7 6 69 1,603 1,102 238 240 23 14 -2 3 -2 45 -6 33 -8 14 21 6 43 -2 2 30 35 0 141 -21 42 120 0 24 -3 3 44 11 2 66 -3 4 48 47 5 -2 4 -8 5 15 46 0 54 O th e r .......................................................... 55 Commercial banks .............................. 56 Finance companies .............................. 57 Credit unions ........................................ 58 R e ta ile rs ................................................ 59 Savings and loans ................................ 60 Mutual savings banks .......................... 13,639 4,287 3,749 3,505 553 1,208 337 15,022 6,322 4,654 3,559 -3 1 4 283 518 13,435 4,681 6,968 1,118 -4 6 6 1,087 47 -5 3 4 -3 8 4 -3 3 -1 5 6 -7 6 110 5 -1 8 0 -3 0 6 -1 1 1 244 -9 -1 6 18 450 200 147 26 -1 3 58 32 87 52 -1 1 9 45 -6 0 126 43 305 -7 0 268 115 -2 0 -2 5 37 635 38 193 199 -6 143 68 399 -7 8 114 82 17 186 78 31 Total .......................................................... By major holder 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Commercial banks .................................. Finance companies .................................. Credit u n io n s ............................................ Retailers2 .................................................. Savings and loans .................................... Gasoline companies ................................ Mutual savings banks .............................. By m ajor type o f credit 1. The Board’s series cover most short- and intermediate-term credit extended to individuals through regular business channels, usually to finance the purchase of consumer goods and services or to refinance debts incurred for such purposes, and scheduled to be repaid (or with the option of repayment) in two or more installments. 2. Includes auto dealers and excludes 30-day charge credit held by travel and entertainment companies. 3. Net change equals extensions minus liquidations (repayments, charge-offs, and other credit); figures for all months are seasonally adjusted. Consumer Debt 1.57 A41 CONSUMER INSTALLMENT CREDIT Extensions and Liquidations Millions of dollars; monthly data are seasonally adjusted. 1981 1980 Holder, and type of credit 1977 1978 1979 July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan. Extensions 257,600 297,668 324,777 23,997 26,176 27,064 27,365 25,991 27,149 27,059 117,896 41,989 34,028 42,183 4,978 14,617 1,909 142,433 50,505 38,111 44,571 3,724 16,017 2,307 154,733 61,518 34,926 47,676 5,901 18,005 2,018 10,098 4,809 2,305 4,148 582 1,902 153 11,107 5,155 3,085 4,263 454 1,941 171 11,671 5,355 2,752 4,596 539 1,965 186 11,977 5,323 2,872 4,291 695 2,009 198 11,432 4,852 2,795 4,250 444 2,024 194 11,484 5,185 3,035 4,497 658 2,061 229 10,397 5,904 2,994 4,673 715 2,130 246 9 Automobile ................................................................... 10 Commercial banks ................................................... 11 Indirect paper ....................................................... 12 Direct loans ........................................................... 13 Credit u n io n s ............................................................. 14 Finance companies ................................................... 75,641 46,363 25,149 21,214 16,616 12,662 87,981 52,969 29,342 23,627 18,539 16,473 93,901 53,554 29,623 23,931 17,397 22,950 6,068 2,771 1,329 1,442 1,197 2,100 7,400 3,606 1,866 1,740 1,570 2,224 7,518 3,713 2,035 1,678 1,455 2,350 7,544 3,791 2,135 1,656 1,457 2,296 7,117 3,552 1,962 1,590 1,402 2,163 7,234 3,271 1,857 1,414 1,538 2,425 7,237 2,598 1,230 1,368 1,598 3,047 15 R evolving....................................................................... 16 Commercial banks ................................................... 17 R etailers..................................................................... 18 Gasoline companies ................................................. 87,596 38,256 34,723 14,617 105,125 51,333 37,775 16,017 120,174 61,048 41,121 18,005 10,679 5,059 3,718 1,902 10,700 4,989 3,770 1,941 11,143 5,067 4,111 1,965 11,124 5,264 3,851 2,009 10,953 5,155 3,774 2,024 11,614 5,554 3,999 2,061 11,483 5,185 4,168 2,130 19 Mobile home ................................................................. 20 Commercial banks ................................................... 21 Finance companies ................................................... 22 Savings and loans ..................................................... 23 Credit u n io n s ............................................................. 5,712 3,466 644 1,406 196 5,412 3,697 886 609 220 6,471 4,542 797 948 184 377 226 52 95 4 415 263 56 78 18 442 250 84 95 13 513 257 89 159 8 424 243 93 74 14 479 254 89 119 17 383 171 81 119 12 24 O th e r............................................................................... 25 Commercial banks ................................................... 26 Finance companies ................................................... 27 Credit u n io n s ............................................................. 28 R e ta ile rs..................................................................... 29 Savings and loans ..................................................... 30 Mutual savings banks ............................................... 88,651 29,811 28,683 17,216 7,460 3,572 1,909 99,150 34,434 33,146 19,352 6,796 3,115 2,307 104,231 35,589 37,771 17,345 6,555 4,953 2,018 6,873 2,042 2,657 1,104 430 487 153 7,661 2,249 2,875 1,497 493 376 171 7,961 2,641 2,921 1,284 485 444 186 8,184 2,665 2,938 1,407 440 536 198 7,497 2,482 2,596 1,379 476 370 194 7,822 2,405 2,671 1,480 498 539 229 7,956 2,443 2,776 1,390 505 596 246 1 Total ............................................................................... By major holder 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Commercial banks ....................................................... Finance companies ....................................................... Credit u n io n s ................................................................. Retailers1 ....................................................................... Savings and loans ......................................................... Gasoline companies ..................................................... Mutual savings banks ................................................... By m ajor type o f credit Liquidations 222,138 254,589 286,396 25,196 25,687 26,009 26,663 25,152 25,530 26,190 99,251 36,040 27,592 39,529 3,669 14,485 1,572 118,792 41,075 31,382 42,074 3,717 15,760 1,789 136,572 47,498 32,741 45,544 4,574 17,496 1,971 11,847 4,370 2,575 4,059 427 1,770 148 11,789 4,768 2,620 4,103 449 1,805 153 11,936 4,742 2,716 4,140 446 1,875 154 12,313 4,869 2,809 4,157 449 1,911 155 11,552 4,258 2,577 4,198 458 1,952 157 11,760 4,325 2,657 4,181 468 1,978 161 11,754 4,791 2,706 4,264 483 2,024 168 39 Automobile ................................................................... 40 Commercial banks ................................................... 41 Indirect paper ....................................................... 42 Direct loans ........................................................... 43 Credit u n io n s ............................................................. 44 Finance companies ................................................... 60,437 36,407 19,842 16,565 13,755 10,275 69,245 42,036 22,871 19,165 15,438 11,771 79,186 46,697 25,135 21,562 16,353 16,136 6,785 3,854 2,113 1,741 1,305 1,626 7,045 3,950 2,152 1,798 1,355 1,740 7,434 4,075 2,317 1,758 1,445 1,914 7,343 4,139 2,305 1,834 1,439 1,765 6,872 3,690 2,006 1,684 1,301 1,881 6,932 3,762 2,038 1,724 1,364 1,806 7,300 3,851 2,069 1,782 1,386 2,063 45 R evolving....................................................................... 46 Commercial banks ................................................... 47 R e ta ile rs..................................................................... 48 Gasoline companies ................................................. 81,348 34,241 32,622 14,485 96,090 45,366 34,964 15,760 111,546 55,527 38,523 17,496 10,641 5,318 3,553 1,770 10,419 5,013 3,601 1,805 10,665 5,148 3,642 1,875 10,851 5,283 3,657 1,911 10,688 5,034 3,702 1,952 10,998 5,343 3,677 1,978 10,926 5,126 3,776 2,024 49 Mobile home ................................................................. 50 Commercial banks ................................................... 51 Finance companies ................................................... 52 Savings and loans ..................................................... 53 Credit u n io n s ............................................................. 5,341 3,079 831 1,305 126 5,126 3,278 812 885 151 4,868 3,440 559 708 161 363 249 54 50 10 382 271 42 57 12 399 272 54 60 13 372 278 47 39 8 400 276 49 63 12 413 288 41 72 12 407 256 66 73 12 54 O th e r............................................................................... 55 Commercial banks ................................................... 56 Finance companies ................................................... 57 Credit u n io n s ............................................................. 58 R etailers..................................................................... 59 Savings and loans ..................................................... 60 Mutual savings banks ............................................... 75,012 25,524 24,934 13,711 6,907 2,364 1,572 84,128 28,112 28,492 15,793 7,110 2,832 1,789 90,796 30,908 30,803 16,227 7,021 3,866 1,971 7,407 2,426 2,690 1,260 506 377 148 7,841 2,555 2,986 1,253 502 392 153 7,511 2,441 2,774 1,258 498 386 154 8,097 2,613 3,057 1,362 500 410 155 7,192 2,552 2,328 1,264 496 395 157 7,187 2,367 2,478 1,281 504 396 161 7,557 2,521 2,662 1,308 488 410 168 31 Total ............................................................................... By m ajor holder 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Commercial banks ....................................................... Finance companies ....................................................... Credit u n io n s ................................................................. Retailers1 ....................................................................... Savings and loans ......................................................... Gasoline companies ..................................................... Mutual savings banks ................................................... By major type o f credit 1. Includes auto dealers and excludes 30-day charge credit held by travel and entertainment companies. A42 1.58 Domestic Financial Statistics □ March 1981 FUNDS RAISED IN U.S. CREDIT MARKETS Billions of dollars; half-yearly data are at seasonally adjusted annual rates. 1979 1978 Transaction category, sector 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1980 HI H2 HI H2 HI H2 Nonfinancial sectors 1 Total funds raised ......................................................... 2 Excluding eq u itie s......................................................... 210.8 200.7 271.9 261.0 338.5 335.3 400.4 398.3 394.9 390.6 363.3 349.8 384.8 387.4 416.0 409.2 380.5 377.7 408.2 402.3 321.1 313.0 405.6 386.5 85.4 85.8 -.4 125.4 10.1 115.3 112.1 9.9 102.2 98.4 16.1 27.2 69.0 69.1 - .1 202.8 10.8 192.0 182.0 10.5 171.5 123.5 15.7 22.8 56.8 57.6 - .9 281.7 3.1 278.6 267.8 2.7 265.1 175.6 23.7 21.0 53.7 55.1 - 1 .4 346.7 2.1 344.6 314.4 2.6 311.8 196.6 28.3 20.1 37.4 38.8 - 1 .4 357.6 4.3 353.2 336.4 3.5 333.0 199.9 18.9 21.2 79.2 79.8 - .6 284.1 13.6 270.6 254.2 11.4 242.8 175.6 22.2 27.6 61.4 62.3 - .9 323.4 - 2 .6 326.0 302.8 -1 .8 304.6 188.3 27.8 20.6 46.0 47.9 - 1 .9 370.0 6.8 363.2 326.1 7.0 319.1 205.0 28.7 19.6 28.6 30.9 - 2 .3 351.9 2.8 349.1 338.6 2.8 335.8 198.8 16.0 22.4 46.1 46.6 - .5 362.1 5.9 356.2 333.0 4.1 328.9 201.1 21.8 19.9 64.5 65.2 - .6 256.5 8.0 248.5 227.0 6.0 221.0 169.1 18.0 33.4 93.8 94.4 - .6 311.7 19.1 292.7 281.5 16.8 264.7 182.1 26.4 21.9 39.5 * 11.0 4.6 3.8 9.7 -1 2 .3 - 2 .6 9.0 63.6 1.8 13.4 6.1 48.0 25.6 4.0 4.0 14.4 96.3 7.4 18.4 8.8 89.5 40.6 27.0 2.9 19.0 104.6 10.2 23.3 10.2 115.2 50.6 37.3 5.2 22.2 109.1 8.9 25.7 16.2 133.0 44.2 50.6 10.9 27.3 81.5 8.7 21.6 14.0 67.2 3.1 37.9 5.8 20.4 100.1 9.3 21.2 9.3 116.3 50.1 43.1 5.3 17.8 109.1 11.2 25.4 11.1 114.1 51.0 31.4 5.1 26.5 109.8 8.1 26.0 16.6 137.0 48.3 48.2 12.0 28.4 108.5 9.7 25.4 15.9 127.8 39.0 52.9 9.7 26.2 73.6 6.5 22.1 15.5 51.9 - 6 .4 9.6 29.7 18.9 89.3 11.0 21.1 12.4 82.5 12.5 66.1 -1 8 .1 22.0 By sector and instrument 3 U.S. governm ent........................................................... 4 Treasury securities ................................................... 5 Agency issues and mortgages ................................ 6 All other nonfinancial s e c to rs .................................... 7 Corporate equities ................................................... 8 Debt instrum ents...................................................... 9 Private domestic nonfinancial sectors .................. 10 Corporate equities ............................................... 11 Debt instrum ents................................................... 12 Debt capital instruments ................................ 13 State and local obligations.......................... 14 Corporate bonds .......................................... Mortgages 15 Home ......................................................... 16 Multifamily residential ............................ 17 Commercial ............................................... 18 Farm ........................................................... 19 Other debt instruments .................................. 20 Consumer credit ........................................... 21 Bank loans n.e.c............................................. 22 Open market paper .................................... 23 O th e r ............................................................... 24 25 26 27 28 29 By borrowing sector ............................................ State and local governments .......................... H ouseholds......................................................... Farm ................................................................... Nonfarm noncorporate.................................... C o rp o rate........................................................... 112.1 13.7 49.7 8.8 2.0 37.9 182.0 15.2 90.5 10.9 4.7 60.7 267.8 20.4 139.9 14.7 12.9 79.9 314.4 23.6 162.6 18.1 15.4 94.8 336.4 15.5 164.9 25.8 15.9 114.3 254.2 20.7 100.8 19.0 12.5 101.1 302.8 21.0 156.1 15.3 16.4 93.9 326.1 26.1 169.1 20.8 14.4 95.7 338.6 13.0 167.6 23.5 15.5 118.9 333.0 18.0 161.2 28.1 15.9 109.7 227.0 16.2 89.8 21.1 9.0 90.9 281.5 25.3 111.9 16.9 16.0 111.3 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 F o re ig n ....................................................................... Corporate equities ............................................... Debt instrum ents................................................... Bonds ................................................................. Bank loans n.e.c................................................. Open market paper ......................................... U.S. government loans .................................. 13.3 .2 13.2 6.2 3.9 .3 2.8 20.8 .3 20.5 8.6 6.8 1.9 3.3 13.9 .4 13.5 5.1 3.1 2.4 3.0 32.3 - .5 32.8 4.0 18.3 6.6 3.9 21.2 .9 20.3 3.9 2.3 11.2 3.0 29.9 2.2 27.7 .8 11.8 10.1 5.0 20.6 - .8 21.4 5.0 9.3 3.6 3.6 43.9 -.2 44.1 3.0 27.3 9.6 4.2 13.3 * 13.3 3.0 1.0 6.1 3.1 29.1 1.7 27.3 4.7 3.5 16.3 2.8 29.5 2.1 27.5 2.0 4.4 15.7 5.4 30.3 2.3 28.0 - .4 19.3 4.5 4.6 Financial sectors 37 Total funds raised ............................................ 12.7 24.1 54.0 81.4 88.5 70.8 80.7 82.1 86.3 90.7 54.0 87.6 13.5 2.3 10.3 .9 -.8 .6 - 1 .4 2.9 2.3 -3 .7 18.6 3.3 15.7 -.4 5.5 1.0 4.4 5.8 2.1 -3 .7 26.3 7.0 20.5 - 1 .2 27.7 .9 26.9 10.1 3.1 - .3 41.4 23.1 18.3 52.4 24.3 28.1 47.5 24.3 23.2 38.5 21.9 16.6 45.8 21.5 24.2 59.0 27.0 32.0 45.8 25.1 20.7 49.2 23.5 25.7 40.0 1.7 38.3 7.5 .9 2.8 36.1 2.3 33.8 7.8 - 1 .2 - .4 23.3 3.4 19.8 7.2 -.9 1.0 42.2 2.2 40.0 8.5 2.1 2.5 44.3 24.3 20.1 37.8 l.l 36.7 6.4 - .3 3.1 40.5 2.0 38.4 8.7 - .5 - .7 31.7 2.5 29.2 7.0 - 1 .9 - .2 8.1 3.1 5.1 10.3 - 6 .8 1.1 38.4 3.8 34.6 4.0 5.0 1.0 1.1 -4 .0 2.2 - 2 .0 9.6 4.3 14.6 12.5 18.4 9.2 5.4 7.1 13.5 13.2 15.7 11.8 23.0 7.8 13.8 10.5 - 3 .6 4.1 14.4 10.2 3.2 10.3 -.8 1.2 .3 -2 .3 1.0 .5 - 1 .4 - .1 2.9 15.7 5.5 2.3 -.8 .1 .9 6.4 -2 .4 -1 .0 5.8 20.5 27.7 1.1 1.3 9.9 .9 17.6 - 2 .2 -.9 23.1 18.3 40.0 1.3 6.7 14.3 1.1 18.6 - 1 .0 - 1 .0 24.3 28.1 36.1 1.6 4.5 11.4 1.0 18.9 -.4 - 1 .0 24.3 23.2 23.3 .6 5.6 6.4 .8 8.8 -.9 2.0 21.9 16.6 42.2 1.5 5.8 16.4 1.0 18.9 - 1 .0 - .5 24.3 20.1 37.8 1.1 7.6 12.2 1.1 18.2 - 1 .0 - 1 .5 21.5 24.2 40.5 1.3 6.2 9.9 1.0 23.5 - .6 -1 .0 27.0 32.0 31.7 1.8 2.9 12.9 .9 14.3 - .1 - .9 25.1 20.7 8.1 .8 4.5 - 4 .7 .8 6.8 - 1 .4 1.4 23.5 25.7 38.4 .3 6.6 17.6 .7 10.8 - .3 2.7 By instrument 38 U.S. government related ................................ 39 Sponsored credit agency securities............ 40 Mortgage pool securities ............................ 41 Loans from U.S. government .................... 42 Private financial sectors .................................. 43 Corporate equities .................................... 44 Debt instrum ents.......................................... 45 Corporate bonds ...................................... 46 M ortgages................................................ 47 Bank loans n.e.c....................................... 48 49 Open market paper and repurchase agreem ents...................................... Loans from Federal Home Loan Banks By sector 50 Sponsored credit agencies ............................ 51 Mortgage pools .............................................. 52 Private financial sectors ................................ 53 Commercial banks ..................................... 54 Bank affiliates ............................................ 55 Savings and loan associations .................. 56 Other insurance co m p an ies...................... 57 Finance companies .................................... 58 R E IT s .......................................................... 59 Open-end investment companies ............ All sectors 60 Total funds raised, by instrument ............................ 223.6 295.9 392.5 481.8 483.4 434.1 465.5 498.1 466.7 498.9 375.0 493.2 61 Investment company shares ...................................... 62 Other corporate equities ............................................. 63 Debt instrum ents........................................................... 64 U.S. government securities .................................... 65 State and local obligations...................................... 66 Corporate and foreign bonds ................................ 67 M ortgages................................................................... 68 Consumer credit ....................................................... 69 Bank loans n.e.c......................................................... FRASER 70 Open market paper and RPs ................................ 71 Other loans ............................................................... - .1 10.8 212.9 98.2 16.1 36.4 57.2 9.7 -1 2 .2 -1 .2 8.7 -1 .0 12.9 284.1 88.1 15.7 37.2 87.0 25.6 7.0 8.1 15.3 - .9 4.9 388.5 84.3 23.7 36.1 133.9 40.6 29.8 15.0 25.2 - 1 .0 4.7 478.1 95.2 28.3 31.6 149.1 50.6 58.4 26.4 38.6 - 1 .0 7.6 476.8 89.9 18.9 32.9 158.6 44.2 52.5 40.5 39.5 2.0 15.0 417.1 126.8 22.2 35.6 124.8 3.1 50.7 21.4 32.6 -.5 .1 465.9 100.0 27.8 34.2 141.9 50.1 54.9 22.4 34.6 - 1 .5 9.4 490.2 90.4 28.7 29.1 156.3 51.0 61.8 30.4 42.5 - 1 .0 5.8 461.9 74.5 16.0 34.1 159.8 48.3 48.6 41.1 39.4 -.9 9.3 490.5 105.2 21.8 31.5 157.4 39.0 56.2 39.8 39.5 1.4 9.8 363.9 110.5 18.0 45.7 110.8 -6 .4 15.0 41.9 28.3 2.7 20.2 470.4 143.2 26.4 25.5 138.8 12.5 86.4 .9 36.8 Digitized for Flow o f Funds 1.59 A43 DIRECT AND INDIRECT SOURCES OF FUNDS TO CREDIT MARKETS Billions of dollars, except as noted; half-yearly data are at seasonally adjusted annual rates 1 Total funds advanced in credit markets to nonfinancial sectors ............................................................................. 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1979 1978 Transaction category, or sector 1980 HI H2 HI H2 HI H2 200.7 261.0 335.3 398.3 390.6 349.8 387.4 409.2 377.7 402.3 313.0 386.5 44.6 22.5 16.2 - 4 .0 9.8 54.3 26.8 12.8 - 2 .0 16.6 85.1 40.2 20.4 4.3 20.2 109.7 43.9 26.5 12.5 26.9 80.1 2.0 36.1 9.2 32.8 95.8 22.3 32.0 7.1 34.5 102.8 43.7 22.2 13.2 23.7 116.6 44.0 30.7 11.8 30.1 47.6 -2 2 .1 32.6 7.8 29.2 112.5 26.2 39.6 10.5 36.3 101.7 24.9 33.5 4.1 39.3 89.9 19.7 30.4 10.2 29.6 15.1 14.8 8.5 6.1 13.5 8.9 20.3 9.8 15.2 18.6 11.8 26.8 7.1 39.4 26.3 20.4 44.6 7.0 37.7 41.4 22.5 57.5 7.7 -7 .7 52.4 26.0 48.6 4.5 16.7 47.5 19.4 39.4 13.4 30.6 38.5 21.4 49.8 .5 44.9 44.3 23.8 49.9 .9 -2 7 .0 45.8 21.3 65.2 14.5 11.7 59.0 29.6 43.6 14.6 13.9 45.8 22.5 53.6 - 5 .6 19.5 49.2 169.7 75.7 16.1 32.8 23.2 17.9 -4 .0 225.4 61.3 15.7 30.5 52.6 63.3 - 2 .0 276.5 44.1 23.7 22.5 83.3 107.3 4.3 330.0 51.3 28.3 22.5 88.2 152.2 12.5 362.9 87.9 18.9 25.6 81.8 157.9 9.2 301.5 104.6 22.2 25.5 58.1 98.2 7.1 323.2 56.3 27.8 24.1 87.1 141.1 13.2 336.9 46.4 28.7 20.9 89.5 163.3 11.8 375.9 96.6 16.0 26.9 85.1 159.1 7.8 348.8 79.1 21.8 24.3 78.5 155.6 10.5 257.1 85.6 18.0 32.4 46.5 78.6 4.1 345.8 123.5 26.4 18.7 69.8 117.7 10.2 19 Credit market funds advanced by private financial institutions ..................................................................... 20 Commercial ban k in g ......................................................... 21 Savings institutions ........................................................... 22 Insurance and pension fu n d s .......................................... 23 Other fin a n ce..................................................................... 122.5 29.4 53.5 40.6 -1 .0 190.1 59.6 70.8 49.9 9.8 257.0 87.6 82.0 67.9 19.6 296.9 128.7 75.9 73.5 18.7 292.5 121.1 56.3 70.4 44.7 265.6 103.5 57.6 76.4 28.1 301.7 132.5 75.8 76.9 16.6 292.0 125.0 75.9 70.2 20.9 307.5 124.6 57.7 75.4 49.8 277.4 117.6 54.9 65.5 39.6 229.6 57.2 31.4 84.6 56.3 301.8 149.9 83.8 68.2 - .1 24 Sources of funds ................................................................... 25 Private domestic deposits ............................................... 26 Credit market borro w in g ................................................. 27 Other sources..................................................................... 28 Foreign fu n d s ................................................................. 29 Treasury balances ......................................................... 30 Insurance and pension reserves ................................ 31 Other, n e t ....................................................................... 122.5 92.0 - 1 .4 32.0 - 8 .7 -1 .7 29.7 12.7 190.1 124.6 4.4 61.0 -4 .6 - .1 34.5 31.2 257.0 141.2 26.9 89.0 1.2 4.3 49.4 34.1 296.9 142.5 38.3 116.0 6.3 6.8 62.7 40.3 292.5 136.7 33.8 122.0 26.3 .4 49.0 46.3 265.6 163.9 19.8 81.9 -2 0 .0 -2 .0 58.5 45.4 301.7 138.3 40.0 123.5 5.7 1.9 66.2 49.6 292.0 146.7 36.7 108.6 6.9 11.6 59.2 31.0 307.5 121.7 38.4 147.3 49.4 5.1 53.9 38.9 277.4 151.6 29.2 96.6 3.2 -4 .3 44.0 53.7 229.6 147.7 5.1 76.8 -1 8 .1 -2 .5 59.6 37.9 301.8 180.1 34.6 87.1 -2 1 .8 - 1 .5 57.4 53.1 32 Direct lending in credit m a rk e ts ........................................ 33 U.S. government securities ............................................. 34 State and local obligations............................................... 35 Corporate and foreign bonds ........................................ 36 Commercial p a p e r............................................................. 37 O th e r................................................................................... 45.8 24.1 8.4 8.4 - 1 .3 6.2 39.7 16.1 3.8 5.8 1.9 12.0 46.3 23.0 2.6 -3 .3 9.5 14.5 71.5 33.2 4.5 -1 .4 16.3 18.8 104.2 57.8 - 2 .5 11.1 10.7 27.1 55.7 30.7 -1 .8 5.4 -2 .4 23.9 61.4 32.1 7.0 -3 .7 8.2 17.8 81.6 34.4 2.0 1.0 24.4 19.8 106.8 64.1 -2 .3 7.8 12.5 24.7 100.5 51.5 - 2 .7 14.2 9.0 28.5 32.6 13.2 - 2 .9 8.3 - 6 .2 20.2 78.7 48.2 - .8 2.4 1.3 27.6 38 Deposits and currency ......................................................... 39 Security R P s ....................................................................... 40 Money market fund shares ............................................. 41 Time and savings accounts ............................................. 42 Large at commercial banks ........................................ 43 Other at commercial b a n k s ........................................ 44 At savings institutions ................................................. 45 M oney................................................................................. 46 Demand d eposits........................................................... 47 C urrency......................................................................... 98.1 .2 1.3 84.0 -1 5 .8 40.3 59.4 12.6 6.4 6.2 131.9 2.3 113.5 -1 3 .2 57.6 69.1 16.1 8.8 7.3 149.5 2.2 .2 121.0 23.0 29.0 69.0 26.1 17.8 8.3 151.8 7.5 6.9 115.2 45.9 8.2 61.1 22.2 12.9 9.3 144.7 6.6 34.4 84.7 .4 39.3 45.1 18.9 11.0 7.9 173.5 4.7 29.2 131.8 12.7 62.9 56.2 7.8 -1 .8 9.6 148.7 9.8 6.1 110.7 33.9 18.4 58.5 22.1 11.6 10.5 154.8 5.1 7.7 119.8 57.9 - 1 .9 63.8 22.3 14.2 8.1 131.1 18.5 30.2 71.4 -2 5 .3 41.3 55.4 10.9 1.6 9.3 158.1 -5 .3 38.6 97.9 26.0 37.3 34.7 26.8 20.3 6.5 156.7 5.3 61.9 91.9 -1 2 .0 60.6 43.4 - 2 .4 -1 1 .4 9.0 190.1 4.0 -3 .4 171.7 37.4 65.2 69.1 17.9 7.8 10.1 48 Total of credit market instruments, deposits and currency ......................................................................... 143.9 171.6 195.8 223.3 248.9 229.1 210.1 236.4 237.9 258.7 189.3 268.8 49 50 51 Public support rate (in percent) .................................... Private financial intermediation (in percent) .............. Total foreign f u n d s ........................................................... 22.2 72.2 -2 .6 20.8 84.3 10.6 25.4 93.0 40.5 27.5 90.0 44.0 20.5 80.6 18.6 27.4 88.1 - 3 .3 26.5 93.4 36.3 28.5 86.7 51.8 12.6 81.8 22.4 28.0 79.5 14.9 32.5 89.3 - 4 .2 23.3 87.3 - 2 .3 M e m o : Corporate equities not included above 52 Total net issues ..................................................................... 53 Mutual fund s h a re s ........................................................... 54 Other equities ................................................................... 10.7 - .1 10.8 11.9 -1 .0 12.9 4.0 -.9 4.9 3.7 - 1 .0 4.7 6.6 -1 .0 7.6 17.0 - 2 .0 15.0 -.4 - .5 .1 7.9 -1 .5 9.4 4.8 - 1 .0 5.8 8.4 -.9 9.3 11.1 1.4 9.8 22.8 2.7 20.2 55 Acquisitions by financial in stitu tio n s................................ 56 Other net purchases ............................................................. 9.6 1.1 12.3 - .4 7.4 - 3 .4 7.6 - 3 .8 15.7 - 9 .1 18.7 - 1 .7 .4 -.8 14.7 - 6 .8 12.5 - 7 .7 18.9 -1 0 .5 16.7 - 5 .6 20.7 2.1 By public agencies and foreign 2 Total net advances ............................................................... 3 U.S. government securities ............................................. 4 Residential mortgages ..................................................... 5 FHLB advances to savings and loans .......................... 6 Other loans and secu rities............................................... Total advanced, by sector 7 8 9 10 11 U.S. governm ent................................................................... Sponsored credit agencies ................................................... Monetary authorities ........................................................... F o re ig n ................................................................................... Agency borrowing not included in line 1 ........................ Private dom estic funds advanced 12 Total net advances ............................................................... 13 U.S. government securities ............................................ 14 State and local obligations............................................... 15 Corporate and foreign bonds ........................................ 16 Residential mortgages ..................................................... 17 Other mortgages and loans ............................................. 18 L e s s : Federal Home Loan Bank ad v an ces.................. Private financial intermediation Private dom estic nonfinancial investors N o t es 1. 2. 6. 11. 12. 17. 25. 26. 28. 29. b y lin e n u m b e r . Line 2 of p. A42. Sum of lines 3-6 or 7-10. Includes farm and commercial mortgages. Credit market funds raised by federally sponsored credit agencies, and net issues of federally related mortgage pool securities. Included below in lines 3, 13, 33. Line 1 less line 2 plus line 11. Also line 19 less line 26 plus line 32. Also sum of lines 27, 32, 39, 40, 41, and 46. Includes farm and commercial mortgages. Sum of lines 39, 40, 41, and 46. Excludes equity issues and investment company shares. Includes line 18. Foreign deposits at commercial banks, bank borrowings from foreign branches, and liabilities of foreign banking agencies to foreign affiliates. Demand deposits at commercial banks. 30. Excludes net investment of these reserves in corporate equities. 31. Mainly retained earnings and net miscellaneous liabilities. 32. Line 12 less line 19 plus line 26. 33-37. Lines 13-17 less amounts acquired by private finance. Line 37 includes mortgages. 47. Mainly an offset to line 9. 48. Lines 32 plus 38, or line 12 less line 27 plus 45. 49. Line 2/line 1. 50. Line 19/line 12. 51. Sum of lines 10 and 28. 52. 54. Includes issues by financial institutions. N o t e . Full statements for sectors and transaction types quarterly, and annually for flows and for amounts outstanding, may be obtained from Flow of Funds Section, Division of Research and Statistics, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, D.C. 20551. A44 2.10 Domestic Nonfinancial Statistics □ March 1981 NONFINANCIAL BUSINESS ACTIVITY Selected Measures 1967 = 100; monthly and quarterly data are seasonally adjusted. Exceptions noted. 1980 Measure 1978 1979 June 1 Industrial production1 ......................................... 1981 1980 July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan .p Feb.6 146.1 152.5 147.1 141.5 140.4 141.8 141.1 146.9 149.4 150.9 151.5 150.8 144.8 135.9 149.1 132.8 154.1 148.3 150.0 147.2 150.8 142.2 160.5 156.4 146.7 145.4' 145.5 145.1 151.9 147.6r 142.5 142.4 142.1 142.6 143.5 140.0 142.8 142.8 142.0 142.9 144.4 136.5 143.8 143.9 142.7 142.9 147.6 138.6 145.3 143.9 144.3 143.2 150.6 142.4 147.2 145.8 146.6 144.8 152.4 146.4 148.7 147.5'148. O' 146.7'153.5' 150.5' 149.9 148.2 147.7 148.9 156.1 152.4 150.1 148.3 147.4 149.4 156.9 153.8 149.1 147.6 146.5 149.1 154.7 153.3 8 M anufacturing....................................................... 146.8 153.6 146.6 140.3 139.1 140.6 143.4 145.4 149.1 150.6 151.0 150.2 Capacity utilization (percent)1-2 9 M anufacturing................................................... 10 Industrial materials in d u stries........................ 84.4 85.6 85.7 87.4 79.0 79.8 75.7 75.7 74.9 73.7 75.5 74.6 76.7 76.4 78.2 78.4 79.4 80.4 79.9 81.2 80.0 81.7 79.3 81.2 M arket groupings 2 Products, t o t a l ....................................................... 3 Final, total ......................................................... 4 Consumer goods ........................................... 5 Equipment ..................................................... 6 Interm ediate....................................................... 7 M aterials................................................................. Industry groupings 11 Construction contracts (1972 = 100)3 .............. 174.1 185.6 161.8 145.0 148.0 192.0 163.0 167.0 210.0 193.0 185.0 n.a. 12 Nonagricultural employment, total4 ................ 13 Goods-producing, total .................................. 14 Manufacturing, t o t a l ..................................... 15 Manufacturing, production-worker .......... 16 Service-producing ............................................. 17 Personal income, total ......................................... 18 Wages and salary disbursements .................. 19 M anufacturing............................................... 20 Disposable personal income5 ............................ 131.8 109.8 105.4 103.0 143.8 273.3 258.8 223.1 268.7 136.6 113.7 108.3 105.4 149.2 308.5 289.5 248.6 301.5 137.8 110.9 104.7 n.a. 152.5 342.9 314.7 261.5 334.5 136.8 109.1 102.9 97.4 152.1 337.6 309.9 254.2 136.6 108.0 102.0 96.2 152.3 343.0 310.6 254.3 137.0 108.6 102.5 97.0 152.6 345.9 314.4 258.5 338.0 137.4 109.3 103.1 97.7 152.7 350.1 317.8 262.9 137.9 110.0 103.7 100.7 153.1 354.7 323.6 267.6 138.2 110.7 104.3 99.1 153.3 358.3 328.0 273.1 348.3' 138.5 111.1 104.4 99.2 153.5 361.4 330.5 275.8 139.0 111.7 104.6 99.4 154.0 364.9 335.3 280.0 139.1 111.4 104.7 99.7 154.3 n.a. n.a. n.a. 21 Retail sales6 ........................................................... 253.8 281.6 300.0'' 290.4 299.1 301.0 306.0 308.0 313.8' 315.8 325.1 327.9 Prices7 22 C onsum er........................................................... 23 Producer finished g o o d s ................................... 195.4 194.6 217.4 216.1 246.8 246.9 247.6 244.9 247.8 249.3 249.4 251.4 251.7 251.4 253.9 255.4 256.2 255.6 258.4 256.9 260.5 259.8 n.a. 262.4 1. The industrial production and capacity utilization series have been revised back to January 1979. 2. Ratios of indexes of production to indexes of capacity. Based on data from Federal Reserve, McGraw-Hill Economics Departm ent, and Department of Com merce. 3. Index of dollar value of total construction contracts, including residential, nonresidential, and heavy engineering, from McGraw-Hill Information Systems Company, F. W. Dodge Division. 4. Based on data in Em ploym ent and Earnings (U.S. Department of Labor). Series covers employees only, excluding personnel in the Armed Forces. 5. Based on data in Survey o f Current Business (U.S. Department of Commerce). Series for disposable income is quarterly. 2.11 6. Based on Bureau of Census dat a published in Survey o f Current Business. 7. Data without seasonal adjustment, as published in Monthly Labor Review. Seasonally adjusted data for changes in the price indexes may be obtained from the Bureau of Labor Statistics, U.S. Department of Labor. N ote . Basic data (not index numbers) for series mentioned in notes 4, 5, and 6, and indexes for series mentioned in notes 3 and 7 may also be found in the Survey o f Current Business. Figures for industrial production for the last two months are preliminary and estimated, respectively. OUTPUT, CAPACITY, AND CAPACITY UTILIZATION Seasonally adjusted 1980 1980 1980 Series Q1 Q2 03 Q4 Output (1967 = 100) Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Capacity (percent of 1967 output) 02 Q1 03 Q4 Utilization rate (percent) 1 Manufacturing....................................................... 2 Primary processing ............................................... 3 Advanced processing ........................................... 152.8 160.5 148.8 143.9 145.0 143.3 141.0 139.6 141.8 148.7 153.0 146.4 183.3 188.5 180.5 184.8 190.0 182.0 186.3 191.5 183.5 187.8 193.0 185.0 83.4 85.1 82.5 77.9 76.3 78.7 75.7 72.9 77.3 79.2 79.3 79.1 4 Materials................................................................. 156.3 145.1 139.2 149.8 182.8 184.3 185.8 187.2 85.5 78.7 74.9 80.0 131.5 86.6 161.9 165.6 113.4 142.9 197.9 129.6 145.1 109.9 175.5 182.6 113.1 149.4 226.8 129.2 187.2 140.7 199.8 208.3 138.8 154.7 260.4 151.1 188.6 140.8 202.0 211.0 139.2 156.0 264.6 151.8 190.0 140.9 204.3 213.7 139.6 157.4 268.7 152.6 191.5 141.0 206.5 216.2 140.0 158.8 272.9 153.1 82.8 83.2 89.7 90.0 86.9 94.5 89.7 86.6 74.6 71.4 82.2 81.5 83.7 91.0 78.7 85.6 69.2 61.5 79.2 77.5 81.2 90.7 73.6 85.0 75.8 78.0 85.0 84.5 80.8 94.0 83.1 84.4 5 Durable g o o d s ....................................................... 6 Metal materials ................................................. 7 Nondurable g o o d s ................................................. 8 Textile, paper, and chem ical.......................... 9 T e x tile............................................................. 10 Paper ............................................................... 11 C hem ical......................................................... 12 Energy m a te ria ls ................................................... 155.0 117.1 179.3 187.5 120.6 146.1 233.6 130.8 140.6 100.6 166.0 171.9 116.4 142.1 208.3 130.0 A45 Labor Market 2.11 Continued Previous cycle1 Latest cycle2 1980 Low Jan. 1980 1981 Series High Low High Aug. Sept. Oct. N ov/ D ec/ Jan/ Feb. Capacity utilization rate (percent) 13 M anufacturing....................................................... 88.0 69.0 87.2 74.9 83.9 75.5 76.7 78.2 79.4 79.9 80.0 79.3 14 15 Primary processing ........................................... Advanced processing ...................................... 93.8 85.5 68.2 69.4 90.1 86.2 70.9 77.1 86.4 82.7 72.5 77.1 75.2 77.7 77.6 78.5 79.6 79.2 80.7 79.6 80.8 79.7 79.8 79.0 16 M aterials................................................................. 17 Durable g o o d s ................................................... 18 Metal materials ............................................. 92.6 91.5 98.3 69.4 63.6 68.6 88.8 88.4 96.0 73.7 68.0 58.4 86.1 83.6 84.1 74.6 69.1 62.2 76.4 70.4 63.9 78.4 73.5 71.5 80.4 76.5 81.4 81.2 77.3 81.0 81.7 78.0 81.5 81.2 77.2 80.3 19 20 21 22 23 Nondurable g o o d s ............................................. Textile, paper, and chem ical...................... T e x tile......................................................... Paper ........................................................... C hem ical..................................................... 94.5 95.1 92.6 99.4 95.5 67.2 65.3 57.9 72.4 64.2 90.9 91.4 90.1 97.6 91.2 76.8 74.5 79.5 88.1 69.6 90.9 91.2 86.6 96.0 91.2 78.2 76.4 79.5 90.2 72.5 82.7 81.6 82.0 93.9 78.7 84.4 83.8 82.1 93.0 82.1 84.3 83.7 80.7 94.1 82.0 86.3 85.9 79.5 94.9 85.2 86.2 85.6 80.0 92.5 85.3 85.9 85.3 79.5 91.4 85.3 24 Energy materials ............................................... 94.6 84.8 88.3 83.1 86.2 85.2 84.1 83.1 85.5 84.5 85.2 85.8 1. Monthly high 1973; monthly low 1975. 2. Preliminary; monthly highs December 1978 through January 1980; monthly lows July 1980 through October 1980. 2.12 LABOR FORCE, EMPLOYMENT, AND UNEMPLOYMENT Thousands of persons; monthly data are seasonally adjusted. Exceptions noted. 1980 C ategory 1978 1979 1981 1980 A u g. S ept. O ct. N ov/ D ec/ Jan/ Feb . H o u seh o ld Su r ve y D ata 1 Noninstitutional population1 ...................... 161,058 163,620 166,246 166,578 166,789 167,005 167,201 167,396 167,585 167,747 2 L abor force (in clu d in g A r m ed F o r c e s )1 . . 3 C ivilian labor force .................................. 102,537 100,420 104,996 102,908 106,821 104,719 107.059 104,945 107,101 104,980 107,288 105,167 107.404 105.285 107.191 105,067 107,668 105,543 107,802 105,681 91,031 3,342 93,648 3,297 93,960 3,310 93.793 3,210 93,781 3.399 93,887 3,319 93.999 3,340 93,888 3,394 94,294 3,403 94,646 3,281 6,047 6.0 58,521 5,963 5.8 58,623 7.448 7.1 59.425 7.942 7.6 59,519 7,800 7.4 59,687 7,961 7.6 59,717 7,946 7.5 59,797 7,785 7.4 60,205 7.847 7.4 59,917 7,754 7.3 59,946 86,697 89,886 90,652 90,142 90,384 90,710 90,961 91,125 91,499 91,550 20,505 851 4,229 4,923 19,542 4,724 16,252 15,672 21,062 960 4,483 5,141 20,269 4,974 17,078 15,920 20.365 1,025 4,468 5,155 20.571 5,162 17,736 16,171 19,940 1.013 4.359 5,129 20.589 5.180 17.788 16.144 20,044 1,028 4,404 5,124 20,620 5,194 17,861 16,109 20,157 1,037 4,442 5,147 20,641 5,214 17,913 16,159 20,282 1,054 4,475 5,132 20,660 5,225 17,969 16,164 20,312 1,072 4.508 5,137 20,638 5,245 18,068 16,145 20,350 1,084 4,608 5,148 20,782 5,265 18,135 16,127 20,370 1,090 4,500 5,147 20,892 5,275 18,164 16,112 Em ploym ent 4 5 N on agricu ltu ral in d u stries2 .................... A g r ic u lt u r e ............................................. Unemployment 6 N u m b e r ................................................... 7 R ate (p ercen t o f civilian labor fo r ce) 8 N o t in labor force ......................................... E st a b l ish m e n t S u r v e y D a t a 9 Nonagricultural payroll employment3 . . . . 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 M a n u fa c t u r in g ........................................................ M in in g ............................................................. C on tract con stru ction .................................. T ran sportation and p ub lic u t i l i t i e s ............ T rade ............................................................... F inan ce ....................................................................... S e r v ic e ............................................................. G o v e r n m e n t ............................................................. 1. Persons 16 years of age and over. Monthly figures, which are based on sample data, relate to the calendar week that contains the 12th day; annual data are averages of monthly figures. By definition, seasonality does not exist in population figures. Based on data from Em ploym ent and Earnings (U.S. Department of La bor). 2. Includes self-employed, unpaid family, and domestic service workers. 3. Data include all full- and part-time employees who worked during, or received pay for, the pay period that includes the 12th day of the month, and exclude proprietors, self-employed persons, domestic servants, unpaid family work ers, and members of the Armed Forces. Data are adjusted to the March 1979 benchmark and only seasonally adjusted data are available at this time. Based on data from Em ploym ent and Earnings (U.S. Department of Labor). A46 2.13 Domestic Nonfinancial Statistics □ March 1981 INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION Indexes and Gross Value' Monthly data are seasonally adjusted. Grouping 1967 pro por tion 1980 Aver age 1980 Feb. Apr. May June July 1981 Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan.P Feb.6 Index (1967 = 100) M ajo r M a r k e t 1 Total index .................................................... 100.00 147.1 152.6 148.3 144.0 141.5 140.4 141.8 144.1 146.9 149.4 150.9 151.5 150.8 2 Products ........................................................ 3 Final products .......................................... 4 Consumer goods .................................. 5 Equipment ............................................ 6 Intermediate products ............................ 7 M aterials........................................................ 60.71 47.82 27.68 20.14 12.89 39.29 146.7 145.4 145.5 145.1 151.9 147.6 150.1 147.7 148.4 146.6 159.2 156.5 146.6 145.4 145.3 145.6 150.8 151.0 143.7 143.1 142.4 144.0 146.2 144.3 142.5 142.3 142.1 142.6 143.5 140.0 142.8 142.4 142.0 142.9 144.5 136.5 143.8 142.8 142.7 142.9 147.6 138.6 145.3 143.9 144.3 143.2 150.6 142.4 147.2 145.8 146.6 144.8 152.4 146.4 148.7 147.5 148.0 146.7 153.5 150.5 149.9 148.2 147.7 148.9 156.1 152.4 150.1 148.3 147.4 149.4 156.9 153.8 149.1 147.6 146.5 149.1 154.7 153.3 8 Durable consumer g o o d s ............................ 9 Automotive products .............................. 10 Autos and utility vehicles .................. 11 A u to s.................................................. 12 Auto parts and allied goods .............. 7.89 2.83 2.03 1.90 80 136.5 132.7 109.9 103.4 190.4 144.5 142.1 124.6 116.8 186.7 136.3 126.3 102.3 97.1 187.2 128.8 118.5 92.6 88.4 184.0 128.2 121.6 97.1 95.7 183.7 128.3 129.2 106.4 105.2 186.9 128.6 121.5 94.1 91.3 191.1 132.7 130.6 105.5 98.0 194.2 139.6 141.8 120.2 110.7 196.8 142.9 145.3 124.3 114.3 198.6 141.1 139.1 115.9 105.3 198.0 138.3 127.2 99.7 90.0 196.9 137.1 129.5 103.4 96.0 196.0 13 14 15 16 17 Home g o o d s .............................................. Appliances, A/C, and TV .................. Appliances and T V .......................... Carpeting and furniture ...................... Miscellaneous home goods ................ 5.06 1.40 1.33 1.07 2.59 138.7 117.1 119.5 155.0 143.6 145.8 122.3 124.4 168.2 149.4 142.0 114.8 117.5 165.8 146.8 134.6 102.8 106.0 154.2 143.8 132.0 105.6 108.5 146.7 140.2 127.7 102.3 103.4 136.1 138.1 132.6 114.2 114.2 141.1 139.1 134.0 116.3 117.6 146.1 138.6 138.3 123.5 125.6 150.2 141.5 141.5 128.4 131.0 154.9 143.0 142.2 126.8 129.2 156.3 144.8 144.5 131.7 133.3 157.0 146.3 141.4 124.5 18 Nondurable consumer g o o d s ...................... 19 Clothing .................................................... 19.79 4.29 15.50 8.33 7.17 2.63 1.92 2.62 1.45 149.2 126.8 155.3 147.0 164.9 208.7 122.9 151.9 171.2 150.0 130.7 155.4 146.5 165.6 211.8 122.5 150.9 162.5 148.8 128.7 154.5 146.2 164.0 206.9 120.4 152.8 172.5 147.7 127.9 153.2 146.1 161.5 203.0 120.2 150.1 169.8 147.6 126.7 153.4 146.2 161.7 202.6 120.6 150.9 170.1 147.4 122.5 154.3 146.4 163.6 204.3 121.5 153.5 176.5 148.3 123.6 155.1 146.0 165.7 209.3 122.0 153.9 178.6 148.9 122.1 156.3 147.0 167.1 213.0 122.3 154.0 178.3 149.4 125.1 156.1 147.7 165.9 210.2 124.8 151.5 175.0 150.1 127.3 156.4 148.0 166.2 210.0 127.3 150.8 171.8 150.4 124.1 157.6 149.1 167.6 212.5 127.0 152.2 171.2 151.0 150.2 158.3 148.8 169.4 215.3 128.4 153.5 157.8 12.63 6.77 1.44 3.85 1.47 173.3 157.0 241.3 128.4 149.0 176.0 159.2 231.6 133.1 156.4 174.2 159.3 239.5 131.9 152.3 171.9 157.8 242.2 129.5 149.1 169.8 155.2 241.0 126.1 147.1 170.1 154.8 244.4 126.0 142.0 170.3 154.5 243.6 124.4 145.9 170.5 154.2 243.4 123.9 146.1 172.3 154.4 244.3 123.9 146.1 174.5 157.1 250.1 126.4 146.0 177.5 160.1 255.7 129.6 146.1 178.3 163.4 267.5 130.1 148.0 177.7 164.3 273.6 129.8 147.3 Commercial transit, f a r m ........................ Commercial .......................................... T ra n sit.................................................... Farm ...................................................... 5.86 3.26 1.93 67 192.1 237.5 139.4 123.2 195.5 238.7 145.4 129.9 191.5 235.6 143.0 116.4 188.2 232.0 136.3 124.6 186.7 228.8 138.0 121.6 187.8 229.0 140.9 122.5 188.4 233.6 138.4 112.7 189.4 237.2 133.8 116.8 192.8 242.0 135.0 120.2 194.7 244.0 136.6 121.9 197.6 248.3 137.9 123.1 195.5 247.9 132.2 122.7 193.2 246.1 128.0 36 Defense and space ...................................... 7.51 97.8 97.2 97.6 97.2 96.8 97.2 96.9 97.4 98.5 99.8 100.7 101.0 101.2 6.42 6.47 1.14 140.7 162.9 173.6 153.8 164.5 171.7 139.4 162.0 174.8 133.0 159.4 172.0 128.5 158.4 168.7 128.6 160.4 172.1 133.1 161.9 173.7 137.4 163.6 175.2 140.5 164.3 174.6 142.8 164.2 174.0 144.7 167.5 179.2 146.9 166.8 175.9 143.1 40 Durable goods materials ............................ 41 Durable consumer p a r ts .......................... 42 Equipment parts ...................................... 43 Durable materials n.e.c............................. 44 Basic metal materials .......................... 20.35 4.58 5.44 10.34 5.57 143.1 109.0 187.3 135.0 104.6 154.8 119.9 198.9 147.0 116.4 148.2 110.6 195.8 139.8 109.3 139.8 100.1 190.8 130.5 100.0 133.8 96.0 182.5 125.0 95.9 129.0 93.9 177.6 118.9 84.7 131.3 98.1 176.3 122.4 89.4 134.2 104.2 176.0 125.4 91.7 140.4 110.8 178.5 133.4 102.0 146.6 115.5 184.0 140.6 114.4 148.4 116.3 185.8 142.9 115.0 150.2 ’ 148.8 116.9 114.9 189.2 188.4 144.3 142.9 115.4 45 Nondurable goods materials ...................... 46 Textile, paper, and chemical materials . 47 Textile materials .................................. 48 Paper materials .................................... 49 Chemical materials .............................. 50 Containers, nondurable .......................... 51 Nondurable materials n.e.c...................... 10.47 7.62 1.85 1.62 4.15 1.70 1.14 170.7 177.0 116.0 145.2 216.7 165.1 137.3 179.9 188.1 121.1 146.0 234.5 170.6 138.7 173.2 180.7 117.7 141.2 224.3 166.8 133.0 165.2 171.5 117.6 141.7 207.3 155.8 136.4 159.6 163.4 114.0 143.4 193.3 157.7 136.8 156.2 158.5 114.4 138.4 186.1 159.0 136.6 159.8 163.2 111.0 142.0 194.9 158.8 137.9 169.7 175.1 114.7 148.2 212.6 167.2 137.2 173.7 180.5 114.9 147.3 222.9 168.6 135.7 174.1 181.0 113.0 149.5 223.8 166.6 139.1 178.7 186.4 111.4 151.3 233.6 169.7 141.1 179.3 186.4 112.1 147.7 234.7 172.7 141.5 179.1 186.5 52 Energy m a terials.......................................... 53 Primary energy ........................................ 54 Converted fuel materials ........................ 8.48 4.65 3.82 130.0 114.9 148.2 131.5 113.7 153.1 130.1 116.4 146.9 129.6 116.2 145.8 130.4 117.3 146.4 130.4 115.6 148.4 130.0 114.0 149.4 128.4 114.3 145.4 127.2 113.7 143.6 130.9 114.5 150.9 129.6 113.3 149.5 131.1 114.1 151.9 132.2 9.35 12.23 3.76 8.48 133.2 138.7 158.5 130.0 138.9 139.4 157.2 131.5 135.9 139.1 159.5 130.1 131.5 137.9 156.7 129.6 129.5 138.4 156.3 130.4 125.3 139.2 159.1 130.4 128.5 139.2 159.9 130.0 128.5 138.2 160.5 128.4 132.2 136.8 158.5 127.2 135.0 139.2 157.9 130.9 133.9 139.1 160.4 129.6 135.3 140.1 160.3 131.1 132.8 140.0 Consumer goods 21 22 23 24 25 26 Consumer roods and tobacco ............ Nonfood stap les.................................... Consumer chemical products ........ Consumer paper products .............. Consumer energy products ............ Residential utilities ...................... 145.0 168.5 Equipment 27 Business ........................................................ 28 Industrial .................................................. 29 Building and mining ............................ 30 M anufacturing...................................... 31 Power .................................................... 32 33 34 35 Intermediate products 37 Construction su p p lie s .................................. 38 Business supplies.......................................... 39 Commercial energy products ................ Materials Supplementary groups 55 Home goods and clothing .......................... 56 Energy, total ................................................ 57 Products .................................................... 58 M aterials.................................................... L — For notes see opposite page. 132.2 A47 Output 2.13 Continued Grouping SIC code 1967 pro por tion 1980 1980 Avg. Feb. Apr. May June July 1981 Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan .p Feb.* Index (1967 = 100) M ajor Industry 12.05 6.36 5.69 3.88 87.95 35.97 51.98 150.4 132.8 169.9 189.7 146.6 161.1 136.6 149.0 132.9 167.1 185.7 153.0 165.9 144.1 150.1 133.1 169.1 187.9 147.9 161.6 138.4 149.6 133.4 167.7 186.0 143.4 158.0 133.3 150.1 132.9 169.3 188.7 140.3 155.3 129.9 150.1 130.6 171.8 192.4 139.2 154.7 128.3 150.5 129.6 173.8 195.4 140.6 156.9 129.4 150.5 130.5 172.7 193.9 143.4 160.3 131.7 150.2 132.1 170.4 190.3 146.4 161.8 135.8 152.8 136.0 171.5 191.5 149.1 163.3 139.3 153.4 138.2 170.4 190.3 150.6 165.1 140.5 155.4 140.5 172.0 155.2 141.5 170.4 151.0 165.2 141.1 150.2 165.1 139.9 10 11.12 13 14 .51 .69 4.40 .75 109.1 146.7 133.6 131.7 136.6 136.0 130.4 142.3 123.5 143.4 132.5 133.1 120.8 145.0 133.9 128.1 120.0 150.0 133.2 123.9 83.1 149.8 134.3 123.7 71.2 154.9 133.6 123.5 73.1 148.9 134.7 128.2 90.8 145.7 135.4 129.0 107.2 151.6 137.4 133.0 122.1 155.3 137.4 137.8 122.6 150.3 140.7 142.7 156.2 142.5 148.9 119.6 132.5 121.5 143.6 148.3 117.4 132.6 123.8 147.1 148.6 119.1 133.0 126.7 152.3 149.4 123.1 133.8 127.5 153.0 150.5 125.1 135.0 128.0 154.4 151.4 118.8 133.2 125.0 156.5 151.1 155.4 154.1 140.3 206.8 130.5 253.1 67.2 141.5 209.1 130.1 259.2 70.2 142.7 212.0 131.2 259.6 71.2 144.9 218.8 136.8 259.2 67.8 145.6 219.0 137.4 259.9 67.8 146.2 1 Mining and u tilitie s ...................... 2 M ining......................................... 3 U tilitie s ....................................... 4 Electric ................................... 5 Manufacturing .............................. 6 Nondurable ............................... 7 D u ra b le ....................................... Mining 8 9 10 11 M e ta l............................................... C o a l................................................. Oil and gas extraction ................ Stone and earth m in e ra ls............ 12 13 14 15 16 F o o d s............................................... Tobacco products ........................ Textile mill p ro d u cts .................... Apparel products ......................... Paper and p ro d u c ts ...................... 20 21 22 23 26 8.75 .67 2.68 3.31 3.21 149.3 119.8 136.8 128.6 151.0 149.0 120.0 144.0 133.8 153.6 147.8 121.9 139.9 131.3 148.2 149.5 116.2 137.1 128.6 145.7 149.0 113.9 133.6 127.2 146.2 17 18 19 20 21 Printing and publishing .............. Chemicals and p ro d u c ts .............. Petroleum p ro d u cts ...................... Rubber and plastic p ro d u c ts ----Leather and products .................. 27 28 29 30 31 4.72 7.74 1.79 2.24 .86 139.6 206.7 134.9 255.8 70.1 139.9 217.4 144.6 266.8 73.3 136.5 209.1 137.4 261.8 69.9 135.5 199.2 133.0 248.1 70.1 135.4 191.1 131.3 242.9 68.5 138.6 190.3 130.5 242.5 67.8 140.3 197.8 126.7 245.9 67.7 22 Ordnance, private and government .......................... 23 Lumber and p ro d u c ts .................. 24 Furniture ana fixtures ................ 25 Clay, glass, stone products ........ 19.91 24 25 32 3.64 1.64 1.37 2.74 77.9 119.3 150.0 146.5 77.2 130.2 159.2 162.4 77.5 105.2 157.1 148.8 77.9 104.5 149.5 140.8 77.5 109.7 143.1 134.5 77.1 112.8 138.6 134.2 77.2 121.7 141.1 135.7 77.1 122.6 144.8 141.4 79.1 122.2 147.2 145.2 79.6 124.9 147.2 147.8 79.5 122.0 149.0 151.5 69.6 122.3 148.5 154.0 79.8 26 27 28 29 30 Primary m e ta ls ............................... Iron and s te e l............................. Fabricated metal p ro d u c ts .......... Nonelectrical macninery ............ Electrical m ach in ery .................... 33 331.2 34 35 36 6.57 4.21 5.93 9.15 8.05 101.6 91.7 135.0 162.7 172.7 111.9 103.4 145.7 167.0 179.2 106.4 97.4 141.4 163.2 177.0 96.1 84.4 133.2 162.1 171.4 90.4 75.4 126.1 158.3 166.6 81.7 68.1 123.8 158.5 165.0 86.0 75.3 125.8 158.8 166.7 90.1 79.8 129.0 159.1 167.5 100.6 93.3 132.8 161.1 170.0 113.4 107.4 134.1 163.4 173.0 112.1 103.6 137.4 167.1 174.9 112.9 106.4 138.2 168.8 177.7 111.7 137.9 168.1 175.4 31 Transportation e q u ip m e n t.......... 32 Motor vehicles and parts ........ 33 Aerospace and miscellaneous transportation equipment 34 Instruments ................................... 35 Miscellaneous manufactures ___ 37 371 9.27 4.50 116.8 118.8 125.7 133.9 115.1 114.7 109.8 105.9 110.0 106.7 110.7 107.9 108.3 104.4 112.9 113.4 118.8 124.2 121.7 129.0 120.6 126.3 117.4 119.0 116.4 117.9 372-9 38 39 4.77 2.11 1.51 114.9 171.0 147.8 118.1 174.8 151.6 115.5 173.8 151.2 113.5 171.0 147.3 113.1 169.2 43.7 113.4 167.5 144.7 111.9 167.6 144.2 112.3 167.4 142.8 113.6 169.6 145.0 114.8 169.9 147.5 115.2 172.1 149.5 116.0 173.6 151.6 114.9 171.6 150.7 Nondurable manufactures 133.8 136.5 Durable manufactures Gross value (billions of 1972 dollars, annual rates) M ajor M arket 36 Products, total .............................. 507.4 602.0 619.8 599.5 588.6 585.0 586.7 585.9 593.3 604.7 610.9 615.1 614.4 609.6 37 Final ............................................... 38 Consumer goods ...................... 39 Equipment ................................. 40 In term ediate................................... 390.92 277.52 113.42 116.62 465.4 313.5 151.9 136.7 476.4 320.0 156.3 143.4 464.5 312.5 152.0 135.0 457.3 306.3 151.0 131.3 455.6 305.8 .149.8 129.4 456.9 307.7 149.2 129.9 453.0 305.1 147.9 132.9 58.0 309.0 149.0 135.3 467.7 316.6 151.1 137.1 473.0 320.0 153.0 137.9 475.0 319.9 155.1 140.1 472.7 317.7 155.0 141.7 470.4 315.8 154.6 139.2 1. The industrial production series has been revised back to January 1979. 2. 1972 dollars. N o t e . Published groupings include some series and subtotals not shown separately. For description and historical data, see Industrial Production—1976 Revision (Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System: Washington, D .C .), Decem ber 1977. A48 2.14 Domestic Nonfinancial Statistics □ March 1981 HOUSING AND CONSTRUCTION Monthly figures are at seasonally adjusted annual rates except as noted. 1980 Item 1978 1979 1981 1980' June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov.' D ec.' Jan. Private residential real estate activity (thousands of units) N ew U nits 1 Permits authorized .................................. 2 1-fam ily................................................... 3 2-or-more-family .................................. 1,801 1,183 618 1,552 981 570 1,171 704 467 1,078 628 450 1,236' 781 455 1,361 857 504 1,564 914 650 1,333 819 514 1,355 812 543 1,235 743 492 1,213 703 510 4 S tarted ......................................................... 5 1-fam ily................................................... 6 2-or-more-family ................................... 2,020 1,433 587 1,745 1,194 551 1,292 852 440 1,184' 760' 424' 1,277' 867' 410' 1,411' 971' 440' 1,482' 1,032' 450' 1,519' 1,009' 510' 1,550 1,019 531 1,532 971 561 1,585 941 644 7 Under construction, end of period1 . . . . 8 1-fam ily................................................... 9 2-or-more-family .................................. 1,310 765 546 1,140 639 501 903 519 385 871 474 397 851 473 378 843 474 369 868 500 368 886' 515' 371' 907 531 376 918 537 381 n.a. n.a. n.a. 10 Completed ................................................. 11 1-fam ily................................................... 12 2-or-more-farnily .................................. 1,868 1,369 499 1,855 1,286 570 1,498 954 544 1,469 886 583 1,502 876 626 1,405 917 488 1,256 753 503 1,285 819' 466' 1,269 824 445 1,380 897 483 n.a. n.a. n.a. 13 Mobile homes shipped ............................ 276 277 222 166' 207' 208' 239' 236' 239 261 n.a. 818 419 709 402 531 342 532' 341' 625' 335' 616' 331' 563' 335 549' 334 559 338 527 337 493 336 55.8 62.7 64.9 65.4 64.4 63.2 68.5 66.1' 67.2 67.8 67.2 62.7 71.9 76.6 76.3 76.8 76.5 80.3 77.7' 82.1 81.9 79.6 3,905 3,742 2,881 2,570' 2,920 2,970' 3,280' 3,120' 2,960 2,910 2,580 48.7 55.1 55.5 64.0 62.1 72.7 63.4 74.1' 64.1 75.7 64.9 76.2 64.2 75.5 62.7 73.4 64.3 74.9 63.0 74.0 64.5 76.1 Merchant builder activity in 1-family units 14 Number sold ............................................ 15 Number for sale, end of period1 .......... Price (thousands o f dollars)2 Median Units s o l d .............................................. Average 17 Units sold .............................................. 16 E xisting U nits (1-family) 18 Number sold ............................................. Price o f units sold (thous. o f dollars)2 19 Median ....................................................... 20 Average ..................................................... Value of new construction3 (millions of dollars) C onstruction 21 Total put in place .................................... 205,457 228,948 227,775 215,021 214,315 215,149 223,660 226,132 231,564 242,376 255,638 22 P riv ate......................................................... 23 Residential ............................................. 24 Nonresidential, t o t a l ............................ Buildings 25 Industrial ...................................... 26 Commercial .................................. 27 O th e r .............................................. 28 Public utilities and other ................ 159,555 93,423 66,132 179,948 172,622 161,349 158,593 162,057 167,882 171,053 86,210 86,412 73,360 87,989 74,277 84,316 78,632 83,425 84,378 83,504 87,375 83,678 183,990 95,978 88,012 191,954 99,029 80,919 177,861 93,692 84,169 10,993 18,568 6,739 29,832 14,953 24,924 7,427 33,615 14,021 29,344 8,533 34,514 15,022 29.609 8.256 35,102 13,267 28,063 8,115 34,871 13,046 27,993 8,095 34,291 13,102 27,425 8,447 34,530 12,996 28,417 8,760 33,505 13,392 28,888 8,799 33,090 15,079 30,392 9,086 33,455 14,393 33,574 9,864 33,441 29 Public ......................................................... 30 M ilitary ................................................... 31 Highway ................................................. 32 Conservation and development ........ 33 O th e r....................................................... 45,901 1,501 10,713 4,457 29,230 49,001 1,641 11,915 4,586 30,859 55,154 1,876 13,450 5,081 34,747 53,672 1,748 14,012 4,241 33,671 55,721 2,041 13,758 5,896 34.026 53.092 2.315 11,334 4,353 35,090 55.778 1.717 13.804 5.091 35,166 55,078 2,144 13,550 4,763 34,621 53,703 1,866 12,427 5,109 34,301 58,386 1,818 13,347 5,607 37,614 63,684 2,127 n.a. n.a. n.a. 1. Not at annual rates. 2. Not seasonally adjusted. 3. Value of new construction data in recent periods may not be strictly comparable with data in prior periods due to changes by the Bureau of the Census in its estimating techniques. For a description of these changes see Construction Reports (C-30-76^5), issued by the Bureau in July 1976. 100,682 91,272 N ote . Census Bureau estimates for all series except (a) mobile homes, which are private, domestic shipments as reported by the Manufactured Housing Institute and seasonally adjusted by the Census Bureau, and (b) sales and prices of existing units, which are published by the National Association of Realtors. All back and current figures are available from originating agency. Permit authorizations are those reported to the Census Bureau from 16,000 jurisdictions beginning with 1978. Prices 2.15 A49 CONSUMER AND PRODUCER PRICES Percentage changes based on seasonally adjusted data, except as noted 12 months to 3 months (at annual rate) to Item 1 month to 1980 1980 1980 Jan. Index level Jan. 1981 (1967 = 100)1 1981 1981 Jan. M a r/ June' S e p t/ D ec/ S e p t/ O c t/ N ov/ D ec/ Jan C o n s u m e r P r ic e s 2 1 All items ..................................................... 13.9 11.7 17.3 11.4 7.8 13.2 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.0 .7 260.5 2 Commodities ................................................. 3 Food ........................................................... 4 Commodities less f o o d ............................ 5 D u rab le................................................... 6 Nondurable ........................................... 7 Services........................................................... 8 R e n t............................................................. 9 Services less r e n t ...................................... 13.6 8.9 15.7 10.6 22.3 14.5 8.1 15.5 10.3 10.2 10.5 9.8 11.2 13.7 9.1 14.3 15.3 3.3 20.7 8.2 38.1 20.1 8.3 21.7 5.4 5.8 5.2 7.5 3.8 20.5 10.0 22.1 13.2 19.7 10.6 15.2 5.0 .7 8.6 - .3 11.0 13.1 9.9 11.8 6.2 16.8 9.6 17.8 1.3 1.7 1.1 1.5 .4 .7 1.0 .7 .9 .9 .9 1.1 .3 1.2 1.0 1.2 1.0 1.2 .9 1.3 .5 1.3 .6 1.4 .7 1.0 .6 .4 .7 1.4 .7 1.5 .6 - .1 1.0 .3 2.1 .9 .7 .9 245.4 268.6 232.4 221.0 245.3 287.7 200.9 304.2 15.1 12.0 21.1 12.0 11.4 14.8 20.3 14.7 22.6 12.7 14.0 26.4 5.7 5.8 -3 .5 13.2 14.4 23.1 .9 1.0 .7 1.0 1.1 2.0 1.1 1.1 1.7 1.0 1.1 1.5 1.0 .6 .5 257.6 245.7 335.8 13.3 14.4 5.2 19.4 9.6 18.6 10.8 10.9 8.1 12.2 10.8 10.6 17.5 18.8 -.9 29.7 13.6 23.7 8.4 7.6 -1 .4 12.1 10.9 6.2 13.5 14.5 31.0 7.6 9.9 7.8 7.8 6.9 3.6 8.5 11.4 12.6 .3 .3 .5 .2 .1 .5 .9 .8 .7 .8 1.7 .5 .5 .5 .1 .7 .1 .8 .5 .4 .1 .5 .9 1.7 .9 .8 0.0 1.2 1.0 1.3 259.8 261.4 250.6 260.9 253.9 296.6 29.1 3.9 12.3 11.1 18.9 -1 6 .6 .2 - .3 32.3 73.9 17.6 -4 .1 2.3 .7 1.9 1.5 1.3 .2 .8 - 2 .6 - .8 -1 .1 428.7 270.6 Other groupings 10 All items less food ...................................... 11 All items less food and energy .................. 12 Homeownership ........................................... P r o d u c e r P r ic e s 13 Finished g o o d s ............................................... 14 C onsum er................................................... 15 Foods ....................................................... 16 Excluding fo o d s .................................... 17 Capital eq u ip m en t.................................... 18 Intermediate materials3 .............................. Crude materials 19 Nonfood ..................................................... 20 Food ........................................................... 1. Not seasonally adjusted. 2. Figures for consumer prices are those for all urban consumers. 3. Excludes intermediate materials for food manufacturing and manufactured animal feeds. S o u r c e . B ureau o f L abor Statistics. A50 2.16 Domestic Nonfinancial Statistics □ March 1981 GROSS NATIONAL PRODUCT AND INCOME Billions of current dollars except as noted; quarterly data are at seasonally adjusted annual rates. 1979 Account 1978 1980 1980r 1979 Q4 Q1 Q2 03 Q4r G ross N ational P roduct 1 Total ......................................................................................................... 2,156.1 2,413.9 2,626.5 2.727.5 2,571.7 2,564.8 2,637.3 2,732.3 2 Personal consumption expenditures.................................................... 3 Durable g o o d s ..................................................................................... 4 Nondurable g o o d s............................................................................... 5 Services................................................................................................. 1,348.7 199.3 529.8 619.6 1,510.9 212.3 602.2 696.3 1,672.3 211.9 675.4 785.1 1,582.3 675.4 785.1 727.0 1,631.0 220.9 661.1 749.0 1,626.8 194.4 664.0 768.4 1,682.2 208.8 674.2 799.2 1,749.2 223.4 702.2 823.7 6 Gross private domestic investment ..................................................... 7 Fixed investm ent................................................................................. 8 N onresidential................................................................................. 9 S tructures..................................................................................... 10 Producers’ durable equipment ................................................ 11 Residential stru ctu res..................................................................... 12 N o n farm ....................................................................................... 375.3 353.2 242.0 78.7 163.3 111.2 106.9 415.8 398.3 279.7 96.3 183.4 118.6 113.9 395.4 400.8 295.4 108.6 186.8 105.3 100.3 410.0 108.6 290.2 105.1 185.1 120.6 115.4 415.6 413.1 297.8 108.2 189.7 115.2 110.1 390.9 383.5 289.8 108.4 181.4 93.6 88.9 377.1 393.2 294.0 107.3 186.8 99.2 94.5 398.1 413.3 300.0 110.5 189.5 113.3 107.9 Change in business inventories......................................................... N o n farm ........................................................................................... 22.2 21.8 17.5 13.4 - 5 .3 -4 .1 - 0 .8 - 4 .4 2.5 1.5 7.4 6.1 -1 6 .4 -1 2 .3 - 1 5 .2 -1 1 .7 15 Net exports of goods and services ....................................................... 16 E x p o rts ................................................................................................. 17 Im p o rts ................................................................................................. -0 .6 219.8 220.4 13.4 281.3 267.9 24.2 340.1 315.9 7.6 306.3 298.7 8.2 337.3 329.1 17.1 333.3 316.2 44.5 342.4 297.9 26.9 347.5 220.5 18 Government purchases of goods and services .................................. 19 Federal ................................................................................................. 20 State and lo c a l..................................................................................... 432.6 153.4 279.2 473.8 167.9 305.9 534.6 198.9 335.7 496.4 178.1 318.3 516.8 190.0 326.8 530.0 198.7 331.3 533.5 194.9 338.6 558.0 212.1 346.0 21 Final sales, total ..................................................................................... 22 G o o d s ................................................................................................... 23 D u rab le............................................................................................. 24 Nondurable ..................................................................................... 25 Services................................................................................................. 26 Structures ............................................................................................. 2,133.9 946.6 409.8 536.8 976.3 233.2 2,396.4 1,055.9 451.2 604.7 1,097.2 260.8 2,631.8 1,131.2 458.8 672.3 1,229.5 265.8 2,497.1 1,078.4 448.1 630.3 1,142.8 275.1 2,569.1 1,116.9 456.4 660.5 1,178.6 276.2 2,557.4 1,106.4 444.6 661.8 1,205.6 252.8 2,653.4 1,129.4 456.5 672.9 1,249.0 258.9 2,747.5 1,171.9 477.8 694.1 1,284.8 275.5 27 Change in business inventories............................................................. 28 Durable g o o d s ..................................................................................... 29 Nondurable g o o d s............................................................................... 22.2 17.8 4.4 17.5 11.5 6.0 - 5 .3 -4 .1 - 1 .2 - 0 .8 - 0 .4 - 0 .5 2.5 -1 1 .8 14.3 7.4 3.3 4.1 -1 6 .0 -8 .4 - 7 .7 -1 5 .2 .4 -1 5 .6 30 M emo : Total GNP in 1972 dollars ...................................................... 1,436.9 1,483.0 1,480.7 1,490.6 1,501.9 1,463.3 1,471.9 1,486.5 31 Total ......................................................................................................... 1,745.4 1,963.3 2,119.5 2,031.3 2,088.5 2,070.0 2,122.4 n.a. 32 Compensation of e m p lo y ees................................................................. 33 Wages and salaries ............................................................................. 34 Government and government en terp rises.................................. 35 O th e r................................................................................................. 36 Supplement to wages and salaries .................................................. 37 Employer contributions for social insurance ............................ 38 Other labor income ....................................................................... 1,299.7 1,105.4 219.6 885.7 194.3 92.1 102.2 1,460.9 1,235.9 235.9 1,000.0 225.0 106.4 118.6 1,596.5 1,343.6 253.6 1,090.0 252.9 115.8 137.1 1,518.1 1,282.4 243.3 1,039.1 235.7 109.8 126.0 1,558.0 1,314.5 246.7 1,067.9 243.5 112.6 130.9 1,569.0 1,320.4 250.5 1,069.9 248.6 113.6 135.1 1,597.4 1,342.3 253.9 1,088.4 255.0 116.0 139.1 1,661.6 1,397.2 263.3 1,133.9 264.5 121.0 143.5 39 Proprietors’ income1 ............................................................................... 40 Business and professional1 ............................................................... 41 Farm1 ................................................................................................... 117.1 91.0 26.1 131.6 100.7 30.8 130.7 107.2 23.4 136.3 106.8 29.5 133.7 107.9 25.7 124.9 101.6 23.3 129.7 107.6 22.1 134.3 111.8 22.6 By source 13 14 By m ajor type o f product N ational Income 42 Rental income of persons2 ................................................................... 27.4 30.5 31.8 31.0 31.2 31.5 32.0 32.4 43 Corporate profits1 ................................................................................... 44 Profits before tax3 ............................................................................... 45 Inventory valuation adjustment ....................................................... 46 Capital consumption adjustment ..................................................... 199.0 223.3 -2 4 .3 -1 3.5 196.8 255.4 -4 2 .6 -1 5 .9 180.7 241.8 -4 3 .9 -1 7 .2 189.4 255.4 -5 0 .8 -1 5 .1 200.2 277.1 -6 1 .4 -1 5 .4 169.3 217.9 -3 1 .1 -1 7 .6 177.9 237.6 -4 1 .7 -1 7 .9 n.a. n.a. -4 1 .4 -1 7 .8 47 Net interest ............................................................................................. 115.8 143.4 179.9 156.5 165.4 175.3 185.3 193.6 1. With inventory valuation and capital consumption adjustments. 2. With capital consumption adjustments. 3. For after-tax profits, dividends, and the like, see table 1.49. So urce. Survey o f Current Business (Department of Commerce). National Income Accounts 2.17 A51 PERSONAL INCOME AND SAVING Billions of current dollars; quarterly data are at seasonally adjusted annual rates. Exceptions noted. 1979 1978 A c co u n t P e r s o n a l In c o m e and 1979 1980 1980' Q4 Q1 02 03 04' S a v in g 1 Total personal incom e............................................................................. 1,721.8 1,943.8 2,160.2 2,032.0 2,088.2 2,114.5 2,182.1 2,256.0 2 W age and salary d isb u rsem en ts ...................................................................... 3 C om m odity-produ cin g ind u stries ............................................................... 4 M a n u fa c tu r in g ................................................................................................. 5 D istrib u tive industries ..................................................................................... 6 S ervice industries ............................................................................................... 7 G o v er n m e n t and g o v er n m en t e n t e r p r is e s .............................................. 1,105.2 389.1 299.2 270.5 226.1 219.4 1,236.1 437.9 333.4 303.0 259.2 236.1 1,343.6 465.4 350.7 328.9 295.7 253.6 1,282.2 450.4 340.4 315.0 273.7 243.1 1,314.7 461.7 347.9 322.6 283.6 246.8 1,320.4 456.0 343.2 323.2 290.8 250.5 1,341.8 460.1 346.7 329.2 298.7 253.9 1,397.7 484.1 365.0 340.6 309.7 263.3 102.2 117.2 91.0 26.1 27.4 43.1 173.2 223.3 116.2 118.6 131.6 100.8 30.8 30.5 48.6 209.6 249.4 131.8 137.1 130.7 107.2 23.4 31.8 54.4 256.2 294.2 153.8 126.0 136.3 106.8 29.5 31.0 50.1 225.7 263.1 139.3 130.9 133.7 107.9 25.7 31.2 52.4 239.9 271.7 142.0 135.1 124.9 101.6 23.3 31.5 54.2 253.6 280.7 144.7 139.1 129.7 107.6 22.1 32.0 55.1 261.8 310.7 163.2 143.5 134.3 111.8 22.6 32.4 56.1 269.4 313.9 165.3 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 O th er labor in c o m e ............................................................................................... P rop rietors’ in c o m e 1 ............................................................................................... B usin ess and p r o fe ssio n a l1 ............................................................... F arm 1 ....................................................................................................................... R ental in c o m e o f p erso n s2 ................................................................... D i v i d e n d s ................................................................................................. Personal interest in c o m e ....................................................................... T ransfer p aym en ts ................................................................................................. O ld-age su rvivors, d isab ility, and h ealth insurance b en efits . . . . 17 L e s s : P ersonal con trib u tions for social insurance ............................. 69.6 80.6 87.9 82.4 86.2 85.9 88.1 91.2 18 E q u a l s : P ersonal in c o m e ................................................................................... 1,721.8 1,943.8 2,160.2 2,032.0 2,088.2 2,114.5 2,182.1 2,256.0 L e s s : P ersonal tax and n ontax p aym en ts .............................................. 258.8 302.0 338.6 321.8 323.1 330.3 341.5 359.3 20 E q u a l s : D isp o sa b le p erson al in com e .......................................................... 1,462.9 1,641.7 1,821.6 1,710.1 1,765.1 1,784.1 1,840.6 1,896.7 21 19 L e s s : P ersonal ou tlays ..................................................................................... 1,386.6 1,555.5 1,719.8 1,629.4 1,678.7 1,674.1 1,729.2 1,797.2 22 E q u a l s : P ersonal s a v i n g ..................................................................................... 76.3 86.2 101.8 80.7 86.4 110.0 111.4 99.5 M em o: Per capita (1972 d ollars) G ross n ational p r o d u c t ..................................................................................... P ersonal co n su m ption e x p e n d it u r e s .......................................................... D isp o sa b le person al in c o m e ......................................................................... Saving rate (p er cen t) ............................................................................................ 6,568 4,136 4,487 5.2 6,721 4,219 4,584 5.2 6,646 4,196 4,571 5.6 6,730 4,251 4,596 4.7 6,768 4,251 4,600 4.9 6,580 4,134 4,532 6.2 6,597 4,172 4,565 6.1 6,645 4,229 4,585 5.2 355.2 412.0 400.7 402.0 404.5 394.5 402.0 n.a. 355.4 76.3 57.9 -2 4 .3 398.9 86.2 59.1 -4 2 .6 433.1 101.8 44.0 -4 3 .9 396.4 80.7 50.6 -5 0 .8 413.0 86.4 52.1 -6 1 .4 435.9 110.0 42.1 -3 1 .1 446.5 111.4 42.8 -4 1 .7 n .a. -4 1 .4 136.4 84.8 .0 155.4 98.2 .0 175.4 111.8 .0 161.5 103.6 .0 167.1 107.4 .0 173.0 110.7 .0 178.4 113.4 .5 183.2 115.8 -.5 - 0 .2 -2 9 .2 29.0 11.9 -1 4 .8 26.7 -3 3 .4 -6 2 .3 28.8 4.4 -2 4 .5 28.9 1.7 -3 6 .3 26.6 -2 9 .6 -6 6 .5 23.9 -4 5 .6 -7 4 .2 28.6 n .a. n .a. n .a. 23 24 25 26 G r o ss S a v in g 27 Gross sav in g ............................................................................................. 28 29 30 31 G ross private s a v i n g ............................................................................................... P ersonal saving ......................................................................................................... U n distribu ted corporate p ro fits1 .................................................................... C orporate inventory v aluation a d j u s t m e n t ................................................ 99.5 n .a . Capital consumption allowances 32 C o r p o r a t e ..................................................................................................................... 33 N o n c o r p o r a te ............................................................................................................. 34 W age accruals less d isb u rsem en ts ....................................................... 35 G o v er n m e n t surplus, or d eficit ( - ) , national in c o m e and product 36 37 accoun ts ............................................................................................................. F ederal ..................................................................................................................... State and l o c a l ...................................................................................................... 38 C apital grants re ce iv e d by th e U n ite d S ta te s, n e t .................................. .0 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 39 Gross investm ent..................................................................................... 361.6 414.1 402.5 401.3 407.3 392.5 405.0 405.0 40 G ross private d o m e s t ic .......................................................................................... 41 N e t f o r e i g n ............................................................................................... 375.3 -1 3 .8 415.8 -1 .7 395.4 7.0 410.0 -8 .7 415.6 -8 .3 390.9 1.7 377.1 27.8 398.1 6.9 42 Statistical discrepancy............................................................................. 6.4 2.2 1.7 -0 .7 2.8 - 1 .9 3.0 n.a. 1. With inventory valuation and capital consumption adjustments. 2. With capital consumption adjustment. S o u r c e . Survey o f Current Business (Department of Commerce). A52 3.10 International Statistics □ March 1981 U.S. INTERNATIONAL TRANSACTIONS Summary Millions of dollars; quarterly data are seasonally adjusted except as noted.1 1980 1979 Item credits or debits 1 Balance on current account ....................................................... 2 Not seasonally adjusted ......................................................... 1977 1979 1978 03 Q4 Ql Q3 p Q2 -14,068 -14,259 -7 8 8 1,099 -2,909 -1,8 0 2 486 -2,6 1 0 -2,426 -2,431 -6 8 0 4,900 480 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Merchandise trade balance2 ................................................... Merchandise e x p o rts ........................................................... Merchandise im p o rts........................................................... Military transactions, net ....................................................... Investment income, net3 ......................................................... Other service transactions, net ............................................. M e m o : Balance on goods and services3 4 .......................... -30,873 120,816 -151,689 1,628 17,988 1,794 -9,464 -33,759 142,054 -175,813 886 20,899 2,769 -9,204 -29,469 182,055 -211,524 -1,2 7 4 32,509 3,112 4,878 -7 ,0 6 0 47,198 -54,258 -4 4 3 9,319 690 2,506 -9,225 50,237 -59,462 -7 0 0 8,883 792 -2 5 0 -10,850 54,708 -65,558 -9 2 2 10,094 880 -7 9 8 -7,505 54,710 -62,215 -9 9 4 6,133 1,261 -1,105 -2 ,8 2 8 56,288 -59,116 -6 3 2 8,467 1,370 6,377 10 11 Remittances, pensions, and other transfers ...................... U.S. government grants (excluding military) .................... -1,830 -2,775 -1,884 -3,171 -2,142 -3,5 2 4 -5 2 9 -8 7 8 -6 6 5 -8 8 7 -5 6 5 -1,247 -5 6 4 -7 6 2 -5 7 4 -9 0 3 12 Change in U.S. government assets, other than official re serve assets, net (increase, - ) ............ ............................ -3,693 -4,644 -3,783 -7 6 6 -9 2 5 -1,467 -1,191 -1 ,320 13 Change in U.S. official reserve assets (increase, - ) .......... 14 G o ld ........................................................................................... 15 Special drawing rights (SDRs) ............................................. 16 Reserve position in International Monetary F u n d ............ 17 Foreign cu rren cies................................................................... -3 7 5 -1 1 8 -121 -2 9 4 158 732 -6 5 1,249 4,231 -4,683 -1,132 -6 5 -1,1 3 6 -1 8 9 257 2,779 0 0 -5 2 2,831 -6 4 9 -6 5 0 27 -6 1 1 -3,268 0 1,152 -3 4 -2,082 502 0 112 -9 9 489 -1 ,1 0 9 0 261 -2 9 4 -5 5 4 18 Change in U.S. private assets abroad (increase, - ) 3 .......... 19 Bank-reported claims ............................................................. 20 Nonbank-reported c la im s ....................................................... 21 U.S. purchase of foreign securities, net ............................ 22 U.S. direct investments abroad, net3 .................................. -31,725 -11,427 -1,940 -5 ,460 -12,898 -57,279 -33,631 -3,853 -3,450 -16,345 -56,858 -25,868 -2,029 -4,643 -24,318 -27,228 -16,997 -9 3 2 -2,143 -7,156 -11,918 -7,213 410 -9 8 6 -4,129 -7,976 -2 7 4 -1,474 -7 6 5 -5,463 -25,023 -21,051 147 -1 ,2 4 6 -2,8 7 3 -17,767 -12,477 n.a. -8 0 5 -4,485 23 Change in foreign official assets in the United States (increase, + ) ....................................................................... 24 U.S. Treasury secu rities......................................................... 25 Other U.S. government obligations .................................... 26 Other U.S. government liabilities5 ...................................... 27 Other U.S. liabilities reported by U.S. banks .................. 28 Other foreign official assets6 ................................................. 36,574 30,230 2,308 1,159 773 2,105 33,292 23,523 666 2,220 5,488 1,395 -14,270 -22,356 465 -7 1 4 7,219 1,116 5,789 5,024 335 216 56 158 -1,221 -5,769 41 -9 2 4 4,881 550 -7,215 -5,3 5 7 801 181 -3,185 345 7,775 4,314 250 737 1,652 822 8,025 3,769 549 305 1,989 1,413 14,167 6,719 473 30,804 16,259 1,640 51,845 32,668 1,692 19,152 13,185 606 5,246 400 1,050 14,409 6,355 683 174 -4 ,2 0 8 1,331 2,978 36 n.a. 534 2,713 3,728 2,197 2,811 7,896 4,830 2,942 9,713 1,466 677 3,218 920 313 2,563 3,278 2,427 1,666 -1,225 1,194 3,082 -2 5 4 990 2,206 0 -8 8 0 0 11,354 1,139 22,848 0 -8 2 5 -3,641 0 11,269 2,400 1,152 6,975 -9 9 0 20,194 1,460 0 4,293 -4 ,0 2 2 -8 8 0 11,354 23,848 2,816 8 869 7,074 18,734 8,315 29 Change in foreign private assets in the United States (increase, + ) 3 ..................................................................... 30 U.S. bank-reported liabilities ............................................... 31 U.S. nonbanK-reported liabilities ......................................... 32 Foreign private purchases of U.S. Treasury securities, net ..................................................................................... 33 Foreign purchases of other U.S. securities, n e t ................ 34 Foreign direct investments in the United States, net3 . . . 35 Allocation of S D R s ..................................................................... 36 Discrepancy ................................................................................. 37 Owing to seasonal ad ju stm en ts............................................. 38 Statistical discrepancy in recorded data before seasonal adjustment ....................................................................... M em o: Changes in official assets U.S. official reserve assets (increase, - ) .......................... Foreign official assets in the United States (increase, + ) ................................................................... 41 Change in Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries official assets in the United States (part of line 23 above) ................................................................................... 42 Transfers under military grant programs (excluded from lines 4, 6, and 11 above) ................................................... 39 40 -3 7 5 732 -1,132 2,779 -6 4 9 -3,268 502 -1 ,1 0 9 35,416 31,072 -13,556 5,573 -2 9 7 -7,396 7,038 7,720 6,351 -1,137 5,508 1,676 4,955 2,930 4,749 4,380 204 236 305 88 139 144 155 110 1. Seasonal factors are no longer calculated for lines 13 through 42. 2. Data are on an international accounts (IA) basis. Differs from the census basis primarily because the IA basis includes imports into the U.S. Virgin Islands, and it excludes military exports, which are part of line 6. 3. Includes reinvested earnings of incorporated affiliates. 4. Differs from the definition of “ net exports of goods and services” in the national income and product (GNP) account. The GNP definition makes various adjustments to merchandise trade and service transactions. 5. Primarily associated with military sales contracts and other transactions ar ranged with or through foreign official agencies. 6. Consists of investments in U.S. corporate stocks and in debt securities of private corporations and state and local governments. N o te . Data are from Bureau o f Economic Analysis, Survey o f Current Business (U .S. Department of Commerce). Trade and Reserve Assets 3.11 A53 U.S. FOREIGN TRADE Millions of dollars; monthly data are seasonally adjusted. 1980' Item 1978' 1979' July 1 EXPORTS of domestic and foreign merchandise excluding grant-aid shipments .......................................... 143,682 2 GENERAL IMPORTS including merchandis for immediate consump tion plus entries into bonded w arehouses........................................ 174,759 3 Trade balance .......................................... -31,075 181,860 Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan. 220,684 18,267 19,086 209,458 245,010 19,139 19,713 19,940 20,347 19,860 21,436 23,194 -27,598 -24,326 -8 7 2 -6 2 6 -1,112 -1 ,1 3 4 -1 ,1 4 5 -2 ,1 8 5 -4 ,3 6 9 N o t e . The data in this table are reported by the Bureau of Census data on a free-alongside-ship (f.a.s.) value basis—that is, value at the port of export. Begin ning in 1981, foreign trade of the U.S. Virgin Islands is included in the Census basis trade data; this adjustment has been made for all data shown in the table. The Census basis data differ from merchandise trade data shown in table 3.10. U.S. International Transactions Summary, for,reasons of coverage and timing. On the export side, the largest adjustments are: (a) the addition of exports to Canada not covered in Census statistics, and (b) the exclusion of military sales (which are combined with other military transactions and reported separately in the “service 3.12 1981 1980' 18,828 19,214 18,715 19,251 18,825 account” in table 3.10, line 6. On the im port side, additions are made for gold, ship purchases, imports of electricity from Canada and other transactions; military payments are excluded and shown separately as indicated above. S o u r c e . FT900 “Summary of U.S. Export and Import Merchandise Trade” (U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census). U.S. RESERVE ASSETS Millions of dollars, end of period 1980 Type 1978 1979 1981 1980 Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan. Feb.P 1 Total1 ........................................................ 18,650 18,956 26,756 22,691 22,994 23,967 25,673 26,756 28,316 29,682 2 Gold stock, including Exchange Stabili zation Fund1 .................................... 11,671 11,172 11,160 11,172 11,168 11,163 11,162 11,160 11,159 11,156 3 Special drawing rights2-3 ........................ 1,558 2,724 2,610 4,009 4,007 3,939 3,954 2,610 3,628 3,633 4 Reserve position in International Mone tary Fund2 ........................................ 1,047 1,253 2,852 1,564 1,665 1,671 1,822 2,852 2,867 3,110 5 Foreign currencies4-5 .............................. 4,374 3,807 10,134 5,946 6,154 7,194 8,735 10,134 10,662 11,783 1. Gold held under earmark at Federal Reserve Banks for foreign and inter national accounts is not included in the gold stock of the United States; see table 3.22. 2. Beginning July 1974, the IMF adopted a technique for valuing the SDR based on a weighted average of exchange rates for the currencies of member countries. From July 1974 through December 1980, 16 currencies were used; from January 1981, 5 currencies have been used. The U.S. SDR holdings and reserve position in the IMF also are valued on this basis beginning July 1974. 3. Includes allocations by the International Monetary Fund of SDRs as follows: $867 million on Jan. 1, 1970; $717 million on Jan. 1, 1971; $710 million on Jan. 1, 1972; $1,139 million on Jan. 1, 1979; $1,152 million on Jan. 1, 1980; and $1,093 million on Jan. 1, 1981; plus net transactions in SDRs. 4. Beginning November 1978, valued at current market exchange rates. 5. Includes U.S. government securities held under repurchase agreement against receipt of foreign currencies, if any. A54 3.13 International Statistics □ March 1981 FOREIGN BRANCHES OF U.S. BANKS Balance Sheet Data Millions of dollars, end of period 1980 Asset account 1977 19781 1979 June July' A ug/ Sept.' O ct.r Nov. Dec.P All foreign countries 1 Total, all currencies ............................... 258,897 306,795 364,233 376,722 377,877 386,467 385,884 383,178 389,011 398,207 2 Claims on United States ........................ 3 Parent bank .......................................... 4 O th e r....................................................... 11,623 7,806 3,817 17,340 12,811 4,529 32,302 25,929 6,373 29,069 18,565 10,504 29,085 17,552 11,533 36,864 26,711 10,153 29,341 19,685 9,656 30,476 21,440 9,036 30,617 22,254 8,363 28,480 20,661 7,819 5 Claims on foreigners................................ 6 Other branches of parent bank ........ 7 Banks .................................................... 8 Public borrowers2 ................................ 9 Nonbank foreigners ............................ 238,848 55,772 91,883 14,634 76,560 278,135 70,338 103,111 23,737 80,949 317,175 79,661 123,413r 26,072 88,029'' 330,171 76,061 132,667'25,632 95,811'- 331,320 75,196 134,710 25,474 95,940 332,522 72,558 136,617 26,113 97,234 339,188 73,856 139,924 26,740 98,668 335,418 72,458 138,246 26,548 98,166 340,647 74,043 139,929 26,935 99,740 350,795 76,556 144,443 27,690 102,106 10 Other assets .............................................. 8,425 11,320 14,756 17,482 17,472 17,081 17,355 17,284 17,747 18,932 11 Total payable in U.S. dollars................. 193,764 224,940 267,711 275,232 275,783 283,974 282,171 279,689 284,281 290,818 12 Claims on United States ........................ 13 Parent bank .......................................... 14 O th e r ....................................................... 11,049 7,692 3,357 16,382 12,625 3,757 31,171 25,632 5,539 27,867 18,254 9,613 27,720 17,236 10,484 35,551 26,390 9,161 28,138 19,414 8,724 29,059 21,043 8,016 29,173 21,853 7,320 27,225 20,310 6,915 15 Claims on foreigners................................ 16 Other branches of parent bank , 17 Banks .................................................... 18 Public borrowers2 ................................ 19 Nonbank foreigners ............................ 178,896 44,256 70,786 12,632 51,222 203,498 55,408 78,686 19,567 49,837 229,118 61,525 96,261r 21,629 49,703r 238,213 58,456 104,982r 21,382 53,393'- 239,290 57,813 106,399 21,233 53,845 239,561 55,106 108,109 21,786 54,560 245,588 56,603 111,916 22,305 54,764 242,018 55,230 109,443 22,578 54,767 246,238 57,219 110,799 22,846 55,374 253,330 58,259 115,863 23,391 55,817 3,820 5,060 7,422 9,152 8,773 8,862 8,445 8,612 8,870 10,263 United Kingdom 21 Total, all currencies .............................. 90,933 106,593 130,873 139,066 135,669 136,467 137,447 138,158 140,715 142,781 22 Claims on United States ........................ 23 Parent bank .......................................... 24 O th e r ...................................................... 4,341 3,518 823 5,370 4,448 922 11,117 9,338 1,779 9,157 6,870 2,287 8,366 5,705 2,661 8,465 6,023 2,442 8,022 5,788 2,234 8,216 5,969 2,247 8,771 6,552 2,219 7,477 5,792 1,685 25 Claims on foreigners................................ 26 Other branches of parent bank ........ 27 Banks .................................................... 28 Public borrowers2 ................................ 29 Nonbank foreigners ............................ 84.016 22.017 39,899 2,206 19,895 98,137 27,830 45,013 4,522 20,772 115,123 34,291 51,343 4,919 24,570 124,059 34,824 54,855 5,897 28,483 120,914 32,231 54,824 5,710 28,149 121,805 31,607 55,530 5,865 28,803 123,369 30,858 57,066 6,251 29,194 123,854 31,431 56,723 6,113 29,587 125,859 32,267 57,423 6,405 29,764 129,263 34,538 57,658 6,780 30,287 30 Other assets .............................................. 2,576 3,086 4,633 5,850 6,389 6,197 6,056 6,088 6,085 6,041 31 Total payable in U.S. dollars................. 66,635 75,860 94,287 98,013 93,158 93,720 94,784 95,287 97,246 98,913 32 Claims on United States ........................ 33 Parent bank .......................................... 34 O th e r ...................................................... 4,100 3,431 669 5,113 4,386 727 10,746 9,297 1,449 8,790 6,810 1,980 7,831 5,629 2,202 7,954 5,960 1,994 7,656 5,744 1,912 7,647 5,817 1,830 8,233 6,410 1,823 7,098 5,701 1,397 35 Claims on foreigners................................ 36 Other branches of parent bank ........ 37 Banks .................................................... 38 Public borrowers2 ................................ 39 Nonbank foreigners ............................ 61,408 18,947 28,530 1,669 12,263 69,416 22,838 31,482 3,317 11,779 81,294 28,928 36,760 3,319 12,287 86,404 28,692 39,050 4,396 14,266 82,434 26,083 38,471 4,280 13,600 82,705 25,565 39,070 4,327 13,743 84,355 24,913 40,917 4.663 13,862 84,849 25,593 40,312 4,551 14,393 86,246 26,710 40,542 4,706 14,288 88,967 28,231 41,373 4,909 14,454 40 O ther assets .............................................. 1,126 1,331 2,247 2,819 2,893 3,061 2.773 2,791 2,767 2,848 Bahamas and Caymans 41 Total, all currencies .............................. 79,052 91,735 108,977 115,276 120,307 128,515 123,179 119,524 119,367 124,969 42 Claims on United States ........................ 43 Parent bank .......................................... 44 O th e r...................................................... 5,782 3,051 2,731 9,635 6,429 3,206 19,124 15,196 3,928 17,682 10,660 7,022 18,272 10,524 7,748 25,882 19,149 6,733 18,305 11,839 6,466 19,656 13,837 5,819 18,325 13,071 5,254 17,813 12,573 5,240 45 Claims on foreigners................................ 46 Other branches of parent bank ........ 47 Banks .................................................... 48 Public borrowers2 ................................ 49 Nonbank foreigners ............................ 71,671 11,120 27,939 9,109 23,503 79,774 12,904 33,677 11,514 21,679 86,718 9,689 43,189r 12,905 20,935r 93,432 12,977 48,092r 11,554 20,809r 98,020 14,362 50,866 11,627 21,165 98,496 13,160 51,845 12,055 21,436 100,905 14,724 52,787 12,078 21,316 95,959 13,093 49,915 12,441 20,510 96,800 13,135 50,646 12,213 20,806 101,943 13,336 54,814 12,574 21,219 50 Other assets .............................................. 1,599 2,326 3,135 4,162 4,015 4,137 3,969 3,909 4,242 5,213 51 Total payable in U.S. dollars................. 73,987 85,417 102,368 109,715 114,538 122,667 117,245 113,683 113,572 118,786 For notes see opposite page. Overseas Branches 3.13 A55 Continued 1980 Liability account 1977 19781 1979 June July Aug. Sept.' O ct.' Nov. Dec.P All foreign countries 52 Total, all currencies .............................. 258,897 53 To United S ta te s ....................................... 54 Parent bank ........................................... 55 Other banks in United States ............ 56 N o n b an k s............................................... 44,154 24,542 57 To foreigners ............................................. 58 Other branches of parent bank ........ 59 Banks ..................................................... 60 Official institutions .............................. 61 Nonbank foreigners ............................ 206,579 53,244 94,140 28,110 31,085 19,613 62 Other liabilities ......................................... 8,163 63 Total payable in U.S. dollars .................. 198,572 64 To United S ta te s ...................................... 65 Parent bank ........................................... 66 Other banks in United States ............ 67 N o n b an k s............................................... 42,881 24,213 68 To foreigners ............................................. 69 Other branches of parent bank ........ 70 Banks ..................................................... 71 Official institutions .............................. 72 Nonbank foreigners ............................ 151,363 43,268 64,872 23,972 19,251 73 Other liabilities ......................................... 4,328 18,669 306,795 58,012' 28,654' 12,169' 17,189' 238,912 67,496 97,711 31,936 41,769 9,871' 364,233 66,686' 24,530' 13,968 28,188 283,344 77,601 122,849 35,664 47,230 76,187' 30,985' 12,255 32,947 284,716 72,061 127,813 34,141 50,701 386,467' 385,884 383,178 389,011 398,207 83,244' 35,423' 11,415 36,406' 87,606' 37,466' 14,725 35,415' 84,068 38,490 12,635 32,943 84,152 37,187 12,860 34,105 86,580 36,957 13,410 36,213 91,017 39,298 14,277 37,442 279,604' 72,067 122,727' 33,073 51,737' 284,141' 69,178' 130,360' 33,080 51,523' 287,810 70,689 131,022 33,086 53,013 285,198 69,691 132,142 30,713 52,652 288,225 71,498 132,237 31,073 53,417 291,637 73,864 130,408 32,386 54,979 15,029' 14,720' 14,006 13,828 14,206 15,553 282,578 283,090' 291,873' 289,163 287,177 292,425 301,976 64,530 23,403 13,771 27,356 73,527 29,547 11,985 31,995 80,657' 33,977 11,155 35,525' 84,698' 35,906 14,419 34,373' 81,125 36,825 12,410 31,890 81,255 35,431 12,581 33,243 83,764 35,243 13,114 35,407 88,201 37,666 13,959 36,576 169,927 53,396 63,000 26,404 27,127 201,476 60,513 80,691 29,048 31,224 200,049 56,247 84,467 26,961 32,374 194,359' 56,206 78,930' 26,177 33,046' 198,971' 53,355' 86,420' 26,165 33,031' 200,281 55,146 85,387 25,659 34,089 198,541 53,695 86,961 23,364 34,521 200,814 55,543 86,525 23,798 34,948 204,643 56,852 86,482 24,702 36,607 5,072 7,813 9,002 8,204' 7,757 7,381 7,847 9,132 55,811 27,519 11,915' 16,377' 15,819' 377,877' 273,819 230,810 14,203' 376,722 8,074 United Kingdom 74 Total, all currencies ................................ 90,933 75 To United S ta te s ....................................... 76 Parent bank ........................................... 77 Other banks in United States ............ 78 N o n b an k s............................................... 7,753 1,451 79 To foreigners ............................................. 80 O ther branches of parent bank ........ 81 Banks ..................................................... 82 Official institutions .............................. 83 Nonbank foreigners ............................ 80,736 9,376 37,893 18,318 15,149 6,302 106,593 9,730 1,887 4,189' 3,654' 93,202 12,786 39,917 20,963 19,536 130,873 139,066 135,669 136,467 137,447 138,158 140,715 142,781 20,986 3,104 7,693 10,189 20,012 2,410 6,129 11,473 21,404 3,275 5,567 12,562 20,608 2,542 5,910 12,156 19,343 2,951 5,361 11,031 19,157 2,712 5,800 10,645 20,594 3,198 5,732 11,664 21,739 4,176 5,716 11,847 104,032 12,567 47,620 24,202 19,643 112,055 13,767 54,927 22,577 20,784 107,739 12,694 51,203 21,088 22,754 109,604 13,343 51,452 22,600 22,209 112,412 13,706 53,776 22,444 22,486 113,539 13,940 56,772 19,807 23,020 114,813 13,951 58,127 20,437 22,298 115,578 13,933 55,848 21,412 24,385 84 Other liabilities ......................................... 2,445 3,661 5,855 6,999 6,526 6,255 5,692 5,462 5,308 5,464 85 Total payable in U.S. dollars .................. 67,573 77,030 95,449 100,117 95,314 96,453 96,832 97,055 99,135 102,300 86 To United S ta te s ...................................... 87 Parent bank ........................................... 88 Other banks in United States ............ 89 N o n b an k s............................................... 7,480 1,416 6,064 20,552 3,054 7,651 9,847 19,321 2,315 6,056 10,950 20,843 3,238 5,486 12,119 20,007 2,496 5,809 11,702 18,687 2,892 5,259 10,536 18,551 2,634 5,714 10,203 19,978 3,101 5,616 11,261 21,080 4,078 5,626 11,376 90 To foreigners ............................................. 91 Other branches of parent bank ........ 92 Banks ..................................................... 93 Official institutions .............................. 94 Nonbank foreigners ............................ 58,977 7,505 25,608 15,482 10,382 66,216 9,635 25,287 17,091 14,203 72,397 8,446 29,424 20,192 14,335 77,322 9,758 35,394 18,300 13,870 71,489 8,672 31,352 16,846 14,619 73,431 9,128 31,726 18,253 14,324 75,422 9,588 32,891 18,046 14,897 76,114 9,891 35,495 15,338 15,390 76,696 9,770 35,998 15,989 14,939 78,512 9,600 35,097 17,024 16,791 95 Other liabilities ........................................ 1,116 1,486 2,500 3,474 2,982 3,015 2,723 2,390 2,461 2,708 9,328 1,836 4,101' 3,391' Bahamas and Caymans 96 Total, all currencies .............................. 79,052 91,735 108,977 115,276 120,307' 128,515' 123,179 119,524 119,367 124,969 97 To United S ta te s ....................................... 98 Parent bank ........................................... 99 Other banks in United States ............ 100 N o n b an k s............................................... 32,176 20,956 11,220 39,431 20,482 6,073 12,876 37,719 15,267 5,204 17,248 48,431 22,748 5,200 20,483 54,217' 26,589 4,821 22,807' 58,925' 29,189 7,460 22,276' 56,317 29,355 6,075 20,887 56,123 27,678 5,945 22,500 56,860 26,871 6,518 23,471 59,746 28,353 7,135 24,258 101 To foreigners ............................................. 102 Other branches of parent bank ........ 103 Banks ..................................................... 104 Official institutions .............................. 105 Nonbank foreigners ............................ 45,292 12,816 24,717 3,000 4,759 50,447 16,094 23,104 4,208 7,041 68,598 20,875 33,631 4,866 9,226 63,935 20,102 28,917 5,096 9,820 63,208' 20,409 27,145' 5,525 10,129' 66,630' 18,081 34,100' 4,119 10,330' 63,966 17,079 32,185 4,250 10,452 60,593 16,720 29,202 4,610 10.061 59,492 15,878 28,933 4,368 10,313 61,305 17,040 29,901 4,361 10,003 106 Other liabilities ......................................... 107 Total payable in U.S. dollars .................. 1,584 1,857 2,660 2,910 2,882 74,463 87,014 103,460 11,494 116,246' 1. In May 1978 the exemption level for branches required to report was increased, which reduced the number of reporting branches. 2. In May 1978 a broader category of claims on foreign public bor- 2,960' 2,896 2,808 3,015 3,918 124,103' 118,576 115,166 115,121 120,789 rowers, including corporations that are majority owned by foreign governments, replaced the previous, more narrowly defined claims on foreign official institutions. A56 3.14 International Statistics □ March 1981 SELECTED U.S. LIABILITIES TO FOREIGN OFFICIAL INSTITUTIONS Millions of dollars, end of period 1980 Item 1977 July 1 Total1............................................................................... 1981 1979 1978 Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.P Jan.P 131,097 162,589 149,481' 153,088 154,674 156,899 157,385 163,196 164,312 162,701 18,003 47,820 23,290 67,671 30,475 47,666 29,211 47,982 29,449 49,811 30,918 49,361 28,815 50,392 29,601 55,104 30,361 56,243 26,926 56,525 32,164 20,443 12,667 35,894 20,970 14,764 37,590 17,387 16,363' 40,546 15,954 19,395 39,801 15,654 19,959 40,799 15,254 20,567 41,463 15,254 21,461 41,764 15,254 21,473 41,431 14,654 21,623 42,318 14,654 22,278 70,748 2,334 4,649 50,693 1,742 931 93,089 2,486 5,046 58,817 2,408 743 85,602 1,898 6,291 52,793' 2,412 485 78,141 1,907 6,308 63,086 2,930 716 78,424 2,156 6,050 64,287 3,281 476 76,942 1,901 6,610 67,696 3,232 518 76.004 1.736 6,008 69,042 3,520 1,075 80,899 1,433 5,722 70,025 3,867 1,250 81,593 1,562 5,668 70,536 4,128 825 80,365 1,174 5,456 70,548 3,976 1,182 By type 2 Liabilities reported by banks in the United States2 3 U.S. Treasury bills and certificates3 ........................ U.S. Treasury bonds and notes 4 M arketable................................................................. 5 Nonmarketable4 ....................................................... 6 U.S. securities other than U.S. Treasury securities5 By area 7 8 9 10 11 12 Western Europe1 ........................................................... Canada ........................................................................... Latin America and Caribbean .................................. A s ia ................................................................................. Africa ............................................................................. Other countries6 ........................................................... 1. Includes the Bank for International Settlements. 2. Principally demand deposits, time deposits, bankers acceptances, commercial paper, negotiable time certificates of deposit, and borrowings under repurchase agreements. 3. Includes nonmarketable certificates of indebtedness (including those payable in foreign currencies through 1974) and Treasury bills issued to official institutions of foreign countries. 4. Excludes notes issued to foreign official nonreserve agencies. Includes bonds and notes payable in foreign currencies. 3.15 5. Debt securities of U.S. government corporations and federally sponsored agencies, and U.S. corporate stocks and bonds. 6. Includes countries in Oceania and Eastern Europe. Based on Treasury Department data and on data reported to the Treasury Department by banks (including Federal Reserve Banks) and securities dealers in the United States. N ote. LIABILITIES TO AND CLAIMS ON FOREIGNERS Reported by Banks in the United States Payable in Foreign Currencies Millions of dollars, end of period 1979 Item 1977 Dec. 1 Banks’ own liabilities ................................................................................... 2 Banks’ own claims1 ....................................................................................... 3 D e p o s its ..................................................................................................... 4 Other claim s............................................................................................... 5 Claims of banks’ domestic customers2 .................................................... 925 2,356 941 1,415 1. Includes claims of banks’ domestic customers through March 1978. 2. Assets owned by customers of the reporting bank located in the United States that represent claims on foreigners held by reporting banks for the accounts of their domestic customers. 1980 1978 2,363 3,671 1,795 1,876 358 N ote. thorities. 1,868 2,419 994 1,425 580 Mar. 2,358 2,772 1,212 1,560 1,058 June 2,693 2,955 1,048 1,908 798 Sept. 2,669 3,112 1,126 1,985 595 Dec. 3,737 4,104 2,506 1,598 962 Data on claims exclude foreign currencies held by U.S. monetary au- Bank-Reported Data 3.16 LIABILITIES TO FOREIGNERS Payable in U.S. dollars A57 Reported by Banks in the United States Millions of dollars, end of period 1980 Holder and type of liability 1977 1978 July 1 All foreigners ............................................................. 3 Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan .p 126,168 166,877 187,492 188,295 201,402 191,683 195,827 204,882' 205,258 201,917 78,730 19,218 12,431 9,704 37,376 117,211 23,325 13,627 16,419 63,839 116,497 22,046 12,995 18,700 62,757 128,171 22,511 13,208 18,785 73,667 118,663 22,474 13,824 18,046 64,319 121,240 22,457 14,157 17,222 67,405 125,139' 22,847 14,773 17,in '70,401 124,751 23,377 15,164 17,583 68,627 122,442 22,129 15,657 14,867 69,789 88,147 68,202 70,281 48,573 71,797 49,627 73,231 51,505 73,020 50,731 74,587 51,990 79,743 56,484 80,506 57,595 79,475 57,667 17,446 2,499 19,359 2,350 19,438 2,732 19,141 2,586 19,778 2,511 19,967 2,630 20,624 2,635 20,079 2,832 19,036 2,773 3,274 2,607 2,356 2,903 2,820 2,549 2,734 2,476 2,342 1,961 906 330 84 492 714 260 151 303 607 214 93 299 501 171 101 229 476 141 100 235 352 115 95 143 383 187 92 104 442 146 85 211 419 212 71 137 1,701 201 1,643 102 2,296 604 2,319 644 2,073 316 2,382 581 2,093 337 1,900 254 1,542 88 1,499 1 1,538 2 1,692 0 1,675 0 1,757 0 1,800 0 1,756 0 1,646 0 1,453 0 4 Demand deposits....................................................... Time deposits1 ........................................................... 18,996 11,521 8 9 U.S. Treasury bills and certificates5 .................... Other negotiable and readily transferable 48,906 11 Nonmonetary international and regional organizations7 ..................................................... 1981 1979 13 14 15 Demand d eposits....................................................... Time deposits1 ........................................................... Other2 ......................................................................... 231 139 17 18 U.S. Treasury bills and certificates ...................... O ther negotiable and readily transferable instruments6 ....................................................... O th e r........................................................................... 706 20 Official institutions8 ................................................. 65,822 90,706 78,142 77,193 79,260 80,279 79,207 84,706 86,604 83,451 3,528 1,797 12,129 3,390 2,550 6,189 18,228 4,704 3,041 10,483 17,071 4,218 2,705 10,148 17,591 3,898 3,006 10,688 18,548 4,348 3,477 10,724 16,182 3,406 3,390 9,387 16,897 3,553 3,623 9,721 17,806 3,771 3,592 10,443 15,174 3,869 3,348 7,957 47,820 78,577 67,415 59,914 47,666 60,122 47,982 61,669 49,811 61,731 49,361 63,025 50,392 67,808 55,104 68,798 56,243 68,277 56,525 10,992 170 12,196 52 12,092 48 11,805 54 12,307 63 12,542 90 12,648 56 12,501 54 11,723 30 42,335 57,495 88,352 90,111 100,788 89,979 95,012 97,759' 96,397 96,293 10,933 2,040 52,705 15,329 11,257 1,443 2,629 83,352 19,512 13,274 1,680 4,558 84,629 21,872 12,882 1,626 7,364 95,475 21,808 13,427 1,514 6,867 84,737 20,419 12,995 1,412 6,012 89,653 22,249 13,843 1,724 6,681 91,880' 21,478' 13,714 1,786 5,978' 90,439 21,812 14,104 1,811 5,897 90,212 20,423 12,867 1,834 5,723 Own foreign offices3 ................................................. 37,376 63,839 62,757 73,667 64,319 67,405 70,401' 68,627 69,789 36 Banks’ custody liabilities4 ........................................... 37 U.S. Treasury bills and certificates ...................... 38 O ther negotiable and readily transferable instruments6 ....................................................... 39 O th e r........................................................................... 4,790 300 5,000 422 5,482 557 5,313 577 5,241 361 5,359 515 5,880 529 5,959 623 6,081 647 2,425 2,065 2,405 2,173 2,395 2,530 2,435 2,301 2,533 2,347 2,417 2,427 2,883 2,467 2,748 2,588 2,856 2,578 14,736 16,070 18,642 18,088 18,533 18,876 18,874 19,941 19,914 20,211 4,304 7,546 12,990 4,242 8,353 394 14,918 5,087 8,755 1,075 14,190 4,732 8,570 888 14,604 5,014 8,588 1,002 14,901 4,991 8,836 1,075 15,052 5,093 8,948 1,011 15,979 5,393 9,272 1,315 16,065 5,356 9,676 1,033 16,636 5,181 10,405 1,050 240 3,080 285 3,725 382 3,898 484 3,930 473 3,975 693 3,822 502 3,962 513 3,849 474 3,575 407 2,531 264 3,220 123 3,259 154 3,226 231 3,181 100 3,208 112 3,337 112 3,185 190 3,004 164 11,007 10,974 10,500 10,433 10,704 10,799 10,553 10,745 10,108 19 21 Banks’ own liabilities ................................................... 22 Demand d ep o sits....................................................... 23 Time deposits1 ........................................................... 24 Other2 ......................................................................... 25 Banks’ custody liabilities4 ........................................... 26 U.S. Treasury bills and certificates5 .................... 27 Other negotiable and readily transferable instruments6 ....................................................... 28 O th e r........................................................................... 29 Banks9 ........................................................................ 30 Banks’ own liabilities ................................................... 31 Unaffiliated foreign b a n k s ....................................... 32 Demand deposits................................................... 33 Time deposits1 ....................................................... 34 Other2 ..................................................................... 35 40 Other foreigners ....................................................... 41 Banks’ own liabilities ................................................... 42 Demand deposits....................................................... 43 Time d eposits............................................................. 44 Other2 ......................................................................... 45 Banks’ custody liabilities4 ........................................... 46 U.S. Treasury bills and certificates ...................... 47 Other negotiable and readily transferable instruments6 ....................................................... 48 O th e r........................................................................... 49 M emo : Negotiable time certificates of deposit in custody for foreigners .................................... 141 1. Excludes negotiable time certificates of deposit, which are included in “Other negotiable and readily transferable instruments.” Data for time deposits before April 1978 represent short-term only. 2. Includes borrowing under repurchase agreements. 3. U.S. banks: includes amounts due to own foreign branches and foreign sub sidiaries consolidated in “Consolidated Report of Condition” filed with bank reg ulatory agencies. Agencies, branches, and majority-owned subsidiaries of foreign banks: principally amounts due to head office or parent foreign bank, and foreign branches, agencies or wholly owned subsidiaries of head office or parent foreign bank. 4. Financial claims on residents of the United States, other than long-term se curities, held by or through reporting banks. 5. Includes nonmarketable certificates of indebtedness and Treasury bills issued to official institutions of foreign countries. 6. Principally bankers acceptances, commercial paper, and negotiable time cer tificates of deposit. 7. Principally the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the Inter-American and Asian Development Banks. 8. Foreign central banks and foreign central governments and the Bank for International Settlements. 9. Excludes central banks, which are included in “Official institutions.” A58 3.16 International Statistics □ March 1981 Continued 1980 Area and country 1977 1978 1981 1979 July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan .p 1 126,168 166,877 187,492 188,295 201,402 191,683 195,827 204,882' 205,258 201,917 2 Foreign countries.......................................................... 122,893 164,270 185,136 185,392 198,582 189,134 193,093 202,406' 202,916 199,956 3 Europe .......................................................................... 4 Austria ....................................................................... 5 Belgium-Luxembourg.............................................. 6 D enm ark.................................................................... 7 Finland ...................................................................... 8 France ........................................................................ 9 G erm any.................................................................... 10 G reece........................................................................ 11 Ita ly ............................................................................ 12 Netherlands ............................................................... 13 N o rw ay ...................................................................... 14 Portugal .................................................................... 15 S p a in .......................................................................... 16 Sweden ...................................................................... 17 Switzerland................................................................. 18 Turkey ........................................................................ 19 United Kingdom ...................................................... 20 Y ugoslavia................................................................. Other Western Europe1 .......................................... 21 22 U .S.S.R....................................................................... Other Eastern Europe2 .......................................... 23 60,295 318 2,531 770 323 5,269 7,239 603 6,857 2,869 944 273 619 2,712 12,343 130 14,125 232 1,804 98 236 85.169 513 2,550 1,946 346 9,214 17,286 826 7,739 2,402 1,271 330 870 3,121 18,225 157 14,265 254 3,440 82 330 90.935 413 2.375 1.092 398 10,433 12,935 635 7,782 2,327 1,267 557 1,259 2.005 17.954 120 24,694 266 4,070 S2 302 83,848 432 3,837 534 433 12.178 7,626 567 7,138 2,830 1.140 398 1.371 1.795 14.359 156 22,556 190 6,006 36 267 86,077 390 3,673 525 403 12,596 9,121 642 6.530 2,491 1,040 506 1,491 1.861 14.252 147 22.925 139 7,002 70 271 83,476 432 3,696 528 311 12,332 7,854 591 5,969 2,540 1,074 571 1,321 1,826 13,524 237 22,818 169 7,250 39 392 83,990 460 3,322 493 307 11,654 7,557 643 6,796 2,555 1,381 491 1,520 1,813 13,695 171 23,797 203 6.880 33 220 90,741' 519 3,696 586 363 12,380 9,171 711' 7,308 2,796' 1,444 437 1,379 1,811 16,574 257 24,443' 225 6,161 64 416 90,897 523 4,019 497 455 12,125 9,969 670 7,572 2.441 1,344 374 1,500 1,737 16,639 292 22,680 681 6,939 68 374 89,545 553 4,062 420 264 12,141 10,333 524 6,722 2,568 899 370 1,412 1,365 16,565 538 23,885 296 6,178 46 405 24 Canada .......................................................................... 4.607 6,969 7,379 9.228 9,187 10,234 9.992 9,871 10,031 9,774 25 Latin America and Caribbean .................................. 26 A rg en tin a.................................................................. 27 B aham as.................................................................... 28 B erm uda..................................................................... 29 B razil.......................................................................... 30 British West In d ie s .................................................. 31 Chile ........................................................................... 32 Colombia .................................................................. 33 Cuba .......................................................................... 34 Ecuador .................................................................... 35 Guatemala3 .............................................................. 36 Jamaica3 .................................................................... 37 Mexico ....................................................................... Netherlands A n tilles................................................ 38 39 P an am a...................................................................... 40 P e ru ............................................................................ 41 Uruguay ..................................................................... 42 Venezuela.................................................................. 43 Other Latin America and Caribbean .................. 23,670 1,416 3,596 321 1,396 3,998 360 1,221 6 330 2,876 196 2,331 287 243 2,929 2,167 31,677 1,484 6,752 428 1.125 6,014 398 1,756 13 322 416 52 3,467 308 2,967 363 231 3,821 1,760 49.665 1,582 15,255 430 1,005 11,117 468 2,617 13 425 414 76 4.185 499 4,483 383 202 4,192 2.318 49,233 1,841 13.172 464 1.434 11.957 459 2.954 6 346 373 137 4.268 332 4.685 350 232 4.350 1,874 58.282 1,880 21.179 559 1.378 13,309 475 2.893 7 818 372 100 4.291 314 4,617 401 241 3,692 1.755 48,781 1,875 13,924 677 1,168 11.410 431 2,916 5 381 373 101 4,226 360 3,894 355 199 4,405 2,080 52,501 1,996 17,567 595 1,342 12,040 448 3.037 5 387 365 85 4,575 393 3,595 380 220 3,659 1,811 53,318' 1,996 16,803' 555 1,248 12,614' 456 2,962 6 437 359 79 4,583 568 4,575 345 244 3.667 1,819' 53,165 2,132 16,372 670 1.216 12,761 460 3,077 6 371 367 97 4,547 413 4,718 403 254 3,170 2,132 52,956 1,857 16,116 475 1,338 12,563 500 3,096 6 389 428 112 4,597 598 4,460 401 290 3,794 1,937 44 A s ia ................................................................................ China M ainland................................................................. Taiwan .................................................................. Hong K o n g ................................................................ India .......................................................................... Indonesia .................................................................. Israel ........................................................................... Japan .......................................................................... Korea ........................................................................ Philippines ................................................................ T h a ila n d .................................................................... Middle-East oil-exporting countries4 .................... Other Asia ................................................................. 30,488 36,492 33.013 38,048 39,880 41,847 40,880 41,999' 42,388 41,665 53 1,013 1,094 961 410 559 14,616 602 687 264 8,979 1,250 67 502 1,256 790 449 688 21,927 795 644 427 7.534 1,414 49 1.393 1.672 527 504 707 8.907 993 795 277 15.309 1,879 38 1.438 2.186 494 849 488 12,547 1.482 935 405 15.378 1.808 37 1.552 1,994 631 649 569 14,059 1,473 778 304 15,801 2,033 38 1.595 2,204 529 827 534 15,414 1.994 814 517 15,409 1.972 46 1,610 2,150 485 811 530 15,354 1,809 838 403 14,611 2,232 62 1,636 2,410 438 715 548 15,720 1,764 803' 440 15,214 2,250 49 1,662 2,548 416 730 883 16,249 1,528 919 464 14,453 2,487 55 1,820 2,762 437 1,170 525 17,697 1,497 849 367 12,238 2,250 57 Africa ............................................................................. E gypt........................................................................... 58 59 M o ro cco .................................................................... 60 South A frica.............................................................. 61 Z a ir e ........................................................................... 62 Oil-exporting countries5 .......................................... 63 Other Africa ............................................................. 2,535 404 66 174 39 1,155 698 2,886 404 32 168 43 1.525 715 3,239 475 33 184 110 1.635 804 3,796 451 33 360 78 2,094 779 4,221 350 47 404 38 2,685 697 3,902 322 32 354 42 2,459 694 4,246 269 57 288 36 2,911 685 4,725 374 38 332 34 3,211 735 5,187 485 33 288 57 3,540 783 4,358 313 42 327 48 2,921 707 64 Other countries ............................................................. 65 A ustralia..................................................................... All o th e r ..................................................................... 66 1.297 1,140 158 1,076 838 239 904 684 220 1,239 959 281 936 692 243 894 613 281 1,484 1,190 294 1,752' 1,419' 333 1,247 950 297 1,657 1,303 354 67 Nonmonetary international and regional organizations ........................................................ International ............................................................. 68 69 Latin American regional ........................................ 70 Other regional6 ........................................................ 3,274 2,752 278 245 2,607 1,485 808 314 2.356 1,238 806 313 2.903 1,804 785 314 2,820 1,736 800 285 2,549 1,389 837 323 2,734 1.586 841 307 2,476 1,366 801 309 2,342 1,156 890 296 1,961 913 769 279 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 1. Includes the Bank for International Settlements. Beginning April 1978. also includes Eastern European countries not listed in line 23. 2. Beginning April 1978 comprises Bulgaria, Czechoslovakia, the German Dem ocratic Republic, Hungary, Poland, and Romania. 3. Included in “Other Latin America and Caribbean” through March 1978. 4. Comprises Bahrain, Iran, Iraq. Kuwait, Oman. Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and United Arab Emirates (Trucial States). 5. Comprises Algeria. Gabon, Libya, and Nigeria. 6. Asian, African, Middle Eastern, and European regional organizations, except the Bank for International Settlements, which is included in “Other Western Europe." Bank-Reported Data 3.17 A59 BANKS’ OWN CLAIMS ON FOREIGNERS Reported by Banks in the United States Payable in U.S. Dollars Millions of dollars, end of period 1980 A rea and country 1977 1978 July 1 Total ............................................................................... 1981 1979 Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan.P 90,206 115,603 133,919 151,218 163,401 161,518 162,658 167,396r 172,557 166,717 2 Foreign countries........................................................... 90,163 115,547 133,887 151,187 163,363 161,484 162,618 l#7,363r 172,488 166,672 3 Europe ........................................................................... 4 Austria ....................................................................... 5 Belgium-Luxembourg............................................... 6 D enm ark..................................................................... 7 Finland ....................................................................... 8 France ......................................................................... 9 G erm any..................................................................... 10 G reece......................................................................... 11 Ita ly ............................................................................. 12 Netherlands ............................................................... 13 N o rw a y ....................................................................... 14 Portugal ..................................................................... 15 S p a in ........................................................................... 16 Sweden ....................................................................... 17 Switzerland................................................................. 18 T urkey......................................................................... 19 United Kingdom ....................................................... 20 Yugoslavia ................................................................. 21 Other Western Europe1 ........................................... 22 U .S.S.R........................................................................ 23 Other Eastern Europe2 ........................................... 18,114 65 561 173 172 2,082 644 206 1,334 338 162 175 722 218 564 360 8,964 311 86 413 566 24,232 140 1,200 254 305 3,735 845 164 1,523 677 299 171 1,120 537 1,283 300 10,172 363 122 366 657 28,429 284 1,339 147 202 3,322 1,179 154 1,631 514 276 330 1,051 542 1,165 149 13,814 611 175 290 1,254 28,439 309 1,622 149 223 2,582 1,004 279 2,295 492 270 346 1,011 534 1,319 143 13,175 648 170 531 1,336 29,411 280 1,881 164 215 3,288 1,131 265 2,433 632 231 335 1,139 558 1,581 137 12,651 647 172 232 1,438 29,722 264 1,954 180 184 3,232 1,018 221 2,560 546 248 330 1,106 716 1,337 144 13,080 682 245 241 1,434 29,259 196 1,680 132 253 2,551 987 278 2,842 557 335 341 1,113 763 1,564 123 12,950 684 226 257 1,427 32,520' 250 1,946 165 248 3,506' 1,506 265 3,063' 749 138 393 1,111' 633 1,932 149 13,885 689 234 271 1,389 32,045 236 1,621 127 460 2,958 948 256 3,364 575 227 331 993 783 1,446 145 14,807 853 179 281 1,457 30,478 251 1,722 126 334 2,716 1,006 264 3,136 642 289 305 1,136 691 1,753 146 13,027 866 347 251 1,469 24 Canada ........................................................................... 3,355 5,152 4,143 4,654 4,775 5,255 4,614 4,542 4,810 4,157 25 Latin America and Caribbean .................................. 26 A rg en tin a................................................................... 27 B aham as..................................................................... 28 B erm uda..................................................................... 29 B razil........................................................................... 30 British West Indies ................................................... 31 Chile ........................................................................... 32 Colombia ................................................................... 33 C u b a ........................................................................... 34 Ecuador ..................................................................... 35 Guatemala3 ............................................................... 36 Jamaica3 ..................................................................... 37 Mexico ....................................................................... 38 Netherlands A n tille s................................................. 39 P an am a....................................................................... 40 P e ru ............................................................................. 41 Uruguay ..................................................................... 42 V enezuela................................................................... Other Latin America and Caribbean .................. 43 45,850 1,478 19,858 232 4,629 6,481 675 671 10 517 4,909 224 1,410 962 80 2,318 1,394 57,567 2,281 21,555 184 6,251 9,692 970 1,012 0 705 94 40 5,479 273 3,098 918 52 3,474 1,490 68,011 4,389 18,918 496 7,720 9,822 1,441 1,614 4 1,025 134 47 9,099 248 6,031 652 105 4,669 1,598 78,690 5,234 28,710 194 8,989 8,637 1,359 1,448 4 1,051 153 31 10,660 760 4,552 647 91 4,469 1,700 89,253 5,393 31,866 256 9,251 14,570 1,487 1,490 3 1,136 102 31 10,785 725 4,931 687 105 4,737 1,697 85,768 5,629 30,269 216 9,639 11,980 1,627 1,493 6 1,111 105 33 11,123 710 4,461 671 100 4,879 1,715 87,665 5,859 30,275 399 10,135 12,630 1,721 1,575 3 1,157 112 35 11,745 799 3,972 719 100 4,710 1,721 89,263 6,270 29,679 260 10,001' 13,674' 1,730 1,582 3 1,157 114 40 12,014 816 4,367 749 105 5,113 1,591' 92,971 5,693 29,378 218 10,477 15,702 1,951 1,754 3 1,190 137 36 12,586 821 4,974 890 137 5,438 1,585 90,617 5,656 28,233 285 10,243 14,531 1,843 1,648 4 1,220 114 33 12,634 835 5,028 912 110 5,515 1,775 44 A s ia ................................................................................. China M ainland................................................................. 45 46 Taiwan ................................................................... 47 Hong K o n g ................................................................. India ........................................................................... 48 49 Indonesia ................................................................... 50 I s r a e l........................................................................... 51 Japan ........................................................................... 52 Korea ......................................................................... 53 Philippines ................................................................. 54 T h a ila n d ..................................................................... 55 Middle East oil-exporting countries4 .................... Other Asia ................................................................. 56 19,236 25,386 30,652 36,282 36,927 37,620 37,806 37,961' 39,118 38,388 10 1,719 543 53 232 584 9,839 2,336 594 633 1,746 947 4 1,499 1,479 54 143 888 12,671 2,282 680 758 3,125 1,804 35 1,821 1,804 92 131 990 16,946 3,798 737 935 1,548 1,813 68 2,224 2,174 97 205 950 20,595 5,523 881 939 1,120 1,506 50 2,284 2,063 118 245 1,012 21,205 5,464 1,019 947 1,040 1,480 117 2,492 2,099 84 208 918 20,663 5,574 1,169 947 1,471 1,876 126 2,332 1,980 103 214 1,055 20,607 5,885 1,081 925 1,258 2,240 187 2,382 2,094' 125 248 1,125' 20,323' 5,844' 1,122' 974' 1,538 1,999 195 2,469 2,247 142 245 1,172 21,356 5,697 989 876 1,494 2,236 225 2,410 2,252 110 280 1,081 21,187 5,724 841 814 1,436 2,027 57 Africa ............................................................................. 58 E g y p t........................................................................... 59 M o ro cco ..................................................................... 60 South A frica............................................................... Z a ir e ........................................................................... 61 62 Oil-exporting countries5 ........................................... 63 O th e r........................................................................... 2,518 119 43 1,066 98 510 682 2,221 107 82 860 164 452 556 1,797 114 103 445 144 391 600 2,179 112 134 691 107 378 757 1,977 135 180 469 98 349 746 2,029 123 166 535 101 374 729 2,090 159 119 440 123 469 780 1,933 165 146 375 98 402 747 2.377 151 223 370 94 805 734 1,910 175 186 337 96 410 707 64 Other countries ............................................................. 65 A ustralia..................................................................... 66 All o th e r ..................................................................... 1,090 905 186 988 877 111 855 673 196 943 743 200 1,021 793 228 1,091 879 213 1,185 942 243 1,143 915 228 1,166 859 307 1,122 827 295 67 Nonmonetary international and regional organizations6 ....................................................... 43 56 32 31 38 34 40 34 70 44 1. Includes the Bank for International Settlements. Beginning April 1978, also includes Eastern European countries not listed in line 23. 2. Beginning April 1978 comprises Bulgaria, Czechoslovakia, the German Dem ocratic Republic, Hungary, Poland, and Romania. 3. Included in “O ther Latin America and Caribbean” through March 1978. 4. Comprises Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and United Arab Emirates (Trucial States). 5. Comprises Algeria, Gabon, Libya, and Nigeria. 6. Excludes the Bank for International Settlements, which is included in “Other Western Europe.” N o t e . Data for period prior to April 1978 include claims of banks’ domestic customers on foreigners. A60 3.18 International Statistics □ March 1981 BANKS’ OWN AND DOMESTIC CUSTOMERS’ CLAIMS ON FOREIGNERS Reported by Banks in the United States Payable in U.S. Dollars Millions of dollars, end of period 1981 1980 Type of claim 1 Total ........................................................................ 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 90,206 Banks’ own claims on foreigners ........................ Foreign public borrow ers...................................... Own foreign offices1 ............................................... Unaffiliated foreign b a n k s .................................... Deposits ............................................................... O th e r..................................................................... All other foreigners .............................................. 9 Claims of banks’ domestic customers2 .............. 10 D e p o s its ................................................................... 11 Negotiable and readily transferable instruments3 12 Outstanding collections and other claims4 ........ 13 M em o: 6,176 Customer liability on acceptances ........ Dollar deposits in banks abroad, reported by nonbankmg business enterprises in the United States5 ................................................................... Aug. 151,218 16,659 58,520 42,007 6,165 35,842 34,032 163,401 17,419 64,051 47,500 7,250 40,250 34,431 Oct. N ov/ 162,658 19,046 61,613 46,574 7,136 39,438 35,425 167,396 20,661 62,397 49,071 7,579 41,493 35,267 Sept. 187,008 D ec/ 126,851 154,017 115,603 10,312 41,628 40,496 5,428 35,067 23,167 133,919 15,580 47,475 40,969 6,253 34.716 29,896 11,248 480 5.414 5,353 20,098 955 13,124 6,019 25,490 1,081 15,260 9,148 26,106 885 15,574 9,648 14,969 18,058 23,533 22,821 13,162 21,578 25.546' 24,245' 161,518 18,969 61,879 46,008 7,216 38,792 34,661 22,057' Jan.P 198,663 22,667' 24,491' 172,557 20,668 64,968 50,204 8,258 41,947 36,717 166,717 20,645 63,757 46,079 7,190 38,889 36,236 21,177 4. Data for March 1978 and for period prior to that are outstanding collections only. 5. Includes demand and time deposits and negotiable and nonnegotiable certif icates of deposit denominated in U.S. dollars issued by banks abroad. For descrip tion of changes in data reported by nenbanks, see July 1979 B u l l e t in , p. 550. 1. U.S. banks: includes amounts due from own foreign branches and foreign subsidiaries consolidated in “Consolidated Report of Condition” filed with bank regulatory agencies. Agencies, branches, and m ajority-owned subsidiaries o f foreign banks: principally amounts due from head office or parent foreign bank, and foreign branches, agencies, or wholly owned subsidiaries of head office or parent foreign bank. 2. Assets owned by customers of the reporting bank located in the United States that represent claims on foreigners held by reporting banks for the account of their domestic customers. 3. Principally negotiable time certificates of deposit and bankers acceptances. 3.19 July N o t e . Beginning April 1978, data for banks' own claims are given on a monthly basis, but the data for claims of banks;' own domestic customers are available on a quarterly basis only. BANKS’ OWN CLAIMS ON UN AFFILIATED FOREIGNERS Reported by Banks in the United States Payable in U.S. Dollars Millions of dollars, end of period 1979 1978 1980 Maturity; by borrower and area Dec. 1 Total ........................................................................................................ Sept. Dec. Mar. June Sept. Dec. 73,771 87,580 86,261 85,227 92,748 98,892 106,296 58,481 4,633 53,849 15,289 5,361 9,928 68,404 6.142 62.262 19.176 7,652 11.524 65,251 7,127 58.125 21,009 8.114 12,895 63.868 6,778 57,090 21,359 8,430 12,929 71,368 7,089 64,279 21,380 8,515 12,865 76,096 8,639 67,458 22,796 9,592 13,204 82,197 9,573 72,624 24,099 10,089 14,010 15,176 2,670 20,990 17,579 1.496 569 16,799 2.471 25.690 21,519 1,401 524 15,254 1,777 24,974 21,673 1,080 493 13,844 1,818 23,178 23,358 1,043 627 17,141 2,013 24,417 25,753 1,320 7 4 16,880 2,166 28,007 26,892 1,401 751 18,544 2,721 32,065 26,440 1,756 671 3,142 1,426 8,464 1,407 637 214 3,653 1.364 11,771 1.578 623 188 4.140 1,317 12,821 1.911 652 169 4,248 1,214 13,397 1,728 620 152 4,033 1,199 13,902 1,524 576 146 4,715 1,188 14,192 2,009 567 126 5,095 1,447 15,017 1,862 507 171 By borrower 2 Maturity of 1 year or less1 ........................................................................... 3 Foreign public borrow ers......................................................................... 4 All other foreigners ................................................................................. 5 Maturity of over 1 year1 ............................................................................. 6 Foreign public borrow ers......................................................................... 7 All other foreigners ................................................................................. By area 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Maturity of 1 year or less1 Europe ....................................................................................................... Canada ....................................................................................................... Latin America and Caribbean .............................................................. A sia ............................................................................................................. Africa ......................................................................................................... A llother2 ................................................................................................... Maturity of over 1 year1 Europe ....................................................................................................... Canada ....................................................................................................... Latin America and Caribbean .............................................................. A s ia ............................................................................................................. Africa ......................................................................................................... All other2 ................................................................................................... 1. Remaining time to maturity. 2. Includes nonmonetary international and regional organizations. Bank-Reported Data 3.20 A61 CLAIMS ON FOREIGN COUNTRIES Held by U.S. Offices and Foreign Branches of U.S.-Chartered Banks' Billions of dollars, end of period 1980 1979 Area or country 1976 1977 19782 Mar. June Sept. Dec. Mar. June Sept. Dec.P 1 Total ....................................................................................................... 206.8 240.0 266.2" 263.9" 275.6 293.9 303.8 308.0" 328.2 338.6" 352.1 2 G-10 countries and S w itzerland......................................................... 3 Belgium-Luxembourg....................................................................... 4 France ................................................................................................. 5 G erm any............................................................................................. 6 Ita ly ..................................................................................................... 7 Netherlands ....................................................................................... 8 Sweden ............................................................................................... 9 Switzerland......................................................................................... 10 United Kingdom ............................................................................... 11 Canada ............................................................................................... 12 Japan ................................................................................................... 100.3 6.1 10.0 8.7 5.8 2.8 1.2 3.0 41.7 5.1 15.9 116.4 8.4 11.0 9.6 6.5 3.5 1.9 3.6 46.5 6.4 18.8 124.7" 9.0 12.2 11.3 6.7 4.4 2.1 5.3 47.3 6.0 20.6 119 .O" 9.4 11.7 10.5 5.7 3.9 2.0 4.5 46.4 5.9 19.0 125.3 9.7 12.7 10.8 6.1 4.0 2.0 4.7" 50.3 5.5 19.5 135.7" 10.7 12.0 12.8 6.1 4.7 2.3 5.0 53.7 6.0 22.3 138.4 11.1 11.7" 12.2 6.4 4.8 2.4 4.7" 56.4 6.3 22.4 140.8" 10.8 12.0 11.4 6.2 4.3 2.4 4.3" 57.6 6.8 25.1" 154.3" 13.1 14.0" 12.7 6.9 4.5 2.7 3.3" 64.4" 7.2 25.5" 158.9 13.5 13.9 12.9 7.2 4.4 2.8 3.4 66.7 7.9 26.1 161.7 12.9 14.0 11.5 8.2 4.4 2.9 4.0 68.5 8.4 26.8 13 Other developed countries ................................................................. 14 Austria ............................................................................................... 15 D enm ark............................................................................................. 16 Finland ............................................................................................... 17 G reece................................................................................................. 18 N o rw ay ............................................................................................... 19 Portugal ............................................................................................. 20 S p a in ................................................................................................... 21 T urkey................................................................................................. 22 Other Western Europe ................................................................... 23 South A frica....................................................................................... 24 A ustralia............................................................................................. 15.0 1.2 1.0 1.1 1.7 1.5 .4 2.8 1.3 .7 2.2 1.2 18.6 1.3 1.6 1.2 2.2 1.9 .6 3.6 1.5 .9 2.4 1.4 19.4 1.7 2.0 1.2 2.3 2.1 .6 3.5 1.5 1.3 2.0 1.4 18.2 1.7 2.0 1.2 2.3 2.1 .6 3.0 1.4 1.1 1.7 1.3 18.2 1.8 1.9 1.1 2.2 2.1 .5 3.0 1.4 .9 1.8 1.4 19.7 2.0 2.0 1.2 2.3 2.3 .7 3.3 1.4 1.5 1.7 1.3 19.9 2.0 2.2 1.2 2.4 2.3 .7 3.5 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 18.8 1.7 2.1 1.1 2.4 2.4 .6 3.5 1.4 1.4 1.1 1.2 20.3 1.8 2.2 1.3 2.5 2.4 .6 3.9 1.4 1.6 1.5 1.2 20.6 1.8 2.2 1.2 2.6 2.4 .7 4.2 1.3 1.7 1.2 1.2 21.2 1.9 2.2 1.4 2.8 2.6 .6 4.0 1.5 1.8 1.1 1.3 25 OPEC countries3 ................................................................................... 26 Ecuador ............................................................................................. 27 V enezuela........................................................................................... 28 Indonesia ........................................................................................... 29 Middle East countries ..................................................................... 30 African countries............................................................................... 12.6 .7 4.1 2.2 4.2 1.4 17.6 1.1 5.5 2.2 6.9 1.9 22.7 1.6 7.2 2.0 9.5 2.5 22.6 1.5 7.2 1.9 9.4 2.6 22.7 1.6 7.6 1.9 9.0 2.6 23.4 1.6 7.9 1.9 9.2 2.8 22.9 1.7 8.7 1.9 8.0 2.6 21.8 1.8 7.9 1.9 7.8 2.5 20.9 1.8 7.9 1.9 6.9 2.5 21.4 1.9 8.5 1.9 6.7 2.4 22.8 2.1 9.1 1.8 7.0 2.8 31 Non-OPEC developing co u n trie s...................................................... 44.2 48.7 52.6 53.9 55.9 58.8 62.8 63.7 67.4" 72.8 76.9 1.9 11.1 .8 1.3 11.7 1.8 2.8 2.9 12.7 .9 1.3 11.9 1.9 2.6 3.0 14.9 1.6 1.4 10.8 1.7 3.6 3.1 14.9 1.7 1.5 10.9 1.6 3.5 3.5 15.1 1.8 1.5 10.7 1.4 3.3 4.1 15.1 2.2 1.7 11.4 1.4 3.6 5.0 15.2 2.5 2.2 12.0 1.5 3.7 5.5 15.0 2.5 2.1 12.1 1.3 3.6 5.6 15.3 2.7 2.2 13.6 1.4 3.6 7.6 15.8 3.2 2.4 14.4 1.5 3.9 7.9 16.2 3.5 2.7 15.9 1.8 3.9 .0 2.4 .2 1.0 3.1 .5 2.2 .7 .5 .0 3.1 .3 .9 3.9 .7 2.5 1.1 .4 .0 2.9 .2 1.0 3.9 .6 2.8 1.2 .2 .1 3.1 .2 1.0 4.2 .6 3.2 1.2 .3 .1 3.3 .2 .9 5.0 .7 3.7 1.4 .4 .1 3.5 .2 1.0 5.3 .7 3.7 1.6 .3 .1 3.4 .2 1.3 5.5 .9 4.2 1.6 .4 .1 3.6 .2 .9 6.5 .8 4.4 1.4 .4 .1 3.8" .2 1.2 7.1 .9 4.6 1.5 .5 .1 4.1 .2 1.1 7.3 .9 4.8 1.5 .5 .2 4.2 .3 1.5 7.1 1.0 5.0 1.4 .6 E g y p t................................................................................................... M o ro cco ............................................................................................. Z a ir e ................................................................................................... Other Africa5 ..................................................................................... .4 .3 .2 1.2 .3 .5 .3 .7 .4 .6 .2 1.4 .5 .6 .2 1.4 .7 .5 .2 1.5 .6 .5 .2 1.6 .6 .6 .2 1.7 .7 .5 .2 1.8 .7 .5 .2 1.8 .7 .6 .2 2.0 .8 .7 .2 2.0 52 Eastern E u r o p e ..................................................................................... 53 U .S.S.R................................................................................................ 54 Y ugoslavia......................................................................................... 55 Other ................................................................................................... 5.2 1.5 .8 2.9 6.3 1.6 1.1 3.7 6.9 1.3 1.5 4.1 6.7 1.1 1.6 4.0 6.7 .9 1.7 4.1 7.2 .9 1.8 4.6 7.3 .7 1.8 4.8 7.3 .6 1.9 4.9 7.2 .5 2.1 4.5" 7.3 .5 2.1 4.7 7.5 .4 2.3 4.7 56 Offshore banking c e n te rs ..................................................................... 57 B aham as............................................................................................. 58 B erm uda............................................................................................. 59 Cayman Islands and other British West Indies .......................... 60 Netherlands A n tilles......................................................................... 61 Panama6 ............................................................................................. 62 Lebanon ............................................................................................. 63 Hong K o n g ......................................................................................... 64 S ingapore........................................................................................... 65 Others7 ............................................................................................... 24.7 10.1 .5 3.8 .6 3.0 .1 2.2 4.4 .0 26.1 9.9 .6 3.7 .7 3.1 .2 3.7 3.7 .5 30.9 10.4 .7 7.4 .8 3.0 .1 4.2 3.9 .5 33.7 12.3 .6 7.1 .8 3.4 .1 4.8 4.2 .4 37.0 14.4 .7 7.4 1.0 3.8 .1 4.9 4.2 .4 38.6 13.0 .7 9.5 1.1 3.4 .2 5.5 4.9 .4 40.4 13.7 .8 9.4 1.2 4.3 .2 6.0 4.5 .4 42.6 14.0 .6 11.3 .9 4.9 .2 5.7 4.7 .4 43.9" 13.6 .6 9.5 1.2" 5.6 .2 6.9 5.9 .4 44.1 12.9 .6 10.0 1.3 5.6 .2 7.4 5.6 .4 47.1 13.3 .6 10.3 2.0 6.3 .2 8.1 5.9 .3 66 Miscellaneous and unallocated8 ......................................................... 5.0 5.3 9.1 9.5 9.9 10.6 11.7 13.1 14.3 13.7 15.1 Latin Am erica 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 A rg en tin a........................................................................................... B razil................................................................................................... Chile ................................................................................................... Colombia ........................................................................................... Mexico ............................................................................................... Other Latin America ....................................................................... Asia 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 China M ainland......................................................................................... Taiwan ........................................................................................... India ................................................................................................... I s r a e l................................................................................................... Korea (South) ................................................................................... Malaysia4 ........................................................................................... Philippines ......................................................................................... T h a ila n d ............................................................................................. Other A s i a ......................................................................................... Africa 48 49 50 51 1. The banking offices covered by these data are the U.S. offices and foreign branches of U.S.-owned banks and of U.S. subsidiaries of foreign-owned banks. Offices not covered include (1) U.S. agencies and branches of foreign banks, and (2) foreign subsidiaries of U.S. banks. To minimize duplication, the data are ad justed to exclude the claims on foreign branches held by a U.S. office or another foreign branch of the same banking institution. The data in this table combine foreign branch claims in table 3.13 (the sum of lines 7 through 10) with the claims of U.S. offices in table 3.17 (excluding those held by agencies and branches of foreign banks and those constituting claims on own foreign branches). However, see also footnote 2. 2. Beginning with data for June 1978, the claims of the U.S. offices in this table include only banks’ own claims payable in dollars. For earlier dates the claims of the U.S. offices also include customer claims and foreign currency claims (amounting in June 1978 to $10 billion). 3. In addition to the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries shown individually, this group includes other members of OPEC (Algeria, Gabon, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Nigeria, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and United Arab Emirates) as well as Bahrain and Oman (not formally members of OPEC). 4. Foreign branch claims only through December 1976. 5. Excludes Liberia. 6. Includes Canal Zone beginning December 1979. 7. Foreign branch claims only. 8. Includes New Zealand, Liberia, and international and regional organizations. A62 3.21 International Statistics □ March 1981 MARKETABLE U.S. TREASURY BONDS AND NOTES Foreign Holdings and Transactions Millions of dollars 1981 Country or area JanJan. July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan.P Holdings (end of period)1 1 Estimated total2 ........................................ 51,344 57,416 54,884 54,120 55,869 56,553 57,217 57,416 58,482 2 Foreign countries2 .................................... 45,915 52,828 50,590 49,992 51,173 52,075 52,867 52,828 53,948 3 Europe2 ...................................................... 4 Belgium-Luxembourg.......................... 5 Germany2 .............................................. 6 Netherlands .......................................... 7 S w e d en .................................................. 8 Switzerland2 .......................................... 9 United Kingdom .................................. 10 Other Western Europe ...................... 11 Eastern E u ro p e .................................... 12 Canada ...................................................... 24,824 60 14,056 1,466 647 1,868 6,236 491 0 232 24,333 77 12,335 1,884 595 1,485 7,180 777 0 449 25,259 45 13,697 1,547 650 1,675 7,074 571 0 481 24,643 89 13,097 1,522 640 1,675 7,089 531 0 469 25,016 91 13,110 1.640 611 1,566 7,456 542 0 480 24,783 78 12,823 1,658 607 1,517 7,538 562 0 503 24,708 74 12,758 1,777 614 1,489 7,411 584 0 532 24,333 77 12,335 1,884 595 1,485 7,180 111 25,171 80 12,789 1,954 555 1,561 7,435 796 0 449 458 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Latin America and Caribbean .............. Venezuela.............................................. Other Latin America and Caribbean Netherlands A n tilles............................ A s ia ............................................................ Japan ...................................................... Africa ........................................................ A llo th e r.................................................... 466 103 200 163 19,805 11,175 591 -3 999 292 285 421 26.110 9,479 922 14 690 248 242 200 23,575 9.614 592 -6 706 261 240 205 23,585 9,465 592 -5 768 302 241 225 24,292 9,444 617 0 768 292 255 221 25,331 9.503 685 5 942 292 278 372 25,966 9,547 715 4 999 292 285 421 26,110 9,479 922 14 998 292 281 425 26,335 9,527 973 14 21 Nonmonetary international and regional organizations .................................... 5,429 4,588 4,294 4,128 4.696 4,478 4,350 4,588 4,534 22 23 5,388 37 4,548 36 4,234 60 4,066 60 4,632 65 4,430 44 4,302 44 4,548 36 4,505 26 International ........................................ Latin American regional .................... Transactions (net purchases, or sales ( - ) during period) 24 Total2 .......................................................... 6,397 6.072 1,066 692 -7 6 7 1,752 681 25 Foreign countries2 .................................... 26 Official institutions .............................. 27 Other foreign2 ...................................... 6,099 1,697 4,403 6,913 3,841 3.072 1.120 887 232 795 762 33 -5 9 8 -7 4 5 146 1.181 998 183 903 664 240 28 Nonmonetary international and regional organizations .................................... 301 -5 3 -1 0 4 -168 571 Memo: Oil-exporting countries 29 Middle East3 ............................................ 30 Africa4 ........................................................ -1,014 - 100 325 51 598 100 140 0 601 25 7,672 330 561 30 -3 9 -334 294 1,120 887 232 238 -5 3 358 207 325 51 2. Beginning December 1978, includes U.S. Treasury notes publicly issued to private foreign residents denominated in foreign currencies. 3. Comprises Bahrain, Iran. Iraq. Kuwait, Oman, Q atar, Saudi Arabia, and United Arab Emirates (Trucial States). 4. Comprises Algeria, Gabon. Libya, and Nigeria. 1. Estimated official and private holdings of marketable U.S. Treasury securities with an original maturity of more than 1 year. Data are based on a benchmark survey of holdings as of Jan. 31. 1971, and monthly transactions reports. Excludes nonmarketable U.S. Treasury bonds and notes held by official institutions of foreign countries. 3.22 990 68 1,066 792 302 490 FOREIGN OFFICIAL ASSETS HELD AT FEDERAL RESERVE BANKS Millions of dollars, end of period 1980 Assets 1978 1979 Aug. 1 D e p o sits........................................................................ 1981 1980 Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan. Feb.P 367 429 441 336 460 368 368 411 573 422 117.126 15,463 95,075 15,169 104,490 14,893 96,504 15,025 96,227 14,987 98,121 14,986 102,786 14,968 102,417 14,965 104,490 14,893 106,389 13,835 Assets held in custody 2 U.S. Treasury securities1 ............................................ 3 Earmarked gold2 .......................................................... 1. Marketable U.S. Treasury bills, notes, and bonds: and nonmarketable U.S. Treasury securities payable in dollars and in foreign currencies. 2. The value of earmarked gold increased because of the changes in par value of the U.S. dollar in May 1972 and in October 1973. N o t e . Excludes deposits and U.S. Treasury securities held for international and regional organizations. Earmarked gold is gold held for foreign and international accounts and is not included in the gold stock of the United States, In vestm en t T ransactions 3.23 A 63 FOREIGN TRANSACTIONS IN SECURITIES Millions of dollars 1981 1980 1981 1980 1979 Transactions, and area or country Jan.Jan. July Aug. U .S . Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan.P corporate securities S to ck s 1 Foreign pu rch ases......................................................... 2 Foreign sales ................................................................. 22.781 21,123 40,320 35,044 3,419 3,001 3.110 2,800 3,505 3,301 3,569 3,329 4,438 3,920 4,457 3,588 4,345 3,783 3,419 3,001 3 Net purchases, or sales ( - ) ........................................ 1,658 5,276 417 310 203 241 519 869 562 417 4 Foreign countries.......................................................... 1,642 5,258 406 308 205 246 524 867 540 406 Europe ........................................................................... France ......................................................................... G erm any..................................................................... Netherlands .............................................................. Switzerland................................................................. United Kingdom ...................................................... Canada ........................................................................... Latin America and Caribbean .................................. Middle E ast1 ................................................................. Other A s i a ..................................................................... Africa ............................................................................. Other countries ............................................................. 217 122 -221 -7 1 -5 1 9 964 552 -1 9 688 211 -1 4 7 3,036 479 184 -3 2 8 308 2,502 847 143 1,206 -4 -1 30 296 74 18 42 105 177 26 63 63 -2 4 2 -2 0 115 62 -1 3 -2 7 -82 188 81 -2 5 141 -5 -1 2 42 30 -2 1 -2 6 -1 2 7 216 13 -3 2 183 -2 2 0 21 -8 3 -3 3 -1 8 -3 8 -1 2 2 153 -22 -8 3 410 19 2 4 300 53 35 -2 9 83 172 -6 6 132 126 33 2 -3 633 109 121 -5 8 265 251 263 57 -1 0 9 18 0 5 222 57 7 -1 7 -8 8 299 230 -1 2 177 -6 8 -2 -6 296 74 18 42 105 177 26 63 63 -2 4 2 -2 0 17 Nonmonetary international and regional organizations ........................................................ 17 18 12 2 -2 -5 -6 2 22 12 18 Foreign p u rch ases........................................................ 19 Foreign sales ................................................................. 8,803 7,608 15,356 9,968 1,603 817 1.695 898 1,087 589 645 481 1,612 739 1,181 902 946 826 1,603 817 20 Net purchases, or sales ( —) ........................................ 1,195 5,387 787 797 498 165 873 278 121 787 21 Foreign countries........................................................... 1,330 5,453 760 769 475 214 918 283 107 760 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 Europe ........................................................................... F ra n c e ......................................................................... G erm any..................................................................... Netherlands ............................................................... Switzerland................................................................. United Kingdom ....................................................... Canada ........................................................................... Latin America and Caribbean .................................. Middle East1 ................................................................. Other A s i a ..................................................................... Africa ............................................................................. Other countries ............................................................. 626 11 58 -202 -1 1 8 814 80 109 424 88 1 1 1,585 143 213 -6 5 54 1,252 135 185 3,416 117 5 10 214 4 49 6 22 124 7 1 542 -1 0 -4 129 8 -5 0 -2 6 -1 6 196 -2 29 600 13 0 1 27 6 -1 1 -7 -9 53 25 32 382 9 0 0 -2 3 -2 4 7 0 -5 12 18 194 14 0 -2 284 16 30 8 1 235 9 7 594 24 0 0 151 12 13 -7 8 154 21 11 105 -3 0 -1 -2 6 12 22 17 14 -1 1 3 -7 -5 113 32 0 0 214 4 49 6 22 124 7 1 542 -1 0 -4 34 Nonmonetary international and regional organizations ......................................................... -1 3 4 -6 5 27 28 23 -4 9 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 B o n d s2 -4 5 -4 14 27 Foreign securities 35 Stocks, net purchases, or sales ( - ) .......................... 36 Foreign p u rch ases.................................................... 37 Foreign sales ............................................................. -7 8 6 4,615 5,401 -2.239 7,870 10.108 36 695 659 -7 6 654 731 -201 605 805 -5 5 8 694 1.253 -3 3 5 788 1,143 129 927 798 -6 8 721 788 36 695 659 38 Bonds, net purchases, or sales ( - ) ................... 39 Foreign p u rch ases..................................................... 40 Foreign sales ............................................................. -3.855 12.672 16,527 -835 17,062 17,898 -235 1,142 1.378 374 1.725 1.351 -2 5 9 1,374 1,634 -8 4 1.231 1,316 -2 0 6 1,651 1,857 91 1,252 1.161 274 1.786 1,512 -2 3 5 1,142 1,378 .. -4,641 -3,074 -2 0 0 298 -4 6 0 -6 4 3 -5 6 1 219 206 -2 0 0 Foreign countries........................................................... Europe ........................................................................... Canada ........................................................................... Latin America and Caribbean .................................. A s ia ................................................................................. Africa ............................................................................. Other countries ............................................................. -3,891 -1,646 -2,601 347 44 -6 1 25 -3,950 -9 5 8 -2,094 126 -1,131 24 81 -2 5 9 -1 1 6 -4 51 -175 -1 0 -4 -3 2 10 -2 9 34 -5 5 1 7 -3 8 4 -1 7 6 42 -1 4 -3 1 3 0 76 -6 8 0 -1 1 0 -3 4 4 7 -2 2 3 -4 -6 -5 7 6 113 -651 -3 5 -1 6 29 -1 6 196 -30 327 -2 4 -73 -1 -3 -1 7 7 -8 6 24 -1 1 -8 4 -1 3 -7 -2 5 9 -1 1 6 -4 51 -1 7 5 -1 0 -4 49 Nonmonetary international and regional organizations ......................................................... -7 5 0 876 59 330 -7 6 37 15 23 383 59 41 Net purchases, or sales ( - ) , of stocks and bonds 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1. Comprises oil-exporting countries as follows: Bahrain, Iran. Iraq, Kuwait. Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and United Arab Emirates (Trucial States). 2. Includes state and local government securities, and securities of U.S. government agencies and corporations. Also includes issues of new debt securities sold abroad by U.S. corporations organized to finance direct investments abroad. A64 3.24 International Statistics □ March 1981 LIABILITIES TO UN AFFILIATED FOREIGNERS Reported by Nonbanking Business Enterprises in the United States1 Millions of dollars, end of period 1979 Type, and area or country 1978 1980 1979 June Sept. Dec. June. Mar. Sept. 1 T o ta l............................................................................................................. 14,879 16,950 15,519 15,700 16,950 17,373 18,472 18,406 2 Payable in d o lla rs ....................................................................................... 3 Payable in foreign currencies2 ................................................................ 11,516 3,363 13,932 3,018 12,631 2,888 12,692 3,008 13,932 3,018 14,437 2,936 15,105 3,366 15,203 3,203 4 Financial liabilities..................................................................................... 5 Payable in d o lla rs ................................................................................... 6 Payable in foreign currencies ............................................................... 6,305 3,841 2,464 7,311 5,101 2,210 6,049 3,876 2,173 6,131 3,877 2,254 7,311 5,101 2,210 7,802 5,618 2,184 8,307 5,751 2,556 8,125 5,707 2,418 7 Commercial liabilities ............................................................................... 8 Trade payables ....................................................................................... 9 Advance receipts and other liabilities................................................ 8,574 4,008 4,566 9,639 4,380 5,258 9,470 4,302 5,168 9,568 4,051 5,518 9,639 4,380 5,258 9,571 4,138 5,433 10,165 4,265 5,899 10,281 4,370 5,911 7,675 899 8,830 808 8,755 715 8,815 754 8,830 808 8,819 752 9,355 810 9,496 785 3,903 289 167 366 390 248 2,110 4,579 345 168 497 834 168 2,372 3,582 355 134 283 401 235 1,955 3,713 317 126 381 542 190 1,957 4,579 345 168 497 834 168 2,372 4,813 360 188 520 801 172 2,568 5,392 422 341 657 783 238 2,783 5,214 404 327 557 766 224 2,761 By type 10 11 Payable in d o lla rs ................................................................................... Payable in foreign cu rren c ies............................................................... 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Financial liabilities E u ro p e ..................................................................................................... Belgium-Luxembourg ....................................................................... France ................................................................................................... Germany ............................................................................................. N etherlands......................................................................................... Switzerland ......................................................................................... United K ingdom ................................................................................. By area or country 19 Canada ..................................................................................................... 244 445 290 304 445 383 482 456 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Latin America and Caribbean ............................................................. Baham as............................................................................................... Bermuda ............................................................................................. Brazil ................................................................................................... British West In d ie s............................................................................. M ex ic o ................................................................................................. Venezuela ........................................................................................... 1,357 478 4 10 194 102 49 1,483 375 81 18 514 121 72 1,395 477 2 19 189 131 68 1,347 390 2 14 198 122 71 1,483 375 81 18 514 121 72 1,764 459 83 22 694 101 70 1,633 434 2 25 700 101 72 1,718 412 1 20 685 108 74 27 28 29 Japan ................................................................................................... Middle East oil-exporting countries3 ............................................ 791 714 32 795 723 31 772 706 25 757 700 19 795 723 31 821 737 26 775 680 31 705 615 37 30 31 A fric a ....................................................................................................... Oil-exporting countries4 ................................................................... 5 2 4 1 6 2 5 1 4 1 11 1 10 1 11 1 32 A llother5 ................................................................................................. 5 4 5 5 4 10 15 21 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Commercial liabilities E u ro p e ..................................................................................................... Belgium-Luxembourg ....................................................................... France ................................................................................................... Germany ............................................................................................. N etherlands......................................................................................... Switzerland ......................................................................................... United K ingdom ................................................................................. 3,033 75 321 529 246 302 824 3,621 137 467 534 227 310 1,073 3,303 81 353 471 230 439 997 3,393 103 394 539 206 348 1,015 3,621 137 467 534 227 310 1,073 3,682 117 503 533 288 382 994 4,008 132 485 714 245 462 1,120 4,010 107 486 670 272 451 1,024 40 Canada ..................................................................................................... 667 868 663 717 8(38 720 591 590 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 Latin A m erica......................................................................................... Baham as............................................................................................... Bermuda ............................................................................................. Brazil ................................................................................................... British West In d ie s ............................................................................. M ex ic o ................................................................................................. Venezuela ........................................................................................... 997 25 97 74 53 106 303 1,323 69 32 203 21 257 301 1,335 65 82 165 121 216 323 1,401 89 48 186 21 270 359 1,323 69 32 203 257 301 1,253 4 47 228 20 235 211 1,271 26 107 151 37 272 210 1,361 8 114 156 12 324 293 48 49 50 Japan ................................................................................................... Middle East oil-exporting countries3 ............................................ 2,932 448 1,523 2,865 488 1,017 3,034 516 1,225 2,996 517 1,070 2,865 488 1,017 2,912 578 901 3,053 411 1,019 2,889 492 937 51 52 A fric a ....................................................................................................... Oil-exporting countries4 ................................................................... 743 312 728 384 891 410 775 370 728 384 742 382 875 498 1,036 633 53 A llother5 ................................................................................................. 203 233 243 287 233 263 367 396 1. For a description of the changes in the International Statistics tables, see July 1979 B u l l e t in , p. 550. 2. Before December 1978, foreign currency data include only liabilities denominated in foreign currencies with an original maturity of less than one year. 21 3. Comprises Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and United Arab Emirates (Trucial States). 4. Comprises Algeria, Gabon, Libya, and Nigeria. 5. Includes nonmonetary international and regional organizations. Nonbank-Reported Data 3.25 CLAIMS ON UN AFFILIATED FOREIGNERS United States1 A65 Reported by Nonbanking Business Enterprises in the Millions of dollars, end of period 1980 1979 Type, and area or country 1978 1979 Sept. June Dec. June Mar. Sept. 1 T o ta l............................................................................................................. 27,859 30,859 30,296 30,949 30,859 31,953 31,850 31,374 2 Payable in d o lla rs ....................................................................................... 3 Payable in foreign currencies2 ................................................................. 24,861 2,998 27,703 3,156 27,394 2,902 28,280 2,668 27,703 3,156 28,956 2,997 28,808 3,042 28,240 3,134 4 Financial claims ......................................................................................... 5 D eposits................................................................................................... 6 Payable in d o lla rs ............................................................................... 7 Payable in foreign currencies ........................................................... O ther financial claims ........................................................................... 8 9 Payable in d o lla rs ............................................................................... 10 Payable in foreign c u rren c ies........................................................... 16,522 11,062 10,000 1,061 5,461 3,855 1,606 18,107 12,461 11,572 889 5,646 3,792 1,854 19,303 13,643 12,706 938 5,660 4,059 1,601 19,176 13,730 12,830 901 5,446 4,030 1,416 18,107 12,461 11,572 889 5,646 3,792 1,854 19,237 13,563 12,601 963 5,673 4,046 1,627 18,499 12,658 11,778 879 5,841 4,103 1,737 18,164 12,099 11,018 1,081 6,065 4,395 1,670 11 Commercial claim s..................................................................................... 12 Trade receivables................................................................................... 13 Advance payments and other claims ................................................ 11,337 10,778 559 12,752 12,064 688 10,993 10,364 628 11,773 11,061 712 12,752 12,064 688 12,716 12,071 645 13,352 12,656 695 13,210 12,521 689 14 15 Payable in d o lla rs ................................................................................... Payable in foreign c u rre n c ie s............................................................... 11,006 331 12,339 413 10,629 363 11,421 352 12,339 413 12,309 407 12,926 425 12,827 383 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Financial claims E u r o p e ..................................................................................................... Belgium-Luxembourg ....................................................................... France ................................................................................................... Germany ............................................................................................. N etherlands......................................................................................... Switzerland ......................................................................................... United K ingdom ................................................................................. 5,218 48 178 510 103 98 4,023 6,115 32 177 407 53 73 5,053 5,638 54 183 361 62 81 4,650 6,562 33 191 393 51 85 5,522 6,115 32 177 407 53 73 5,053 5,826 19 290 298 39 89 4,778 5,835 23 307 190 37 96 4,855 5,576 14 381 168 30 41 4,546 23 Canada ..................................................................................................... 4,482 4,812 5,146 4,767 4,812 4,882 4,778 4,798 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Latin America and Caribbean ............................................................. B aham as............................................................................................... Bermuda ............................................................................................. Brazil ................................................................................................... British West In d ie s ............................................................................. M ex ic o ................................................................................................. Venezuela ........................................................................................... 5,665 2,959 80 151 1,288 163 150 6,190 2,680 30 163 2,001 158 133 7,433 3,637 57 141 2,407 159 151 6,682 3,284 31 133 1,838 156 139 6,190 2,680 30 163 2,001 158 133 7,512 3,448 34 128 2,591 169 132 6,807 2,962 25 120 2,393 178 139 6,671 2,757 65 116 2,283 192 128 31 32 33 Japan ................................................................................................... Middle East oil-exporting countries3 ............................................ 307 18 693 190 16 800 217 17 818 222 21 693 190 16 708 226 18 758 253 16 792 269 20 34 35 A fric a ....................................................................................................... Oil-exporting countries4 ................................................................... 181 10 253 49 227 23 277 41 253 49 265 40 256 35 260 29 36 All other5 ................................................................................................. 55 44 61 69 44 43 65 68 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 Commercial claims E u ro p e ..................................................................................................... Belgium-Luxembourg ....................................................................... France ................................................................................................... Germany ............................................................................................. N etherlands......................................................................................... Switzerland ......................................................................................... United K ingdom ................................................................................. 3,985 144 609 399 267 198 827 4,895 203 727 584 298 269 905 3,833 170 470 421 307 232 731 4,127 179 518 448 262 224 818 4,895 203 727 584 298 269 905 4,751 208 703 515 347 349 924 4,820 255 662 504 297 429 908 4,610 227 698 561 287 332 979 By type By area or country 922 44 Canada ..................................................................................................... 1,096 843 1,106 1,164 843 862 895 926 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 Latin America and Caribbean ............................................................. B aham as............................................................................................... Bermuda ............................................................................................. Brazil ................................................................................................... British West In d ie s ............................................................................. M ex ic o ................................................................................................. Venezuela ........................................................................................... 2,547 109 215 629 9 506 292 2,853 21 197 647 16 698 342 2,406 98 118 503 25 584 296 2,595 16 154 568 13 648 346 2,853 21 197 647 16 698 342 2,990 19 135 656 11 833 349 3,281 19 133 697 9 921 394 3,351 53 81 709 17 973 384 52 53 54 Japan ................................................................................................... Middle East oil-exporting countries3 ............................................ 3,082 976 717 3,365 1,127 766 2,967 1,005 685 3,116 1,128 701 3,365 1,127 766 3,370 1,209 718 3,540 1,130 829 3,361 1,065 829 55 56 A fric a ....................................................................................................... Oil-exporting countries4 ................................................................... 447 136 556 133 487 139 549 140 556 133 518 114 567 115 699 135 57 A llother5 ................................................................................................. 179 240 194 220 240 225 249 264 1. For a description of the changes in the International Statistics tables, see July 1979 B u l l e t in , p. 550. 2. Prior to December 1978, foreign currency data include only liabilities denominated in foreign currencies with an original maturity of less than one year. 3. Comprises Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Oman, Q atar, Saudi Arabia, and United Arab Emirates (Trucial States). 4. Comprises Algeria, Gabon, Libya, and Nigeria. 5. Includes nonmonetary international and regional organizations. A66 3.26 International Statistics □ March 1981 DISCOUNT RATES OF FOREIGN CENTRAL BANKS Percent per annum Rate on Feb. 28, 1981 Rate on Feb. 28, 1981 Argentina Austria .. Belgium .. Brazil Canada .. Denmark . Per cent Month effective 169.80 6.75 12.0 40.0 17.08 11.00 Feb. 1981 Mar. 1980 July 1980 June 1980 Feb. 1981 Oct. 1980 Country France1 .......................... Germany, Fed. Rep. of I ta ly ...................... ......... Japan .............................. Netherlands .................. Norway .......................... 1. As from February 1981, the rate at which the bank of France discounts Treasury bills for seven to ten days. N o t e . Rates shown are mainly those at which the central bank either discounts or m akes advances against eligible com m ercial paper and/or 3.27 Rate on Feb. 28, 1981 Country Country Per cent Month effective 12.0 7.5 16.5 7.25 8.0 9.0 Feb. 1981 May 1980 Sept. 1980 Nov. 1980 Oct. 1980 Nov. 1979 Sweden .............. Sw itzerland........ United Kingdom V enezuela.......... Per cent Month effective 12.0 4.0 14.0 10.0 Jan. 1981 Feb. 1981 Nov. 1980 July 1980 government securities for commercial banks or brokers. For countries with more than one rate applicable to such discounts or advances, the rate shown is the one at which it is understood the central bank transacts the largest proportion of its credit operations. FOREIGN SHORT-TERM INTEREST RATES Percent per annum, averages of daily figures 1980 Country, or type 1978 1979 1981 1980 Aug. Sept. Nov. Oct. Dec. Jan. Feb. 1 2 3 4 5 Eurodollars................................................ United Kingdom ...................................... Canada ...................................................... G erm any.................................................... Switzerland................................................ 8.74 9.18 8.52 3.67 0.74 11.96 13.60 11.91 6.64 2.04 14.00 16.59 13.12 9.45 5.79 10.82 16.45 10.47 8.93 5.52 12.07 15.89 10.73 8.90 5.57 13.55 15.87 11.71 8.99 5.40 16.46 15.84 12.96 9.37 5.53 19.47 14.64 16.83 10.11 6.61 18.07 14.20 16.98 9.41 5.68 17.18 13.12 17.28 10.74 7.09 6 7 8 9 10 Netherlands .............................................. France ........................................................ Italy ............................................................ Belgium...................................................... Japan .......................................................... 6.53 8.10 11.40 7.14 4.75 9.33 9.44 11.85 10.48 6.10 10.60 12.18 17.50 14.06 11.45 9.97 11.20 17.30 12.52 12.04 10.31 11.81 17.50 12.35 11.46 9.63 11.69 18.16 12.24 10.98 9.59 11.26 17.51 12.40 9.74 9.69 11.52 17.47 12.75 9.60 9.36 11.38 17.34 12.41 9.00 9.78 11.87 17.50 12.52 8.52 N o t e . Rates are for 3-month interbank loans except for the following: Canada, finance company paper; Belgium, time deposits of 20 million 3.28 francs and over; and Japan, Gensaki rate. FOREIGN EXCHANGE RATES Cents per unit of foreign currency 1980 Country/currency 1978 1979 1981 1980 Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan. Feb. 1 2 3 4 5 Australia/dollar ........................ Austria/schilling........................ Belgium/franc............................ C anada/dollar............................ Denmark/krone ........................ 114.41 6.8958 3.1809 87.729 18.156 111.77 7.4799 3.4098 85.386 19.010 114.00 7.7349 3.4247 85.530 17.766 115.77 7.8840 3.4883 86.263 18.070 117.04 7.8916 3.4844 85.861 18.068 117.43 7.6714 3.3875 85.538 17.639 116.75 7.3433 3.2457 84.286 16.962 116.86 7.1549 3.1543 83.560 16.573 118.19 7.0297 3.0962 83.974 16.181 116.26 6.6033 2.8972 83.442 15.152 6 7 8 9 10 Finland/markka ........................ F rance/franc.............................. Germany/deutsche mark ........ In dia/rupee................................ Ireland/pound .......................... 24.337 22.218 49.867 12.207 191.84 27.732 23.504 54.561 12.265 204.65 26.892 23.694 55.089 12.686 205.77 27.353 24.106 55.867 12.849 210.62 27.428 24.056 55.883 12.903 210.34 27.122 23.489 54.280 12.932 203.88 26.452 22.515 52.113 12.868 194.59 25.903 21.925 50.769 12.608 189.01 25.752 21.539 49.771 12.567 185.54 24.656 20.142 46.757 12.164 173.31 11 12 13 14 15 Italy/lira .................................... Japan/yen .................................. M alaysia/ringgit........................ M exico/peso.............................. N etherlands/guilder.................. 16 17 18 19 20 New Zealand/dollar ................ Norway/krone .......................... Portugal/escudo........................ South Africa/rand .................... Spain/peseta.............................. 103.64 19.079 2.2782 115.01 1.3073 102.23 19.747 2.0437 118.72 1.4896 97.337 20.261 1.9980 128.54 1.3958 97.738 20.555 2.0163 131.55 1.3810 98.309 20.676 2.0096 132.73 1.3639 98.069 20.421 1.9756 133.13 1.3423 96.770 19.938 1.9178 133.20 1.3085 95.404 19.370 1.8773 132.83 1.2653 96.137 19.087 1.8591 133.69 1.2409 93.414 18.485 1.7722 129.27 1.1686 21 22 23 24 Sri L anka/rupee........................ Sweden/krona .......................... Switzerland/franc...................... United Kingdom/pound .......... 6.3834 22.139 56.283 191.84 6.4226 23.323 60.121 212.24 6.1947 23.647 59.697 232.58 6.2980 23.953 60.527 237.04 6.3196 24.072 61.012 240.12 5.9707 23.845 60.185 241.64 5.8139 23.240 57.942 239.41 5.7379 22.722 56.022 234.59 5.9525 22.490 54.907 240.29 5.5975 21.734 51.502 229.41 92.39 88.09 87.39 86.09 85.50 86.59 89.31 90.99 91.38 96.02 .11782 .47981 43.210 4.3896 46.284 .12035 .45834 45.720 4.3826 49.843 .11694 .44311 45.967 4.3535 50.369 .11801 .44666 46.484 4.3389 51.305 .11742 .46644 47.127 4.3443 51.398 .11441 .47777 46.902 4.3324 50.052 .11000 .46928 46.187 4.3166 48.102 .10704 .47747 45.406 4.3071 46.730 .10478 .49419 44.994 4.2792 45.810 .09807 .48615 44.196 4.2544 42.870 M em o: 25 United States/dollar1 .............. 1. Index of weighted average exchange value of U.S. dollar against cur rencies of other G -10 countries plus Switzerland. M arch 1973 = 100. W eights are 1972-76 global tra d e of each of the 10 co u n tries. Series revised as of August 1978. For description and back data, see “ Index of the Weighted-Average Exchange Value of the U.S. Dollar: Revision” on page 700 of the August 1978 B u l l e t in . N ote. Averages of certified noon buying rates in New York for cable transfers. A67 Guide to Tabular Presentation, Statistical Releases, and Special Tables G u id e t o Ta b u l a r P r e s e n t a t io n Symbols and Abbreviations c e p r * Corrected Estimated Preliminary Revised (Notation appears on column heading when more than half of figures in that column are changed.) Amounts insignificant in terms of the last decimal place shown in the table (for example, less than 500,000 when the smallest unit given is millions) 0 n.a. n.e.c. IPCs REITs RPs SMSAs Calculated to be zero Not available Not elsewhere classified Individuals, partnerships, and corporations Real estate investment trusts Repurchase agreements Standard metropolitan statistical areas Cell not applicable General Information Minus signs are used to indicate (1) a decrease, (2) a negative figure, or (3) an outflow. “U.S. government securities” may include guaranteed is sues of U.S. government agencies (the flow of funds figures also include not fully guaranteed issues) as well as direct obli S t a t is t ic a l R gations of the Treasury. “ State and local government” also includes municipalities, special districts, and other political subdivisions. In some of the tables details do not add to totals because of rounding. eleases List Published Semiannually, with Latest Bulletin Reference Anticipated schedule of release dates for periodic releases .................................................................... Issue Page December 1980 A80 S p e c ia l Ta b l e s Published Irregularly , with Latest Bulletin Reference Commercial bank assets and liabilities, call dates, December 31, 1978, to March 31, 1980 Commercial bank assets and liabilities, June 30, 1980............................................................... Commercial bank assets and liabilities, September 30, 1980..................................................... Assets and liabilities of U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banks, June 30, 1980 .................................................................................. Special tables begin on following page. October 1980 December 1980 February 1981 A71 A68 A68 March 1981 A68 A68 4.30 Special Tables □ March 1981 ASSETS AND LIABILITIES of U.S. Branches and Agencies of Foreign Banks, June 30, 1980* Millions of dollars All states2 New York Item Total Branches Agencies Branches Agencies Other states2 Cali fornia Total3 Illinois Branches Branches Agencies 1 Total assets4 ......................................................................... 122,529 74,767 47,763 64,774 20,671 25,782 5,941 4,028 1,333 2 Cash and due from depository institutions.................... 3 Currency and coin (U.S. and foreign) ...................... 4 Balances with Federal Reserve Banks ...................... 5 Balances with other central banks .............................. 6 Demand balances with commercial banks in United States ......................................................................... 7 All other balances with depository institutions in United States and with banks in foreign countries................................................................... 8 Time and savings, balances with commercial banks in United S ta te s ................................................... 9 Balances with other depository institutions in United S ta te s ....................................................... 10 Balances with banks in foreign countries .............. 11 Foreign branches of U.S. b a n k s .......................... 12 Other banks in foreign countries ........................ 13 Cash items in process of collection ............................ 17,340 16 22 1 14,342 13 17 1 2,999 3 5 0 13,575 10 14 1 2,756 1 5 0 219 2 0 0 671 1 3 0 96 2 0 0 24 0 0 0 8,611 6,604 2,008 6,418 1,916 87 141 44 5 7,894 7,038 855 6,465 723 113 524 49 19 3,700 3,401 300 3,246 243 45 109 46 11 431 3,763 813 2,949 796 431 3,207 624 2,583 669 0 556 189 366 128 430 2,789 544 2,245 666 0 480 171 308 111 0 67 17 50 17 0 415 80 335 1 0 3 0 3 1 0 9 1 8 0 14 Total securities, loans, and lease financing receivables . 75,602 49,778 25,824 42,428 12,438 112,172 4,873 2,465 1,226 15 Total securities, book value ............................................. 16 U.S. Treasury ................................................................. 17 Obligations of other U.S. government agencies and corporations............................................................. 18 Obligations of states and political subdivisions in United S ta te s ........................................................... 19 Other bonds, notes, debentures and corporate stock 2,929 1,918 1,667 1,018 1,263 900 1,441 895 1,136 840 127 60 123 25 102 98 0 0 299 80 220 77 201 20 0 1 0 159 553 124 445 36 108 93 376 1 95 35 13 28 69 3 0 0 0 5,640 3,013 2,626 2,876 2,279 350 110 22 4 5,368 271 2,795 219 2,574 53 2,710 166 2,237 42 339 10 57 53 22 0 4 0 One-day maturity or continuing contract .................. Securities purchased under agreements to resell .. O th e r............................................................................. Other securities purchased under agreements to resell ......................................................................... 5,536 132 5,404 2,975 60 2,915 2,561 72 2,489 2,854 19 2,834 2,218 52 2,166 346 20 326 94 41 53 22 0 22 4 0 4 104 38 66 22 62 4 16 0 0 27 Total loans, gross ............................................................... 28 L ess: Unearned income on lo a n s .................................... 29 E quals: Loans, net ........................................................... 72,760 90 72,670 48,161 52 48,109 24,599 38 24,561 41,035 50 40,985 11,315 13 11,302 12,070 25 12,045 4,751 1 4,750 2,364 1 2,363 1,226 0 1,226 30 Real estate lo a n s ................................................................. 31 Loans to financial institutions........................................... 32 Commercial banks in United States .......................... 33 U.S. branches and agencies of other foreign banks 34 Other commercial banks ......................................... 35 Banks in foreign co u n tries............................................. 36 Foreign branches of U.S. b a n k s .............................. 37 O th e r............................................................................. 38 Other financial institutions .......................................... 1,704 23,933 11,651 10,714 937 11,285 1,456 9,829 997 243 18,764 9,278 8,560 718 8,791 1,086 7,705 695 1,460 5,169 2,373 2,155 219 2,494 371 2,123 302 120 17,273 8,470 7,809 661 8,274 1,006 7,267 529 651 2,794 1,074 903 172 1,479 277 1,202 241 693 2,323 1,287 1,252 35 980 94 56 19 1,430 755 699 56 515 77 438 160 95 61 53 52 1 2 2 0 6 126 51 12 0 12 35 0 35 5 39 Loans for purchasing or carrying securities .................. 40 Commercial and industrial loans .................................... 41 U.S. addressees (domicile) .......................................... 42 Non-U.S. addressees (dom icile).................................. 43 Loans to individuals for household, family, and other personal expenditures................................................. 44 All other lo a n s ..................................................................... 45 Loans to foreign governments and official institutions ............................................................... 46 O th e r................................................................................. 735 38,304 23,863 14,440 362 22,901 14,102 8,799 372 15,403 9,761 5,642 337 17,679 10,053 7,626 354 6,297 3,391 2,906 19 8,1.14 5,445 2,669 20 3,076 2,738 339 5 2,143 1,310 834 0 994 927 67 101 7,985 67 5,824 34 2,161 51 5,575 17 1,202 17 m 4 202 11 47 0 55 6,665 1,320 4,725 1,099 1,940 221 4,516 1,058 1,021 181 864 40 189 13 19 28 55 0 47 Lease financing receivables............................................... 48 All other assets ................................................................... 49 Customers’ liability on acceptances outstanding ----50 U.S. addressees (domicile) ....................................... 51 Non-U.S. addressees (dom icile).............................. 52 Net due from related banking institutions5 .............. 53 O th e r................................................................................. 3 23,947 7,617 4,000 3,616 12,777 3,553 2 7,634 3,711 2,092 1,618 1,527 2,396 1 16,313 3,906 1,908 1,998 11,250 1,157 2 5,895 3,618 2,044 1,573 160 2,117 0 3,197 2,728 899 1,829 0 469 1 13,041 1,151 988 163 11,229 661 0 288 61 37 24 0 227 0 1,446 32 11 21 1,366 48 0 80 27 21 6 21 31 20 Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell ................................................... By holder 21 22 Commercial banks in United States .......................... O th e rs ............................................................................... By type 23 24 25 26 Total loans, gross, by category m U. S. Branches and Agencies 4.30 A69 Continued All states2 New York Item Total Branches Agencies Branches Agencies Other states2 Cali fornia Total3 Illinois Branches Branches Agencies 54 Total liabilities4 .................................................................. 122,529 74,767 47,763 64,774 20,671 25,782 5,941 4,028 1,333 55 Total deposits and credit balances .................................. Individuals, partnerships, and corporations .............. 56 U.S. addressees (domicile) ...................................... 57 Non-U.S. addressees (dom icile).............................. 58 59 U.S. government, states, and political subdivisions in United S ta te s ...................................................... 60 All o th e r .......................................................................... Foreign governments and official institutions . . . . 61 Commercial banks in United States ...................... 62 U.S. branches and agencies of other foreign 63 banks ................................................................ Other commercial banks in United States ........ 64 Banks in foreign co u n tries........................................ 65 66 Foreign branches of U.S. b a n k s .......................... Other banks in foreign countries ........................ 67 Certified and officers’ checks, travelers checks, 68 and letters of credit sold for c a s h .................... 34,069 16,918 14,252 2,666 29,632 16,171 14.049 2,122 4.437 747 203 544 26,675 13,519 11,511 2.008 3,634 305 130 175 760 413 66 348 479 287 215 71 2,472 2,360 2,317 43 48 34 12 21 103 17,048 2,927 5,743 103 13,359 2,672 4.638 0 3,690 255 1,105 29 13,128 2,550 4,631 0 3,329 91 1,095 0 346 165 1 3 190 112 3 71 41 10 4 0 14 0 9 841 4,902 2,707 48 2,660 832 3,806 2.318 39 2,279 9 1,096 389 8 381 831 3,799 2,266 37 2,229 8 1,087 267 0 267 0 1 119 8 111 0 3 40 0 40 0 4 12 2 10 1 8 3 0 3 5,671 3.731 1,940 3,681 1,877 61 35 15 2 69 Demand deposits................................................................ Individuals, partnerships, and corporations .............. 70 71 U.S. addressees (domicile) ...................................... Non-U.S. addressees (dom icile).............................. 72 U.S. government, states, and political subdivisions 73 in United S ta te s ...................................................... 74 All o th e r .......................................................................... Foreign governments and official institutions . . . . 75 Commercial banks in United States ...................... 76 U.S. branches and agencies of other foreign 77 banks ................................................................ Other commercial banks in United States ........ 78 Banks in foreign co u n tries........................................ 79 80 Certified and officers’ checks, travelers checks, and letters of credit sold for c a s h .................... 140915 1,526 981 545 8.910 1.479 968 511 2,005 47 12 34 8,655 1,280 798 482 1,877 0 0 0 116 38 7 31 133 93 72 21 120 104 96 8 15 11 7 4 14 9,375 723 1,953 14 7.417 714 1,951 0 1,958 9 2 13 7,361 712 1,949 0 1,877 0 0 0 78 9 1 0 40 1 1 0 15 0 1 0 4 0 1 165 1,788 1,028 164 1.787 1,021 1 1 7 164 1,785 1,019 0 0 0 0 1 7 0 1 2 0 0 0 1 0 1 5,671 3,731 1,940 3,681 1.877 61 35 15 2 81 Time deposits...................................................................... Individual, partnerships, and corporations................ 82 U.S. addressees (domicile) ...................................... 83 84 Non-U.S. addressees (dom icile).............................. U.S. government, states, and political subdivisions 85 in United S ta te s ...................................................... 86 A llo th e r .......................................................................... Foreign governments and official institutions . . . . 87 Commercial banks in United States ...................... 88 U.S. branches and agencies of other foreign 89 banks ................................................................ Other commercial banks in United States ........ 90 Banks in foreign co u n tries........................................ 91 20,952 14,654 12,876 1,778 20.372 14.342 12.871 1.471 581 312 5 307 17,726 11,944 10,553 1,391 0 0 0 0 556 296 6 290 324 171 124 47 2,322 2,226 2,193 33 25 17 0 17 89 6,209 2,109 2,695 89 5.941 1.958 2.686 0 268 151 8 16 5,766 1,838 2,681 0 0 0 0 0 260 151 0 3 150 110 2 71 25 10 3 0 8 0 8 668 2,027 1,406 668 2,019 1.297 0 8 109 668 2,014 1,247 0 0 0 0 0 108 0 2 38 0 3 12 0 8 0 92 Savings deposits.................................................................. Individuals, partnerships, and corporations .............. 93 94 U.S. addressees (domicile) ...................................... Non-U.S. addressees (dom icile).............................. 95 U.S. government, states, and political subdivisions 96 in United S ta te s ...................................................... A llo th e r........................................................................... 97 377 376 209 167 351 350 209 141 26 26 0 26 295 295 161 134 0 0 0 0 28 28 1 26 23 23 19 4 31 31 29 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 98 Credit balances ................................................................... Individuals, partnerships, and corporations .............. 99 U.S. addressees (domicile) ...................................... 100 Non-U.S. addressees (dom icile).............................. 101 102 U.S. government, states, and political subdivisions in United S ta te s ...................................................... A llo th e r .......................................................................... 103 Foreign governments and official institutions . . . . 104 Commercial banks in United States ...................... 105 U.S. branches and agencies of other foreign 106 banks ................................................................ Other commercial banks in United States ........ 107 Banks in foreign co u n tries........................................ 108 1,826 362 185 177 0 0 0 0 1.825 362 185 177 0 0 0 0 1,757 305 130 175 60 51 51 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 6 5 1 0 1,463 95 1,095 0 0 0 0 0 1,463 95 1.095 0 0 0 0 0 1,452 91 1,095 0 9 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 8 1,087 273 0 0 0 8 1,087 273 0 0 0 8 1,087 267 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 For notes see page A71. A70 4.30 Special Tables □ March 1981 Continued New York All states2 Item Total Other states2 Cali fornia Total3 Illinois Branches Branches Agencies Branches Agencies 11,547 6,448 5,099 5,635 2,529 2,416 10,536 1,012 5,937 511 4,598 501 5,144 491 2,172 357 One-day maturity or continuing contract .................. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase .. O th e r............................................................................. Other securities sold under agreements to repurchase ............................................................... 11,346 500 10,845 6,254 431 5,823 5,092 69 5,023 5,451 425 5,026 2,529 3 2,526 201 194 7 184 0 7 9 0 1 116 Other liabilities for borrowed money ............................ 117 Owed to banks ............................................................... 118 U.S. addressees (domicile) ...................................... 119 Non-U.S. addressees (dom icile).............................. 120 Owed to others ............................................................... 121 U.S. addressees (domicile) ...................................... 122 Non-U.S. addressees (dom icile).............................. 33,383 30,485 24,920 5,565 2,898 2,142 756 11,673 10,370 6,352 4,018 1,304 960 344 21,710 20,115 18,568 1,547 1,595 1,182 413 9,691 8,526 5,042 3,484 1,164 843 322 3,756 3,460 2,926 534 296 80 216 17,916 16,618 15,614 1,004 1,299 1,102 196 1,545 1,497 966 531 49 30 19 437 346 344 2 91 87 3 37 37 28 9 0 0 0 123 All other liabilities ............................................................. 124 Acceptances executed and outstan d in g ...................... 125 Net due to related banking institutions5 .................... 126 O th e r................................................................................. 43,529 8,103 32,379 3,047 27,013 3,809 20,798 2,406 16,516 4,294 11,581 642 22,772 3,702 16,911 2,159 10,751 2,504 8.017 230 4,690 1,763 2,533 394 3,253 73 2,976 203 969 34 893 43 1,094 27 1,049 18 109 Federal funds purchased and sold under agreement to repurchase ................................................................... Branches Agencies 664 149 154 2,403 13 644 19 149 0 23 131 2,410 66 2,344 654 7, 647 149 0 149 153 0 153 By holder 110 Ill Commercial banks in United States .......... ................ O th e rs ............................................................................... By type 112 113 114 115 M em o 127 Time deposits of $100,000 or more ................................ 128 Certificates of deposit (CDs) in denominations of $100,000 or more ................................................... 129 O th e r................................................................................. 130 Savings deposits authorized for automatic transfer and n o w acco u n ts............................................................... 131 Money market time certificates of $10,000 and less than $100,000 with original maturities of 26 weeks 132 Time certificates of deposit in denominations of $100,000 or more with remaining maturity of more than 12 months ................................................. 19,680 19,259 421 16,810 0 408 176 2,272 14 16,526 3,154 16,210 3,049 316 105 13,818 2,992 0 0 314 93 154 22 2,237 35 3 11 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 48 Acceptances refinanced with a U.S.-chartered bank .. Statutory or regulatory asset pledge requirement ........ Statutory or regulatory asset maintenance requirement Commercial letters of credit ............................................ Standby letters of credit, total ........................................ U.S. addressees (domicile) .......................................... Non-U.S. addressees (dom icile).................................. Standby letters of credit conveyed to others through participations (included in total standby letters of c r e d it)........................................................................... 56 55 1 52 0 1 0 2 0 330 326 4 294 0 4 13 19 1 1,395 1,311 84 1,230 0 82 14 67 2 1,560 44,791 4,765 7,976 3,361 2,447 914 734 34,720 4,536 4,543 2,275 1,662 613 826 10,071 229 3,433 1,086 785 301 616 30,167 2,953 4,087 1,953 1,477 476 321 10,027 173 1,060 489 314 175 506 30 18 2,331 472 412 60 10 4,501 157 236 215 111 104 108 51 1,426 220 106 74 33 0 15 38 42 126 59 67 20 29 18 6 20 0 2 3 141 Holdings of commercial paper included in total gross loans ............................................................................. 142 Holdings of acceptances included in total commercial and industrial lo a n s ..................................................... 143 Immediately available funds with a maturity greater than one day (included in other liabilities for bor rowed money) ............................................................. 15,713 5,092 10,621 3,956 144 Gross due from related banking institutions5 .............. 145 U.S. addressees (domicile) .......................................... 146 Branches and agencies in United States ................ 147 In the same state as reporter .............................. 148 In other states ......................................................... 149 U.S. banking subsidiaries6 ...................................... 150 Non-U.S. addressees (dom icile).................................. 151 Head office and non-U.S. branches and agencies . 152 Non-U.S. banking companies and offic es.............. 43,781 14,668 14,411 584 13,828 257 29,113 27,117 1,996 17,674 3,398 3,265 84 3,181 132 14,276 13,488 789 26,107 11,271 11,146 500 10,646 125 14,837 13,629 1,208 15,338 2,308 2,176 67 2,109 132 13,030 12,263 767 153 Gross due to related banking institutions5 .................... 154 U.S. addressees (domicile) ........................................... 155 Branches and agencies in United States ................ 156 In the same state as reporter .............................. 157 In other states ......................................................... 158 U.S. banking subsidiaries6 ...................................... 159 Non-U.S. addressees (dom icile).................................. 160 Head office and non-U.S. branches and agencies . 161 Non-U.S. banking companies and o ffic es.............. 63,383 15,257 15,043 566 14,477 214 48,126 46,186 1,940 36,945 7,836 7,731 81 7,650 104 29,110 27,381 1,729 26,438 7,421 7,312 485 6,828 109 19,017 18,805 212 32,088 5,192 5,111 55 5,056 81 26,896 25,243 1,653 19,749 4,592 4,507 7 4,500 84 15,158 15,077 80 857 710 147 694 97 50 15 0 0 3,573 1,832 1,741 1,749 617 1,119 48 35 4 2,139 8,471 901 235 11 11,732 1,618 1„587 0 1,587 31 10,114 8,909 1,205 14,278 9,636 9,543 492 9,051 93 4,642 4,639 2 473 102 102 0 102 0 371 354 17 1,863 987 987 17 970 0 875 872 4 98 17 16 8 8 1 81 80 1 5,581 2,346 2,326 477 1,849 19 3,236 3,106 129 3,450 1,758 1,737 0 1,737 21 1,692 1,616 76 1,389 885 883 27 856 2 504 504 0 1,125 484 478 0 478 5 641 639 2 U.S. Branches and Agencies 4.30 A ll Continued All states2 New York Item Total Branches Agencies Branches Agencies Cali fornia TotaP Other states3 Illinois Branches Branches Agencies Average fo r 30 calendar days (or calendar month) ending with report date 162 Total a ssets........................................................................... 163 Cash and due from depository institutions.................... 164 Federal funds sold ana securities purchased under agreements to resell ................................................... 165 Total lo a n s ........................................................................... 166 Loans to banks in foreign countries .............................. 167 Total deposits and credit b a la n c e s .................................. 168 Time CDs in denominations of $100,000 or more . . . . 169 Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase ........................................ 170 Other liabilities for borrowed money ............................ 126,918 14,198 76,433 11,889 50,485 2,309 66,417 11,197 23,436 2,080 25,805 207 5,813 615 4,183 77 1,264 22 7,206 71,167 10,942 34,639 15,424 5,069 46,958 8,361 31,258 15,036 2,137 24,209 2,581 3,380 389 4,900 40,008 7,846 28,277 12,588 1,846 11,002 1,498 2,592 76 288 12,062 1,049 746 311 152 4,596 513 418 150 14 2,343 2 2,558 2,297 5 1,156 34 48 2 8,589 33,663 4,567 12,899 4,022 20,764 3,947 10,914 1,518 2,794 2,375 17,932 523 1,527 97 457 128 38 171 Number of reports filed7 ................................................... 306 135 171 79 63 86 31 24 23 1. Data are aggregates of categories reported on the quarterly form FFIEC 002, “Report of Assets and Liabilities of U.S. Branches and Agencies of Foreign Banks.” This form was first used for reporting data as of June 30, 1980. From November 1972 through May 1980, U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banks had filed a monthly FR 886a report. Aggregate data from that report were available through the Federal Reserve statistical release G .ll, last issued on July 10, 1980. Data in this table and in the G .ll tables are not strictly comparable because of differences in reporting panels and in definitions of balance sheet items. 2. Includes the District of Columbia. 3. Agencies account for virtually all of the assets and liabilities reported in California. 4. Total assets and total liabilities include net balances, if any , due from or due to related banking institutions in the United States and in foreign countries (see footnote 5). On the form er m onthly branch and agency report, avail able through the G .ll statistical release, gross balances were included in total assets and total liabilities. Therefore, total asset and total liability figures in this table are not comparable to those in the G .ll tables. 5. “Related banking institutions” includes the foreign head office and other U.S. and foreign branches and agencies of the bank, the bank’s parent holding company, and majority-owned banking subsidiaries of the bank and of its parent holding company (including subsidiaries owned both directly and indirectly). Gross amounts due from and due to related banking institutions are shown as memo items. 6. “U.S. banking subsidiaries” refers to U.S. banking subsidiaries majorityowned by the foreign bank and by related foreign banks and includes U.S. offices of U.S.-chartered commercial banks, of Edge Act and Agreement corporations, and of New York State (Article XII) investment companies. 7. In some cases two or more offices of a foreign bank within the same met ropolitan area file a consolidated report. A72 Federal Reserve Board of Governors Paul A. V olcker, Chairman Vice Chairman H e n r y C . W a l l ic h F r e d e r ic k H . S c h u l t z , J. C h a r l e s P a r t e e O O f f ic e o f S t a f f D ir e c t o r f o r M o n e t a r y a n d F in a n c ia l P o l ic f f ic e o f Board M em bers y J o s e p h R. C o y n e , A ssistan t to the Board D o n a l d J. W i n n , A ssistan t to the Board A n t h o n y F . C o l e , Special Assistant to the Board W il l ia m R. M a l o n i , Special Assistant to the B oard F r a n k O ’B r ie n , J r ., Special A ssistant to the Board J o s e p h S. S im s , Special A ssistant to the B oard J a m e s L . S t u l l , M anager, Operations R eview Program S t e p h e n H. A x il r o d , Staff D irector E d w a r d C . E t t i n , Deputy Staff D irector M ur r a y A l t m a n n , A ssistant to the Board P e t e r M . K e i r , A ssistan t to the Board S t a n l e y J. S ig e l , A ssistant to the Board N o r m a n d R. V . B e r n a r d . Special A ssistant to the Board L egal D D iv is io n N e a l L . P e t e r s e n , General Counsel R o b e r t E . M a n n io n , D eputy General Counsel J. V ir g il M a t t in g l y , J r ., A ssociate General Counsel G il b e r t T . S c h w a r t z , A ssociate General Counsel M a r y e l l e n A. B r o w n , A ssistant to the General Counsel C h a r l e s R. M c N e i l l , A ssistant to the General Counsel M ic h a e l E . B l e i e r , A ssistant General Counsel C o r n e l iu s K . H u r l e y , J r ., A ssistant General Counsel O f f ic e o f the Secretary B a r b a r a R. L o w r e y , A ssistant Secretary J a m e s M c A f e e , A ssistant Secretary *J e f f e r s o n A . W a l k e r , A ssistan t Secretary D iv is io n o f and C C o nsu m er A f f a ir s iv is io n o f R esearch a n d S t a t is t ic s J a m e s L . K i c h l i n e , D irector J o s e p h S. Z e i s e l , D eputy D irector M ic h a e l J. P r e l l , A ssociate D irector R o b e r t A . E is e n b e is , Senior D eputy A ssociate Director J a r e d J. E n z l e r , Senior Deputy A ssociate D irector E l e a n o r J. S t o c k w e l l , Senior D eputy A ssociate Director D o n a l d L . K o h n , D eputy Associate D irector J. C o r t l a n d G . P e r e t , D eputy A ssociate D irector H e l m u t F . W e n d e l , D eputy A ssociate D irector M a r t h a B e t h e a , A ssistant D irector J o e M . C l e a v e r , A ssistant D irector R o b e r t M . F i s h e r , A ssistant D irector D a v id E . L i n d s e y , A ssistant D irector L a w r e n c e S l i f m a n , A ssistant D irector F r e d e r ic k M . S t r u b l e , A ssistant D irector S t e p h e n P. T a y l o r , A ssistant D irector L ev o n H . G a r a b e d ia n , Assistant Director (Administration) o m m u n it y D J a n e t O . H a r t , D irector G r if f it h L . G a r w o o d , D eputy D irector J e r a u l d C . K l u c k m a n , A ssociate D irector G l e n n E . L o n e y , A ssistant D irector D e l o r e s S. S m i t h , A ssistant D irector D iv is io n o f B a n k in g S u p e r v is io n a n d R e g u l a t io n J o h n E . R y a n , D irector F r e d e r ic k R . D a h l , A ssociate D irector W il l ia m T a y l o r , A ssociate D irector W il l ia m W . W i l e s , A ssociate D irector J a c k M . E g e r t s o n , A ssistant D irector R o b e r t A. J a c o b s e n , A ssistant D irector D o n E . K l i n e , A ssistant Director R o b e r t S. P l o t k in , A ssistant D irector T h o m a s A. S id m a n , A ssistant D irector S a m u e l H . T a l l e y , A ssistant D irector L a u r a M . H o m e r , Securities Credit Officer iv is io n o f In t e r n a t io n a l F in a n c e E d w in M . T r u m a n , D irector R o b e r t F . G e m m i l l , A ssociate D irector G e o r g e B. H e n r y , A ssociate D irector C h a r l e s J. S ie g m a n , A ssociate D irector S a m u e l P i z e r , S ta ff A dviser D a l e W . H e n d e r s o n , A ssistant D irector L arry J. P r o m is e l , A ssistant D irector R a l p h W . S m i t h , Jr., A ssistant D irector A73 and Official Staff N ancy H . T eeters E m m e t t J. R ic e O f f ic e o f S t a f f D ir e c t o r for L yle E. G ram ley M anagem ent J o h n M . D e n k l e r , S ta ff D irector E d w a r d T . M u l r e n i n , A ssistant S ta ff D irector J o s e p h W . D a n ie l s , S r ., D irector o f Equal Em ploym ent O p O f f ic e o f S t a f f D ir e c t o r f o r F e d e r a l R e s e r v e B a n k A c t iv it ie s T h e o d o r e E . A l l is o n , S ta ff D irector H a r r y A . G u i n t e r , A ssistant D irector fo r Contingency Planning portunity D D iv is io n o f D ata P r o c e s s in g C h a r l e s L. H a m p t o n , Director B r u c e M . B e a r d s l e y , A ssociate D irector U y l e ss D. B l a c k , A ssistan t D irector G l e n n L. C u m m in s , A ssistant D irector R o b e r t J. Z e m e l , A ssistan t D irector D iv is io n o f P erson n el D a v id L . S h a n n o n , D irector J o h n R . W e i s , A ssistan t D irector C h a r l e s W . W o o d , A ssistant D irector O f f ic e o f th e C ontroller J o h n K a k a l e c , Controller G e o r g e E. L iv in g s t o n , A ssistant Controller D iv is io n o f S upport S e r v ic e s D o n a l d E . A n d e r s o n , D irector W a l t e r W . K r e im a n n , A ssociate D irector R o b e r t E. F r a z ie r , A ssistant D irector *On loan from the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond. iv is io n o f Ban k Federal R eserve O p e r a t io n s C l y d e H . F a r n s w o r t h , J r ., D irector W a l t e r A l t h a u s e n , A ssistant D irector C h a r l e s W . B e n n e t t , Assistant D irector L o r in S. M e e d e r , A ssistan t D irector P. D. R i n g , A ssistan t D irector D a v id L . R o b in s o n , A ssistant D irector R a y m o n d L . T e e d , A ssistant D irector A74 Federal Reserve Bulletin □ March 1981 FOMC and Advisory Councils Federal O pen M arket C o m m it t e e P a u l A . V o l c k e r , Chairman E d w ard G. B ochne R o b e r t H. B o y k in E . G e r a l d C o r r ig a n A n t h o n y M . S o l o m o n , Vice Chairman L y le E . G ram ley R o b e r t P. M a y o J. C h a r l e s P a r t e e E m m e t t J. R ic e M u r r a y A l t m a n n , Secretary N o r m a n d R. V. B e r n a r d , A ssistant Secretary N e a l L. P e t e r s e n , General Counsel J a m e s H . O l t m a n , D eputy General Counsel R o b e r t E. M a n n i o n , A ssistant General Counsel S t e p h e n H . A x il r o d , Econom ist A l a n R . H o l m e s , A dviser fo r M arket O perations A n a t o l B a l b a c h , A ssociate Econom ist J o h n D a v is , A ssociate Econom ist F r e d e r ic k H . S c h u l t z N ancy H T eeters H e n r y C . W a l l ic h R ic h a r d G . D a v is , A ssociate Econom ist T h o m a s D a v is , A ssociate E conom ist R o b e r t E is e n m e n g e r , A ssociate Econom ist E d w a r d C. E t t i n , A ssociate Econom ist G e o r g e B. H e n r y , A ssociate Econom ist P e t e r M. K e i r , A ssociate E conom ist J a m e s L . K i c h l i n e , A ssociate Econom ist E d w in M. T r u m a n , A ssociate Econom ist J o s e p h S. Z e i s e l , A ssociate Econom ist P e t e r D. S t e r n l i g h t , M anager fo r D om estic Operations, System Open M arket Account S c o t t E. P a r d e e , M anager fo r Foreign O perations, System Open M arket Account Federal A d v is o r y C o u n c il M e r l e E. G i l l i a n d , Fourth District, President C h a u n c e y E. S c h m id t , Twelfth District, Vice President R o b e r t M . S u r d a m , Seventh District R o n a l d T e r r y , Eighth District C l a r e n c e G . F r a m e , Ninth District G o r d o n E. W e l l s , Tenth District T . C . F r o s t , J r ., Eleventh District W il l ia m S. E d g e r l y , First District D o n a l d C . P l a t t e n , Second District J o h n W . W a l t h e r , Third District J. O w e n C o l e , Fifth District R o b e r t S t r ic k l a n d , Sixth District H e r b e r t V . P r o c h n o w , Secretary W il l ia m J. K o r s v ik , A ssociate Secretary C o nsu m er A d v is o r y C o u n c il R a l p h J. R o h n e r , Washington D.C., Chairman C h a r l o t t e H. S c o t t , Charlottesville, Virginia, Vice Chairman A r t h u r F . B o u t o n , Little Rock, Arkansas J u l ia H. B o y d , Alexandria, Virginia E l l e n B r o a d m a n , Washington, D.C. J a m e s L . B r o w n , Milwaukee, Wisconsin M a r k E . B u d n i t z , Atlanta, Georgia J o s e p h N. C u g i n i , Westerly, Rhode Island R ic h a r d S. D ’A g o s t i n o , Philadelphia, Pennsylvania S u s a n P ie r s o n D e W i t t , Springfield, Illinois J o a n n e S. F a u l k n e r , New Haven, Connecticut L u t h e r G a t l in g , New York, New York V e r n a r d W . H e n l e y , Richmond, Virginia J u a n J e s u s H in o j o s a , McAllen, Texas S h ir l e y T. H o s o i , Los Angeles, California G e o r g e S. I r v in , Denver, Colorado F . T h o m a s J u s t e r , A n n A rb o r, M ichigan R ic h a r d F . K e r r , C in c in n a ti, O hio H a r v e y M . K u h n l e y , M in n e a p o lis, M in n e so ta T h e R e v . R o b e r t J. M c E w e n , S .J ., C h e stn u t H ill, M a s s a c h u s e tts S t a n L. M u l a r z , C h icag o , Illin o is W il l ia m J. O ’C o n n o r , B uffalo, New York M a r g a r e t R e il l y -P e t r o n e , U p p e r M o n tc la ir, New J e rs e y R e n e R e i x a c h , R o c h e s te r, New York F l o r e n c e M . R i c e , New York, New York H e n r y B . S c h e c h t e r , W a sh in g to n , D.C. P e t e r D. S c h e l l ie , Washington, D.C. N a n c y Z . S p i l l m a n , Los Angeles, C a lifo rn ia R ic h a r d A. V a n W i n k l e , S a lt Lake C ity , U ta h M a r y W . W a l k e r , M o n ro e , Georgia A75 Federal Reserve Banks, Branches, and Offices FEDERAL RESERVE BANK, branch, ovfacility Zip Chairman Deputy Chairman President First Vice President BOSTON*.................... 02106 Robert P. Henderson Thomas I. Atkins Frank E. Morris James A. McIntosh NEW YORK* ............ ,,10045 Robert H. Knight, Esq. Boris Yavitz Frederick D. Berkeley, III Anthony M. Solomon Thomas M. Timlen Buffalo....................... ..14240 JohnT. Keane PHILADELPHIA 19105 John W. Eckman Jean A. Crockett Edward G. Boehne Richard L. Smoot CLEVELAND* 44101 J. L. Jackson William H. Knoell Martin B. Friedman Milton G. Hulme, Jr. Willis J. Winn Walter H. MacDonald Maceo A. Sloan Steven Muller Joseph H. McLain Naomi G. Albanese Robert P. Black Jimmie R. Monhollon Cincinnati.................. 45201 Pittsburgh.................. ..15230 RICHMOND* ...............23261 Baltimore.................... 21203 Charlotte .................... 28230 Robert E. Showaiter Harold J. Swart Robert D. McTeer, Jr. Stuart P. Fishbume Culpeper Com munications and R ecords C enter 22701 ATLANTA .................. ,.30301 Birmingham ............ 35202 Jacksonville ............ ,32231 Miami ....................... ..33152 Nashville .................. 37203 New Orleans............ ,,70161 CHICAGO*.................. 60690 Detroit....................... ,,48231 ST. LOUIS .................. 63166 Little R o c k ............... 72203 Louisville.................. 40232 Memphis .................. 38101 MINNEAPOLIS......... ,,55480 Helena........................ 59601 KANSAS CITY 64198 Denver........................ 80217 Oklahoma City...........,.73125 Omaha........................ ,68102 DALLAS ..................... ,75222 El Paso........................ ,79999 Houston..................... ,77001 San Antonio ............. ,78295 SAN FRANCISCO ..... .94120 Los Angeles ............. 90051 Portland..................... .97208 Salt Lake C ity ........... ,.84125 Seattle........................ ,98124 Vice President in charge of branch Albert D. Tinkelenberg William A. Fickling, Jr. John H. Weitnauer, Jr. Louis J. Willie Jerome P. Keuper Roy W. Vandegrift, Jr. John C. Bolinger, Jr. Horatio C. Thompson William F. Ford Robert P. Forrestal John Sagan Stanton R. Cook Vacancy Robert P. Mayo Daniel M. Doyle Armand C. Stalnaker William B. Walton E. Ray Kemp, Jr. Sister Eileen M. Egan Patricia W. Shaw Lawrence K. Roos Donald W. Moriarty, Jr. Stephen F. Keating William G. Phillips Norris E. Hanford E. Gerald Corrigan Thomas E. Gainor Paul H. Henson Doris M. Drury Caleb B. Hurtt Christine H. Anthony Robert G. Lueder Roger Guffey Henry R. Czerwinski Gerald D. Hines John V. James Josefina A. Salas-Porras Jerome L. Howard Lawrence L. Crum Robert H. Boykin William H. Wallace Cornell C. Maier Caroline L. Ahmanson Harvey A. Proctor John C. Hampton Wendell J. Ashton George H. Weyerhaeuser John J. Balles John B. Williams Hiram J. Honea Charles D. East F. J. Craven, Jr. Jeffrey J. Wells James D. Hawkins William C. Conrad John F. Breen Donald L. Henry Robert E. Matthews Betty J. Lindstrom Wayne W. Martin William G. Evans Robert D. Hamilton Joel L. Koonce, Jr. J. Z. Rowe Carl H. Moore Richard C. Dunn Angelo S. Carella A. Grant Holman Gerald R. Kelly *Additional offices of these Banks are located at Lewiston, Maine 04240; Windsor Locks, Connecticut 06096; Cranford, New Jersey 07016; Jericho, New York 11753; Utica at Oriskany, New York 13424; Columbus, Ohio 43216; Columbia, South Carolina 29210; Charleston, West Virginia 25311; Des Moines, Iowa 50306; Indianapolis, Indiana 46204; and Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202. A76 Federal Reserve Board Publications Copies are available from PUBLICATIONS SERVICES, ROOM MP-510, BOARD OF GOVERNORS OF THE FED ERAL RESERVE SYSTEM, WASHINGTON, D.C. 20551. When a charge is indicated, remittance should accompany request and be made payable to the order o f the Board o f Governors o f the Federal Reserve System. Remittance from foreign residents should be drawn on a U.S. bank. Stamps and coupons are not accepted. T h e F e d e r a l R e se r v e S y ste m — P u rp o se s a n d F u n c t i o n s . 1974. 125 pp. A n n u a l Report. F e d e r a l R e s e r v e B u l l e t i n . Monthly. $20.00 per year or S u r v e y o f C h a n g e s in F a m ily F in a n c e s . $2.00 each in the United States, its possessions, Canada, and Mexico; 10 or more of same issue to one address, $18.00 per year or $1.75 each. Elsewhere, $24.00 per year or $2.50 each. B a n k i n g a n d M o n e t a r y S t a t i s t i c s . 1914-1941. (Reprint of Part I only) 1976. 682 pp. $5.00. B a n k i n g a n d M o n e t a r y S t a t i s t i c s , 1941-1970. 1976. 1,168 pp. $15.00. A n n u a l S t a t i s t i c a l D ig e s t 1971-75. 1976. 339 p p . $4.00 p e r c o p y fo r e a c h p aid s u b sc r ip tio n to Federal Reserve Bulletin; a ll o th er s $5.00 each . 1972-76. 1977. 377 pp. $10.00 per copy. 1973-77. 1978. 361 pp. $12.00 per copy. 1974-78. 1980. 305 pp. $10.00 per copy. F e d e r a l R e s e r v e C h a r t B o o k . Issued four times a year in February, May, August, and November. Subscription includes one issue of Historical Chart Book. $7.00 per year or $2.00 each in the United States, its possessions, Canada, and Mexico. Elsewhere, $10.00 per year or $3.00 each. H i s t o r i c a l C h a r t B o o k . Issued annually in Sept. Subscrip tion to Federal Reserve Chart Book includes one issue. $1.25 each in the United States, its possessions, Canada, and Mexico; 10 or more to one address, $1.00 each. Else where, $1.50 each. C a p i t a l M a r k e t D e v e l o p m e n t s . Weekly. $15.00 per year or $.40 each in the United States, its possessions, Cana da, and Mexico; 10 or more of same issue to one address, $13.50 per year or $.35 each. Elsewhere, $20.00 per year or $.50 each. S e le c t e d I n t e r e s t a n d E x c h a n g e R a te s — W e e k ly S e r i e s o f C h a r t s . W e e k ly . $15.00 p e r y e a r o r $.40 e a c h in th e U n ite d S t a te s , its p o s s e s s io n s , C a n a d a , a n d M e x ic o ; 10 o r m o r e o f s a m e is s u e to o n e a d d r e s s , $13.50 p e r y e a r o r $.35 e a c h . E ls e w h e r e , $20.00 p e r y e a r o r $.50 e a c h . T h e F e d e r a l R e s e r v e A c t , as amended through December 1976, with an appendix containing provisions of certain other statutes affecting the Federal Reserve System. 307 pp. $2.50. R e g u l a t io n s o f t h e B o a r d o f G o v e r n o r s o f t h e F e d era l R eserve S yste m P u b lis h e d I n t e r p r e t a t io n s o f t h e B o a r d o f G o v e r n o r s , as of June 30, 1980. $7.50. I n d u s t r i a l P r o d u c t i o n : 1976 Edition. 1977. 304 pp. $4.50 each; 10 or more to one address, $4.00 each. 1968. 102 pp. $1.00 each; 10 or more to one address, $.85 each. B a n k C r e d it-C a r d a n d C h e c k -C r e d it P la n s . 1968. 321 pp. $1.00 each; 10 or more to one address, $.85 each. R e p o r t o f t h e J o in t T r e a s u r y -F e d e r a l R e se r v e S tu d y o f t h e U.S. G o v e r n m e n t S e c u r i t i e s M a r k e t . 1969. 48 pp. $.25 each; 10 or more to one address, $.20 each. J o in t T r e a s u r y - F e d e r a l R e s e r v e S t u d y o f t h e G o v e r n m e n t S e c u r itie s M a r k e t; S t a f f S tu d ie s — P a r t 1. 1970. 86 pp. $.50 each; 10 or more to one address, $.40 each. Part 2,1971. 153 pp. and Part 3,1973. 131 pp. Each volume $1.00; 10 or more to one address, $.85 each. O pen M a r k e t P o l ic ie s a n d O p e r a tin g P r o c e d u r e s — S t a f f S t u d i e s . 1971. 218 pp. $2.00 each; 10 or more to one address, $1.75 each. R e a p p r a is a l o f t h e F e d e r a l R e s e r v e D is c o u n t M e c h a n is m . Vol. 1. 1971. 276 pp. Vol. 2. 1971. 173 pp. Vol. 3. 1972. 220 pp. Each volume $3.00; 10 or more to one ad dress, $2.50 each. T h e E c o n o m e t r ic s o f P r ic e D e t e r m in a t io n C o n f e r e n c e , October 30-31, 1970, Washington, D .C . 1972. 397 pp. Cloth ed. $5.00 each; 10 or more to one address, $4.50 each. Paper ed. $4.00 each; 10 or more to one ad dress, $3.60 each. F e d e r a l R e s e r v e S t a f f S t u d y : W ay s t o M o d e r a t e F l u c t u a t io n s in H o u s in g C o n s t r u c t io n . 1972. 487 pp. $4.00 each; 10 or more to one address, $3.60 each. L e n d in g F u n c t io n s o f th e F e d e r a l R e se r v e B a n k s . 1973. 271 pp. $3.50 each; 10 or more to one address, $3.00 each. I m p r o v in g t h e M o n e t a r y A g g r e g a t e s : R e p o r t o f t h e A d v is o r y C o m m itte e o n M o n e ta r y S t a t i s t i c s . 1976. 43 pp. $1.00 each; 10 or more to one address, $.85 each. A n n u a l P e r c e n t a g e R a t e T a b l e s (Truth in Lending— Regulation Z) Vol. I (Regular Transactions). 1969. 100 pp. Vol. II (Irregular Transactions). 1969. 116 pp. Each volume $1.00; 10 or more of same volume to one ad dress, $.85 each. F e d e r a l R e s e r v e M e a s u r e s o f C a p a c ity a n d C a p a c ity U t i l i z a t i o n . 1978. 40 pp. $1.75 each; 10 or more to one address, $1.50 each. T h e B a n k H o ld in g C om pany M o v em en t t o C o m p e n d iu m . 1978. 289 pp. $2.50 each; 10 or 1978: A more to one address, $2.25 each. I m p r o v in g t h e M o n e t a r y A g g r e g a t e s : S t a f f P a p e r s . 1978. 170 pp. $4.00 each; 10 or more to one address, $3.75 each. 1977 C o n s u m e r C r e d i t S u r v e y . 1978. 119 pp. $2.00 each. F l o w o f F u n d s A c c o u n t s . 1949-1978. 1979. 171 pp. $1.75 each; 10 or more to one address, $1.50 each. I n t r o d u c t i o n t o F l o w o f F u n d s . 1980. 68 pp. $1.50 each; 10 or more to one address, $1.25 each. All C o n s u m e r E d u c a t io n P a m p h l e t s Short pam phlets suitable fo r classroom use. Multiple cop ies available without charge. Alice in Debitland The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System Consumer Handbook To Credit Protection Laws The Equal Credit Opportunity Act and . . . Age The Equal Credit Opportunity Act and . . . Credit Rights in Housing The Equal Credit Opportunity Act and . . . Doctors, Law yers, Small Retailers, and Others Who May Provide In cidental Credit The Equal Credit Opportunity Act and . . . Women Fair Credit Billing The Federal Open Market Committee Federal Reserve Bank Board of Directors Federal Reserve Banks Federal Reserve Glossary How to File A Consumer Credit Complaint If You Borrow To Buy Stock If You Use A Credit Card Truth in Leasing U.S. Currency What Truth in Lending Means to You S S t u d ie s Studies and papers on economic and financial subjects that are o f general interest. taff Summaries Only Printed in the Bulletin Requests to obtain single copies o f the fu ll text or to be added to the mailing list fo r the series may be sent to Pub lications Services. T ie - in s B e t w e e n t h e G r a n t in g o f C r e d it a n d S a l e s o f I n s u r a n c e by B a n k H o l d in g C o m p a n ie s a n d O t h e r L e n d e r s , by Robert A. Eisenbeis and Paul R. Schweit zer. Feb. 1979. 75 p p . I n n o v a t i o n s in B a n k L o a n C o n t r a c t i n g : R e c e n t E v i d e n c e b y P au l W. B o ltz a n d T im S. C a m p b ell. M ay 1979. 40 pp. M e a s u r e m e n t o f C a p a c it y U t i l i z a t i o n : P r o b l e m s a n d T a s k s , by Frank de Leeuw, Lawrence R. Forest, Jr., Richard D. Raddock, and Zoltan E . Kenessey. July 1979. 264 p p . T h e G N M A -G u a r a n t e e d P a s s t h r o u g h S e c u r it y : M a r k e t D e v e l o p m e n t a n d I m p l ic a t io n s fo r t h e G r o w t h a n d S t a b il it y o f H o m e M o r t g a g e L e n d in g , by D av id F. S e id e rs. D e c . 1979. 65 pp. F o r e i g n O w n e r s h i p a n d t h e P e r f o r m a n c e o f U.S. B a n k s , by James V. Houpt. July 1980. 27 pp. P e r f o r m a n c e a n d C h a r a c t e r is t ic s o f E d g e C o r p o r a t i o n s , by James V. Houpt. Feb. 1981. 56 pp. B a n k in g S t r u c t u r e a n d P e r f o r m a n c e a t t h e S t a t e L e v e l d u r in g t h e 1970s, by Stephen A. Rhoades. Mar. 1981. 26 pp. Printed in Full in the Bulletin o f B a n k H o l d in g C o m p a n ie s , by Robert J. Lawrence and Samuel H . Talley. January 1976. A n A ssessm ent R e p r in t s M ost o f the articles reprinted do not exceed 12 pages. Measures of Security Credit. 12/70. Revision of Bank Credit Series. 12/71. Assets and Liabilities of Foreign Branches of U.S. Banks. 2/72. Bank Debits, Deposits, and Deposit Turnover—Revised Se ries. 7/72. Rates on Consumer Instalment Loans. 9/73. New Series for Large Manufacturing Corporations. 10/73. The Structure of Margin Credit. 4/75. Industrial Electric Power Use. 1/76. Revised Series for Member Bank Deposits and Aggregate Re serves. 4/76. Industrial Production—1976 Revision. 6/76. Federal Reserve Operations in Payment Mechanisms: A Summary. 6/76. The Commercial Paper Market. 6/77. The Federal Budget in the 1970’s. 9/78. Redefining the Monetary Aggregates. 1/79. Implementation of the International Banking Act. 10/79. U.S. International Transactions in 1979: Another Round of Oil Price Increases. 4/80. Perspectives on Personal Saving. 8/80. The Impact of Rising Oil Prices on the Major Foreign Indus trial Countries. 10/80. A78 Index to Statistical Tables References are to pages A-5 through A-71 although the prefix “A ” is omitted in this index ACCEPTANCES, bankers, 10, 23,25 Agricultural loans, commercial banks, 18,19, 20,24 Assets and liabilities (See also Foreigners) Banks, by classes, 17,18-21,27,68-73 Pomestic finance companies, 37 Federal Reserve Banks, 11 Foreign banks, U.S. branches and agencies, 68-71 Nonfinancial corporations, current, 36 Automobiles Consumer installment credit, 40,41 Production, 46, 47 BANKERS balances, 17, 18-20, 68, 70, 72 {See also Foreigners) Banks for Cooperatives, 33 Bonds (See also U.S. government securities) New issues, 34 Yields, 3 Branch banks, 15, 21, 54, 68-71 Business activity, nonfinancial, 44 Business expenditures on new plant and equipment, 36 Business loans (See Commercial and industrial loans) CAPACITY utilization, 44 Capital accounts Banks, by classes, 17,69,71,73 Federal Reserve Banks, 11 Central banks, 66 Certificates of deposit, 21, 25 Commercial and industrial loans Commercial banks, 15,24 Weekly reporting banks, 18-21, 22 Commercial banks Assets and liabilities, 3, 15,17,18-21 Business loans, 24 Commercial and industrial loans, 22, 24 Consumer loans held, by type, 40,41 Loans sold outright, 21 Nondeposit funds, 16 Number by classes, 17, 69, 71, 73 Real estate mortgages held, by holder and property, 39 Commercial paper, 3, 23,25,37 Condition statements (See Assets and liabilities) Construction, 44,48 Consumer installment credit, 40,41 Consumer prices, 44,49 Consumption expenditures, 50,51 Corporations Profits and their distribution, 35 Security issues, 34,63 Cost of living (See Consumer prices) Credit unions, 27,40,41 Currency and coin, 5,17,68,70,72 Currency in circulation, 4,13 Customer credit, stock market, 26 DEBITS to deposit accounts, 12 Debt (See specific types o f debt or securities ) Demand deposits Adjusted, commercial banks, 12,14 Banks, by classes, 17, 18-21, 69, 71, 73 Ownership by individuals, partnerships, and corporations, 23 Demand deposits—Continued Subject to reserve requirements, 14 Turnover, 12 Deposits (See also specific types) Banks, by classes, 3 ,1 7 ,1 8 - 2 1 , 27 Federal Reserve Banks, 4 ,1 1 Turnover, 12 Discount rates at Reserve Banks (See Interest rates) Discounts and advances by Reserve Banks (See Loans) Dividends, corporate, 35 EMPLOYMENT, 44, Eurodollars, 25 45 FARM mortgage loans, 39 Farmers Home Administration, 39 Federal agency obligations, 4 ,1 0 ,1 1 ,1 2 ,3 2 Federal and federally sponsored credit agencies, 33 Federal finance Debt subject to statutory limitation and types and ownership of gross debt, 30 Receipts and outlays, 2 8 ,2 9 Treasury operating balance, 28 Federal Financing Bank, 2 8 ,3 3 Federal funds, 3 ,6 , 1 8 ,1 9 ,2 0 ,2 5 , 28 Federal Home Loan Banks, 33 Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, 33, 38, 39 Federal Housing Administration, 33, 38, 39 Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, 33 Federal Land Banks, 33, 39 Federal National Mortgage Association, 33, 38, 39 Federal Reserve Banks Condition statement, 11 Discount rates (See Interest rates) U.S. government securities held, 4 ,1 1 ,1 2 , 30, 31 Federal Reserve credit, 4, 5, 11,12 Federal Reserve notes, 11 Federally sponsored credit agencies, 33 Finance companies Assets and liabilities, 37 Business credit, 37 Loans, 18, 19, 20, 40, 41 Paper, 2 3 ,2 5 Financial institutions, loans to, 1 8 ,1 9 ,2 0 Float, 4 Flow of funds, 4 2 ,4 3 Foreign Banks, assets and liabilities of U.S. branches and agencies, 68-71 Currency operations, 11 Deposits in U.S. banks, 4, 1 1 ,1 8 ,1 9 ,2 0 Exchange rates, 66 Trade, 53 Foreigners Claims on, 54, 56, 59, 6 0 ,6 1 , 65 Liabilities to, 21, 5 4 -5 8 ,6 2 -6 4 GOLD Certificates, 11 Stock,4 ,5 3 Government National Mortgage Association, 33, Gross national product, 5 0 ,5 1 3 8 ,3 9 A79 HOUSING, new and existing units, 48 INCOME, personal and national, 44, 50,51 Industrial production, 44,46 Installment loans, 40,41 Insurance companies, 27, 30, 31, 39 Interbank loans and deposits, 17 Interest rates Bonds, 3 Business loans of banks, 24 Federal Reserve Banks, 3,7 Foreign countries, 66 Money and capital markets, 3,25 Mortgages, 3,38 Prime rate, commercial banks, 24 Time and savings deposits, 9 International capital transactions of the United States, 54-65 International organizations, 54-59,62-65 Inventories, 50 Investment companies, issues and assets, 35 Investments (See also specific typ e s ) Banks, by classes, 17,27 Commercial banks, 3,15,17,18-20,68,70,72 Federal Reserve Banks, 11,12 Life insurance companies, 27 Savings and loan associations, 27 LABOR force, 45 Life insurance companies (See Insurance companies) Loans (See also specific typ es ) Banks, by classes, 17,18-21,27 Commercial banks, 3,15,17,18-21,22,24,68,70,72 Federal Reserve Banks, 3,4,5,7,11,12 Insurance companies, 27,39 Insured or guaranteed by United States, 38, 39 Savings and loan associations, 27 MANUFACTURING Capacity utilization, 44 Production, 44,47 Margin requirements, 26 Member banks Assets and liabilities, by classes, 17 Borrowings at Federal Reserve Banks, 5,11 Federal funds and repurchase agreements, 6 Number, 17 Reserve requirements, 8 Reserves and related items, 3,4,5,14 Mining production, 47 Mobile home shipments, 48 Monetary aggregates, 3,14 Money and capital market rates (See Interest rates) Money stock measures and components, 3,13 Mortgages (See Real estate loans) Mutual funds (See Investment companies) Mutual savings banks, 3,9,18-20,27,30,31, 39 NATIONAL defense outlays, 29 National income, 50 OPEN market transactions, 10 PERSONAL income, 51 Prices Consumer and producer, 44,49 Stock market, 26 Prime rate, commercial banks, 24 Production, 44,46 Profits, corporate, 35 REAL estate loans Banks, by classes, 18-20,27, 29 Life insurance companies, 27 Mortgage terms, yields, and activity, 3, 38 Type of holder and property mortgaged, 39 Repurchase agreements and federal funds, 6,18,19,20 Reserve requirements, member banks, 8 Reserves Commercial banks, 17,68,70,72 Federal Reserve Banks, 11 Member banks, 3,4, 5,14,17 U.S. reserve assets, 53 Residential mortgage loans, 38 Retail credit and retail sales, 40,41,44 SAVING Flow of funds, 42, 43 National income accounts, 51 Savings and loan assns., 3,9,27, 31,39,42 Savings deposits (See Time deposits) Savings institutions, selected assets, 27 Securities (See also U.S. government securities) Federal and federally sponsored agencies, 33 Foreign transactions, 63 New issues, 34 Prices, 26 Special drawing rights, 4,11,52, 53 State and local governments Deposits, 18,19, 20 Holdings of U.S. government securities, 30, 31 New security issues, 34 Ownership of securities of, 18,19,20,27 Yields of securities, 3 Stock market, 26 Stocks (See also Securities) New issues, 34 Prices, 26 TAX receipts, federal, 29 Time deposits, 3,9,12, 14,17,18-21 Trade, foreign, 53 Treasury currency, Treasury cash, 4 Treasury deposits, 4,11,28 Treasury operating balance, 28 UNEMPLOYMENT, 45 U.S. balance of payments, 52 U.S. government balances Commercial bank holdings, 18,19,20 Member bank holdings, 14 Treasury deposits at Reserve Banks, 4,11,28 U.S. government securities Bank holdings, 17,18-20,27, 30, 31,68,70,72 Dealer transactions, positions, and financing, 32 Federal Reserve Bank holdings, 4,11,12, 30, 31 Foreign and international holdings and transactions, 11, 30, 62 Open market transactions, 10 Outstanding, by type and ownership, 30,31 Rates, 3,25 Utilities, production, 47 VETERANS Administration, 38,39 WEEKLY reporting banks, 18-22 Wholesale (producer) prices, 44,49 YIELDS (See Interest rates) A80 The Federal Reserve System Boundaries of Federal Reserve Districts and Their Branch Territories Chicagi Dallas® SSSHS ALASKA HAW AI Legend Boundaries of Federal Reserve Districts Federal Reserve Bank Cities Boundaries of Federal Reserve Branch Territories Federal Reserve Branch Cities Federal Reserve Bank Facility Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System Q